Professional Documents
Culture Documents
SINUMERIK
SINUMERIK 802D sl,
SINAMICS S120
Machine data and interface signals
Parameter Manual
Validfor:
SINUMERIK802Dsl
11/2012
6FC5397-5CP10-4BA0
Version1.4SP7
Machine data
NC setting data
SINAMICS parameters
Appendix A
Legal information
Warning notice system
This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent
damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert
symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are
graded according to the degree of danger.
DANGER
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.
WARNING
indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.
CAUTION
with a safety alert symbol, indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.
CAUTION
without a safety alert symbol, indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
NOTICE
indicates that an unintended result or situation can occur if the corresponding information is not taken into account.
If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will be
used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property
damage.
Qualified Personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific
task in accordance with the relevant documentation for the specific task, in particular its warning notices and safety
instructions. Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying
risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
WARNING
Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical
documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or
approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and
maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible
ambient conditions must be adhered to. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.
Trademarks
All names identified by are registered trademarks of the SiemensAG. The remaining trademarks in this
publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the
owner.
Disclaimer of Liability
We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software described.
Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the information in this
publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions.
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Postfach 48 48
90026 NRNBERG
GERMANY
order number:6FC5397-5CP10-4BA0
11.2012
Copyright SiemensAG2012.
Technical data subject to change
Preface
SINUMERIK documentation
The SINUMERIK documentation is organized in the following categories:
General documentation
User documentation
Manufacturer/service documentation
Additional information
You can find information on the following topics at www.siemens.com/motioncontrol/docu:
Please send any questions about the technical documentation (e.g. suggestions for
improvement, corrections) to the following address:
docu.motioncontrol@siemens.com
Training
For information about the range of training courses, refer under:
www.siemens.com/sitrain
SITRAIN - Siemens training for products, systems and solutions in automation technology
www.siemens.com/sinutrain
SinuTrain - training software for SINUMERIK
FAQs
You can find Frequently Asked Questions in the Service&Support pages under Product
Support. http://support.automation.siemens.com
Preface
SINUMERIK
You can find information on SINUMERIK under the following link:
www.siemens.com/sinumerik
Target group
This publication is intended for project engineers, commissioning engineers, machine
operators and service and maintenance personnel.
Benefits
The Parameter Manual provides information on parameters and their effects on the system.
The Parameter Manual enables the intended target group to evaluate fault displays and to
respond accordingly.
Standard scope
This Parameter Manual only describes the functionality of the standard version. Additions or
changes made by the machine manufacturer are documented by the machine manufacturer.
Other functions not described in this documentation might be executable in the control.
However, no claim can be made regarding the availability of these functions when the
equipment is first supplied or in the event of servicing.
Furthermore, for the sake of clarity, this documentation does not contain all detailed
information about all types of the product and cannot cover every conceivable case of
installation, operation or maintenance.
Technical Support
You will find telephone numbers for other countries for technical support in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
EC Declaration of Conformity
The EC Declaration of Conformity for the EMC Directive can be found on the Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com
Here, enter the number15257461 as the search term or contact your local Siemens office.
Table of contents
Preface.........................................................................................................................................................3
1
1.2
1.3
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.3.5
2.3.6
2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.5
2.4.6
2.4.7
2.4.8
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.2.5
Table of contents
4.2.6
4.3
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.5
4.5.1
4.5.2
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.5.5
4.5.6
4.5.7
4.5.8
4.6
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
4.6.4
4.6.5
4.6.6
4.7
4.7.1
4.7.2
4.7.3
4.7.4
4.7.5
4.8
4.8.1
4.8.2
4.9
4.9.1
4.9.2
4.9.3
4.10
4.10.1
4.10.2
4.10.3
4.10.4
4.10.5
4.11
5.2
5.2.1
Table of contents
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
5.3
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.2
5.5
5.6
5.6.1
5.6.2
5.7
5.7.1
5.7.2
5.7.3
5.8
Appendix A ..............................................................................................................................................617
A.1
A.2
Table of contents
Standard table
The standard table contains all the important information about the data.
MD number
Identifier
Display filter
Reference
Units
Name
Data type
Activation
Maximum value
Protection
Attributes
System
Dimension
Default value
Minimum value
Expanded table
The expanded table includes data from the standard table plus additional rows with systemspecific values.
MD number
Identifier
Display filter
Reference
Units
Name
Data type
Activation
Attributes
-
Dimension
Default value
Minimum value
Maximum value
Protection
<System 1>
Default value
-/-
<System 2>
-1/-
A minus sign "-" in a field means that the same value as for <System 1> applies for the
specified system.
The entry "-/-" in the "Protection" field means that the machine data is not available for the
specified system.
Example:
10470
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_1
N09
N3
DWORD
POWER ON
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
0/0
1.2
MD number
The "MD number" field contains the machine data number. This number is displayed in the
data lists on the user interface of the control.
Identifier
The "Identifier" field contains the unique alphanumeric identifier of the machine data. The
machine data is, for example, addressed by means of this identifier (with an additional label)
for programming in the part program.
This identifier is displayed in the data lists on the user interface of the control.
Reference
The data is described in detail in the specified description of functions or instructions.
Example: [F-S1] Description of Functions 802D sl, chapter spindle
Units/system of units
Depending on MD10240 $MN_SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC, the physical units differ as
follows:
MD10240=1
MD10240=0
mm
inch
mm/min
inch/min
m/sec2
inch/sec2
m/sec3
Inch/sec3
mm/rev.
inch/rev.
If the MD is not based on any physical unit, the field is marked with "-".
Note
The default setting is MD10240 $MN_SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC = 1 (metric)
Name
The "Name" field contains the name of the data in plain text.
10
Activation
The "Activation" field contains the action that must be performed by the user in order for a
change to take effect.
Activation
po
User action
POWER ON
Otherwise:
"Reset(po)" softkey
Switch voltage off/on
"RESET" button at PLC interface (V3000 0000.7)
Changes in program operation at block limits possible
cf
NEW_CONF
re
RESET
Otherwise:
so
IMMEDIATELY
po = highest priority
so = lowest priority
Protection
The "Protection" field contains the protection level for reading or writing to the data in the
form: Read/write.
The SINUMERIK 802D sl provides a concept of protection levels for enabling data areas.
Protection levels 0 to 7 are available, where 0 represents the highest protection level and 7
the lowest protection level. The protection levels can be set for certain function areas (e.g.
program editor) using the display machine data (USER_CLASS...). The control system is
delivered with default passwords for the protection levels 1 to 3; if necessary, these
passwords can be changed by the person authorized to do so.
Value
Protection level
0 or 10
System
1 or 11
Manufacturer
2 or 12
Service
3 or 13
User
4 or 14
5 or 15
6 or 16
7 or 17
The protection level for user data (GUD) is defined with the numbers 10 to 17.
11
Display filter
The "Display filter" field contains the identifier of the data filter setting that enables the data to
be seen. Using the filter setting, the exact data areas required at a given time can be selected
for display.
ID
Data area
EXP
Expert mode
Configuration/scaling
N02
Memory configuration
N03
N04
Drive control
N05
Status data/diagnostics
N06
Monitoring/limiting functions
N07
Auxiliary functions
N08
Corrections/compensations
N09
Technological functions
N10
I/O configuration
N11
Standard machine
A12
Configuration
C02
Memory configuration
C03
Initial states
C04
Auxiliary functions
C05
Velocities
C06
Monitoring/limiting functions
C07
Transformations
C08
Corrections/compensations
C09
Technological functions
C10
Standard machine
C11
A02
Measuring system
A03
Machine geometry
A04
Velocities / accelerations
A05
Monitoring/limiting functions
A06
Spindle
A07
Controller data
A08
Status data
A09
Corrections/compensations
12
ID
Data area
A10
Technological functions
A11
Standard machine
A12
Default value
The "Default value" field contains the value that is used to preset the machine data. If default
values for the channels differ, this is indicated by "/".
System
In the "System" field, the control system is specified for which the data with the
correspondingly entered values applies.
The following entries are possible:
Default:
The entered values apply to all SINUMERIK 802D sl.
Deviations in the value range are entered in the following lines of the table, sorted
according to the control versions listed:
802d-cu3
Customer-specific pro
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
Dimension
The "Dimension" field contains the number of elements of a data field.
Range of values
The "Minimum value" and "Maximum value" fields contain the lower limit and upper limit,
respectively, of the permissible range of the data.
If the "Minimum value" and "Maximum value" fields contain the string " *** ", an explicit range
is not defined for this data. In this case, the range is determined by the specified data type.
13
Range of values
BOOLEAN
BYTE
DOUBLE
DWORD
DWORD
STRING
UNSIGNED WORD
SIGNED WORD
UNSIGNED DWORD
SIGNED DWORD
WORD
FLOAT DWORD
UBYTE
LONG
Attributes
The "Attributes" field contains additional attributes of the data:
14
Attribute
Meaning
NBUP
No Back UP: The data is not backed up as part of the data backup.
ODLD
Only DownLoaD: The data can only be written to via an INI file, archive,
or from the part program.
NDLD
No DownLoaD: The data can only be written to via the HMI user
interface.
SFCO
SCAL
LINK
CTEQ
ConTainer EQual: The data must be the same for all axes in an axis
container, component of the "Axis container" function
CTDE
1.3
Designation
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Data Identifiers
The identifier specified in the data description is displayed on the HMI user interface.
However, if the data is addressed in the parts program, for example, the identifier of the
relevant data area must precede the data identifier (designator).
Identifier
Data area
$MM_
$MN_/ $SN_
$MNS_/ $SNS_
$MC_/ $SC_
$MCS_/ $SCS_
$MA_/ $SA_
$MAS_/ $SAS_
15
Characters
Meanings
System variables
M, N, C, A, D
Note
Axis-specific data can also be addressed with the axis name as an index. The internal axis
identifier (AX1, AX2, AX3, etc.) or the identifier specified in MD10000
$MA_AX_CONF_NAME_TAB can be used as the axis name.
Example: $MA_JOG_VELO[Y1]=2000
The JOG velocity of axis Y1 is 2000 mm/min.
If the content of a machine data is a STRING (e.g., X1) or a hexadecimal value (e.g., H41),
the content must be enclosed in single quotation marks (e.g., 'X1' or 'H41').
Example: $MA_FIX_POINT_POS[0,X1]=500.000
The value 500 is assigned to the first fixed point position on axis 1.
Examples:
$MN_AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC[2]='H41'
Output instant in time of the auxiliary functions of the 3rd auxiliary function group.
$MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[0]='X1'
String "X1" is assigned as name for the first machine axis.
$MA_REFP_SET_POS[0,X1]=100.00000
A value of 100 mm is assigned to the first reference point of axis X1.
Examples:
Assignment to channel-specific machine data:
16
CHANDATA(1)
$MC_CHAN_NAME='CHAN1'
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB[1]='Y'
R10=33.75
Machine data
2.1
Identifier
Display filters
Reference
Unit
Name
Data type
Active
Maximum value
Protection
Attributes
System
Dimension
Default value
Minimum value
200
LCD_CONTRAST
Foreground language
BYTE
PowerOn
15
0/0
Description:
Description:
LCD_INVERSE
Foreground language
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
Not assigned
202
FIRST_LANGUAGE
Foreground language
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
BYTE
Immediately
3/2
Description:
Internal assignment
203
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
Description:
This MD is used to define the number of decimal places of the position display, for linear axes in metric systems, in general for rotary axes.
Spindle positions are treated like rotary axis positions.
The position display is displayed with a max. of 10 characters including
signs and decimal places. A positive sign is not displayed.
By default 3 digits are displayed after the decimal point.
MD value=3: display resolution = 10-3 [mm] or [degree],
Related to:
MD 10200: INT_INCR_PER_MM bzw. MD 10210: INT_INCR_PER_DEG
17
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
204
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_INCH
BYTE
Immediately
3/2
Description:
This MD is used to define the number of decimal places of the position display for linear axes in the inch system of measurement.
The position display is displayed with a max. of 10 characters including
signs and decimal places. A positive sign is not displayed.
By default 4 digits are displayed after the decimal point.
MD value=4: display resolution = 10-4 [mm]
For rotary axes and spindle positions the display is maintained as in MD 203.
Related to:
MD 10200: INT_INCR_PER_MM, MD 203: DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
205
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_SPINDLE
BYTE
Immediately
3/2
Description:
This MD is used to define the number of decimal places for spindle speed display.
The values are displayed with a max. of 10 characters including sign and decimal point. A positive sign is not displayed.
By default 1 digit is displayed after the decimal point.
MD value=1: display resolution = 10-1
207
USER_CLASS_READ_TOA
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_GEO
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_WEAR
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
USER_CLASS_WRITE_ZOA
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
18
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
212
USER_CLASS_WRITE_SEA
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
USER_CLASS_READ_PROGRAM
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PROGRAM
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
USER_CLASS_SELECT_PROGRAM
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
USER_CLASS_WRITE_CYCLES
BYTE
Immediately
0/0
Description:
Not assigned
218
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
USER_CLASS_SET_V24
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
USER_CLASS_DIR_ACCESS
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
19
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
222
USER_CLASS_PLC_ACCESS
BYTE
Immediately
2/2
Description:
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PWA
BYTE
Immediately
3/2
Description:
V24_PG_PC_BAUD
PG: baud rate (300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200,
38400)
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
V24_PPI_ADDR_PLC
BYTE
PowerOn
126
3/3
Description:
V24_PPI_ADDR_NCK
BYTE
PowerOn
126
3/3
Description:
CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS
BOOLEAN
Immediately
4000
4/3
Description:
20
100
Use this MD to define the time intervals in which the simulation graphic is
updated on the current machine tool machining.
Value = 0 means no update
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
290
CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
BYTE
PO
3/3
G02 direction of
rotation left
no operation
no operation
mirroring Y
no operation
mirroring X
no operation
mirroring X
mirroring Y
rotation 270o
mirroring Y
rotation 270o
no operation
rotation 90o
no operation
rotation 90o
mirroring Y
Coordinate system
Operations
21
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
291
CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON
BYTE
Immediately
4/3
Description:
0:
CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON
Incremental infeed
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
0:
1:
Input in radius
Input in diameter
305
G_GROUP1
BOOLEAN
Immediately
1000
7/3
Description:
G_GROUP2
BOOLEAN
Immediately
1000
7/3
Description:
G_GROUP3
BOOLEAN
Immediately
1000
7/3
Description:
G_GROUP4
BOOLEAN
Immediately
1000
7/3
Description:
G_GROUP5
BOOLEAN
Immediately
1000
7/3
Description:
22
10
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
310
FG_GROUP1
BOOLEAN
Immediately
1000
7/3
Description:
FG_GROUP2
BOOLEAN
Immediately
1000
7/3
Description:
FG_GROUP3
BOOLEAN
Immediately
1000
7/3
Description:
FG_GROUP4
BOOLEAN
Immediately
1000
7/3
Description:
FG_GROUP5
BOOLEAN
Immediately
1000
7/3
Description:
19
CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
CONTOUR_MASK
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
23
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
332
TOOL_LIST_PLACE_NO
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
V24_PPI_ADDR_MMC
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
126
3/3
Description:
V24_PPI_MODEM_ACTIVE
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
V24_PPI_MODEM_BAUD
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
V24_PPI_MODEM_PARITY
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
HMI_COLE_TITLE_FOCUS_FOR
BYTE
Immediately
15
2/3
Description:
15
HMI_COLE_TITLE_FOCUS_BACK
BYTE
Immediately
15
2/3
Description:
SPINDEL_LOAD_DISPLE1
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
24
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
361
USER_MEAS_TOOL_CHANGE
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
0:
1:
362
SPINDLE_LOAD_DISPLE2
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_LIM2
BOOLEAN
Immediately
9999999
2/2
Description:
100
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_LIM3
BOOLEAN
Immediately
9999999
2/2
Description:
100
SPINDEL_LOAD_BAR_MAX
BOOLEAN
Immediately
120
2/2
Description:
120
SPINDEL_LOAD_BAR_COL1
BYTE
Immediately
15
3/3
Description:
10
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_COL2
BYTE
Immediately
15
3/3
Description:
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_COL3
BYTE
Immediately
15
3/3
Description:
25
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
369
PROBE_MODE
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
TOOL_REF_PROBE_AXIS1
DOUBLE
Immediately
999999.999
2/2
Description:
-999999.999
TOOL_REF_PROBE_AXIS2
DOUBLE
Immediately
999999.999
2/2
Description:
-999999.999
TOOL_REF_PROBE_AXIS3
DOUBLE
Immediately
999999.999
2/2
Description:
-999999.999
MEAS_SAVE_POS_LENGTH2
BYTE
Immediately
2/2
Description:
Controls softkey 'Save Pos' for the function 'Measure tool manually':
0: SK 'Save Pos' is only active when measuring length 1
1: SK 'Save Pos' is active in general
374
TOOL_WEAR_LIMIT_VALUE
DOUBLE
Immediately
9.999
2/2
Description:
9.999
USER_CLASS_READ_CUSS_DIR
BYTE
Immediately
0/0
Description:
USER_CLASS_WRITE_CUS_DIR
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
Description:
26
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
377
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TO_MON_DAT
BYTE
Immediately
3/2
Description:
USER_CLASS_LADDER_VIEW
BYTE
Immediately
2/2
Description:
SPINDLE_DISP_MODE
BYTE
Immediately
3/3
V24_PPI_ADDR_DRV1
BYTE
PowerOn
126
3/3
Description:
WHEEL_TYPE_MASK
Foreground language
DWORD
Immediately
0xFFFF
2/2
Description:
0xFFFF
DRESSER_FUNCTION_MASK
--
DWORD
Immediately
2/2
Description:
27
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
386
USER_CLASS_WRITE_CMA_DIR
--
BYTE
Immediately
2/2
Description:
Defines the access level for the CMA directory in the NCK
387
GRAPHIC_MIN_X
mm
--
DOUBLE
Immediately
99999999.999
7/2
Description:
-999.999000
-99999999.999
MM Plus
388
GRAPHIC_MAX_X
mm
--
DOUBLE
Immediately
99999999.999
7/2
Description:
999.999000
-99999999.999
MM Plus
389
GRAPHIC_MIN_Y
mm
--
DOUBLE
Immediately
99999999.999
7/2
Description:
-999.999000
-99999999.999
MM Plus
390
GRAPHIC_MAX_Y
mm
--
DOUBLE
Immediately
99999999.999
7/2
Description:
999.999000
-99999999.999
MM Plus
391
DISPLAY_MODE_INDEXING_AXIS
--
DWORD
Immediately
7/2
Description:
USER_CLASS_WRITE_LOC_NO
--
BYTE
Immediately
3/2
Description:
Defines the access authorization for writing the location number in the tool
list
393
DISPLAY_TOLI_H_NO
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
28
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
394
DISPLAY_TOLI_SISTER_TOOL
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
COL_OVERSIZE_TYPE_CHECKBOX
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/2
Description:
CUTEDGE_PARAM_CHECK_ON
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
399
SUBPRESS_STOPPER_ALARM
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/2
Description:
MM Plus
400
USER_MANUAL_MA_TOOL_CHANGE
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/2
Description:
MM Plus
401
USER_MANUAL_MA_SHOW_PAGE_NO
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/2
Description:
MM Plus
1088
ASSIGN_SPIN_TO_WP_SPIN1
--
DWORD
Immediately
3/3
Description:
Assignment of a spindle number to the 1st tool spindle in the display of the
machine main screen
1089
ASSIGN_SPIN_TO_WP_SPIN2
--
DWORD
Immediately
3/3
Description:
Assignment of a spindle number to the 2nd tool spindle in the display of the
machine main screen
29
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
1090
OSCILATE_FUNCTION_MASK
--
DWORD
Immediately
0xFFFF
2/2
Description:
4095
SINAMICS_IBN_TIMEOUT_VALUE
--
DWORD
Immediately
1000
2/2
Description:
230
Defines the wait time on read-in of the parameters for all SINAMICS devices
during commissioning
1092
MAX_SPINDEL_SPEED_MANUAL_MA
--
DOUBLE
Immediately
99999.00000
3/3
Description:
99999.00000
MAX_SPEED_G96_MANUAL_MA
--
DOUBLE
Immediately
99999.00000
3/3
Description:
99999.00000
MAX_SPEED_G94_MANUAL_MA
--
DOUBLE
Immediately
99999.00000
3/3
Description:
99999.00000
MAX_SPEED_G95_MANUAL_MA
--
DOUBLE
Immediately
99999.00000
3/3
Description:
30
99999.00000
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
1096
MAX_NUM_CYCLE_MANUAL_MA
--
DWORD
Immediately
3/3
Description:
MAX_NUM_CUTT_EDGE_MANUAL_MA
--
DWORD
Immediately
3/3
Description:
INVERT_SPIN_ICON_MANUAL_MA
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/2
Description:
USE_FIXPOINT_MANUAL_MA
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
MEAS_SPIN_ACTIV_MANUAL_MA
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/2
Description:
If the value is 1, the tool offset data can be measured in the X direction
with rotating spindle.
1101
USER_TOOL_CHG_MANUAL_MA
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
CYC_TOOLNO_EDTMOD_MANUAL_MA
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
31
Machine data
2.1 Display machine data
1103
TAPPINGCYCLE_MODE_MANUAL_MA
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
TOOL_CHG_MANUALMODE_MA
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
STARTUP_WITH_MMP
--
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
3/3
Description:
SOFTKEY_CENTRE_ADJ
--
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
3/3
Description:
AX_LOAD_DISPL
--
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
Description:
32
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
2.2
2.2.1
System settings
10000
AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB
N01, N11
K2,F1,G2,F2,K5,
M1
STRING
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
X1,Y1,Z1,SP,A1,PLC
X1...
2/2
802d-ng2
X1,Z1,C1,A1,B1,PLC
X1...
2/2
802d-ng3
X1,Z1,C1,A1,B1,PLC
X1...
2/2
802d-tm1
X1,Y1,Z1,SP
2/2
802d-tm2
X1,Y1,Z1,SP,A1,PLC
X1...
2/2
802d-tm3
X1,Y1,Z1,SP,A1,PLC
X1...
2/2
33
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10010
ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP
K1,K5
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME
G3,G2,R1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.032
0/0
SFCO
Description:
34
0.0015
0.0005
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Details:
The basic cycle is incremented in multiples ( SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO )
of units of the measured value sampling cycle. During system startup, the
entered value is automatically rounded up to a multiple of this incrementation.
Note:
Discrete timer division ratios can give rise to the entered value producing a value that is not an integer after a Power OFF/ON.
For example:
Input
= 0.005s
after Power OFF/ON =0.00499840
or
Input
= 0.006s
after Power OFF/ON =0.0060032
10059
PROFIBUS_ALARM_MARKER
N05
G3
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
N01, N05
G3
DWORD
PowerOn
31
0/0
SFCO
Description:
POSCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
N01, N05
G3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.0
35
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10062
POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY
N01, N05
G3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.008
0/0
Description:
0.0
0.000
POSCTRL_CYCLE_DIAGNOSIS
Active timing
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/RO
Description:
0.0,0.0,0.0
IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
G3,R1
DWORD
PowerOn
SFCO
Description:
36
802d-cu3
100
0/0
802d-ng2
100
0/0
802d-ng3
100
0/0
802d-tm1
100
0/0
802d-tm2
100
0/0
802d-tm3
100
0/0
The interpolator cycle is stated as a multiple of the time units of the system basic cycle SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME.
Only integer multiples of the position control cycle can be set (set in
POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO). Values that are not an integer multiple of the
position control cycle are automatically increased to the next integer multiple of the position control cycle before they become active (on next power
up).
This is accompanied by alarm 4102 "IPO cycle increased to [ ] ms".
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10071
IPO_CYCLE_TIME
G3
Interpolator cycle
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.0
Interpolation time
Display of the interpolator cycle time (not modifiable !).
It is compiled internally from the machine data SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME and
IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO.
10073
COM_IPO_STRATEGY
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0x7F
0/0
Description:
0x0F
37
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 5:
The communication software is calculated at the end of the task which the
domain services accept if a PDU upload has arrived. This bit is only useful if bit 3 is set.
This machine data is only active in systems containing the Softbus communication software. This is in P6 the 840Di with MCI2 software and the solution
line systems for P7.
The default value is 0x0F. This means that the COS is calculated prior to and
after communiction in order to minimize latencies.
10074
PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO
N01, N05
DWORD
PowerOn
50
2/2
Description:
PLC_CYCLE_TIME
N01, N05
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/RO
Description:
0.0
SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO
EXP, N01
G3
DWORD
PowerOn
31
-1/0
Description:
38
The sampler cycle (upstream of the divider) taps the actual value inputs
and triggers the digital analog converter.
The output of the divider generates a timer interrupt as the basic cycle
of the
operating system ( SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME ).
A value greater than 1 may only be entered in SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO in
exceptional cases:
Values > 1 increase the size of the increments in which the basic cycle can
be set. ( see SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME )
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Special cases:
1.
When using the conventional drive interface ( analog speed interface ),
the divider is set according to the following criteria:
It is advantageous for the control to keep the dead time between reading
in the current axis actual positions and outputting the corresponding setpoint values as short as possible. The delay time of the position controller output can be set in fractions of the position control cycle time by
setting SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO to values > 1. The difficulty with this
is reliably determining the time after which the position controller
delivers valid results. Multiple triggering of the input/output hardware
during one position controller cycle could also be achieved by setting
POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO to values > 1. However, the disdvantage with
this is the unnecessarily high rate of generating timer interrupts for the
operating system. This procedure is not recommended.
2.
When using the digital drive controller the division factor is set automatically. The sample cycle time is then set as the 1, 2, 3, ... 8-fold of
125s.
10088
REBOOT_DELAY_TIME
EXP
K3
Reboot delay
DOUBLE
Immediately
1.0
2/2
Description:
0.2
0.0
PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT
P3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.1
39
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10110
PLC_CYCLE_TIME_AVERAGE
N01, N07
B1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
0.018
0/0
802d-ng2
0.018
0/0
802d-ng3
0.018
0/0
802d-tm1
0.024
0/0
802d-tm2
0.018
0/0
802d-tm3
0.018
0/0
Time information for the CNC about the OB1 cycle time. During this cycle
time, it is guaranteed that the auxiliary functions will be acknowledged.
By means of the MD, the status transitions:
"channel operates/ channel in RESET/ channel failure --> channel interrupted"
can be delayed for the PLC in case of a RESET. With the output "channel
interrupted", the NCK waits at least the time indicated in the MD + 1 IPO
cycle.
With the time indication, the path feedrate during path control operation in
case of an auxiliary function output during motion is controlled in a way to
ensure that the minimum travel time corresponds to the time information. This
ensures a uniform velocity behavior which is not disturbed by waiting for the
PLC acknowledgement. The internal incrementation is performed in the interpolation cycle.
For the auxiliary function output in the continuous-path mode, the MD is also
relevant for the FM357 and 802/802s systems. With SW 5.1 and higher, the
other systems are parameterized directly via the PLC.
10120
PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT
H2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
5.0
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_COM_TASK
EXP, N01
OEM
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.100
0/0
Description:
40
0.005
.001
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10131
SUPPRESS_SCREEN_REFRESH
EXP
A2
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
There are part programs in which the main run (HL) has to wait until the preprocessing (VL) makes new blocks available.
The pre-processing and display update compete for NC computing time. The MD
defines how the NC is to respond when the pre-processing is too slow.
0:
When the VL of a channel is too slow, the updating of the display is
suppressed in all channels.
1:
When the VL of a channel is too slow, the updating of the display is
suppressed only in the time-critical channels in order to gain time for the
pre-processing.
2:
The updating of the display is never suppressed.
10134
MM_NUM_MMC_UNITS
B3
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
Possible number of simultaneous HMI communication partners with which the NCU
can exchange data.
This value affects the number of communication orders that the NCK can manage. The higher the value, the more HMIs that can be simultaneously connected
to the NCK without leading to communication problems.
DRAM is made available for this function in the NCU corresponding to the
input in the machine data. The inputs for changing the memory areas have to
be taken into account.
The unit of MD10134 $MN_MM_NUM_MMC_UNITS is a "resource unit".
A standard OP030 needs 1 resource unit, an HMI100/103 needs 2. OEM variants
may need more or less resources.
If the value is set lower than would be needed for the number of connected HMIs, this is not inevitably problematical. Actions may not function sporadically during multiple, simultaneous, communication-intensive
operations (e.g. loading a program): Alarm 5000 is displayed. The operation then has to be repeated.
If the value is set higher, more dynamic memory is occupied than necessary. The value should be reduced appropriately if the memory is required
for other purposes.
References:
/FB/, S7, "Memory Configuration"
41
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10136
DISPLAY_MODE_POSITION
N01
DWORD
Reset
1/1
Description:
Defines how the position and the distance to go are displayed in the WCS.
0:
Display as in software version 5 and earlier
1:
At end of block, the actual value display is in principle the same as
the programmed end point, irrespective of where the machine actually is (e.g.
as a result of the tool radius compensation). The distance to go is the same
as the actual distance to be traversed. This means that the displayed actual
postion has to be the same as the displayed end position minus the distance
to go, irrespective of the actual machine position. If the block end points
are changed by chamfers, radii, contour definitions, splines or SAR in comparison to the NC programm, then these changes are reflected in the display
as if thay had been programmed. This does not apply to changes resulting from
tool radius compensation or smoothing.
10160
PREP_COM_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO
EXP, N01
ECO
DWORD
PowerOn
50
0/0
Description:
This machine data specifies the division ratio used for activating the communication task in the non-cyclic time level. This allows the time share of
preparation in the non-cyclic time level to be increased, which reduces block
cycle times. External communication (file transfer) is slowed down in particular during program execution (block reload).
10161
COM_CONFIGURATION
EXP, N01
Configuration of communication
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
42
Values 1-3 define the maximum number of PDUs that are accepted in one pass.
Value 0 stands for infinite, i.e. all present jobs are executed immediately.
These three values become active after PowerOn.
1st value: max. number of variable job PDUs executed per pass.
2nd value: max. number of PI job PDUs executed per pass.
3rd value: max. number of domain job PDUs executed per pass.
Values 4-8 define the credit assignment for optimized download.
4th value: number of PDUs that are assigned as credit at the begin of
acknowledgement under opt. domain service (here, the file header and therefore the file on NCK are still unknown)
5th value: number of PDUs that will be requested by default under opt.
domain service, if there is no explicit memory limit for the file
6th value: min. number of PDUs that are requested with the data request message (so that data request messages are not displayed again and again)
7th value: max. number of PDUs that are requested with the data request message (max. value is 255, as the log cannot handle more than that!)
8th value: max. number of PDUs that may be present in total
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10170
PREP_PLCBG_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO
EXP, N01
ECO
DWORD
PowerOn
50
0/0
Description:
This machine data specifies the division ratio used for activation of the
background task of the software PLC2xx in the non-cyclic time level.
As this cycle should be executed as often as possible (once in each PLC
cycle), a ratio to the PREP task of 1:1 should be set. The frequency of activation depends on the computing time of the cyclic tasks (SERVO, IPO, COM,
PLC) and the settings for the other subtasks (ratio to PREP, net runtime) or
the utilization of the non-cyclic tasks PREP, EXCOM, DRIVE.
10171
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_PLCBG_TASK
EXP, N01
ECO
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.100
0/0
Description:
0.005
.001
PLCINT_POSCTRL_TIME_RATIO
EXP, N01
ECO
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
TIME_LIMIT_PLCINT_TASK
EXP, N01
ECO
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.0001
0/0
Description:
0.00005
0.00001
43
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10174
TIME_LIMIT_PLCINT_TASK_DIAG
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/RO
Description:
0.0,0.0,0.0
NCK_PCOS_TIME_RATIO
EXP, N01
DWORD
PowerOn
90
0/0
Description:
65
10
This machine data defines the maximum proportion of CPU time given to the NCK
in a PC-based system. The division specified by the user is implemented as
well as possible.
When implementing the specification, the system takes into account limiting
values for the absolute proportion of CPU time that must not be over or
undershot.
Adaptations are made without generating an alarm.
10192
GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME
N01
S1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1.0e5
1/1
Description:
44
10.0
0.0
External events which trigger reorganization, wait for the end of a gear
stage change. GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME now determines the waiting time for the
gear stage change. Time unit in seconds.
When this time expires without the gear stage change having been terminated,
the NCK reacts with an alarm.
Among others, the following events will cause reorganization:
User ASUB
Mode change
Delete distance-to-go
Axis replacement
Activate user data
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10200
INT_INCR_PER_MM
N01
G2,K3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
1000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
802d-ng2
100000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
802d-ng3
100000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
802d-tm1
1000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
802d-tm2
1000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
802d-tm3
1000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
Description:
INT_INCR_PER_DEG
N01
G2,K3,R2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
1000.0
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
802d-ng2
100000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
802d-ng3
100000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
802d-tm1
1000.0
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
802d-tm2
1000.0
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
802d-tm3
1000.0
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
Description:
SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK
EXP, N01
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3FFF
0/0
SCAL
Description:
0x200
Bit mask for selecting the base values for the data (e.g. machine and setting
data) that have a physical unit, they are interpreted in the default units
shown below according to the basic system (metric/inch). If other input/output units are to be selected for individual physical units then these are
activated with the scale factors associated with this machine data (entered
in MD10230 $MN_SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF[n]).
This does not affect the programming of geometry and feed values.
45
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit set:
Data of the assigned physical variable (see list) are scaled to the unit
defined by MD10230 $MN_SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF[n].
Bit not set:
Data of the assigned physical variable are scaled to the default unit shown
below.
Assigned physical variable
Default units for:
MD10240 $MN_SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
Bit no.
1 = METRIC
0 = INCH
(Stated as hex value)
0 Linear position
1 mm
1 inch
1 Angular position
1 degree
1 degree
2 Linear velocity
1 mm/min
1 inch/min
3 Angular speed
1 rpm
1 rpm
4 Linear acceleration
1 m/s
1 inch/s
5 Angular acceleration
1 rev/s
1 rev/s
6 Linear jerk
1 m/s
1 inch/s
7 Angular jerk
1 rev/s
1 rev/s
8 Time
1 s
1 s
9 Position-controller servo gain
1/s
1/s
10 Revolutional feedrate
1 mm/rev
1 mm/rev
11 Compensation value linear pos.
1 mm
1 mm
12 Compensation value angular pos.
1 degree
1 degree
13 Cutting rate
1 m/min
1 feet/min
Example:
SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK =?H3?; (Bit nos. 0 and 1 as hex values)
The scale factor defined in the associated MD10230
$MN_SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF[n] is activated for linear and angular positions.
If this machine data is changed, a startup is required as otherwise the associated machine data that have physical units would be incorrectly scaled.
Proceed as follows:
MD changed manually
First start up and then enter the associated machine data with physical
units.
46
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10230
SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF
EXP, N01
G2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
15
0/0
SCAL
Description:
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1e-9
1.0,1.0,1.0...
The scaling factor of a physical variable that has a unit other than the
default unit setting (set bit in MD10220 $MN_SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK) is
entered in this MD. The factor must refer to the unit used internally for the
physical variable in question.
Index [n]
Assigned physical variable
Internal unit
0
Linear position
1 mm
1
Angular position
1 degree
2
Linear velocity
1 mm/s
3
Angular speed
1 degree/s
4
Linear acceleration
1 mm/s
5
Angular acceleration
1 degree/s
6
Linear jerk
1 mm/s
7
Angular jerk
1 degree/s
8
Time
1 s
9
Position-controller servo gain
1/s
10
Revolutional feedrate
1 mm/degree
11
Compensation value linear position
1 mm
12
Compensation value angular position
1 degree
13
Cutting rate
1 mm/s
The scaling factor is assigned to the physical variable using the index
[0...12]. If this machine data is changed, a startup is required because otherwise the associated machine data that have physical units would be incorrectly scaled.
Proceed as follows:
MD changed manually
First start up and then enter the associated machine data with physical
units.
47
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10240
SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
N01
G2,K3,A3,S1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
SCAL
Description:
48
TRUE
The MD defines the basic system used by the control for scaling length-dependent physical variables for data input/output.
All corresponding data are stored internally in the basic units of 1 mm, 1
degree and 1 sec.
In the case of access from the interpreter ( part program and download ),
from the operator panel ( variable service ) or through external communication, scaling takes place in the following units:
MD10240 $MN_SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC = 1: scaled in:
mm, mm/min, m/s2 , m/s3, mm/rev.
MD10240 $MN_SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC = 0: scaled in:
inch, inch/min, inch/s2, inch/s3, inch/rev.
The selection of the basic system also defines the interpretation of the programmed F value for linear axes:
metric
inch
G94
mm/min
inch/min
G95
mm/rev.
inch/rev.
If this machine data is changed, a startup is required because otherwise the
associated machine data that have physical units would be incorrectly scaled.
Proceed as follows:
MD changed manually
First start up and then enter the associated machine data with physical
units.
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10250
SCALING_VALUE_INCH
EXP
G2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
SCAL
Description:
25.4
1e-9
MD changed manually
--> Start up and then enter the associated machine data with physical
units.
49
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10260
CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM
EXP
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
LINK
Description:
TRUE
Tool offsets
etc.
The change from MD10260 $MN_CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM leads to alarm 4070!
This alarm is designed to indicate that data which remain active after a
POWERON are not subjected to automatic conversion from SW1-SW4 and SW5 formats.
10270
POS_TAB_SCALING_SYSTEM
N01, N09
T1,N3,G2
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
50
Defines the measuring system for the positional data for the following
machine data
MD10910 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
MD10930 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
SD41500 $SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1
SD41501 $SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1
0: metric
1:
inch
This machine data is only evaluated for MD10260 $MN_CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM =
1.
Related to:
MD10260 $MN_CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM
MD10910 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
MD10930 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
SD41500 $SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1
SD41501 $SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10280
PROG_FUNCTION_MASK
EXP, N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x7
0/0
Description:
0x0
DISPLAY_FUNCTION_MASK
EXP, N01
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0x0
51
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10290
CC_TDA_PARAM_UNIT
N09
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
CCS_TDA_PARAM_UNIT
N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
52
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10292
CC_TOA_PARAM_UNIT
N09
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
CCS_TOA_PARAM_UNIT
N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS
N10
A4,TE1
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines the number of usable analog NCK inputs on the control.
Only these analog NCK inputs can be addressed by the NC part program or
assigned by NC functions.
If more analog NCK inputs are defined with the machine data than are available in the hardware of the control, the binary analog actual value is set to
zero in the control for the inputs that do not exist in the hardware. The NCK
value can be altered by the PLC.
53
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Note:
CPU computing time on the interpolation level is required for processing
the digital and analog NCK I/Os. The number of active NCK I/Os should
therefore be limited to the demands of the machine so that the interpolation cycle time is not unnecessarily loaded.
10310
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS
N10
A4
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines the number of usable analog NCK outputs on the control.
Only these analog NCK outputs can be addressed by the NC part program or
assigned by NC functions.
If more analog NCK outputs are defined with the machine data than are available in the hardware of the control, no alarm is triggered. The analog values
specified by the part program can be read by the PLC.
Note:
CPU computing time on the interpolation level is required for processing
the digital and analog NCK I/Os. The number of active NCK I/Os should
therefore be limited to the demands of the machine so that the interpolation cycle time is not unnecessarily loaded.
10350
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS
N10
A4,TE1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
54
The number of bytes of the digital NCK inputs that can be used on the control
are defined in this machine data.
These digital NCK inputs can be read directly by the part program. Moreover,
the signal state at the HW inputs can also be changed by the PLC.
If more digital NCK inputs are defined in the machine data than are available
in the control hardware, a signal status of 0 is set in the control for the
inputs that do not exist in the hardware. The NCK value can be altered by the
PLC.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V2800 0000 (Disable the digital NCK inputs 1-8)
NC/PLC interface signal VB2800 1000 (Disable the external digital inputs
9-40)
NC/PLC interface signal V2800 0001(PLC setting for digital NCK inputs 1-9)
NC/PLC interface signal VB2800 1001 (PLC values for external digital
inputs 9-40)
NC/PLC interface signal V2900 0000,1000 (Actual value for digital NCK
inputs)
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10360
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
N10
A4,TE8
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
The number of bytes for digital NCK outputs that can be used on the control
are defined in this machine data.
These digital NCK outputs can be set directly by the part program. From the
PLC can
the digital outputs with the NC/PLC interface signal V2800 0004,1008
(Disable the digital NCK outputs).
with the NC/PLC interface signal V2800 0005,1009 (Overwrite mask for digital NCK outputs).
with the NC/PLC interface signal V2800 0007,1011 (Setting mask for digital NCK outputs).
If more digital NCK outputs are defined in the machine data than are available in the control hardware, no alarm is triggered. The signal states specified by the part program can be read by the PLC.
Special cases:
Digital NCK outputs 5 to 8 can be processed only by the PLC (no hardware outputs).
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V2800 0004,1008 (Disable the digital NCK outputs)
NC/PLC interface signal V2800 0005,1009 (Overwrite mask for digital NCK
outputs)
NC/PLC interface signal V2800 0006,1001 (PLC setting value for digital NCK
outputs)
NC/PLC interface signal V2800 0007,1011 (Setting mask for digital NCK outputs)
NC/PLC interface signal V2900 0004,1004 (Setpoint for digital NCK outputs)
10361
FASTIO_DIG_SHORT_CIRCUIT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
10
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Defined short circuits between digital output and input signals of the highspeed NCK I/Os are realized by linking the signals read in from the highspeed NCK I/Os or the PLC interface to defined output signals.
The output signals always remain unchanged by the link, the inputs that have
to be taken into account internally arise from the read inputs and the link.
If a plurality of output bits are specified for one input bit in overwrite
mode, the last defined assignment in the list determines the result.
The definition of non-existent or non-activated inputs/outputs is ignored
without an alarm.
Bits 0-7:Number of the input byte to be written ( 1 - 5 )
Bits 8-15:Bit number within the input byte ( 1 - 8 )
Link:
The type of link is selected by adding a hexadecimal number to the input bit
number:
00
Overwrite input identically to output
A0
Input is AND-gated to the read input with the status of the stated
output
55
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
B0
Input is OR-gated to the read input with the status of the stated
output
Bits 16-23:Number of the output byte to be used ( 1 - 5 )
Bits 24-31:Bit number within the output byte ( 1 - 8 )
Example:
$MN_FASTIO_DIG_SHORT_CIRCUIT[ 0 ] = 0x04010302
Input: 3rd bit of the 2nd byte
Output: 4th bit of the 1st byte ( = 4th onboard NCU output )
The input status is overwritten by the specified output
$MN_FASTIO_DIG_SHORT_CIRCUIT[ 1 ] = 0x0705A201
Input: 2nd bit of the 1st byte ( = 2nd onboard NCU input )
Output: 7th bit of the 5th byte
The input status is AND-gated with the specified output
$MN_FASTIO_DIG_SHORT_CIRCUIT[ 2 ] = 0x0103B502
Input: 5th bit of the 2nd byte
Output: 1st bit of the 3rd byte
The input status is OR-gated with the specified output
Related to:
MD10350 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS,
MD10360 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS.
References:
/FB/, A4, "Digital and Analog NCK I/Os"
10362
HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
N10
A4,TE1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x060003FF
0/0
Description:
56
0x01000000,0x01000
000,0x01000000...
0x01000000
For PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
1st + 2nd byte indicate the logical start address of the I/O slot on the
PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
Value 0000 means NO active slot
Values 0001..0100 are reserved for the PLC process image (the value of input
slots can be read by the NCK without errors, but output slots are forbidden
in this range, and cause an alarm on power up)
1st byte = LowByte of the logical start address
2nd byte = HighByte of the logical start address
3nd byte = 0 = without meaning
4th byte = 5 = segment no. for PROFIBUS/PROFINET
The individual bytes are explained in MD10366 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN.
[hw] = Index (0 to 7) for addressing the external analog inputs
Related to:
MD10366 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
MD10368 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
MD10364 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10364
HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
N10
A4,TE3
DWORD
PowerOn
0x060003FF
0/0
Description:
0x01000000,0x01000
000,0x01000000...
0x01000000
For PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
1st + 2nd byte indicate the logical start address of the I/O slot on the
PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
Value 0000 means NO active slot
Values 0001..0100 are reserved for the PLC process image (the value of input
slots can be read by the NCK without errors; however, output slots are forbidden in this range, and cause an alarm on power up)
1st byte = LowByte of the logical start address
2nd byte = HighByte of the logical start address
3rd byte = 0 = without meaning
4th byte = 5 = segment no. for PROFIBUS/PROFINET
The individual bytes are explained in MD10366 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN.
Related to:
MD10366 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
MD10368 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
MD10362 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
10366
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
N10
A4,TE1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0x0
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
802d-ng2
0x00010101
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
802d-ng3
0x00010101
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
802d-tm1
0x0
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
802d-tm2
0x0
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
802d-tm3
0x0
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
Description:
57
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Segment no.:
Always 1 for 840D (ID for SIMODRIVE611D bus)
Example:
HW_ASSIGN_DIGITAL_FASTIN[3] = 01 04 03 02
1st byte: 02 =
2nd input byte of a 16 bit input module
2nd byte: 03 =
Input module inserted in slot 3 of the terminal block
3rd byte: 04 =
Terminal block inserted at logical drive number 4
4th byte: 01 =
ID for 611D bus
For PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
1st + 2nd byte indicate the logical start address of the I/O slot on the
PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
Value 0000 means NO active slot
Values 0001..0100 are reserved for the PLC process image (the value of input
slots can be read by the NCK without errors; however, output slots are forbidden in this range, and cause an alarm on power up)
1st byte = LowByte of the logical start address
2nd byte = HighByte of the logical start address
3rd byte = 0 = without meaning
4th byte = 5 = segment no. for PROFIBUS/PROFINET
Module no.:
1 ... MD_MAXNUM_SIMO611D_AXES:
Number of the logical slot in which the terminal block with the external
I/Os is inserted. The logical slot is assigned to a physical slot by
MD13010 $MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_NR, it is activated by MD13000
$MN_DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE.
1st + 2nd bytes give the logical start address of the I/O slot on the PROFIBUS
1st byte = low byte
2nd byte = high byte
Value 0000 means NO active slots
Values 0001..007F are reserved for the PLC (NCK can also read the value for
input slots without error, but output slots are forbidden in this range and
lead to an alarm during startup)
Values 0080..02FF are valid
Values > 02FF are invalid
Example:
HW_ASSIGN_DIGITAL_FASTIN[3] = '05000302'
1st + 2nd byte:
0302 (hex) = logical start address 770 (decimal)
3rd byte:
00 = no significance
4th byte:
05 = ID for PROFIBUS/PROFINET
Related to:
MD10368 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
MD10362 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
MD10364 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
58
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10368
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0x0
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
802d-ng2
0x00010101
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
802d-ng3
0x00010101
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
802d-tm1
0x0
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
802d-tm2
0x0
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
802d-tm3
0x0
0x0
0x00010101
2/2
Description:
For PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
1st + 2nd byte indicate the logical start address of the I/O slot on the
PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
Value 0000 means NO active slot
Values 0001..0100 are reserved for the PLC process image (the value of input
slots can be read by the NCK without errors; however, output slots are forbidden in this range, and cause an alarm on power up)
1st byte = LowByte of the logical start address
2nd byte = HighByte of the logical start address
3rd byte = 0 = without meaning
4th byte = 5 = segment no. for PROFIBUS/PROFINET
The individual bytes are explained under MD10366 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN.
[hw] = Index (0 to 3) for addressing the external digital output bytes
Related to:
MD10366 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
MD10362 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
MD10364 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
10430
CC_HW_DEBUG_MASK
EXP
OEM
DWORD
PowerOn
0x7fffffff
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
59
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 5:
Servotrace: Enable physical addresses without access control
Bit10:
Test for measuring function. If this bit is set, one can use the GUD Variables CHAN INT MEA_TASK and CHAN INT MEA_COUNTER to transfer the inverse
transformation of the measured values into cyclical and non-cyclical
tasks.
Bit11:
No EMERGENCY STOP alarm on loss of PLC sign of life. If the PLC sign of
life is not obtained within the time defined in MD10100
$MN_PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT, an alarm is not issued, merely the axis release
withdrawn. (Application case: debugging the PLC user program)
Bit15:
Reserved for gantry startup help.
10450
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB
N09
N3
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
60
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
31
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
31
2/2
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
31
2/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
31
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
31
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
31
0/0
This machine data allows one machine axis to be assigned to each of the 8
possible cam pairs (each is comprised of one minus and one plus cam).
If a "0" is entered, the corresponding cam is not processed.
The cam signal output is activated via the axial NC/PLC interface signal
V380x 0002.0 (Cam activation).
Index [n] of the machine data addresses the cam pair: n = 0, 1, ... , 15 correspond to cam pairs 1, 2, ... , 8
Example:
Cam pair 1 is to be assigned to machine axis 3, and cam pair 3 to machine
axis 4. Cam pair 2 is not to be assigned to an axis.
MD10450 $MN_SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB[0]= 3
MD10450 $MN_SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB[1]= 0
MD10450 $MN_SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB[2]= 4
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10460
SW_CAM_MINUS_LEAD_TIME
N09
N3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
3/3
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
3/3
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
3/3
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
Description:
A lead or delay time can be assigned in this machine data to each minus cam
1-8 to compensate for delay times.
The switching edge of the associated cam signal is advanced or delayed by the
time value entered.
Positive value:
-->
Lead time
Negative value:
-->
Delay time
Serves to compensate for the constant proportion of the internal delay time
between actual value acquisition and signal output.
Index [n] of the machine data addresses the cam pair:
n = 0, 1, ... , 8 correspond to cam pairs 1, 2, ... , 8
This machine data is added to the setting data SD41520
$SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_1[n].
Related to:
SD41520 $SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_1[n] (lead or delay time on minus cams 1
- 8)
10461
SW_CAM_PLUS_LEAD_TIME
N09
N3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
3/3
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
3/3
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
3/3
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
Description:
A lead or delay time can be assigned in this machine data to each plus cam 18 to compensate for delay times.
The switching edge of the associated cam signal is advanced or delayed by the
time value entered.
Positive value:
-->
Lead time
61
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Negative value:
-->
Delay time
Serves to compensate for the constant proportion of the internal delay time
between actual value acquisition and signal output.
Index [n] of the machine data addresses the cam pair:
n = 0, 1, ... , 7 correspond to cam pairs 1, 2, ... , 8
This machine data is added to the setting data SD41521
$SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_1[n].
Related to:
SD41521 $SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_1[n] (lead or delay time on plus cams 1 8)
10470
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_1
N09
N3
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
0/0
Description:
62
The cam signal status can be output to the NCK I/Os as well as to the PLC.
The hardware assignment of the minus and plus cam signals to the digital output bytes used for the NCK I/Os is made in this machine data for cam pairs 1
- 8.
The assigned output signals can also be inverted with this machine data.
The MD is coded as follows:
Bits 0-7:
No. of 1st HW byte used with digital outputs
Bits 8-15:
No. of 2nd HW byte used with digital outputs
Bits 16-23:
Inversion mask for writing 1st HW byte used
Bits 24-31:
Inversion mask for writing 2nd HW byte used
Bit=0:
Do not invert
Bit=1:
Invert
If both HW bytes are specified, the 1st byte contains the minus cam signals
and the 2nd byte the plus cam signals.
If the 2nd byte is not specified (= "0"), then the 8 cams are output as an
AND operation of the minus and plus cam signals via the 1st HW byte using the
1st inversion mask.
The status of the non-inverted output signal for linear axes and for rotary
axes with "plus cam - minus cam < 180 degrees" is:
"1" between minus and plus cams
"0" outside this range
The status of the non-inverted output signal for rotary axes with "plus cam minus cam >= 180 degrees" is:
"0" between minus and plus cams
"1" outside this range
The following must be specified as the byte address for the digital outputs:
1:
for on-board byte
2 - 5:
for external bytes
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10480
SW_CAM_TIMER_FASTOUT_MASK
N09
N3
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
0/0
Description:
63
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10485
SW_CAM_MODE
N09
N3
Behavior of SW cams
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
64
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
0/0
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
On-board output 8 = 0: Measurement not possible
Bit 4 = 0:
and following free
10490
SW_CAM_COMP_NCK_JITTER
N09
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0.0001
0/0
Description:
0.0
DPIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
8191
-1/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
DPIO_RANGE_LENGTH_IN
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
128
-1/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Length of the PROFIBUS/PROFINET I/O range consistently usable for the NCK.
This range must be defined in STEP 7, hardware configuration.
0: only the first data slot is used.
x: length of the consistent PROFIBUS/PROFINET I/O range
Note: in PROFINET it is not possible to combine several slots in one
area.
10502
DPIO_RANGE_ATTRIBUTE_IN
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
0x0F
-1/2
Description:
0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01, 0x00
0x01,0x01,0x01...
65
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 1: (reserved)
Bit 2: Read input data
0: Read possible through system variable and CC binding (increased
performance requirements)
1: Read only possible for CC binding (low performance requirements)
Bit 3: Slot sign-of-life alarm
0: Slot sign-of-life alarms are output
1: Slot sign-of-life alarms are suppressed
10510
DPIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
8191
-1/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
DPIO_RANGE_LENGTH_OUT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
128
-1/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Length of the PROFIBUS I/O range consistently usable for the NCK. This range
must be defined in STEP 7, hardware configuration.
0: only the first data slot is used.
x: length of the consistent PROFIBUS I/O range
Note: in PROFINET it is not possible to combine several slots in one
area.
10512
DPIO_RANGE_ATTRIBUTE_OUT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
0x0F
-1/2
Description:
66
0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01, 0x00
0x01,0x01,0x01...
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10530
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1
N10
A4
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2
N10
A4
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
67
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Example:
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2[0] = 1
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2[1] = 2
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2[2] = 1
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2[3] = 3
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2[4] = 3
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2[5] = 1
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2[6] = 1
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2[7] = 1
Analog input 1 affects input bits 0, 2 , 5, 6 and 7 of comparator byte 2
Analog input 2 affects input bit 1 of comparator byte 2
Analog input 3 affects input bits 3 and 4 of comparator byte 2
Related to:
MD10540 $MN_COMPAR_TYPE_1
MD10541 $MN_COMPAR_TYPE_2
10540
COMPAR_TYPE_1
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
68
This MD can be used to make the following settings for the individual output
bits (0 to 7) of comparator byte 1:
Bits 8 to 15:
Not used (defined to be set to 0)
Bits 16 to 23:
Assignment of a HW output byte for outputting
the comparator states (statement of the byte address)
Byte = 0: No output via digital NCK outputs
Byte = 1: Output via digital onboard NCK outputs (1 to 4)
Byte = 2: Output via external digital NCK outputs 9 to 16
Byte = 3: Output via external digital NCK outputs 17 to 24
Byte = 4: Output via external digital NCK outputs 25 to 32
Byte = 5: Output via external digital NCK outputs 33 to 40
Bits 24 to 31:
Inversion mask for the output of the comparator states
(bits 0 to 7)
Bit = 0:
Output bit is not inverted
Bit = 1:
Output bit is inverted
Related to:
MD10530 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1
MD10531 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2
SD41600 $SN_COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1
SD41601 $SN_COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2
MD10360 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10541
COMPAR_TYPE_2
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
This MD can be used to make the following settings for the individual output
bits (0 to 7) of comparator byte 2:
Bits 8 to 15:
not used (defined to be set to 0)
Bits 16 to 23: Assignment of a HW output byte for outputting the comparator states (statement of the byte address)
Bits 24 to 31:
Inversion mask for the output of the comparator states
(bits 0 to 7)
Bit = 0:
Output bit is not inverted
Bit = 1:
Output bit is inverted
Related to:
MD10530 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1
MD10531 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2
SD41600 $SN_COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1
SD41601 $SN_COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2
MD10360 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
10600
FRAME_ANGLE_INPUT_MODE
K2
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FRAME_ANGLE_INPUT_MODE sets how the rotations (ROT and AROT) around the three
geometry axes are defined if more than one rotation is programmed in a block.
The order in which these rotations are programmed within the block is irrelevant.
The rotations can be set to be calculated according to:
69
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10602
FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
K2
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
WALIM_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
A3
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
This machine data specifies whether a potentially active working area limitation will remain active after geo axis replacement, or whether it will be
deactivated.
Meaning of the MD values:
= 0 Working area limitation will be deactivated when replacing geo axis.
= 1 Working area limitation will remain activated when replacing geo axis.
10610
MIRROR_REF_AX
K2
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
70
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
2: y is the reference axis
Mirroring of the x axis is mapped on:
a mirroring of the y axis and
a rotation of the z axis through 180
Mirroring of the y axis is unique.
Mirroring of the z axis is mapped on:
a mirroring of the y axis and
a rotation of the x axis through 180
3: z is the reference axis
Mirroring of the x axis is mapped on:
a mirroring of the z axis and
a rotation of the z axis through 180
a rotation of the x axis through 180
Mirroring of the y axis is mapped on:
a mirroring of the z axis and
a rotation of the x axis through 180
Mirroring of the z axis is unique.
degrees.
degrees
degrees and
degrees
degrees.
10612
MIRROR_TOGGLE
K2
Mirror toggle
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
NCBFRAME_RESET_MASK
EXP
K2
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
0xFFFF
Bit mask for the reset setting of the NCU global base frames which are
included in the channel.
The following applies:
When MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK bit0 = 1 and bit14 = 1
The entire base frame is derived on reset from the linking of the NCU
global base frame field elements whose bit in the bit mask is 1.
When MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK bit0 = 1 and bit14 = 0
The entire base frame is deselected on reset.
71
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10615
NCBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
EXP, N12
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines whether global base frames are reset in the data
management on Power On.
That is
Mirroring is disabled.
The individual base frames can be selected separately.
Bit 0 means base frame 0, bit 1 base frame 1 etc.
Value=0: Base frame is retained on Power On
Value=1: Base frame is reset in the data management on Power On.
Related to:
MD24004 $MC_CHBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
10617
FRAME_SAVE_MASK
EXP
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3
0/0
Description:
72
This machine data is used to define which frames are restored with SAVE
attribute at return from a subprogram.
Bit 0: Settable frames G54 through G599
Value = 0:
If the same G code is active at subprogram return and subprogram call, the
active settable frame is maintained. If not, the settable frame is reactivated when the subprogram is called.
Value = 1:
At subprogram return, the settable frame is reactivated when the subprogram
is called.
Bit 1: Basic frame
Value = 0:
The active basic frame is not changed at subprogram return. This is also the
case, if a basic frame change is carried out in the subprogram by an operation or by an implicit frame deselection (possibly through TRAFOOF).
Value = 1:
At subprogram return, the basic frame is reactivated when the subprogram is
called.
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10618
PROTAREA_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
A3
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
1/1
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
-1/2
802d-tm2
-1/2
802d-tm3
-1/2
Description:
This machine data is used to define whether any active protection zones will
remain active after a transformation change or geo axis replacement, or
whether they will be deactivated.
The machine data is bit-coded with the following meanings:
Bit 0 = 0
Protection zones deactivated on transformation change.
Bit 0 = 1
Active protection zones remain active after transformation change.
Bit 1 = 0
Protection zones deactivated on geo axis replacement.
Bit 1 = 1
Active protection zones remain active after geo axis replacement.
10650
IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB
EXP, N01
K2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
I,J,K
CONTOUR_DEF_ANGLE_NAME
FBFA
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
ANG
73
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10654
RADIUS_NAME
FBFA
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
RND
CHAMFER_NAME
FBFA
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
CHR
INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB
EXP, N01
K2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
I1,J1,K1
STAT_NAME
N01, N09
F2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
STAT
TU_NAME
N01, N09
F2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
74
TU
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10680
MIN_CONTOUR_SAMPLING_TIME
N01, EXP
DOUBLE
Reset
0/0
Description:
0.008
Min. possible contour sampling time in seconds. This MD is used to limit the
value that can be entered with MD10682 $MN_CONTOUR_SAMPLING_FACTOR, independently of the current interpolation cycle of the control.
10682
CONTOUR_SAMPLING_FACTOR
N01, EXP
DOUBLE
Reset
1/1
Description:
1.0
This factor defines the maximum time interval at which a curved contour is
sampled in the interpolator.
The maximum sampling time results from the set interpolation cycle (see
MD10071 $MN_IPO_CYCLE_TIME) and the factor set with this data and the tolerance set for the geometry axes in MD33100 $MA_COMPRESS_POS_TOL[].
The minimum sampling time cannot be shorter than the time set in MD10680
$MN_MIN_CONTOUR_SAMPLING_TIME.
10700
PREPROCESSING_LEVEL
N01, N02
V2,K1
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
0x01
Bit 0= 0:
No preprocessing
Bit 0= 1:
The call description of the cycles is formed during control power on. All
the programs in the directories _N_CUS_DIR, _N_CMA_DIR and _N_CST_DIR can
be called in the part program without EXTERNAL declaration. If the parameter interface of a cycle is changed in the control, then this change does
not become active until after Power On.
Bit 1=1:
During control power on, all cycles in the directories _N_CUS_DIR,
_N_CMA_DIR and _N_CST_DIR are preprocessed to form a process-optimizing
compilation. These cycles are then processed more quickly. Changes to the
cycle programs do not become active until after the next Power On.
Bit 2=1:
During control power on, the Siemens cycles in the directory _N_CST_DIR
are preprocessed to form a process-optimizing compilation (from SW 3.5).
Bit 3=1:
During control power on, the user cycles in the directory _N_CUS_DIR are
preprocessed to form a process-optimizing compilation (from SW 3.5).
Bit 4=1:
Preprocessing the user cycles in the directory _N_CMA_DIR
Bit 5=1:
All files marked with PREPRO in the PROG statement line are preprocessed
(from SW 6.4)
75
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 5=0:
During control power on, all cycles in the directories activated by bits 1
to 4 are preprocessed. This also applies to programs that are not marked
with PREPRO.
Bit 6=1:
The compilation is stored in SRAM if there is inadequate space in DRAM
(from SW 7.1).
Memory space is required for preprocessing cycles. Better utilization of
memory can be achieved by selective setting of the preprocessing:
The runtime-critical cycles are brought together in one directory. The
remaining cycles are in the other directory.
References:
/PG/, "Programming Guide Fundamentals" (EXTERNAL declaration)
10702
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK
N01
K1,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
76
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit3 = 1
Means that there is no stop in the block search pickup block. The block
search pickup block is the 1st block that is loaded into the main run at
the start after the search target has been found in the program.
Bit4 = 1
Means that there is no stop in the INIT blocks. INIT blocks are generated
from reset immediately after a part program start.
Bit5 = 1
Means that there is no stop in any subprogram block with the parameter
DISPLOF.
Bit6 = 1
Means that there is no stop in any block in which the NCK cannot reorganize.
Reorganize is an internal procedure that is needed for mode change after
JOG/JOGREF..., switch skip block on and off, activate machine data, axis
replacement, switch on overstore, switch on single block, switch dry run
feedrate on and off, subroutine level abort, user ASUBs delete distanceto-go, switchover after TEACH-IN. Reorganize is never needed in Reset
state.
Example blocks in which reorganize is impossible:
Tool change
77
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit11= 1
The control has to automatically generate implicit GET blocks for the axis
replacement function (axis replacement: 2 or more channels control one
axis alternately) if no explicit GET(D) has been programmed and the following block wants to traverse the axis. (The other channel had previously
used this axis).
An explicitly programmed GET may appear as follows "getd(x1,y1,z1) or
get(x1,y1,z1)".
There is no stop at explicit or implicit GET blocks in the single block
with this bit 11.
Bit12= 1
There is no stop in the single block type 2 in the SBLON block.
Bit13= 1
If an axis is pulled out in the middle of a block and possibly assigned to
another channel, then there is no stop at the PREMATURE end of this
block. This block follows a REPOSA in order to traverse it to the end,
there is no stop until this end has been reached.
Bit14=1
In a part program line, in which a substitution subroutine is called due
to NC language replacement, only one stop is performed under the condition
that the subroutine includes PROC attribute SBLOF. It is irrelevant
whether the subroutine is called at block start and/or end or whether it
is exited with M17 or RET.
Bit15=1
Means that there is no stop in any user ASUB block. Exception: The single
block stop has been explicitly activated via the SBLON command.
There are three different internal ASUBs that are triggered by different
events.
- Repos: In the case of the events: change of operating mode to a manual
mode (JOG, JOGREF,...) unless MODESWITCH_MASK is not set, switch skip
block on and off, activate machine data, switch-on overstore, axis
replacement, subroutine level abort, switch-on single block, switch dry
run feedrate on and off, alarm with compensation block.
- Return: Delete distance-to-go, switchover after TEACH-IN, or deselection
of MDI with corresponding MODESWITCH_MASK.
Related to:
MD20117 $MC_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
10704
DRYRUN_MASK
N01
V1
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
78
DRYRUN_MASK == 0
Dryrun can only be switched on or off at the end of the block.
When DRYRUN_MASK = 1 is set, the dry run feedrate can also be activated during program execution (in the part program block).
NOTICE!
After activating dry run feedrate, the axes are stopped for the duration
of the reorganization process.
DRYRUN_MASK == 2
Dryrun can be switched on or off in every phase and the axes are not stopped.
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
NOTICE:
However, the function does not become active until a "later" block in the
program execution and this is with the next (implicit) StopRe block.
Related to:
SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED
10706
SLASH_MASK
N01
PG,A2
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
If SLASH_MASK = 0, skip block can only be activated when stopped at the end
of the block
If SLASH_MASK = 1, skip block can also be activated during program execution.
NOTICE!
After activating skip block, the axes are stopped for the duration of the
reorganization process.
If SLASH_MASK = 2 ,skip block can be activated in every phase.
Notice!
However, the function does not become active until a "later" block in the
program execution, and this is with the next (implicit) StopRe block.
10707
PROG_TEST_MASK
N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
SERUPRO_MASK
N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
15
1/1
Description:
Bit-coded mask for block search via program test (abbr. SERUPRO).
SERUPRO block search is activated by the PI service _N_FINDBL mode paramter
== 5.
SERUPRO means SEarchRUn by PROgram test, that is proceed under program test
from start of program to search target. Note: Program test does not move any
axis.
Bit 0 == 0
There is a stop at M0 during the search phase
Bit 0 == 1
There is no stop at M0 during the search phase
Bit 1 == 0
Alarm 16942 aborts the search phase upon the part programm command START.
Bit 1 == 1
Alarm 16942 is switched off.
NOTICE:
A start program command may really start the other channel!
79
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 2 == 0
Switches the function "Group Serupro" off
Bit 2 == 1
Switches the function "Group Serupro" on.
"Group-Serupro" enables a search routine in which the start part program
command is changed into a search routine for the other channel.
Bit 3 == 0
Compels all channels that have started Serupro to end Serupro simultaneously unless they are aborted via Reset or the channel reaches M30 without
finding the search taget. In other words, all channels that find the
search target (including self-acting Serupro) terminate SERUPRO simultaneously.
Bit 3 == 1
Switches this function off
Bits 4 .. 31
Still unused.
10709
PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
EXP, N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
80
802d-cu3
30
43200,43202
2/2
802d-ng2
30
43200,43202
2/2
802d-ng3
30
43200,43202
2/2
802d-tm1
30
43200,43202
1/1
802d-tm2
30
43200,43202
2/2
802d-tm3
30
43200,43202
2/2
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10710
PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
EXP, N01
A3, V1
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
30
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
2/2
802d-ng2
30
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
2/2
802d-ng3
30
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
2/2
802d-tm1
30
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
1/1
802d-tm2
30
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
2/2
802d-tm3
30
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
2/2
81
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
--> PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB[1] = 43430
See also: 'REDEF: change attributes of NC language elements', setting data/
PRLOC
10711
NC_LANGUAGE_CONFIGURATION
EXP, N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0/0
802d-ng2
0/0
802d-ng3
0/0
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
0/0
Description:
82
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
4:
Only those language commands are known that correspond to the current
scope of active NCK software functions. This means that any command regarding
inactive functions are rejected with alarm 12550 "Name not defined or option/
function not available". In this case it cannot be decided whether the relevant command is not known in the Siemens NC language in general or whether it
is simply not available on this system.
Example:
If the option data for cylinder transformation has been set, but transformation has not been activated with MD24100 $MC_TRAFO_TYPE_1, programming of TRACYL will be rejected with alarm 12550.
Example:
See description for the STRINGIS language command.
10712
NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB
TE1,B1
STRING
PowerOn
60
0/0
Description:
G58,G59,G505,G58,G 506...
M_NO_FCT_STOPRE
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
15
2/2
Description:
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
M_NO_FCT_EOP
EXP, N07
K1,H2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
-1
83
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Related to:
MD35040 $MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
MD10714 $MN_M_NO_FCT_EOP,
MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE,
MD20094 $MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR,
MD22254 $MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE
For external language mode:
MD10814 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE,
MD10804 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
MD10806 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT,
MD10800 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN,
MD10802 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MAX
MD20095 $MC_EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
For nibbling:
MD26008 $MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
10715
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
10
2/2
Description:
84
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1
M0 to M5,
M17, M30,
M19,
M40 to M45,
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10716
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
K1
STRING
PowerOn
10
2/2
Description:
The machine data contains the name of the cycle. This cycle is called if the
M function has been programmed from MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE.
If the M function is programmed in a motion block, the cycle is executed
after the motion.
MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE is active in both Siemens mode G290 and in external language mode G291.
If a T number is programmed in the call block, then the programmed T number
can be polled in the cycle under the variable $P_TOOL.
M and T function replacements must not be programmed simultaneously in one
block. This means that not more than one M or T function replacement may be
active in any one block.
Neither an M98 nor a modal subprogram call may be programmed in a block with
M function replacement.
Moreover, neither subprogram return nor part program end are allowed.
Alarm 14016 is issued if there is a conflict.
Related to:
MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE,
MD10717 $MN_T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
10717
T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
K1
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
85
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10718
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
-1
T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_MODE
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
86
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10720
OPERATING_MODE_DEFAULT
N01
H2
BYTE
PowerOn
12
1/1
Description:
7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7
AXCHANGE_MASK
EXP, N01
K5
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
0x08
87
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit3 = 0 means that an axis replacement can be requested by the PLC for each
axis.
For permanently assigned PLC axes, an axis replacement is only possible from
neutral axis to PLC axis
or from PLC axis to neutral axis.
10731
JOG_MODE_KEYS_EDGETRIGGRD
EXP, N01
IAF
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
TRUE
This data determines whether the signals of the VDI interface, which set the
JOG mode (progressive INC10000, ... INC1), work as switches (level triggered)
or as push buttons (edge triggered). In the latter case, a setting is made in
the NCK to retain the function of the key last pressed.
10735
JOG_MODE_MASK
EXP, N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xff
2/2
Description:
88
Bit 0:
Enables JOG in automatic.
JOG is enabled in automatic when all channels in the mode group are in the
RESET state and no channel of the DRF mode group has been selected. The
mode group changes internally to JOG with the +/- key and the handwheel,
and the axis moves. After the JOG motion has ended, a change back to AUTO
is also made internally.
Bit 1:
Position with AxFrame.
The function 'JOG to position' considers all axial frames and, in the case
of an axis configured as geometry axis, the tool length offset.
Bit 2:
Travel in opposite direction.
The functions 'JOG to position' and 'Approach machine fixed point manually' allow travel in opposite direction, i.e. away from the specified
position.
Bit 3:
Tool radius offset.
MD21020 $MC_WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS is active with JOG motions of the
geometry axes.
Bit 4:
Alarm suppression operating range limit in the basic coordinate system in
JOG.
Alarms that would be output in JOG when an operating range limit is
reached in the basic coordinate system, are suppressed.
Bit 5:
Alarm suppression operating range limit in the workpiece coordinate system
in JOG.
Alarms that would be output in JOG when an operating range limit is
reached in the workpiece coordinate system, are suppressed.
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 6, 7:
JOG of circles:
Bit 7 and bit 6 = 0: traversing the 2nd geometry axis of the active plane
to PLUS for radius increase, traversing to MINUS for radius decrease independently of inner or outer machining being active.
Bit 7 = 1 and bit 6 = 0: traversing the 2nd geometry axis of the active
plane to PLUS always travels in the direction of the limiting circle. This
means that the radius is increased on inner machining and decreased on
outer machining.
Bit 7 = 1 and bit 6 = 1: traversing the 2nd geometry axis of the active
plane to MINUS always travels in the direction of the limiting circle.
This means that the radius is increased on inner machining and decreased
on outer machining.
Bits 8-31:
Currently unassigned.
10760
G53_TOOLCORR
N12
FBFA
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
With this MD you define whether tool length offset and tool radius offset are
also to be suppressed with language commands G53, G153 and SUPA
The machine data is bit-coded.
Bit 0 = 0: G53, G153 and SUPA cause block-by-block suppression of work offsets. The active tool length offset and tool radius offset remain active.
Bit 0 = 1: G53, G153 and SUPA cause block-by-block suppression of work offsets, active tool length offset and tool radius offset. The tool length
behavior can be modified with bit 1.
Bit 1 is only evaluated, if the value of bit 0 is 1.
Bit1 = 0: with bit 0 set, the tool length is always suppressed with G53, G153
and SUPA.
Bit1 = 1: with bit 0 set the tool length is only suppressed with G53, G153
and SUPA, if a cutting edge is not selected in the same block (this can also
be the cutting edge that is already active).
10780
UNLOCK_EDIT_MODESWITCH
EXP, N01
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
TRUE
89
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10800
EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN
EXP, N12
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
-1
M number of the first M function which can be used to perform a channel (program) synchronization in ISO2/3 mode.
To avoid conflicts with standard M functions the lowest permissible value is
100. If you enter a value between 0 and 99, alarm 4170 will be issued.
10802
EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MAX
EXP, N12
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
-1
M number of the last M function which can be used to perform a channel (program) synchronization in ISO2/3 mode.
In combination with MD10800 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN, the machine data
defines an M number range reserved for channel synchronization. This range
may be a maximum of 10 times the number of channels as only 10 WAIT marks may
be set for each channel.
Alarm 4170 is output if a value is entered between 0 and 99 or less than
MD10800 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN.
10804
EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
EXP, N12
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
90
802d-cu3
96
1/1
802d-ng2
96
-1/2
802d-ng3
96
-1/2
802d-tm1
96
1/1
802d-tm2
96
1/1
802d-tm3
96
1/1
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
For nibbling:
$MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
10806
EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT
EXP, N12
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
97
1/1
802d-ng2
97
-1/2
802d-ng3
97
-1/2
802d-tm1
97
1/1
802d-tm2
97
1/1
802d-tm3
97
1/1
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_BITS_M96
EXP, N12
FBFA
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
1/1
802d-ng2
-1/2
802d-ng3
-1/2
802d-tm1
1/1
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
1/1
Setting the various bits can influence the processing of the interrupt routine activated by M96 P...
Bit 0 = 0,
No interrupt program possible, M96/M97 are normal M functions
Bit 0 = 1,
Using M96/M97 to activate an interrupt program is allowed
91
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 1 = 0,
Continue processing part program at the final position of the next block
after the interrupt block
Bit 1 = 1,
Continue processing part program from interrupt position
Bit 2 = 0,
The interrupt signal immediately interrupts the current block and starts
the interrupt routine
Bit 2 = 1,
The interrupt routine will not be started until the end of the block
Bit 3 = 0,
Interrupt machining cycle at an interupt signal
Bit 3 = 1,
Do not start interrupt program until the end of a machining cycle.
10810
EXTERN_MEAS_G31_P_SIGNAL
EXP, N12
FBFA
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
1,1,1,1
2/2
802d-ng2
1,1,1,1
-1/2
802d-ng3
1,1,1,1
-1/2
802d-tm1
1,1,1,1
2/2
802d-tm2
1,1,1,1
2/2
802d-tm3
1,1,1,1
2/2
This machine data defines the assignment of measurement inputs 1 and 2 to the
P numbers programmed with G31 P1 ( - P4). The machine data is bit-coded. Only
bits 0 and 1 are evaluated. For example, if bit 0 = 1 in MD10810
$MN_EXTERN_MEAS_G31_P_SIGNAL[1], the 1st measurement input is activated with
G31 P2. If MD10810 $MN_EXTERN_MEAS_G31_P_SIGNAL[3]=2, the 2nd measurement
input is activated with G31 P4.
Bit 0:
= 0, Do not evaluate measurement input 1 with G31 P1 (- P4)
Bit 0:
= 1, Activate measurement input 1 with G31 P1 (- P4)
Bit 1:
= 0, Do not evaluate measurement input 2 with G31 P1 (- P4)
Bit 1:
= 1, Activate measurement input 2 with G31 P1 (- P4)
10812
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_ON
EXP, N12
FBFA
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
Description:
92
802d-cu3
FALSE
2/2
802d-ng2
FALSE
-1/2
802d-ng3
FALSE
-1/2
802d-tm1
FALSE
2/2
802d-tm2
FALSE
2/2
802d-tm3
FALSE
2/2
This machine data is used to determine whether double-slide machining (channel synchronization for 1st and 2nd channel) is to be started using G68 or
whether the second tool of a double turret (= two closely-linked tools at a
distance defined in the MD42162 SC_EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST) is to be activated.
FALSE:
Channel synchronization for double-slide machining
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
TRUE:
Load 2nd tool of a double turret (that is, activate
$SC_EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DISTANCE as additive zero offset and mirroring
around Z axis)
10814
EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE
EXP, N12
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
10
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1
2/2
802d-ng2
10
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1
-1/2
802d-ng3
10
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1
-1/2
802d-tm1
10
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1
2/2
802d-tm2
10
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1
2/2
802d-tm3
10
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1
2/2
Description:
93
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10815
EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME
EXP, N12
H2
STRING
PowerOn
802d-cu3
10
2/2
802d-ng2
10
-1/2
802d-ng3
10
-1/2
Description:
802d-tm1
10
2/2
802d-tm2
10
2/2
802d-tm3
10
2/2
EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE
EXP, N12
FBFA
DOUBLE
PowerOn
Description:
94
802d-cu3
50
-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,1.,-1.,-1....
2/2
802d-ng2
50
-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,1.,-1.,-1....
-1/2
802d-ng3
50
-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,1.,-1.,-1....
-1/2
802d-tm1
50
-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,1.,-1.,-1....
2/2
802d-tm2
50
-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,1.,-1.,-1....
2/2
802d-tm3
50
-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,1.,-1.,-1....
2/2
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10817
EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME
EXP, N12
FBFA
STRING
PowerOn
802d-cu3
50
2/2
802d-ng2
50
-1/2
802d-ng3
50
-1/2
802d-tm1
50
2/2
802d-tm2
50
2/2
802d-tm3
50
2/2
Description:
Name of the subprogram started by call via the G function defined by MD10816
$MN_EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE[n].
10818
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_ASUP
EXP, N12
FBFA
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
1/1
802d-ng2
-1/2
802d-ng3
-1/2
802d-tm1
1/1
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
1/1
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_RETRAC
EXP, N12
FBFA
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
-1/2
Description:
802d-ng3
-1/2
802d-tm1
2/2
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM
N01, N12
FBFA
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
-1/2
802d-ng3
-1/2
802d-tm1
2/2
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
Description:
Definition of the external CNC system whose part programs are to be executed
on the SINUMERIK control in addition to SINUMERIK code (ISO_1):
1: ISO_21: System Fanuc0 milling (5.1 and higher)
95
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
2:
3:
4:
5:
10881
MM_EXTERN_GCODE_SYSTEM
N01, N12
FBFA
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
-1/2
802d-ng3
-1/2
802d-tm1
2/2
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
Definition of
Value = 0 :
Value = 1 :
Value = 2 :
the GCodeSystem to
ISO_3: Code system
ISO_3: Code system
ISO_3: Code system
10882
NC_USER_EXTERN_GCODES_TAB
N12
FBFA
STRING
PowerOn
802d-cu3
60
2/2
802d-ng2
60
-1/2
802d-ng3
60
-1/2
802d-tm1
60
2/2
802d-tm2
60
2/2
802d-tm3
60
2/2
Description:
EXTERN_FLOATINGPOINT_PROG
N12
FBFA
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
802d-cu3
TRUE
2/2
802d-ng2
TRUE
-1/2
802d-ng3
TRUE
-1/2
802d-tm1
TRUE
2/2
802d-tm2
TRUE
2/2
802d-tm3
TRUE
2/2
Description:
96
This MD defines how programmed values without a decimal point are evaluated:
0: Values without a decimal point are interpreted in internal units. For
example, X1000 = 1 mm (for 0.001 mm input resolution) X1000.0 = 1000 mm
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
1: Values without decimal point are interpreted as mm, inch or degrees. For
example, X1000 = 1000 mm X1000.0 = 1000 mm
Related to:
MD10886 $MN_EXTERN_INCREMENT_SYSTEM
10886
EXTERN_INCREMENT_SYSTEM
N12
FBFA
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
802d-cu3
FALSE
2/2
802d-ng2
FALSE
-1/2
Description:
802d-ng3
FALSE
-1/2
802d-tm1
FALSE
2/2
802d-tm2
FALSE
2/2
802d-tm3
FALSE
2/2
EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO
N12
FBFA
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
-1/2
802d-ng3
-1/2
802d-tm1
2/2
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE
N12
FBFA
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0x0
2/2
802d-ng2
0x0
-1/2
802d-ng3
0x0
-1/2
802d-tm1
0x0
2/2
802d-tm2
0x0
2/2
802d-tm3
0x0
2/2
Description:
97
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit0=0:
Only active if MD10880 $MN_MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM =2: The tool number and
offset number are programmed in the T word. $MN_DIGITS_TOOLNO defines the
number of leading digits that form the tool number.
Example:
$MN_DIGITS_TOOLNO = 2
T=1234
; Tool number 12,
; Offset number 34
Bit0=1:
Only active if MD10880 $MN_MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM =2: Only the tool number
is programmed in the T word. Offset number = Tool number.
$MN_DIGITS_TOOLNO is irrelevant.
Example:
T=12
; Tool number 12
; Offset number 12
Bit1=0:
Only active if MD10880 $MN_MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM =2: A leading 0 is added
if the number of digits programmed in the T word is the same as that in
MD10888 $MN_EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO.
Bit1=1:
Only active if MD10880 $MN_MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM =2: If the number of digits programmed in the T word is equal to the number of digits defined in
MD10888 $MN_EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO, the programmed number is both the offset number and the tool number
Bit2=0:
Only active if $MN_MM_EXTERN_CNC_LANGUAGE =2: ISO T offset selection only
with D (Siemens cutting edge number)
Bit2=1:
Only active if $MN_MM_EXTERN_CNC_LANGUAGE =2: ISO T offset selection only
with H ($TC_DPH[t,d])
Bit6=0:
The offset memories for the tool length and tool radius are
linked so that tool length and tool radius are always selected when either H
or D is programmed.
Bit6=1:
The offset memories for the tool length and tool radius are not
linked, so that the number of the tool length value is selected when H is
programmed, and the number of the tool radius value is selected when D is
programmed.
98
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
10900
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1
N09
T1
DWORD
Reset
802d-cu3
60
2/2
802d-ng2
60
2/2
802d-ng3
60
2/2
802d-tm1
60
0/0
802d-tm2
60
2/2
802d-tm3
60
2/2
Description:
The indexing position table is used to assign the axis positions in the valid
unit of measurement (mm, inches or degrees) to the indexing positions [n] on
the indexing axis. The number of indexing positions used in table 1 is
defined by MD10900 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1.
These indexing positions must be assigned valid values in table 1. Any indexing positions in the table above the number specified in the machine data are
ignored. Up to 60 indexing positions (0 to 59) can be entered in the table.
Table length = 0 means that the table is not evaluated. If the length is not
equal to 0, then the table must be assigned to an axis with MD30500
$MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB.
If the indexing axis is defined as a rotary axis (MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX =
"1") with modulo 360 (MD30310 $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO = "1"), the machine data
defines the last indexing position after which, with a further traversing
movement in the positive direction, the indexing positions begin again at 1.
Special cases:
Alarm 17090 "Value violates upper limit" if values over 60 are entered in
MD10900 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1.
Related to:
MD30500 $MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB (axis is an indexing axis)
MD10910 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1 (indexing position table 1)
MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX(rotary axis)
MD30310 $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO (modulo conversion for rotary axis)
10910
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
N09
T1
DOUBLE
Reset
Description:
802d-cu3
60
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-ng2
60
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-ng3
60
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-tm1
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
0/0
802d-tm2
60
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-tm3
60
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
The indexing position table is used to assign the axis positions in the valid
unit of measurement (mm, inches or degrees) to the indexing positions [n] on
the indexing axis.
99
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
[n] =
indexing for the entry of the indexing positions in the indexing
position table.
Range: 0 y n x 59, where 0 corresponds to the 1st indexing position and 59 to
the 60th indexing position.
Note.
Programming with the absolute indexing position (e.g. CAC) starts with
indexing position 1. This corresponds to the indexing position with indexing n = 0 in the indexing position table.
The following should be noted when entering the indexing positions:
The 1st entry in the table corresponds to indexing position 1; the nth
entry corresponds to indexing position n.
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2
N09
T1
DWORD
Reset
802d-cu3
60
2/2
802d-ng2
60
2/2
802d-ng3
60
2/2
802d-tm1
60
0/0
802d-tm2
60
2/2
802d-tm3
60
2/2
Description:
100
The indexing position table is used to assign the axis positions in the valid
unit of measurement (mm, inches or degrees) to the indexing positions [n] on
the indexing axis. The number of indexing positions used in table 2 is
defined by MD10920 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2.
These indexing positions in table 2 must be assigned valid values. Any indexing positions in the table above the number specified in the machine data are
ignored.
Up to 60 indexing positions (0 to 59) can be entered in the table.
Table length = 0 means that the table is not evaluated. If the length is not
equal to 0, the table must be assigned to an axis with MD30500
$MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB.
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
If the indexing axis is defined as a rotary axis (MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX =
"1") with modulo 360 (MD30310 $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO = "1"), the machine data
defines the last indexing position after which, with a further traversing
movement in the positive direction, the indexing positions begin again at 1.
Not relevant for tool magazines (revolvers, chain magazines)
Special cases:
Alarm 17090 "Value violates upper limit" if a value over 60 is entered in
MD10920 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2.
Related to:
MD30500 $MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB (axis is an indexing axis)
MD10930 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2 (indexing position table 2)
MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX(rotary axis)
MD30310 $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO (modulo conversion for rotary axis)
10930
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
N09
T1
DOUBLE
Reset
Description:
802d-cu3
60
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-ng2
60
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-ng3
60
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-tm1
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
0/0
802d-tm2
60
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-tm3
60
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
The indexing position table is used to assign the axis positions in the valid
unit of measurement (mm, inches or degrees) to the indexing positions [n] on
the indexing axis.
[n] =
indexing for the entry of the indexing positions in the indexing
position table.
Range: 0 y n x 59, where 0 corresponds to the 1st indexing position and 59 to
the 60th indexing position.
Note:
Programming with the absolute indexing position (e.g. CAC) starts with
indexing position 1. This corresponds to the indexing position with indexing n = 0 in the table.
The following should be noted when entering the indexing positions:
The 1st entry in the table corresponds to indexing position 1; the nth
entry corresponds to indexing position n.
101
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
The number of indexing positions used in the table is defined by MD10920
$MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2.
Entering the value 1 in axial MD30500 $MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB assigns
indexing position table 1 to the current axis.
Special cases:
Alarm 17020 "Illegal array index" if over 60 positions are entered in the
table.
Related to:
MD30500 $MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB (axis is an indexing axis)
MD10920 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2 (num ber of indexing positions used
in table 2)
MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX(rotary axis)
MD30310 $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO (modulo conversion for rotary axis)
10940
INDEX_AX_MODE
EXP
T1
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
1/1
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
1/1
AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
255
2/2
Description:
102
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11110
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC
N07
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
128
1/1
Description:
0x81,0x21,0x41,0x41, 0x41,0x41,0x41...
Defines the output options for the auxiliary functions belonging to a group.
However, the output option of an auxiliary function configured by MD22080
$MC_AUXFU_PREDEF_SPEC[ preIndex ] or MD22035 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_SPEC[ auxIndex
] has a higher priority.
Bit 0=1"Normal" acknowledgement after an OB1 cycle
Bit 1=1"Quick" acknowledgement with OB40
Bit 2=1No predefined auxiliary function
Bit 3=1No output to PLC
Bit 4=1Spindle response after acknowledgement by the PLC
Bit 5=1Output prior to motion
Bit 6=1Output during motion
Bit 7=1Output at end of block
Bit 8=1No output after block search types 1, 2, 4
Bit 9=1Collection during block search type 5 (SERUPRO)
Bit 10 = 1 No output during block search type 5 (SERUPRO)
Bit 11 = 1Cross-channel auxiliary function (SERUPRO)
Bit 12 = 1Output via synchronized action
Bit 13 = 1 Implicit auxiliary function
Bit 14 = 1 Active M01
Bit 15 = 1 No output during running-in test
Bit 16 = 1 Nibbling off
Bit 17 = 1 Nibbling on
Bit 18 = 1 Nibbling
The MD must be defined for each existing auxiliary function group.
The index [n] corresponds to the auxiliary function group: 0...63
The assignment of individual auxiliary functions to specific groups is
defined in channel-specific machine data ( AUXFU_PREDEF_TYPE,
AUXFU_PREDEF_EXTENTION, AUXFU_PREDEF_VALUE, AUXFU_PREDEF_GROUP,
AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE, AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENTION, AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE,
AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP ).
M0, M1, M2, M17 and M30 are assigned to group 1 by default.
The specification of this group ( 0x81: output duration 1 OB1 pass, output at
end of block ) must not be changed.
All spindle-specific auxiliary functions ( M3, M4, M5, M19, M70 ) are
assigned to group 2 by default.
If several auxiliary functions with different output types ( before / during
/ at end of motion ) are programmed in one motion block, then the output of
the individual auxiliary functions occurs in accordance with their output
types.
All auxiliary functions are output simultaneously in a block without motion.
Default setting:
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC[0]=81H
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC[1]=21H
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC[2]=41H
...
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC[n]=41H
103
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11120
LUD_EXTENDED_SCOPE
N01
PG
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE
GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB
N01
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
This data indicates in which area the contents of the GUD module are also
saved.
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[0] : SGUD_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[1] : MGUD_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[2] : UGUD_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[3] : GUD4_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[4] : GUD5_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[5] : GUD6_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[6] : GUD7_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[7] : GUD8_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[8] : GUD9_DEF
BitNo.
Hexadec.
Meaning when bit is set
Value
0 (LSB) 0x00000001
TOA area
11160
ACCESS_EXEC_CST
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
104
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11161
ACCESS_EXEC_CMA
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
ACCESS_EXEC_CUS
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
3/3
Description:
ACCESS_WRITE_CST
N01
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
-1
105
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11166
ACCESS_WRITE_CMA
N01
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
-1
ACCESS_WRITE_CUS
N01
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
-1
2/2
802d-ng2
-1
2/2
802d-ng3
-1
2/2
802d-tm1
-1
3/3
802d-tm2
-1
3/3
802d-tm3
-1
3/3
Description:
106
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11170
ACCESS_WRITE_SACCESS
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
ACCESS_WRITE_MACCESS
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
ACCESS_WRITE_UACCESS
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
3/3
Description:
107
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11200
INIT_MD
EXP, N01
IAF,IAD,IA
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
MD10010 $MN_ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY
N01, N05
IAD
BYTE
Immediately
2/2
0x0F
Description:
108
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit4 Frames (only for INI files)
0: All frames are output
1: Only those frames which are not zero frames are output.
Bit5 Tool data (cutting edge parameters) (only for INI files)
0: All tool data are output
1: Only those tool data not equal to '0' are output.
11220
INI_FILE_MODE
N01, N05
G2
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
If, while reading machine data files (INI files) into controls, data are read
in
MD_FILE_STYLE
N01, N05
IAD
BYTE
Immediately
0/0
Description:
109
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11240
PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER
N01, N05
K4,FBU
SDB number
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0,-1,0
-1
Only for PROFIBUS/PROFINET with selection option of autonomous SDB data management (802d, 828d):
Number of the system data block (SDB) used for configuring the I/Os.
11241
PROFIBUS_SDB_SELECT
N01, N05
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
Only for PROFIBUS/PROFINET with selection option of autonomous SDB data management (802d, 828d):
If MD11240 $MN_PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER > 0, SDBs are loaded directly from the
directory:
MD11241 $MN_PROFIBUS_SDB_SELECT = 0: /siemens/sinumerik/sdb/...
MD11241 $MN_PROFIBUS_SDB_SELECT = 1: /addon/sinumerik/sdb/...
MD11241 $MN_PROFIBUS_SDB_SELECT = 2: /oem/sinumerik/sdb/...
MD11241 $MN_PROFIBUS_SDB_SELECT = 3: /user/sinumerik/sdb/...
11250
PROFIBUS_SHUTDOWN_TYPE
EXP, N01
G3,FBU
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
DEFAULT_VALUES_MEM_MASK
N01
A2
DWORD
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
110
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 0 = 1:
The default values stated for the definition are stored persistently. The
memory reserved via MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM is used for this purpose.
The memory reserved via MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM should be increased by
the size required for default values.
If this size cannot be determined, the memory should be doubled and adaptations should be made later if required.
The stored default values can be restored, provided that the corresponding
programming (REDEF) has been performed.
11280
WPD_INI_MODE
N01
IAD
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
DRAM_FILESYSTEM_MASK
N01
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0x3f
Bit0-n = 0:
The files of the corresponding directory should be stored in SRAM
1:
The files of the corresponding directory should be stored in DRAM.
Bit0
CST directory (Siemens cycles)
Bit1
CMA directory (machine manufacturer's cycles)
Bit2
CUS directory (user cycles)
Bit3
MPF directory (main programs)
Bit4
SPF directory (subprograms)
Bit5
WPD directory (workpieces)
111
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11291
DRAM_FILESYST_SAVE_MASK
N01
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0x3f
Bit0-n = 0:
No backup is performed. The files stored on NCK are lost if the control is
switched off.
1:
Backup in the FFS of the NC card takes place if the files are located in
DRAM.
Bit0
CST directory (Siemens cycles)
Bit1
CMA directory (machine manufacturer cycles)
Bit2
CUS directory (user cycles)
Bit3
MPF directory (main programs)
Bit4
SPF directory (subprograms)
Bit5
WPD directory (workpieces)
11292
DRAM_FILESYST_CONFIG
EXP
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0x22
SIEM_TRACEFILES_CONFIG
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
PROTOC_IPOCYCLE_CONTROL
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
112
10
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1
the
are
the
not
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11298
PROTOC_PREPTIME_CONTROL
N01
DOUBLE
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
Time in seconds, for which the prep time level may be blocked. If the PREP
does not manage to pass through within the set time, the cyclic events are
not logged. It is thus ensured that operation cannot be completely blocked
by data recording.
11300
JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD
N01
H1,R1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
TRUE
1:
HANDWH_REVERSE
N09
H1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
Handwheel travel:
Value = 0: no immediate traversing in the opposite direction
Value > 0: immediate traversing in the opposite direction if the handwheel is
turned in the opposite direction by at least the indicated number of pulses
113
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11320
HANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH
N09
H1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
CONTOURHANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH
N09
H1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
2/2
802d-ng2
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
0/0
802d-ng3
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
0/0
802d-tm1
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
0/0
802d-tm2
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
0/0
802d-tm3
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
0/0
Description:
HANDWH_VDI_REPRESENTATION
N01
OEM
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
114
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11330
JOG_INCR_SIZE_TAB
EXP, N09
H1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
1.,10.,100.,1000.,1000 0.
HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE
N01
H1,P1,W1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0: The default settings of the handwheel are velocity defaults. Braking during handwheel standstill is executed on the shortest travel path.
1: The default settings of the handwheel are path defaults.
No pulses are lost. Due to limiting to a maximum permitted speed, axes may be
trailing.
2:
Effects as with value=0, but with longer deceleration path during handwheel standstill.
3:
Effects as with value=1, but with longer deceleration path during handwheel standstill.
11350
HANDWHEEL_SEGMENT
N09
H1
Handwheel segment
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
2,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng2
2,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng3
2,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm1
2,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm2
2,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm3
2,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
115
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Description:
HANDWHEEL_MODULE
N09
H1
Handwheel module
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
1,1,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng2
1,1,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng3
1,1,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm1
1,1,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm2
1,1,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm3
1,1,0,0,0,0
1/1
HANDWHEEL_INPUT
N09
H1
Handwheel connection
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
1,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng2
1,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng3
1,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm1
1,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm2
1,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm3
1,2,0,0,0,0
1/1
HANDWHEEL_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N04, N10
H1
DWORD
PowerOn
8191
1/1
Description:
116
0,0,0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11380
MONITOR_ADDRESS
EXP, N06
STZ
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
MONITOR_DISPLAY_INT
EXP, N06
STZ
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
MONITOR_DISPLAY_REAL
EXP, N06
STZ
DOUBLE
Immediately
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
0.0
117
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11386
MONITOR_INPUT_INT
EXP, N06
STZ
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
MONITOR_INPUT_REAL
EXP, N06
STZ
DOUBLE
Immediately
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
0.0
MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE
EXP, N06
STZ
BYTE
Immediately
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
118
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Caution!!!
Writing data to unknown addresses can even destroy the NCK system program!
That may have unforeseen consequences (danger to machine and people!). If
the machine and those present survive such an action undamaged, the system
program can usually be restored by power off/on.
11398
AXIS_VAR_SERVER_SENSITIVE
EXP
B3
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
The axis-variable server supplies the data for the OPI blocks SMA/SEMA, SGA/
SEGA and SSP.
If no value can be supplied for an axis (e.g. because the axis is a link
axis) then a default value (usually 0) is returned.
For debugging purposes, this machine data can be used to set the axis-varserver to sensitive so that an error message is returned instead of a default
value.
0: default value
1: error message
11400
TRACE_SELECT
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
Bit string for activating internal trace functions for NCK time measurements,
analog output of variables etc.
11405
TCI_TRACE_ACTIVE
EXP
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE
Control the activation of the TCI interface for the NRKpro. It will activate
the tci and kernel task traces modules.
11410
SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK
EXP, N06
D1,M3,K3,S1,V1,
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFFFFFF
0/0
Description:
0x108003
119
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 3:
Alarm 22010 "Channel %1 spindle %2 block %3. Actual gear stage does not
correspond to the set gear stage"
Bit 4:
Alarm 17188 "Channel %1 D number %2 with tool T nos. %3 and %4 defined"
Alarm 17189 "Channel %1 D number %2 of the tools at magazine/ magazine
locations %3 and %4 defined". The two alarms are of equal status and only
message alarms.
Bit 5:
Alarm 22071 "TO unit %1 tool %2 duplo no. %3 is active but not in the
active wear grouping." The alarm is only a message alarm.
Bit 6:
Alarm 4027 "NOTICE! MD %1 was also changed for the other axes of the axis
container %2 "
Alarm 4028 "NOTICE! The axial MDs in the axis container will be aligned on
the next runup "
Bit 7:
Alarm 22070 "TO unit %1 please change tool T= %2 into magazine. Repeat
data backup". The alarm is only a message alarm.
Bit 8:
Alarm 6411 "Channel %1 tool %2 with duplo no. %3 has reached tool prewarning limit"
Alarm 6413 "Channel %1 tool %2 with duplo no. %3 has reached tool monitoring limit."
The two alarms are only message alarms. They occur during the program execution.
Bit 9:
Alarm 6410 "TO unit %1 tool %2 with duplo no. %3 has reached tool prewarning limit ."
Alarm 6412 "TO unit %1 tool %2 with duplo no. %3 has reached tool monitoring limit ".
The two alarms are only message alarms. They occur as a result of an operator action.
Bit10:
Alarm 10604 "channel %1 block %2 "Thread lead increase too high"
Alarm 10605 "channel %1 block %2 "Thread lead decrease too high"
Bit 11:
Alarm 14088 "Channel 51 block %2 axis %3 doubtful position".
Bit 12:
Alarm 10607 "Channel %1 block %2 tapping cannot be executed with frame."
Bit13:
Alarm 10704 " channel %1 block %2 Protection area monitoring is not guaranteed."
Bit14:
Alarm 21701 "Measuring reactivated too soon (<2 IPO cycles)"
Bit15:
Alarm 5000 "Communication order cannot be executed"
Bit16:
Alarm 21600 "Monitoring active for ESR"
Bit17:
Alarm 16945 "Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> is delayed until block end"
120
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Note: The alarm is only a message alarm.
Bit18:
Alarm 10750 "Channel %1 block %2 Activation of the tool radius compensation without tool number"
Bit19: Alarm 17193 "Channel %1 block %2 The active tool ist no longer at
tool holder no./spindle no. %3, program %4"
Bit20:
Alarm 2900 "Reboot is delayed"
Bit21:
Alarm 22012 "Channel %1 block %2. Leading axis %3 is in simulation mode"
Alarm 22013 "Channel %1 block %2. Following axis %3 is in simulation mode"
Alarm 22014 "Channel %1 block %2. The dynamics of leading axis %3 and following axis %4 are very different"
Alarm 22040 "Channel%1 Block %3 Spindle %2 not referenced with zero mark"
is no longer checked (cyclically) with
Bit21 set after power ON of the closed loop position control.
Bit22:
Alarm 26080 "Channel %1 retraction position of axis %2 not programmed or
invalid"
Alarm 26081 "Channel %1 single axis trigger axis %2 is triggered, but axis
is not PLC controlled"
Bit23:
Alarm 16949 "Correspondence between marks of channel %1 and channel %2 is
invalid"
Bit24:
Alarm 16950 "Channel %1 search run with holding block"
Bit25:
Alarm 22016 "Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 in range of reduced
acceleration capacity"
Bit26:
Alarm 22015 "Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 no dynamic for additional motion"
Bit27:
Alarms 16112 and 22030 "Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 impermissible programming"
Bit28:
Alarm 26083 "Channel %1 ESR for PLC controlled axis %2 was triggered"
Bit29:
Alarm 16772 "Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is following axis, coupling is
opened"
Bit30:
Alarm 16600 "Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 gear stage change not possible"
Bit31:
Alarm 16774 "Channel %1 axis %2 synchronizsation aborted"
121
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11411
ENABLE_ALARM_MASK
EXP
D1,K1
Activation of warnings
DWORD
Reset
0/0
Description:
ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY
EXP, N01
D1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE
This MD is used for compatibility with the PLC systems older than SW4.1.
If this MD is not set, the behavior implemented before SW4.1 (configured
alarm reaction) is set
With SW 4.1 and higher, it is possible to set signal CHANNEL_NOREADY on the
PLC in response to alarms.
If this MD is not set, then the alarm handler internally re-configures
BAG_NOREADY into CHAN_NOREADY.
11413
ALARM_PAR_DISPLAY_TEXT
EXP, N01
D1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
122
FALSE
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11414
ALARM_CLR_NCSTART_W_CANCEL
EXP, N01
D1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE
11415
SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK_2
EXP, N06
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0xE
123
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11450
SEARCH_RUN_MODE
EXP, N01
K1,TE3,N4,H2,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3F
1/1
Description:
124
The behavior during the action blocks after search run can be affected by the
following bits:
Bit 0 = 0:
Machining is stopped after loading of the last action block after search
run, the NC/PLC interface signal V3300 0000.6 (last action block active)
and alarm 10208 is output.
Bit 0 = 1:
Machining is stopped with the loading of the last action block after
search run, and the NC/PLC interface signal V3300 0000.6 (last action
block active) is set. Alarm 10208 is not output until the PLC requests it
by setting the NC/PLC interface signal V3200 0001.6 (PLC action finished).
Usage:
Starting an ASUB from the PLC after search run.
The message to the operator that another NC start is required in order to
continue with the program is not to be displayed until after the end of
the ASUB.
Bit1 = 1
Automatic ASUB start after output of the action blocks (see also MD11620
$MN_PROG_EVENT_NAME). Alarm 10208 is not output until the ASUB has finished.
Bit2 = 0:
Spindle: The auxiliary functions are output in the action blocks
Bit2 = 1:
The output of the auxiliary functions in the action blocks is suppressed.
The spindle programming collected by search run can be output at a later
point in time (e.g. in an ASUB).
The program data for this are stored in the following system variables:
$P_SEARCH_S,
$P_SEARCH_SDIR,
$P_SEARCH_SGEAR,
$P_SEARCH_SPOS,
$P_SEARCH_SPOSMODE.
Bit 3 = 1:
The cascaded search run is disabled (default setting: release).
Cascaded search run means that the search run is restarted immediately
after finding a search target.
Bit 4:Reserved
Bit 5 = 0:
During block search on a nibbling block the 1st nibbling stroke is not
executed.
Bit 5 = 1:
During block search on a nibbling block a punching stroke is triggered at
block start (1st nibbling stroke).
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11460
OSCILL_MODE_MASK
N09
P5
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
0x0
Bit 0
Value 1
In the case of block search, the oscillation movement is started immediately after NC start, i.e. during approach to approach position, provided
it has been activated in the program section being processed.
Value 0
(default value)
The oscillation movement is not started until the approach position is
reached.
11470
REPOS_MODE_MASK
EXP, N01
K1
Repositioning properties
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
0x8
This bit mask can be used to set the behavior of the control during repositioning.
Bit no.
Meaning when bit set
---------------------------------------------------------------------------0 (LSB)
The dwell time is continued in the residual block from where it was interrupted. (If the bit is not set, the dwell time is repeated completely).
1
Reserved
2
When the bit is set, the repositioning of individual axes can be prevented or delayed via the VDI interface.
3
When the bit is set, positioning axes are repositioned in the approach
block during search run via program test.
4
As 3, but after every Repos, not only during search run.
5
When the bit is set, changed feeds and spindle speeds already become
valid in the residual block, otherwise not until the following block.
6
When the bit is set, neutral axes and positioning spindles are repositioned after SERUPRO as command axes in the approach block.
7
The bit changes the behavior of the VDI-AXIN interface signal "Repos
Delay". The level of "Repos Delay" is read if REPOSA is interpreted. Axes
that are neither geo nor orientation axes are then excluded from the REPOS,
that is REPOS does NOT move these axes.
125
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11480
PLC_OB1_TRACE_DEPTH
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
PLC_OB35_TRACE_DEPTH
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
126
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11482
PLC_OB40_TRACE_DEPTH
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
STOP_MODE_MASK
N01
V1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1
0/0
Description:
This MD describes the stop behavior of the NCK under certain conditions:
Bit no. Meaning
Bit 0 == 0 :=
No stop if G codes G331/G332 are active and a path motion or G4 has also
been programmed.
Bit 0 == 1 :=
Same behavior as until SW version 6.4, i.e. a stop is possible during
G331/G332.
Bits 1.....15
Not assigned
11600
BAG_MASK
N01
K1,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3
0/0
Description:
This MD describes the effect of the VDI signals on the channels of a mode
group in respect of ASUBs and interrupt routines.
Bit no. Hexadec. Meaning when bit set
value
Bit0:
0x0
Normal response to mode group signals in all channels of the
mode group (as SW 3. All channels switch into a program
operating mode on interrupt.
127
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit0:
0x1
Bit1:
0x1
11602
ASUP_START_MASK
N01, -
K1,M3,TE3,TE7
DWORD
PowerOn
0xf
2/2
Description:
128
This machine data defines which stop reasons are to be ignored at an ASUB
start. The ASUB is started, or the following stop reasons are ignored:
Bit 0 :
STOP reason: STOP key , M0 or M01
An ASUB is started immediately if NCK is in RESET state (or JOG mode)(no
ASUB can be started in RESET/JOG without this bit).
NOTICE:
- This bit is set implicitly if MD20108 $MC_PROG_EVENT_MASK deviates from
zero in a channel!
- This bit is set implicitly if BIT 1 is set in MD11450
$MN_SEARCH_RUN_MODE!
Bit 1 :
Start allowed even if not all axes have yet been referenced.
Bit 2:
Start allowed even if a read-in disable is active,that is the blocks of
the ASUB program are loaded and executed immediately. This disables
machine data IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP. The NCK behavior corresponds to the
machine data contents of IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP== FFFFFFFF.
If the bit is not set:
then the ASUB is internally selected, but not processed until the read-in
disable is canceled.
The assignment of the machine data IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP is evaluated.
If IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP = 0 also applies, then an ASUB is triggered immediately internally, but the blocks of the ASUB program are not loaded until
the read-in disable is canceled.
The path is immediately decelerated when the ASUB is triggered (except
with option BLSYNC).
The read-in disable is set once more in the ASUB program.
Bit 3:
Notice:
The following function can always be activated in single-channel systems.
Multi-channel system require bit1 in MD11600 $MN_BAG_MASK in addition. The
function is active o_n_l_y for those ASUBs that were activated from program status Abort (channel status Reset). The function is not active in
multi-channel systems without MD11600 $MN_BAG_MASK Bit1.
If an ASUB is started automatically from JOG, the user may stop in the
middle of the ASUB program. The JOG mode is continuously displayed for the
user. With bit 3 set, the user may jog in this situation. This is not possible without bit 3. In this case mode change is locked with alarm 16927.
By pressing the Start key, the user can continue the ASUB program. As long
as the ASUB program is running, the user is naturally not able to jog.
After ASUB program end the user may jog again.
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bits 4 to 15:Reserved
Related to:
MD11604 $MN_ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
11604
ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
N01, -
K1,TE3,TE7
DWORD
PowerOn
128
2/2
Description:
This machine data defines the ASUB priority from which MD11602
$MN_ASUP_START_MASK is to be applied. MD11602 $MN_ASUP_START_MASK is applied
from the level specified here up to the highest ASUB priority level 1.
Related to:
MD11602 $MN_ASUP_START_MASK
11610
ASUP_EDITABLE
N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x7
2/2
Description:
ASUP_EDIT_PROTECTION_LEVEL
N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
Protection level of the user-specific ASUB program for RET and/or REPOS
The data is active only if MD11610 $MN_ASUP_EDITABLE is set to a value other
than 0.
This machine data defines the protection level of the program _N_ASU_CUS.
MD irrelevant for:
MD11610 $MN_ASUP_EDITABLE set to 0
Related to:
MD11610 $MN_ASUP_EDITABLE
129
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11620
PROG_EVENT_NAME
EXP, N12
K1
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
ENABLE_CHAN_AX_GAP
N01, N11
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1
0/0
Description:
130
0x0
Bit0 = 1
Machine data allows configuration of channel axis gaps in the MD20070
$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.
Permits following MD assignment:
$AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[0] = 1
; 1st MA is 1st axis in channel
$AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[1] = 2
; 2nd MA is 2nd axis in channel
$AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[2] = 0
; Channel axis gap
$AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[3] = 3
; 3rd MA is 3rd axis in channel
$AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[4] = 0
C A U T I O N:
(BIT0 set with MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED):
If a geo axis is placed in a channel axis gap with MD20050
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB[1]= 3, the control responds as with MD20050
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB[1]= 0. This eliminates the geo axis!
Transformation machine data must not be assigned a channel axis number specified as a gap.
BIT1 - BIT31: not used.
Related to:
MD20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB,
MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB,
MD20060 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB
MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
MD24... $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_...
MD24... $MC_TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_...
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11700
PERMISSIVE_FLASH_TAB
EXP, N01
IAD
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Normally, the NCK knows the program algorithms for writing on the flash of
the PCMCIA card, however, if "new" cards with another ManufactorCode and/or
DeviceCode are used, then these values can be entered here. Whereby, the ManufactorCode must be entered in the first line, and the DeviceCode in the following line.
11717
D_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
K1
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
NCK_LEAD_FUNCTION_MASK
N09
DWORD
NEW CONF
0x10
1/1
Description:
0x00
Special functions of the master value coupling are set with this MD.
The MD is bit-coded, the following bits are assigned:
Bits 0-3:
reserved
Bit 4 == 0:
the following axis of a master value coupling decelerates independently on
NC or mode group stop or channel-specific feed disable
Bit 4 == 1:
the following axis of a master value coupling does not decelerate independently on NC or mode group stop or channel-specific feed disable
Bits 5-31:
reserved
131
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
11752
NCK_TRAIL_FUNCTION_MASK
N09
DWORD
NEW CONF
0x210
1/1
Description:
0x200
Special functions for coupled motions are set with this MD.
The MD is bit-coded; the following bits are assigned:
Bits 0-3:
reserved
Bit 4 = 0:
the following axis of a coupled axis grouping activated by a
action decelerates independently on NC or mode group stop or
cific feed disable
Bit 4 = 1:
the following axis of a coupled axis grouping activated by a
action does not decelerate independently on NC or mode group
nel-specific feed disable
Bit 5-31:
reserved
synchronized
channel-spe-
synchronized
stop or chan-
11754
COUPLE_CYCLE_MASK
EXP, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3F
1/1
Description:
132
0x0
This machine data defines which predefined procedures for axis-spindle coupling are replaced by machining cycles.
This MD is bit-coded; the following bits have been assigned:
Bit 0 == 0:
The predefined procedures EGDEL, EGOFC, EGOFS, EGON, EGONSYN and EGONSYNE
are executed
Bit 0 == 1:
The predefined procedures EGDEL, EGOFC, EGOFS, EGON, EGONSYN and EGONSYNE
are replaced by calling machining cycles
Bit 1 == 0:
The predefined procedures LEADON and LEADOF are executed
Bit 1 == 1:
The predefined procedures LEADON and LEADOF are replaced by calling
machining cycles
Bit 2 == 0:
The predefined procedures TRAILON and TRAILOF are executed
Bit 2 == 1:
The predefined procedures TRAILON and TRAILOF are replaced by calling
machining cycles
Bit 3 == 0:
The predefined procedures COUPDEF, COUPDEL, COUPOF, COUPOFS, COUPON, COUPONC and COUPRES are executed
Bit 3 ==1:
The predefined procedures COUPDEF, COUPDEL, COUPOF, COUPOFS, COUPON, COUPONC and COUPRES are replaced by calling machining cycles
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 4 == 0:
The predefined procedures LEADON and LEADOF are executed in synchronized
actions
Bit 4 == 1:
The predefined procedures LEADON and LEADOF are replaced in synchronized
actions by calling machining cycles as technology cycles
Bit 5 == 0:
The predefined procedures TRAILON and TRAILOF are executed in synchronized
actions
Bit 5 == 1:
The predefined procedures TRAILON and TRAILOF are replaced in synchronized
actions by calling machining cycles as technology cycles
11756
NCK_EG_FUNCTION_MASK
N09
DWORD
NEW CONF
0x2F
1/1
Description:
0x0
133
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
2.2.2
OVR_AX_IS_GRAY_CODE
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
TRUE
lThis machine data is used to adapt the axis feed override switch to the
interface coding of the PLC interface.
1:
The 5 low-order bits of the PLC interface signal V380x 0000 (Feed override A-H) are interpreted as a Gray code. The value which is read corresponds
to a switch setting. It is used as an index for selecting the correct override factor from the table of MD12010 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED [n].
0:
The feed override byte of the PLC interface is interpreted as a binary
representation of the override value in percent (limit 200 percent).
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0000 (Feed override A-H), (axis-specific)
MD12010 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED [n]
(Evaluation of the axis feed override switch)
12010
OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
31
2.00
1/1
Description:
0.00,0.01,0.02,0.04,0. 0.00
06,0.08,0.10...
OVR_FEED_IS_GRAY_CODE
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
TRUE
This machine data is used to adapt the path feed override switch to the
interface coding of the PLC interface.
1:
The 5 low-order bits of the NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0000 (Feed
override A-H) are interpreted as a Gray code. The value which is read corresponds to a switch setting. It is used as an index for selecting the correct
override factor from the table of MD12030 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE [n].
0:
The feed override byte of the PLC interface is interpreted as a binary
representation of the override value in percent (limit 200 percent).
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0000 (Feed override A-H)
MD12030 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE [n]
(Evaluation of the path feed override switch)
134
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
12030
OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE
EXP, N10
V1,B1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
31
2.00
1/1
Description:
0.00,0.01,0.02,0.04,0. 0.00
06,0.08,0.10...
OVR_RAPID_IS_GRAY_CODE
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
TRUE
This machine data is used to adapt the rapid traverse override switch to the
interface coding of the PLC interface.
1:
The 5 low-order bits of the PLC interface signal V3200 0005 (Rapid traverse override A-H) are interpreted as a Gray code. The value which is read
corresponds to a switch setting.
It is used as an index for selecting the correct override factor from the
table of MD12050 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_RAPID_TRA[n].
0:
The rapid traverse override byte of the PLC interface is interpreted as
a binary representation of the override value in percent (limit 200 percent).
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V3200 0005 (Rapid traverse override A-H)
MD12050 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_RAPID_TRA[n]
(Evaluation of the rapid traverse override switch)
12050
OVR_FACTOR_RAPID_TRA
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
31
1.00
1/1
Description:
0.00,0.01,0.02,0.04,0. 0.00
06,0.08,0.10...
135
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
12060
OVR_SPIND_IS_GRAY_CODE
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
TRUE
This machine data is used to adapt the spindle speed override switch to the
interface coding of the PLC interface.
1:
The 5 low-order bits of the "spindle speed override" PLC interface signal are interpreted as a Gray code. The value which is read corresponds to a
switch setting. It is used as an index for selecting the correct override
factor from the table of MD12070 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_SPIND_ SPEED [n].
0:
The spindle speed override byte of the PLC interface is interpreted as a
binary representation of the override value in percent (limit 200 percent).
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 2003 (Spindle speed override)
MD12070 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_SPIND_SPEED[n]
(Evaluation of the spindle speed override switch)
12070
OVR_FACTOR_SPIND_SPEED
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
31
2.00
1/1
Description:
0.5,0.55,0.60,0.65,0.7 0.00
0,0.75,0.80...
OVR_REFERENCE_IS_PROG_FEED
N10, N09
V1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
136
TRUE
The entry in this MD specifies whether the spindle override given by the IS
refers to the speed limited by MD/SD or to the programmed speed.
1:
Spindle override acts with reference to the programmed speed
(programmed speed _ spindle override 100%)
0:
Spindle override acts on the speed limited by MD or SD
(speed limited by MD/SD _ spindle override 100%)
Related machine data:
A speed limitation is effected by the following MDs or SDs:
MD35100 $MA_SPIND_VELO_LIMIT
Maximum spindle speed
MD35130 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT Maximum speed of gear stage
MD35160 $MA_SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT
Spindle speed limitation by PLC
SD43220 $SA_SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26
Maximum spindle speed
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
SD43230 $SA_SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS
12082
OVR_REFERENCE_IS_MIN_FEED
N10, N09
V1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE
The reference speed for the path feed override specified via the machine control panel can be set differently from the standard.
0:
Standard:
The override is relative to the programmed feed.
1:
Special case:
The override is relative to the programmed feed or to the path feed limit,
depending on which resulting value is lower. In this way, even for a great
feed reduction (due to the permissible axis dynamics), the effect of the
override value (in the range 0 to 100%) is always visible.
12090
OVR_FUNCTION_MASK
DWORD
Reset
0x01
0/0
Description:
OVR_FACTOR_LIMIT_BIN
EXP, N10
V1,B1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2.0
0/0
Description:
2.0
0.0
This machine data can be used as an additional limit for the override factor
when using the binary-coded interface for path, axis and spindle feeds.
In this case, the maximum values
spindle override
=120%
This value also defines the dynamic reserves maintained by the speed control
for increasing the path and spindle feedrates.
References:
/FB/, B1, "Continuous Path Mode, Exact Stop and Look Ahead"
137
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
12200
RUN_OVERRIDE_0
N01, N09
FBMA,V1,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE
= 0
Override 0 is active and means deceleration (JOG mode, safety function).
Bits 0 and 1 in MD32084 $MA_HANDWH_STOP_COND for hand wheels and in MD20624
$MC_HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND for machine axes define whether the pulses are collected for geometry axes and contour handwheel.
= 1
Traversing with handwheels and in JOG mode with fixed feedrates is also
possible with a 0 % override.
Related to:
MD32084 $MA_HANDWH_STOP_COND
MD20624 $MC_HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND
12202
PERMANENT_FEED
N01, N09
Z1,V1
mm/min
DOUBLE
Reset
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.
In AUTOMATIC mode:
After activating a fixed feedrate via an interface signal, traversing is done
with a fixed feedrate instead of the programmed feedrate.
Note:
The fixed feedrate is also evaluated in continuous-path mode in order to
optimize the overhead for the Look Ahead calculation. Unnecessarily high values should therefore be avoided. Enter zero if a fixed feedrate is not wanted
In JOG mode:
After activating a fixed feedrate via an interface signal, and traversing the
linear axis with a traversing key, traversing proceeds in the selected direction with the fixed feedrate.
n = 0, 1, 2, 3 mean fixed feedrates 1, 2, 3, 4. The values must be entered in
ascending order.
Special cases, errors, ......
The maximum velocity defined by MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO is active. An
override setting of 100 % is assumed. MD12200 $MN_RUN_OVERRIDE_0 is active
if the override is 0.
Related to:
MD12200 $MN_RUN_OVERRIDE_0
12204
PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED
N01, N09
V1
rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
0/0
Description:
138
0.,0.,0.,0.
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Note: PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED is used instead of PERMANENT_FEED for the path
motion if all synchronously traversed axes in the current block are rotary
axes. PERMANENT_FEED applies if linear and rotary axes are to be synchronously traversed together.
The fixed feedrate is also evaluated in continuous-path mode in order to
optimize the overhead for the Look Ahead calculation. Unnecessarily high values should therefore be avoided. Enter zero if a fixed feedrate is not wanted
In JOG mode:
After activating a fixed feedrate via an interface signal, and traversing the
rotary axis with a traversing key, traversing proceeds in the selected direction with the fixed feedrate.
n = 0, 1, 2, 3 mean fixed feedrates 1, 2, 3, 4.
Special cases, errors, ......
The maximum velocity defined by MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO is active. An
override setting of 100 % is assumed. MD12200 $MN_RUN_OVERRIDE_0 is active
if the override is 0.
Related to:
MD12200 $MN_RUN_OVERRIDE_0
12205
PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED
N01, N09
FBMA
rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.
CENTRAL_LUBRICATION
N01, N09
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE
When a settable axial path has been exceeded, the axial VDI signals request a
lubrication pulse from the PLC (compare MD33050 $MA_LUBRICATION_DIST). These
axial pulses act (by default) independently of each other.
If the machine construction requires a central lubrication, i.e. the lubrication pulse of any axis is acting on all axes, the corresponding path monitoring of all axes must be restarted after lubrication pulse output. This start
synchronization of the monitoring is executed via MD12300
$MN_CENTRAL_LUBRICATION=TRUE.
12970
PLC_DIG_IN_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
139
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
12971
PLC_DIG_IN_NUM
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
256
0/0
Description:
256
PLC_DIG_OUT_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
PLC_DIG_OUT_NUM
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
256
0/0
Description:
256
PLC_ANA_IN_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
PLC_ANA_IN_NUM
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
PLC_ANA_OUT_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
140
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
12983
PLC_ANA_OUT_NUM
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
PLC_DEACT_IMAGE_LADDR_IN
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
255
1/1
Description:
0,9,18,27,36,96,112,1
-1
The PLC input/output image of the stations with these logical addresses
is not connected to the real I/Os
12987
PLC_DEACT_IMAGE_LADDR_OUT
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
255
1/1
Description:
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1
-1
The PLC input/output image of the stations with these logical addresses
is not connected to the real I/Os
13050
DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N04, N10
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
31
8191
0/0
Description:
4100,4140,4180,4220, 258
4260,4300,450...
141
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
13060
DRIVE_TELEGRAM_TYPE
N04, N10
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
31
2/2
Description:
116,116,116,116,116, 116,102,102,102...
13070
DRIVE_FUNCTION_MASK
N04, N10
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
31
2/2
Description:
142
2,2,2,2,2,2,0,0,0,0,0,0 -
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
13080
DRIVE_TYPE_DP
EXP
G2
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
31
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
PROFIBUS_TRACE_ADDRESS
EXP
DWORD
NEW CONF
14
8191
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0
PROFIBUS_TRACE_TYPE
EXP
DWORD
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
For PROFIBUS/PROFINET
0: Recording into the
1: Recording into the
2: Recording into the
only:
part program memory /_N_MPF_DIR/_N_SIEMDPTRC_MPF
mass storage /user/sinumerik/data/temp/siemdptrc.trc
part program memory with runtime measurement
13112
PROFIBUS_TRACE_FILE_SIZE
EXP
DWORD
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
40
143
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
13113
PROFIBUS_TRACE_START
EXP
DWORD
Immediately
1/1
Description:
PROFIBUS_TRACE_START_EVENT
EXP
DWORD
NEW CONF
14
0x111fffff
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0x00000000
0,0
CONTROL_UNIT_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N04, N10
DWORD
PowerOn
8191
2/2
Description:
6500,0,0,0,0,0,0
PROFIBUS_ALARM_ACCESS
N04, N10
DWORD
Immediately
1/7
Description:
144
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Meaning of the MD values:
0 = alarms/warnings are evaluated immediately
1 = alarms/warnings are not evaluated
2 = alarms are evaluated only after power up, i.e.
as soon as HMI has set value 2 active again (NCK automatically
resets the MD value to 1 at every power up; HMI must
explicitely articulate its readiness for message processing
by setting value 2)
Note: the MD restricts the range or effectiveness
of MD13150 $MN_SINAMICS_ALARM_MASK
Default: the display default behavior of the mentioned drive
alarms changes with the introduction of this MD.
Now the alarms are not transported and displayed
by default.
The previous default behavior can be restored
with MD13140 $MN_PROFIBUS_ALARM_ACCESS=0.
13150
SINAMICS_ALARM_MASK
N04, N05
DWORD
Immediately
1/1
Description:
0x0909
145
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
13200
MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE
N10, N09
M5
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
3/3
Description:
FALSE,FALSE
0: Non-deflected state
Deflected state
1: Non-deflected state
Deflected state
0
24
24
0
V
V
V
V
13210
MEAS_TYPE
N10, N09
M5
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
MEAS_CENTRAL_SOURCE
N10, N09
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
146
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
The following applies if MEAS_CENTRAL_SOURCE = 3:
The SINAMICS DO1 telegram is used (telegram type 391),
in the variant with handshake. This procedure is
fault-tolerant, however, allows a measuring edge only every 4 PROFIBUS/PROFINET
cycles, i.e. it is considerably slower.
For this purpose, an integrated SINAMICS must be available, e.g. NCU 710.
This MD is only relevant, if MD13210 $MN_MEAS_TYPE == 0.
13220
MEAS_PROBE_DELAY_TIME
N10, N09
FBA/IAD
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.1
3/3
Description:
0.0,0.0
For probes with e.g. radio transmission, the probe deflection can be detected
in the NC only with delay.
With this MD, the transmission link delay between the probe deflection and
its detection is set in the control.
The measured value is corrected internally by the control by the distance
that corresponds to the traversing motion during this time before measuring
(modeling).
It is practicable to set values only up to a maximum of 15 position controller cycles.
Anyhow, the modeling could not work with the expected accuracy with values
greater than that. In this case, the input value is therefore limited internally by the software to 15 position controller cycles (without any further
feedback).
13230
MEAS_PROBE_SOURCE
N10, N09
Probe simulation
BYTE
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
Simulation of the probe only works when all axes are simulated.
Value = 0: the probe is triggered on the programmed end position.
Value > 0: the probe is triggered via digital output with the number=value.
13231
MEAS_PROBE_OFFSET
N10, N09
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
0.1
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_INT
N03
P3
DWORD
PowerOn
256
0/0
Description:
32
147
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
14506
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_HEX
N03
P3
DWORD
PowerOn
256
0/0
Description:
32
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_FLOAT
N03
P3
DWORD
PowerOn
32
0/0
Description:
USER_DATA_INT
N03
P3
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
7/3
Description:
32
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -32768
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
USER_DATA_HEX
N03
P3
DWORD
PowerOn
0x0FF
7/3
Description:
32
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
USER_DATA_FLOAT
N03
P3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
3.40e38
7/3
Description:
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, -3.40e38
0.0,0.0,0.0...
USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM
N03
A2,P3
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
148
64
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
User data is stored in the NCK-PLC interface and can be evaluated by the PLC
basic system (currently for software PLC 2xx).
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
15700
LANG_SUB_NAME
N01
K1
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
LANG_SUB_PATH
N01
K1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
Path with which the user program set by MD15700 $MN_LANG_SUB_NAME is called
on the basis of a substitution configured by MD30465 $MA_AXIS_LANG_SUB_MASK:
0:
/_N_CMA_DIR (default)
1:
/_N_CUS_DIR
2:
/_N_CST_DIR
17200
GMMC_INFO_NO_UNIT
EXP
K1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
16
0/0
Description:
3.,4.,3.,1.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
$MM_DISPLAY_RESOLTION
$MM_DISPLAY_RESOLTION_INCH
$MM_SPIND_DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
$MM_MA_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
in the NCK machine data from MD17200 $MN_GMMC_INFO_NO_UNIT[0] to MD17200
$MN_GMMC_INFO_NO_UNIT[3]. This enables these display machine data to be
accessed from the NCK.
17201
GMMC_INFO_NO_UNIT_STATUS
EXP
K1
BYTE
PowerOn
16
0/0
Description:
1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
OEM_GLOBAL_INFO
A01, A11
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
149
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
17500
MAXNUM_REPLACEMENT_TOOLS
N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
32
0/0
Description:
TOOL_RESETMON_MASK
N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0x49F
0/0
Description:
150
0x14
The 5th parameter of the RESETMON command defines which tool status is to be
reset. If the 5th parameter is omitted, it is replaced by the value in this
MD. With the PI service "_N_TRESMON", work is always done with this value.
In that case, the bits are always assigned as the bits in the tool status
$TC_TP8[x].
Bit no.: 0 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "active" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 0 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H1'
Meaning: Tool status "active" is deleted
Bit no.: 1 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "released" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 1 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H2'
Meaning: Tool status "released" is set
Bit no.: 2 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "locked" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 2 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H4'
Meaning: Tool status "locked" is deleted, if this is permitted by the monitoring data and the 4th parameter is set correspondingly.
Bit no.: 3 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "measure" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 3 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H8'
Meaning: Tool status "measure" is set.
Bit no.: 4 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "prewarning limit" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 4 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H10'
Meaning: Tool status "prewarning limit" is deleted, if this is permitted by
the monitoring data and the 4th parameter is set.
Bit no.: 5 Not permitted (tool status "tool is being changed")
Bit no.: 6 Not permitted (tool status "tool is fixed-location-coded")
Bit no.: 7 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "was in use" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 7 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H80'
Meaning: Tool status "was in use" is deleted
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit no.: 8 Bit value: 0 Not permitted (tool status "is in retract")
Bit no.: 9 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "locked is ignored" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 9 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H200'
Meaning: Tool status "locked is ignored" is deleted
Bit no.: 10 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "to unload" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 10 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H400'
Meaning: Tool status "to unload" is deleted
Bit no.: 11 Not permitted (tool status "to load")
Bit no.: 12 Bit value: 0 Not permitted (tool status "master tool")
Bit no.: 13 Not permitted (reserved)
The default setting corresponds to the previous behavior.
Impermissible bits are filtered and not displayed in the limit mask.
Bits not defined here are ignored when writing the machine data.
17520
TOOL_DEFAULT_DATA_MASK
N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1F
1/1
Description:
0x5
When defining a tool for the first time, certain data of the tool can be set
to fixed default values. This can prevent simple applications from dealing
with data which do not necessarily have to be assigned individual values.
Bit no.: 0 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Default value of tool status ($TC_TP8), bit1=0 = 'not released'
Bit no.: 0 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H1'
Meaning: Default value of tool status ($TC_TP8), bit1=1 = 'released'
Bit no.: 1 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Default value of tool status ($TC_TP8), bit6=0 = 'not fixed-location-coded'
Bit no.: 1 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H2'
Meaning: Default value of tool status ($TC_TP8), bit6=1 = 'fixed-locationcoded'
Bit no.: 2 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: The tool is only accepted in the tool group when the explicit write
command is used for the tool name. Only then can it be loaded via programming.
Bit no.: 2 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H4'
Meaning: The tool is automatically accepted in the tool group corresponding
to the tool name when it is defined for the first time. The tool can then be
changed using the default name ("t" = t-No.).
The term 'tool name' ($TC_TP2) can be hidden from the user. (This only makes
sense if you do not use replacement tools or if the tool name is not written
explicitly, as this may give rise to data consistency problems.)
Bit no.: 3 Bit value: 0 Only with TMMG: Default value of location type
($TC_TP7) = 9999 =not defined
Bit no.: 3 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H8'
Meaning: Only with TMMG: Default value of location type ($TC_TP7) = 1 and
consequently the default value of magazine location type ($TC_MPP2) = 1. This
means that all magazine locations can accept all tools.
Bit no.: 4 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Only with TMMG + active consider adjacent location: With SET/RESET
of the magazine location status 'disabled', the magazine location status
'Overlapping allowed' remains unchanged.
151
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit no.: 4 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H10'
Meaning: Only with TMMG + active consider adjacent location: With SET/RESET
of the magazine location status 'disabled' the magazine location status
'Overlapping allowed' occurs automatically with SET/RESET.
17530
TOOL_DATA_CHANGE_COUNTER
EXP, N01
DWORD
PowerOn
FBW
0x1F
2/2
Description:
152
HMI display support. This data enables individual data to be explicitly taken
into account or not taken into account in the OPI variables (block C/S) toolCounter, toolCounterC, toolCounterM.
Bit no.: 0 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Changes to the values of the tool status ($TC_TP8) are not taken
into account in toolCounterC
Bit no.: 0 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H1'
Meaning: Changes to the values of the tool status ($TC_TP8) are taken into
account in toolCounterC
Bit no.: 1 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Changes to the values of the remaining number of tools ($TC_MOP4)
are not taken into account in toolCounterC
Bit no.: 1 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H2'
Meaning: Changes to the values of the remaining number of tools ($TC_MOP4)
are taken into account in toolCounterC
Bit no.: 2 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Changes to the values of the tool data are not taken into account in
the tool data update service
Bit no.: 2 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H4'
Meaning: Changes to the values of the tool data are taken into account in the
tool data update service
Bit no.: 3 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Changes to the values of the magazine data are not taken into
account in the tool data update service
Bit no.: 3 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H8'
Meaning: Changes to the values of the magazine data are taken into account in
the tool data update service.
Bit no.: 4 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Changes to the values of the ISO tool offset data are not taken into
account in the tool data update service
Bit no.: 4 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H10' Meaning: Changes to the values of
the ISO tool offset data are taken into account in the tool data update service
The statements "Changes to the values of the tool status" and "Changes to
the values of the remaining number of tools" refer not only to value changes
effected by internal processes in the NC but also to value changes produced
by writing the corresponding system variables.
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
17540
TOOLTYPES_ALLOWED
N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3FF
0/0
Description:
0x3FF
Definition of the tool types permitted in NCK (see $TC_DP1) with the tool
offset selection. That is, tools of any type may be loaded in the NCK; but
only the tools types defined here may be defined in the offset defining tool.
A bit value = 1 means that the named tool type range is permitted for the
offset selection. A bit value = 0 means that the named tool type range is
rejected with an offset-capable alarm in the case of an attempted offset
selection of a cutting edge of this type. The special value = 0, 9999 for the
tool type means "undefined". Tool offsets with this tool type value generally
cannot be selected.
Bit no.: 0 value 0x1 means: Tool types 1 to 99 permitted
Bit no.: 1 value 0x2 means: Tool types 100 to 199 permitted (milling tools)
Bit no.: 2 value 0x4 means: Tool types 200 to 299 permitted (drilling tools)
Bit no.: 3 value 0x8 means: Tool types 300 to 399 permitted
Bit no.: 4 value 0x10 means: Tool types 400 to 499 permitted (grinding tools)
Bit no.: 5 value 0x20 means: Tool types 500 to 599 permitted (turning tools)
Bit no.: 6 value 0x40 means: Tool types 600 to 699 permitted
Bit no.: 7 value 0x80 means: Tool types 700 to 799 permitte
Bit no.: 8 value 0x100 means: Tool types 800 to 899 permitted
Bit no.: 9 value 0x200 means: Tool types 900 to 999 permitted
Related to:
MD18100 $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
17600
DEPTH_OF_LOGFILE_OPT
EXP, N01
DWORD
Reset
300
0/0
Description:
153
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Example:
MD17600 $MN_DEPTH_OF_LOGFILE_OPT is assumed to be 5 and the following would
be a typical program sequence:
x10
; Executable NC block
r1=1
; The first write command since x10
; -> Save old value in log file. 1st entry
r2=1
; Determine that r2 is not yet included
; -> Save old value in log file. 2nd entry
r3=1
; Determine that r3 is not yet included
; -> Save old value in log file. 3rd entry
r4=1
; Determine that r4 is not yet included
; -> Save old value in log file. 4th entry
r5=1
; Determine that r5 is not yet included
; -> Save old value in log file. 5th entry
r6=1
; Determine that r6 is not yet included
; -> Save old value in log file. 6th entry
r2=1
; Determine that r2 is already included
; (5th oldest entry) -> no renewed saving
r3=1
; Determine that r3 is already included
; (4th oldest entry) -> no renewed saving
r1=2
; As MD17600 $MN_DEPTH_OF_LOGFILE_OPT = 5 it is not detected that
; r1 is already included
; (6th oldest entry) -> save old value in log file.
; 7th entry
x20
; Executable NC block
r1=3
; The first write command since x20
; -> Save old value in log file. 1st entry
r1=4
; Determine that r1 is already included
; (Only one entry) -> no renewed saving
The setting of the MD is particularly useful if a small number of verious
parameters are written frequently (e.g. in a loop) and if alarm 15110 occurs
for this reason.
17610
DEPTH_OF_LOGFILE_OPT_PF
EXP, N01
DWORD
Reset
300
1/1
Description:
154
10,0,0
Depth of the memory optimization in the PowerFail log file (=search depth, to
find out
whether a parameter to be written is already included in the PowerFail log
file).
It is possible to increase the value of the machine data if
alarm 15120 occurs during program processing and if you wish to avoid it.
(Alternatively, you can increase the size of the PowerFail log file itself
by means of MD18232 $MN_MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM, if you have the necessary
access right
and if the required memory is available.
Value
0 = same effect as value 1.
Writing of a variable value is therefore very time-efficient at the
cost of the required memory.
0< n <= Maximum value
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
= Writing of a new variable value leads, prior to saving of the new
variable value in the PowerFail log file, to the last n write
operations which have been being checked to see whether the new
parameter to be written has already been written once.
If yes, the new value is not entered again in the PowerFail log file,
but the old value is overwritten with the new one.
If no, the new value is entered.
At the cost of the required time, writing of a variable value can
therefore be designed very memory-efficiently.
Changing of the data can shorten/increase the time requirement of the present
application.
Changing of the data can fill the available log buffers faster/more slowly.
Frequent occuring of alarm 15120 -> Increase values for index=0,1,2.
The value indicating the index to be changed can be deducted from the parameter of alarm 15120:
if it is the value for MD18232 $MN_MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM[0], then
increase the value for index 0;
or increase MD18232 $MN_MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM[0] itself.
Index Meaning
0
Search depth in preprocessing buffer
1
Search depth in buffer for data changes within the range of tool change
2
Search depth in buffer for data changes of main processing (especially
synchronized actions)
17900
VDI_FUNCTION_MASK
EXP, N09
H1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1
0/0
Description:
0x0
155
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
2.2.3
VDI_UPDATE_IN_ONE_IPO_CYCLE
EXP, N01
P3
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
1:
0:
TRUE
18030
HW_SERIAL_NUMBER
N05
STRING
PowerOn
2/RO
Description:
For Powerline series modules this is the serial number of the NCU module
For Solutionline series modules this is the serial number of the CF card,
or the unique number of the MCI module in the case of PC-based systems
This data cannot be written.
18040
VERSION_INFO
Version and possibly data of the PCMCIA card, not FM-NC STRING
N05
IAD
PowerOn
Description:
INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
156
1572864
NCK startup (= 'warm start' or NCK reset), read off new value
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
The following also applies to multichannel systems:
The preset value applies to each possible channel. That is, if there are
ten possible channels, MD18210 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC is set by the NCK
SW so that at least the 'preset value* ten' results for MD18050
$MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC.
INFO_FREE_MEM_STATIC
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
524288
157
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18070
INFO_FREE_MEM_DPR
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
-1/RO
Description:
MM_NUM_TOOLHOLDERS
N02, N09
/FBW/,
"Description of
Functions, Tool
Management"
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
158
802d-cu3
-1/1
802d-ng2
-1/1
802d-ng3
-1/1
802d-tm1
-1/1
802d-tm2
-1/1
802d-tm3
-1/1
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Additional 6 grippers or others can be defined.
These 20 locations max. can be linked to magazines.
In the channels T1=t, .... T14=t and Tt, or M1=6,....M14=6 and M6 can be programmed.
The PLC version used can limit the maximum number of tool holders.
Description:
18080
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
N02, N09
DWORD
FBW
POWER ON
802d-cu3
0x0
0xFFFF
2/2
802d-ng2
0x0
0xFFFF
2/2
802d-ng3
0x0
0xFFFF
2/2
802d-tm1
0x0
0xFFFF
0/0
802d-tm2
0x0
0xFFFF
2/2
802d-tm3
0x0
0xFFFF
2/2
18082
MM_NUM_TOOL
N02, N09
FBW,S7
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
128
200
0/0
802d-ng2
64
200
0/0
Description:
802d-ng3
128
200
0/0
802d-tm1
32
64
0/0
802d-tm2
64
200
0/0
802d-tm3
128
200
0/0
The NC cannot manage more tools than the number entered in the MD. A tool has
at least one cutting edge.
Buffered user memory is used.
The maximum possible number of tools is equal to the number of cutting edges.
The MD must also be set when TOOLMAN is not used.
The buffered data are lost when the machine data is changed.
Related to:
MD18100 $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
18088
MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
600
0/0
Description:
159
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18094
MM_NUM_CC_TDA_PARAM
N02, N09
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
10
10
1/1
802d-ng2
10
10
1/1
802d-ng3
10
10
1/1
802d-tm1
10
0/0
802d-tm2
10
0/0
802d-tm3
10
0/0
Number of tool-specific data (of type Integer) which can be created per tool,
and which are available to the user or the compile cycle.
This machine data increases the buffered memory requirement by sizeof(double)*max. number of tools.
Related to:
MD18080 $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD18082 $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL
18095
MM_TYPE_CC_TDA_PARAM
N02, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
160
802d-cu3
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
1/1
802d-ng2
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
1/1
802d-ng3
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
1/1
802d-tm1
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
-1/2
802d-tm2
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
-1/2
802d-tm3
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
-1/2
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18096
MM_NUM_CC_TOA_PARAM
N02, N09
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
10
10
1/1
802d-ng2
10
10
1/1
802d-ng3
10
10
1/1
802d-tm1
10
0/0
802d-tm2
10
0/0
802d-tm3
10
0/0
Description:
Number of TOA data (of type Real) which can be created per tool, and which
are available to the user or the compile cycle.
This MD increases the buffered memory requirement by sizeof(double)*max. number of cutting edges.
Related to:
MD18080 $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD18100 $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
18097
MM_TYPE_CC_TOA_PARAM
N02, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
1/1
802d-ng2
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
1/1
Description:
802d-ng3
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
1/1
802d-tm1
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
-1/2
802d-tm2
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
-1/2
802d-tm3
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
-1/2
161
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18098
MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
Number of monitoring data (of type Integer) which can be created per tool,
and which are available to the user or the compile cycle.
This MD increases the buffered memory requirement by sizeof(int)*max. number
of cutting edges.
Related to:
MD18080 $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD18100 $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
18099
MM_TYPE_CC_MON_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
162
10
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18100
MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
144
288
0/0
802d-ng2
144
288
0/0
802d-ng3
144
288
0/0
802d-tm1
32
64
0/0
802d-tm2
64
128
0/0
802d-tm3
128
200
0/0
Defines the number of tool cutting edges in a TO area. This machine data
reserves approximately 250 bytes of battery-backed memory per TOA block for
each tool cutting edge, irrespective of the tool type.
Tools with cutting edges of type 400-499 (= grinding tools) also occupy the
location of a cutting edge.
Example:
Defining 10 grinding tools each of which has one cutting edge. Then at least:
MD18082 $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL = 10
MD18100 $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA = 20 must apply.
See also MD18082 $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL
Buffered user memory is used.
Special cases:
The battery-backed data are lost if this machine data is altered.
18102
MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
direct or
indirect programming.
The default value is zero. This means that the NCK manages the T and D numbers.
The NCK only accepts a value > 0 if bit 0 is not set in MD18080
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK. That means the tool managment function cannot be
active at the same time.
Value:
Meaning
---------------------------------------------------------------------------0:
No 'flat D number management' active
1:
D numbers are programmed directly and absolutely
Values 2, 3 have not yet been released
163
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18105
MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_PERTOOL
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
12
0/0
Description:
164
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18108
MM_NUM_SUMCORR
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
9000
0/0
Description:
-1
-1
MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE
N02, N09
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1F
0/0
Description:
165
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 3=0 If work is done with the function "TOOLMAN" +"adapter", the "resulting offsets fine"/setup offsets are transformed.
Bit 3=1 No transformation of the "resulting offsets fine"/setup offsets
Bit 4=0 No set-up offset data blocks
Bit 4=1 Set-up offset data blocks are additionally created. Whereby the
resulting offset is composed of the sum of the set-up offset + "resulting
offset fine"
Changing the status of bits 0, 1, 2, 3 does not change the memory structure.
Changing the status of bit 4 triggers restructuring of the buffered memory
after the next PowerOn.
See also
MD18100 $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
MD18108 $MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR
MD18110 $MN_MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE
MD18080 $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK,
MD20310 $MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK,
MD18086 $MN_MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION,
MD18104 $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_ADAPTER
18114
MM_ENABLE_TOOL_ORIENT
N02, N09
W1, F2
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
166
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18116
MM_NUM_TOOL_ENV
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
600
0/0
Description:
MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
2/2
Description:
50
Defines the number of user variables for NCK global user data (GUD). Approximately 80 bytes of memory per variable are reserved in the SRAM for the
names of the variables. The additional memory required for the value of the
variable depends on the data type of the variable. The number of available
NCK global user data is exhausted on reaching the limit value set in MD18120
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK or MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM (memory space for
user variables).
Buffered user memory is used.
Special cases:
The battery-backed data are lost if this machine data is altered.
167
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Related to:
MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
(Memory space for user variables)
18130
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
2/2
Description:
150
Defines the number of user variable names for channel-specific global user
data (GUD). Approximately 80 bytes of memory are reserved in the SRAM for
each variable name. The additional memory required for the value of the variable is equal to the size of the data type of the variable multiplied by the
number of channels. This means that each channel has its own memory available
for the variable values. The number of available channel-specific global user
data is exhausted on reaching the limit value set in MD18130
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN or MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM (memory space for
user variables).
The name created with the DEF statement is valid for all channels.
The memory requirement for the variable value is equal to the size of the
data type multiplied by the number of channels.
Buffered user memory is used.
Special cases:
The battery-backed data are lost if this machine data is altered.
Related to:
MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
(Memory space for user variables)
18150
MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
N02
A2
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
48
32000
2/2
802d-ng2
48
32000
2/2
802d-ng3
48
32000
2/2
802d-tm1
32
32000
2/2
802d-tm2
32
32000
2/2
802d-tm3
32
32000
2/2
Description:
168
The specified value reserves memory space for the variable values of the
global user data (GUD). The dimensioning of the memory depends to a large
extent on the data types used for the variables.
Overview of the memory requirements of the data types:
Data type
Memory requirement
REAL
8 bytes
INT
4 bytes
BOOL
1 byte
CHAR
1 byte
STRING
1 byte per character, 100 characters permitted per string
AXIS
4 bytes
FRAME
up to 1KB depending on control model
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
The total memory required by a channel or axis-specific global user variable
is the memory requirement of the variables multiplied by the number of channels or axes. The number of global user variables available is given when the
limit defined in MD18120 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK, MD18130
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN, MD18140 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_AXIS or MD18150
$MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM is reached.
Buffered user memory is used.
Special cases:
The buffered data are lost if this machine data is altered!
Related to:
MD18118 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES
(Number of GUD blocks)
MD18120 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
(Number of global user variables)
MD18130 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN
(Number of channel-specific user variables)
18160
MM_NUM_USER_MACROS
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
70
32000
1/1
802d-ng2
70
32000
1/1
802d-ng3
70
32000
1/1
802d-tm1
50
32000
1/1
802d-tm2
50
32000
1/1
802d-tm3
50
32000
1/1
Defines the number of macros that can be stored in the files _N_SMAC_DEF,
_N_MMAC_DEF und _N_UMAC_DEF. Each of these files which is opened occupies at
least one kbyte memory space for the file code in the part program memory.
Another kbyte of memory is reserved for the file when the one kbyte file code
limit is exceeded.
The dynamic user memory is used. For the stated number of macros, approximately 375 bytes are reserved per macro for management tasks.
18170
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES
N02
V2,A2
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
100
The data limits the maximum number of special functions over and above the
predefined functions (such as sine, cosine, etc.) which can be used in
cycle programs
169
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18180
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM
N02
V2
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
1000
Defines the maximum number of parameters required for the special functions
in
cycle programs
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK
A3
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
10
1/1
802d-ng2
10
1/1
802d-ng3
10
1/1
802d-tm1
10
-1/2
802d-tm2
10
-1/2
802d-tm3
10
-1/2
Description:
This machine data defines how many blocks are created for the protection
zones available in the NCK.
Buffered memory is used.
Special cases:
The battery-backed data are lost if this machine data is altered.
References:
/FB/, A3, "Axis Monitoring, Protection Zones"
18204
MM_NUM_CCS_TDA_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
170
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18205
MM_TYPE_CCS_TDA_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
171
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Each parameter can be assigned its own type. The permissible types are
Type
Value of the machine data
(See types of the NC language)
---------------------------------------------------------------BOOL
1
CHAR
2
INT
3
REAL
4
MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
MM_TYPE_CCS_MON_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
172
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18210
MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
3000
17920
0/0
802d-ng2
3000
15360
0/0
802d-ng3
3000
16384
0/0
802d-tm1
3000
13312
0/0
802d-tm2
3000
15360
0/0
802d-tm3
3000
16384
0/0
The DRAM in the NC is used jointly by the system and the user.
MD18210 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC defines the size of the DRAM available to the
user. The input limits depend upon the hardware and software configurations
of the CNC.
There are various types of user data in this memory area, for example.
User macros
...
Each additionally active channel occupies a substantial amount of memory
here.
Each activated axis requires part of this memory.
Exactly how much that is depends largely on the control model and the software version.
The settable values depend on the hardware and software configurations.
The value of NCK is automatically set after unbuffered startup of the NCK or
deletion of the memory. The value is then such that the free memory defined
in MD18050 $MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC is available to the user.
(See the description of MD18050 $MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC).
If the value is set too high (in the sense that the memory required is
more than that available on the memory module), the NCK responds at the next
NCK reset/power on by automatically reducing the machine data value to the
maximum possible value that the hardware permits.
Message alarm 6030 advises of this process. This corresponds to a legal
response of the NCK and is not an incorrect response.
The essential significance of the machine data is not to release the entire
memory to the user because the memory is shared between the system and the
user. A part of the physically existing memory is reserved for future develoments of the NCK.
The maximum amount of memory available on the hardware can be found by
selecting a value for the data that is so large that, after the subsequent
restart, message alarm 6030 indicates the maximum available memory. Applications that use the maximum available memory will in all probability have memory problems with a software conversion to a newer NCK version.
Upper and lower limits are not necessary. The software rejects values outside
the permissible range and then automatically sets suitable values.
(See also message alarm 6030.)
The data in the dynamic memory are not battery-backed.
173
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Note:
During power on, the system software compares the sum of all requests for
dynamic memory with the value in MD18210 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC. Alarm
6000 "Memory allocated with standard machine data" is output if the memory
required exceeds the memory capacity set with the MD. Alarm 6030 "User
memory limit has been adapted" is output if the control detects during the
power on that the memory capacity required by MD18210
$MN_MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC is larger than the physical memory.
Related to:
The available dynamic memory can be taken from MD18050
$MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC (display data of the free dynamic memory).
18220
MM_USER_MEM_DPR
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
-1/0
Description:
MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
174
802d-cu3
10240
0/0
802d-ng2
9216
0/0
802d-ng3
10240
0/0
802d-tm1
6144
0/0
802d-tm2
9216
0/0
802d-tm3
10240
0/0
NC part programs
R parameters
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Approximately 30KB of this physically present memory is used for internal
purposes. This means that approximately 226, 482, 1970, 3970KB of user memory
can be set.
After all the NCK functions have taken 'their' memory corresponding to the
relevant machine data values, the rest of the memory is added to the part
program memory. As a rule, the user will thus have more part program memory
available than that guaranteed in the sales brochure. This 'more' may however
vary from version to version.
If there are various memory configuration options for a control model then
the data may have to be increased correspondingly when using the larger memory variants.
In this respect, see the meaning of MD18060 $MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_STATIC
Special cases:
The battery-backed data are lost if this machine data is altered.
18231
MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED_TYPEOF
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
1,1,1
MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
200,5,30
Buffered log file for buffered data of the active file system ( in kbytes )
Systems with slow data buffer media store changed buffered data in the internal system SRAM. When the buffer is full, all data of the active file system
are made persistent. The buffer backs up the data persistence of the last
persistence operation until the next power fail. After a power fail (power
failure or power OFF), data that had not yet been made persistent at the time
of the power fail can be restored from this buffer.
The log file serves to minimize or totally avoid data loss in the event of
power fail.
1000 entries require approximately 70 kB.
A value greater than 0 is only practicable if MD18231
$MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED_TYPEOF[1] = 1.
A value equal to 0 means that the buffered data are not voltage loss safe
if MD18231 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED_TYPEOF[1] = 1 (typical for SINUMERIK
solution line)
175
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Example:
With MD18232 $MN_MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM[2] = 0, data changes from synchronized actions can be excluded from the power fail data backup.
An improved time response of the synchronized actions would be advantageous.
This should only be set if the buffered data that are changed by the synchronized action are not safety-relevant.
Index Meaning
0
Preprocessing buffer
1
Buffer for data changes within the range of the tool change
2
Buffer for data changes of the main processing (especially synchronized
actions)
See also MD17610 $MN_DEPTH_OF_LOGFILE_OPT_PF, which can be used to optimize
the behavior.
18233
IS_CONTINOUS_DATA_SAVE_ON
EXP, N02
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
MM_INCOA_MEM_SIZE
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
25600
-1/2
Description:
176
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18237
MM_CYC_DATA_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
96
1/RO
Description:
Size of the buffered memory for 'Setting data for cycles and display' [kB]
18240
MM_LUD_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
107
0/0
Description:
37
11
Defines the size of the hash table for local user data (LUD). The value
entered must be a primary number. The setting allows the optimization of
the interpreter execution time (low value = longer execution time) and
MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE
N02
V2
DWORD
PowerOn
SLMAXVARBYTE
S
0/0
Description:
920
920
Defines the net memory array size for LUD/GUD variables. Each NC program that
defines at least one LUD/GUD variable or has call parameters then occupies at
least one memory array of this size.
The LUD/GUD variables of a program may occupy the complete LUD/GUD value memory set for the channel. However, then there is no memory available for other
programms.
The memory for the LUD/GUD variables (that is defined for LUD by the channelspecific MD28040 $MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM and for GUD by the NCK-specific
MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM) is divided into equally sized arrays of the
size MD18242 $MN_MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE.
Example:
MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM = 12 (kbytes gross)
MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE = 660 (bytes net)
+ 16 (bytes management data per array)
-------------------------------------676 (bytes gross)
One then obtains 12*1024 / 676 = 18 memory arrays each of 660 bytes.
This means that 12 NC programs can either each occupy one array or one NC
program can define, for example, 18 variables of type Frame (whose size is
approximately 660 bytes.
177
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Data type
REAL
INT
BOOL
CHAR
STRING
Memory requirement
8 bytes
4 bytes
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte per character,
100 characters are possible per string
4 bytes
up to 1 kbyte (depending on control model)
AXIS
FRAME
Related to:
MD28040 $MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM
(Memory size for local user variables (DRAM))
Warning:
The battery-backed data are lost when this machine data is changed!
The size of the NC language type Frame depends on the maximum number of
channel axes generated by the NCK.
There are NCK systems with a maximum number of channel axes from 4 to 20.
In the case of 20 axes, the type Frame then has a size of 660 bytes.
18250
MM_CHAN_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
193
0/0
Description:
23
Defines the size of the hash table for channel-specific names. The value
entered must be a primary number. The setting allows the optimization of
the interpreter execution time (low value = longer execution time) and
MM_NCK_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
4327
0/0
Description:
178
4001
537
Defines the size of the NCK-specific names. The value entered must be a primary number. The setting allows the optimization of
the interpreter execution time (low value = longer execution time) and
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Note:
This machine data is assigned internally by the control and must not be
altered by the user.
18270
MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/RO
Description:
MD_MAXNUM_DIR_I N_FILESYSTEM
Defines the maximum number of subdirectories that can be created in a directory or subdirectory of the passive file system.
This value is for information only, and cannot be changed.
See also MD18280 $MN_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR (number of files per directory).
18280
MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/RO
Description:
MD_MAXNUM_FILES _PER_DIR
MM_FILE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
299
0/0
Description:
47
Defines the size for the files of a directory. The value entered must be a
primary number. The setting allows the optimization of
the interpreter execution time (low value = longer execution time) and
MM_DIR_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
349
0/0
Description:
11
Defines the size of the subdirectories of a directory. The value entered must
be a primary number. The setting allows the optimization of
the interpreter execution time (low value = longer execution time) and
179
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
The value of this machine data affects the amount of static memory required
for the management of directories, see MD18310 $MN_MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM
(number of directories in the passive file system).
Buffered user memory is used.
Note:
This machine data is assigned internally by the control and must not be
altered by the user.
Special cases:
The battery-backed data are lost if this machine data is altered!
18310
MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
30
30
256
0/0
802d-ng2
30
30
256
0/0
802d-ng3
30
30
256
0/0
802d-tm1
30
30
50
0/0
802d-tm2
30
30
256
0/0
802d-tm3
30
30
256
0/0
Description:
180
This machine data limits the number of directories in the passive file system.
It can be used to reserve memory in the SRAM for the management of the directories. The directories and subdirectories of the passive file system set up
by the system are included in this machine data. The memory required for the
management of the directories can be calculated as follows:
Memory required = a (440+28 (b+c)) bytes
a = Input value of MD18310 $MN_MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM
(no. of directories in passive file system)
b = Input value of MD19300 $MN_MM_DIR_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
(HASH table size for subdirectories)
c = Input value of MD18290 $MN_MM_FILE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
(hash table size for the files of a directory)
Buffered user memory is used.
Special cases:
The battery-backed data are lost if this machine data is altered.
Related to:
MD18270 $MN_MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR
(Number of subdirectories)
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18320
MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
512
64
768
0/0
802d-ng2
512
64
768
0/0
802d-ng3
512
64
768
0/0
802d-tm1
150
64
768
0/0
802d-tm2
512
64
768
0/0
802d-tm3
512
64
768
0/0
Description:
Defines the number of files available in the part program memory. This
machine data is used to reserve memory in SRAM - approximately 320 bytes per
file - for managing the file memory. Each file created requires a minimum of
one kbyte of memory for the file code. If the one kbyte limit for the file
code is exceeded another kbyte is reserved for the file.
Buffered user memory is used.
Special cases:
The battery-backed data are lost if this machine data is altered.
Related to:
MD18280 $MN_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR
(Number of files in directories)
18321
MM_NUM_SYSTEM_FILES_IN_FS
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
300
100
512
1/1
802d-ng2
300
100
512
1/1
802d-ng3
300
100
512
1/1
802d-tm1
100
100
512
1/1
802d-tm2
300
100
512
1/1
802d-tm3
300
100
512
1/1
Number of temporary system files in the passive file system (see also MD18355
$MN_MM_T_FILE_MEM_SIZE);
For example: Compilations of cycles (preprocessing), system traces
18331
MM_FLASHFILESYS_MEM
N01, N02
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
MM_FLASH_FILE_SYSTEM_SIZE
N01, N02
IAD
Size of FFS
DWORD
PowerOn
4096
0/0
Description:
181
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
If the flash file system is used as a backup memory for the DRAM file system,
then MD18332 $MN_MM_FLASH_FILE_SYSTEM_SIZE must be at least 3 times the size
of the largest file in the DRAM file system larger than MD18351
$MN_MM_DRAM_FILE_MEM_SIZE.
Additional memory space is needed in the DRAM file system for log files if
this has been configured by MD11295 $PROTOC_FILE_MEM.
18342
MM_CEC_MAX_POINTS
N01, N02
K3
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
182
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
120
1/1
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
120
1/1
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
120
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
-1/2
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
120
1/1
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
120
1/1
The MD defines the memory space available for the compensation tables.
When MD18342 $MN_MM_CEC_MAX_POINTS = 0, no memory is set up for the table.
The sag compensation function cannot then be used.
Caution!
If MD18342 $MN_MM_CEC_MAX_POINTS[t] is changed, when the system is powered
up, the buffered NC user memory is automatically reset. This deletes all user
data in the buffered user memory (e.g. drive and HMI machine data, tool offsets, part programs etc.).
Related to:
SD41300 $SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE[t]
Evaluation of the sag compensation table (t) enabled.
References:
/FB/, S7, "Memory Configuration"
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18350
MM_USER_FILE_MEM_MINIMUM
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
MM_DRAM_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
TE7,V2,M5,S7
DWORD
PowerOn
32768
0/0
Description:
Size of memory for files in the DRAM of the passive file system (in kbyte).
If the flash file system is used as a background memory for the DRAM file
system then MD18332 $MN_MM_FLASH_FILE_SYSTEM_SIZE must be at least 3 times
the size of the largest file in the DRAM file system and be larger than
MD18351 $MN_MM_DRAM_FILE_MEM_SIZE.
183
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18352
MM_U_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
3136,0,0
3200
0/0
802d-ng2
1088,0,0
1152
0/0
802d-ng3
3136,0,0
3200
0/0
802d-tm1
576,0,0
640
0/0
802d-tm2
1088,0,0
1152
0/0
802d-tm3
3136,0,0
3200
0/0
Description:
The machine data is not available or not defined for PowerLine control models.
End user memory for files in the passive file system ( in kbyte ).
There are various types of user data in this memory area.
E.g.: NC part programs, cycle programs of the end user, diagnostic files,
....
The settable values depend on the hardware and software configurations.
The settable size of the part program memory is, apart from the upper limit
value,
determined by the MD18230 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED and can also
be determined by a software option.
Index 0 = Size of the battery-backed part program / cycle program memory
Index 1 = Reserved
Index 2 = Reserved
18353
MM_M_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0
512
0/0
802d-ng2
0,0,0
512
0/0
802d-ng3
0,0,0
512
0/0
802d-tm1
0,0,0
256
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0
512
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0
512
0/0
Description:
184
The machine data is not available or not defined for PowerLine control models.
Memory for machine manufacturer files in the passive file system ( in kbyte
).
The machine manufacturer's files are in this memory area of the passive file
system.
E.g.: cycle programs
The settable values depend on the hardware and software configurations.
The settable size of the memory is, apart from the upper limit value,
determined by the MD18230 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED.
Index 0 = Minimum size of the battery-backed (persistent) part program /
cycle program memory
Index 1 = Reserved
Index 2 = Reserved
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18354
MM_S_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
768
0/0
Description:
384,0,128
The machine data is not available or not defined for PowerLine control models.
Memory for the control manufacturer's files in the passive file system ( in
kbyte ).
The control manufacturer's files are in this memory area of the passive file
system.
E.g.: cycle programs, system files
The settable values depend on the hardware and software configurations.
The settable size of the memory is, apart from the upper limit value,
for index = 0 determined by MD18230 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED.
For index 1 = Reserved.
For index 2 = limited by the size of the internally availble battery-backed
memory (SRAM).
Index 0 = Size of the battery-backed cycle program memory
Index 1 = Reserved
Index 2 = Size of the battery-backed memory for system files
18355
MM_T_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
1000
The machine data is not available or not defined for PowerLine control models.
Memory for temporary files in the passive file system ( in kbyte )
For example: Compilate of cycles (preprocessing), system traces
18356
MM_E_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
512,0,0
3200
0/0
802d-ng2
512,0,0
1152
0/0
802d-ng3
512,0,0
3200
0/0
802d-tm1
256,0,0
640
0/0
802d-tm2
512,0,0
1152
0/0
802d-tm3
512,0,0
3200
0/0
Description:
For PowerLine control models the machine data is not available or has not
been defined.
Memory for the clipboard of external files in the passive file system (in kB)
The settable values depend on the hardware and software configuration.
The settable memory size is limited, except for the upper limit value,
for index = 0 by MD18230 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED.
for index = 1 reserved
for index = 2 reserved
Index 0 = size of the buffered clipboard
Index 1 = reserved
Index 2 = reserved
185
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18390
MM_COM_COMPRESS_METHOD
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0x01
MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
Defines the maximum number of curve tables that can be stored in the SRAM of
the entire system. A curve table consists of a number of curve segments.
Related to:
MD18402 $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS
18402
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS
N02, N09
M3,B3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
Defines the maximum number of curve segments that can be stored in the SRAM
of the entire system. The curve segments are a component of a curve table.
Related to
MD18400 $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS
18403
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
Number of linear curve segments in the SRAM available throughout the NCK.
A curve table may consist of "normal" curve segments and linear segments. The
number of "normal" curve segments in the SRAM is defined by MD18402
$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS, these curve segments can accommodate polynomials.
Linear curve segments can only accommodate straight lines.
These linear curve segments are stored in battery-backed memory.
18404
MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS
N02, N09
M3,B3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
186
Defines the maximum total number of polynomials for curve tables that can be
stored in the SRAM of the entire system. The polynomials are a component of a
curve segment. A maximum of 3 polynomials are required for a curve segment.
As a rule, only 2 polynomials are used for each curve segment.
Related to
MD18400 $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS
MD18402 $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18406
MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS_DRAM
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS_DRAM
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
Number of polynomial curve segments in the DRAM available throughout the NCK.
The curve segments are stored either in the buffer memory or in the dynamic
memory.
This MD is used to set the number of segments in the dynamic memory (DRAM).
18409
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
Number of linear curve segments in the DRAM available throughout the NCK.
A curve table may consist of "normal" curve segments and linear segments. The
number of "normal" curve segments in the DRAM is defined by MD18408
$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS_DRAM, these curve segments can accommodate polynomials. Linear curve segments can only accommodate straight lines.
The curve segments are stored either in the buffer memory or in the dynamic
memory. This MD defines the number of curve segments in the dynamic memory
(DRAM).
18410
MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS_DRAM
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
Number of polynomials for curve tables in the DRAM available throughout the
NCK.
The polynomials for curve tables are stored in the buffer memory or in the
dynamic memory.
This MD is used to set the number of polynomials for curve tables in the
dynamic memory (DRAM).
18450
MM_NUM_CP_MODULES
N02, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
48
-1/1
Description:
187
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18452
MM_NUM_CP_MODUL_LEAD
N02, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
99
-1/1
Description:
MM_EXTCOM_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
60
0/0
Description:
30
30
Defines the size (KB) of the stack for external communication. The dynamic
memory area is used.
Note:
This machine data is assigned internally by the control and must not be
altered by the user.
18510
MM_SERVO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
40
0/0
Description:
20
20
Defines the stack size for the SERVO task. The dynamic memory is used for
this purpose.
Note:
This machine data is assigned internally by the control and must not be
altered by the user.
18512
MM_IPO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, C02
DWORD
PowerOn
40
0/0
Description:
30
30
MM_PLC_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
60
0/0
Description:
30
30
MM_PLCBG_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
60
0/0
Description:
188
30
30
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18542
MM_PLCINT_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
60
0/0
Description:
30
30
18660
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_REAL
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_INT
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
189
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Field size corresponding to <value> of the relevant machine data
Predefined names:
SYG_IS[ ] -> Synact parameter of type INT in the SGUD block
SYG_IM[ ] -> Synact parameter of type INT in the MGUD block
SYG_IU[ ] -> Synact parameter of type INT in the UGUD block
SYG_I4[ ] -> Synact parameter of type INT in the GUD4 block
....
SYG_I9[ ] -> Synact parameter of type INT in the GUD9 block
The parameters can be read and written both by the part program and also via
synchronous actions.
18662
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_BOOL
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_AXIS
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
0/0
Description:
190
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Field size corresponding to <value> of the relevant machine data
Predefined names:
SYG_AS[ ] -> Synact parameter of type AXIS in the SGUD block
SYG_AM[ ] -> Synact parameter of type AXIS in the MGUD block
SYG_AU[ ] -> Synact parameter of type AXIS in the UGUD block
SYG_A4[ ] -> Synact parameter of type AXIS in the GUD4 block
....
SYG_A9[ ] -> Synact parameter of type AXIS in the GUD9 block
The parameters can be read and written both by the part program and also via
synchronous actions.
18664
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_CHAR
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
block
block
block
block
block
18665
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_STRING
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
25
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
block
block
block
block
block
191
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
In each case, fields with the following properties are created:
Data type STRING
Field size corresponding to <value> of the relevant machine data
The maximum length of a string is 31 characters.
Predefined names:
SYG_SS[ ] -> Synact parameter of type STRING in the SGUD block
SYG_SM[ ] -> Synact parameter of type STRING in the MGUD block
SYG_SU[ ] -> Synact parameter of type STRING in the UGUD block
SYG_S4[ ] -> Synact parameter of type STRING in the GUD4 block
....
SYG_S9[ ] -> Synact parameter of type STRING in the GUD9 block
The parameters can be read and written both by the part program
and also via synchronous actions.
18710
MM_NUM_AN_TIMER
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
10000
2/2
802d-ng2
10000
0/0
802d-ng3
10000
0/0
802d-tm1
10000
0/0
802d-tm2
10000
0/0
802d-tm3
10000
0/0
Description:
MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE
EXP, N01
B3
DWORD
PowerOn
35
0/0
Description:
192
The machine data determines the size of the setpoint value buffer between
interpolator and position control, and has a direct effect on the dynamic
user memory requirement.
That is normally 2. If several NCUs are connected via NCU link for e.g.
rotary indexing machines, the value should be set to 3 on all NCUs. This will
balance the transmission rates of the setpoint values via the link.
In a master value application (e.g. line shaft), the value should be set to
4, but only on the NCU that generates the master value. For all the other
NCUs, the preset value should be maintained at 2.
Note:
In control loops that are connected via interpolator, every increase of the
value generates a further dead-time.
When the IPO cycles of the NCUs within an NCU group are set to different values, the link communication will only run in the slowest IPO cycle. The MD
must be increased in the ratio of the NCU IPO cycle to the slowest IPO cycle
in the NCU group, in order to achieve a synchronized output of the setpoint
values on the drive interface. The formula for this is as follows:
MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE = 2 * IPO cycle ratio + 1
Example:
In an IPO cycle ratio of 4:1, the value on the fast NCU should be set to 9
instead of 3. On the slow NCU, the value must be set to 3.
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18730
MM_MAXNUM_ALARM_ACTIONS
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
2000
1/1
Description:
500
100
18800
MM_EXTERN_LANGUAGE
N01, N12
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
0x0001
0x0000
0x0001
1/1
802d-ng2
0x0000
0x0000
0x0001
-1/2
802d-ng3
0x0000
0x0000
0x0001
-1/2
802d-tm1
0x0001
0x0000
0x0001
1/1
802d-tm2
0x0001
0x0000
0x0001
1/1
802d-tm3
0x0001
0x0000
0x0001
1/1
MM_EPSPARAM_DIMENSION
ePS
Dokumentation
DWORD
PowerOn
100
0/0
Description:
MD
18860
MM_MAINTENANCE_MON
EXP, N01
W6
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
FALSE
MM_NUM_TRAFO_DATA_SETS
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
100
0/0
Description:
Maximum number of definable transformation data blocks. The data for defining
a transformation data block are set by the system variables $NT_XXX.
The data are stored in the buffered memory.
193
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
18866
MM_NUM_KIN_TRAFOS
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
200
0/0
Description:
FPU_ERROR_MODE
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
0x1
FPU_CTRLWORD_INIT
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
0x37F
The basic initialization of the FPU control word enables the FPU mode of
operation (e.g. rounding mode) to be changed.
Significance of the bit: see manual of the FPU used.
18920
FPU_EXEPTION_MASK
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
Description:
194
0xD
The exception mask for FPU calculation errors enables selection of the FPU
error for which an exception was issued.
Significance of the bits for Intel 486:
Bit 0 (LSB):
invalid operation
Bit 1:
denormalized operand: | operand | < as the smallest 2nd power
Bit 2:
zero divide
Bit 3:
overflow: result is larger than the largest displayable number
Bit 4:
underflow: result is smaller than the smallest displayable number
Machine data
2.2 General machine data
Bit 5:
precision: result cannot be displayed exactly (e.g. 1/3)
Significance of the bits for Intel 960:
Bit 12:
integer overflow
Bit 24:
floating overflow
Bit 25:
floating underflow
Bit 26:
invalid operation
Bit 27:
zero divide
Bit 28:
floating inexact (precision): result cannot be displayed exactly
Bit 29:
denormalized operand
18930
COREFILE_NAME
EXP
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
File name with path name under which a core file is created in the case of a
control crash.
The core file is used for problem analysis by NCK development.
A core file will be created, if a valid file name is entered in this MD.
195
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
2.3
Identifier
Display filters
Reference
Unit
Name
Data type
Active
Maximum value
Protection
Attributes
System
Description:
2.3.1
Dimension
Default value
Minimum value
Description
CHAN_NAME
C01, C10
B3,K1
Channel name
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
CHAN1,CHAN2,CHA
N3,CHAN4...
The channel name can be defined in this MD. The channel name is only used for
the display on the HMI.
20050
AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB
C01, C10
TE7,TE8,M1,R2,K
1,K2
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
20
2/2
802d-ng2
1, 0, 2
20
2/2
802d-ng3
1, 0, 2
20
2/2
802d-tm1
20
2/2
802d-tm2
20
2/2
802d-tm3
20
2/2
Description:
196
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20060
AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB
F2,V2,M1,K2
STRING
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
X, Y, Z,X, Y, Z...
1/1
802d-ng2
X, , Z
1/1
802d-ng3
X, , Z
1/1
802d-tm1
X, Y, Z,X, Y, Z...
1/1
802d-tm2
X, Y, Z,X, Y, Z...
1/1
802d-tm3
X, Y, Z,X, Y, Z...
1/1
This MD is used to enter the names of the geometry axes separately for each
channel. Geometry axes can be programmed in the part program using the names
specified here.
Special cases:
The geometry axis name entered must not conflict with the designations
and assignments of the machine and channel axis names.
The machine axis names entered must not be the same as the names entered
for Euler angles (MD10620 $MN_EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TAB), names specified for
directional vectors (MD10640 $MN_DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB), names given to
intermediate point coordinates in the case of CIP (MD10660
$MN_INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB) or the names of interpolation parameters
(MD10650 $MN_IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB).
The geometry axis name entered must not include any of the following
reserved address letters:
- D Tool offset (D function)
- E Reserved
- F Feedrate (F function)
- G Preparatory function
- H Auxiliary function (H function)
- L Subroutine call
- M Miscellaneous function (M function) - N Subblock
- P Subroutine number of passes
- R Arithmetic parameters
- S Spindle speed (S function)
- T Tool (T function)
The name must not include any keywords (e.g. DEF, SPOS etc.) or predefined identifiers (e.g. ASPLINE, SOFT).
197
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20070
AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
C01, C10
TE3,B3,K5,M1,K1
,K2,P3 pl,P3 sl,S1
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
31
2/2
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
31
2/2
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
31
2/2
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4
31
2/2
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
31
2/2
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
31
2/2
AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB
F2,V2,M1,K2,V1
STRING
PowerOn
Description:
198
802d-cu3
X, Y, Z, SP, A, PLCX
2/2
802d-ng2
X, Z, C, A, B, PLCX
2/2
802d-ng3
X, Z, C, A, B, PLCX
2/2
802d-tm1
X, Y, Z, SP
2/2
802d-tm2
X, Y, Z, SP, A, PLCX
2/2
802d-tm3
X, Y, Z, SP, A, PLCX
2/2
This MD is used to set the name of the channel axis. The channel axis in the
work (workpiece coordinate system) is displayed under this name. The same
name is also written in the program.
Generally, the first two or three channel axes are used as geometry axes (see
also MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB). The remaining channel axes are
called additional axes.
The SINUMERIK 802D has five channel axes.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20082
AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
Variables or parameters of type Axis which have not been initialized are initialized with a default axis identifier. The identifier can be configured via
the machine data MD20082 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME. If this machine data
is set with an empty string, the 1st geometry axis is used, as previously.
MD20082 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME can be set by default with all available, valid axis identifiers. The value of this machine data should generally
always correspond to a value of $MD20060 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB, MD20080
$MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB or MD10000 $MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB.
If an invalid axis name is entered as a value or if this name has been
changed, for example, in MD20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB but not in
MD20082 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME, then this is indicated with alarm
4041 channel %1 block %2 axis identifier %3 is invalid".
Only valid axis identifiers, empty string and "NO_AXIS" may be entered in
MD20082 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME. "NO_AXIS" is used to indicate a noninitialized axis variable, empty string means previous behavior, i.e. each
variable is initialized with the 1st geometry axis.
20090
SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND
C01, C03
H2,K1,K2,P3
pl,P3 sl,S1,W1
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1
1,1,1,1
2/2
802d-ng2
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1
1,1,1,1
1/1
802d-ng3
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1
1,1,1,1
1/1
802d-tm1
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1
1,1,1,1
1/1
802d-tm2
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1
1,1,1,1
2/2
802d-tm3
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1
1,1,1,1
2/2
Description:
Definition of the default setting for the master spindle (in the channel).
The number of the spindle is entered.
A number of functions are linked to the master spindle, which are not possible with any other spindle.
Note:
The language command SETMS(n) can declare the spindle number as the master
spindle.
The spindle defined in this MD is declared once again as the master spindle
with SETMS.
The spindle defined in this MD is also declared as the master spindle at program end and program abort.
199
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20094
SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
H2,K1,S1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
70,70,70,70,70,70,70, 70,70,70,70,70,70...
2/2
802d-ng2
70,70,70,70,70,70,70, 70,70,70,70,70,70...
1/1
802d-ng3
70,70,70,70,70,70,70, 70,70,70,70,70,70...
1/1
802d-tm1
70,70,70,70,70,70,70, 70,70,70,70,70,70...
0/0
802d-tm2
70,70,70,70,70,70,70, 70,70,70,70,70,70...
2/2
802d-tm3
70,70,70,70,70,70,70, 70,70,70,70,70,70...
2/2
Description:
200
This machine data defines the M auxiliary function number with which the
spindle is switched into axis mode.
The M number defined in the machine data replaces M70 in Siemens language
mode.
Note:
On the VDI interface, M70 is always output with the corresponding address
extension to indicate the switch to axis mode.
Restrictions: Refer to machine data MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE
Related to:
MD10714 $MN_M_NO_FCT_EOP,
MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE,
MD20094 $MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR,
MD22254 $MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE
For external language mode:
MD10814 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE,
MD10804 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
MD10806 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT,
MD10800 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN,
MD10802 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MAX
MD20095 $MC_EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
For nibbling:
$MD26008 $MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20095
EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
29,29,29,29,29,29,29, 29,29,29,29,29,29...
2/2
802d-ng2
29,29,29,29,29,29,29, 29,29,29,29,29,29...
-1/2
802d-ng3
29,29,29,29,29,29,29, 29,29,29,29,29,29...
-1/2
802d-tm1
29,29,29,29,29,29,29, 29,29,29,29,29,29...
0/0
802d-tm2
29,29,29,29,29,29,29, 29,29,29,29,29,29...
2/2
802d-tm3
29,29,29,29,29,29,29, 29,29,29,29,29,29...
2/2
Description:
This machine data defines the M function number with which the switchover to
controlled spindle/axis mode is to be carried out.
The M number defined in the machine data replaces M29 in external language
mode.
Pre-defined M numbers, such as M00,M1,M2,M3, etc., are not allowed as M numbers.
Restrictions: See machine data MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE
Related to:
MD10714 $MN_M_NO_FCT_EOP,
MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE,
MD20094 $MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR,
MD22254 $MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE
For external language mode:
MD10814 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE,
MD10804 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
MD10806 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT,
MD10800 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN,
MD10802 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MAX
MD20095 $MC_EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
For nibbling:
MD26008 $MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
201
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20096
T_M_ADDRESS_EXT_IS_SPINO
H2,W1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
This MD is only significant if the functions 'Tool management'/'flat D numbers' are inactive.
FALSE
The contents of the address extensions of the NC addresses T and M 'tool
change command number' are not evaluated by the NCK. The PLC decides on the
significance of the programmed extension.
TRUE
The address extensions of the NC addresses T and M 'tool change command number' - 'tool change command number'=TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE with 6 as the default
value - are interpreted as spindle numbers.
NCK treats the extension in the same way as the active functions 'tool management' and 'flat D number management'.
That is, the programmed D number always refers to the T number of the programmed main spindle number.
See also:
MD20090 $MC_SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND,
MD22550 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE,
MD22560 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
20100
DIAMETER_AX_DEF
C01, C10
P1
STRING
PowerOn
802d-cu3
1/1
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
1/1
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
1/1
Description:
202
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
PROG_EVENT_IGN_SINGLEBLOCK
N01
K1,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1F
2/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
Event-controlled programm calls (Prog-Events) can be set regarding their single block behavior.
Bit 0 = 1 :
Prog-Event after part program start causes block change without restart
Bit 1 = 1 :
Prog-Event after part program end causes block change without restart
Bit 2 = 1 :
Prog-Event after OP reset causes block change without restart
Bit 3 = 1 :
Prog-Event after runup causes block change without restart
Bit 4 = 1 :
Prog-Event after 1st start after search run causes block change without
restart
20107
PROG_EVENT_IGN_INHIBIT
N01
K1,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1F
2/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
203
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20108
PROG_EVENT_MASK
N01, -
TE3,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xF
2/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
Parameterization of the events, at which the user program set with MD11620
$MN_PROG_EVENT_NAME (default: _N_PROG_EVENT_SPF) is called implicitly:
Bit 0 = 1 : Part program start
Bit 1 = 1 : Part program end
Bit 2 = 1 : Operator panel reset
Bit 3 = 1 : Runup
The user program is called via the following search path:
1. /_N_CUS_DIR/_N_PROG_EVENT_SPF
2. /_N_CMA_DIR/_N_PROG_EVENT_SPF
3. /_N_CST_DIR/_N_PROG_EVENT_SPF
20109
PROG_EVENT_MASK_PROPERTIES
N01
K1
Properties of Prog-Events
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1
2/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
RESET_MODE_MASK
C11, C03
F2,K6,M3,TE4,W5
,B3,K5,M1,G2,K1,
K2,P1,S1,W1,2.4,
2.7
DWORD
Reset
0x7FFFF
1/1
Description:
204
0x4045,0x4045,0x404 0
5,0x4045,0x4045...
The initial setting of the control after runup and on reset / part program
end with regard to the G codes (in particular the active plane and the settable zero offset), tool length compensation and transformation is defined by
setting the following bits:
Bit 0: Reset mode
Bit 1: Suppress auxiliary function output on tool selection
Bit 2: Select reset response after POWER ON; e.g. tool offset
Bit 3: Select reset response after end of test mode with reference to active
tool offsets. This bit is only relevant when bits 0 and 6 are set.
It defines what "Current setting for active tool length compensation" refers
to:
the program which was active before test mode was switched on
Bit 4: Reserved! Setting now via MD20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[..]
Bit 5: Reserved! Setting now via MD20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[..]
Bit 6: Reset response "Active tool length compensation"
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Bit 7: Reset response "Active kinematic transformation"
Bit 8: Reset response "Coupled-motion axes"
Bit 9: Reset response "Tangential follow-up"
Bit 10: Reset response "Synchronous spindle"
Bit 11: Reset response "Revolutional feedrate"
Bit 12: Reset response "Geo-axis replacement"
Bit 13: Reset response "Master value coupling"
Bit 14: Reset response "Basic frame"
Bits 4 to 11 are only evaluated when bit 0 = 1.
Bit 15: Function for "electronic gearbox", not relevant for tool management.
Bit 16=0: The spindle number defined by MD20090 $MC_SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND is
the number of the master spindle after programm end/reset.
Bit 16=1: The programmed value of SETMS is retained after programm end/reset.
Bit 17=0: The tool holder number defined by MD20124
$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER is the number of the master tool holder after
programm end/reset.
Bit 17=1 The programmed value of SETMS is retained after programm end/reset.
These two bits are only relevant if bit 0=1 is also set. The bit value=0 is
selected so that the previous response with bit 0=1 is retained. (Retention
of the programmed values of SETMTH/SETMS after programm end already applied
to bit 0=0.)
Bit 18=0 Reference axis for G96/G961/G962 according to MD20100
$MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF. Bit 18 = 1 is recommended when using SCC with its own
spindle reset (see also MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK, Bit 18).
Bit 18=1 Reference axis for G96/G961/G962 is retained.
Related to:
MD20120 $MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE
MD20130 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
MD20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
MD20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE
MD20140 $MC_TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
MD20121 $MC_TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE
MD20118 $MC_GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET
20112
START_MODE_MASK
C03
K6,M3,K5,M1,K1,
K2,P1,S1,W1
Reset
1/1
Description:
0x400,0x400,0x400,0
x400,0x400,0x400...
0x7FFFF
The initial setting of the control at the start of the part program with
respect to G codes (in particular, current plane and active settable zero
offset), active tool length compensation, transformation and axis couplings
is defined by setting the following bits:
Bit 0: Not assigned: MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK is evaluated every time a
part program is started.
Bit 1: Suppression of auxiliary function output on tool selection.
Bit 4: Start response for G code "Current plane"
Bit 5: Start response for G code "Settable zero offset"
Bit 6: Start response for "Active tool length compensation"
205
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Bit 7: Start response for "Active kinematic transformation"
Bit 8: Start response for "Coupled-motion axes"
Bit 9: Start response for "Tangential follow-up"
Bit 10: Start response for "Synchronous spindle"
Bit 11: Reserved
Bit 12: Start response for "Geometry axis replacement"
Bit 13: Start response for "Master value coupling"
Bit 14: Start response for "Basic frame".
Bit 15: Function for electronic gearboxes (irrelevant to tool management)
Bit 16=0: The current value of SETMS is retained (it is a function of the
settings in MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK).
Bit 16=1: At program start, the spindle defined by MD20090
$MC_SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND is the master spindle.
Bit 17=0: The current value of SETMH is retained (it is a function of the
settings in MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK).
Bit 17=1: At program start, the number allocated by MD20124
$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER is the number of the master tool holder.
Bit 18=0: Reference axis for G96/G961/G962 according to MD20100
$MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF. Bit 18=1 is recommended when using SCC with its own
spindle reset (see also MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK, bit 18).
Bit 18=1: Reference axis for G96/G961/G962 is retained.
Related to:
MD20120 $MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE
MD20130 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
MD20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
MD20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE
MD20140 $MC_TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
MD20121 $MC_TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE
MD20118 $MC_GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET
20114
MODESWITCH_MASK
C03
K1
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
206
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
After program interruption in MDI mode (e.g. in order to carry out a measurement on the workpiece and to correct the tool wear values or after tool
breakage) the tool can be manually withdrawn from the contour by changing
into JOG mode.
In this case, the control stores the coordinates of the position of the
interruption and indicates the path differences traversed by the axes in JOG
mode as "Repos offset". When MDI mode is selected again, the axis is repositioned on the contour. This response can be canceled by means of this machine
data.
Bit 0 (LSB)= 0:
When MDI (JOG, JOGREF, JOGREPOS, MDIREF and MDIREPOS) are deselected in
stopped status, the system ASUB Repos is selected.
Bit 0 (LSB) = 1:
When MDI (JOG, JOGREF, JOGREPOS, MDIREF and MDIREPOS) are deselected in
stopped status, the system ASUB Repos is not selected.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Bit 1 (LSB) = 0:
If the NCK stops at a part program block in the program execution in which
repositioning is not possible, alarm 16916 is generated if an attempt is
made to switch to manual mode.
Bit 1 (LSB) = 1:
If the NCK stops at a part program block in the program execution in which
repositioning is not possible, no alarm is generated if an attempt is made
to switch to manual mode.
20116
IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP
C01
K1,Z1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
In spite of the set read-in disable, an assigned user ASUB is completely executed for the interrupt channel with the set bit.
Bit 0 is assigned to interrupt channel 1.
Bit 1 is assigned to interrupt channel 2, etc.
Related to:
MD20117 $MC_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
20117
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
C01
K1,Z1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET
C03
M1,K1,Z1
BOOLEAN
Reset
0/0
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0:
The current configuration of the geometry axes remains unchanged on
reset and part program start. With this setting, the response is identical to
that with older software versions without geometry axis replacement.
1:
The configuration of the geometry axes remains unchanged on reset or
part program end, depending on MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK and, on part program start, depending on MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK, or is switched to the
initial state defined by MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.
Related to:
MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB
MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
207
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20120
TOOL_RESET_VALUE
C03
K1,W1
DWORD
Reset
32000
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Definition of the tool for which tool length compensation is selected during
runup or on reset or part program end as a function of MD20110
$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK, and on part program start as a function of MD20112
$MC_START_MODE_MASK
Related to:
MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
20121
TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE
C03
K1,W1
DWORD
Reset
32000
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
USEKT_RESET_VALUE
C03
DWORD
Reset
0xF
0/0
Description:
208
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
The system variable $P_USEKT is set with the value of this MD:
after run-up:
As a function of MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20126
TOOL_CARRIER_RESET_VALUE
C03
W1
DWORD
Reset
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Definition of the tool holder for which tool length compensation is selected
during runup or on reset or part program end as a function of MD20110
$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK and as a function of MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK on part
program start.
This data is valid without tool management.
Related to:
MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
20127
CUTMOD_INIT
C08
K1,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
999999999
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -2
0,0,0,0
CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
C03
DWORD
Reset
32000
1/1
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1
Definition of the cutting edge for which tool length compensation is selected
during runup or on reset or part program end as a function of MD20110
$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK, and as a function of MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK on part
program start.
With active tool management and with bit 0 and bit 6 set in MD20110
$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK at selection, the last offset of the tool active at power
OFF - as a rule the tool on the spindle - is effective after runup.
Related to:
MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
20132
SUMCORR_RESET_VALUE
C03
DWORD
Reset
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Definition of the total offset with which the tool length compensation is
selected in the runup and on reset or part program end as a function of
MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK and as a function of MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
on part program start.
MD18110 $MN_MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE determines the maximum useful value
which can be entered.
209
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20140
TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
C03
F2,TE4,M1
BYTE
Reset
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20
2/2
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20
2/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20
2/2
Description:
TRAFO_RESET_NAME
C03
K1
STRING
Reset
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
Description:
210
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20144
TRAFO_MODE_MASK
C07
M1
BYTE
Reset
802d-cu3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x03
1/1
802d-ng2
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x03
7/2
802d-ng3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x03
7/2
802d-tm1
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x03
7/2
802d-tm2
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x03
7/2
802d-tm3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x03
7/2
Description:
211
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20150
GCODE_RESET_VALUES
C11, C03
F2,TE4,K3,M1,M5
,K1,K2,P1,V1
BYTE
Reset
Description:
212
802d-cu3
70
2, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1...
1/1
802d-ng2
70
2, 0, 0, 1, 0, 2, 1, 2, 0, 1, 0, 1, 2, 1...
1/1
802d-ng3
70
2, 0, 0, 1, 0, 2, 1, 2, 0, 1, 0, 1, 2, 1...
1/1
802d-tm1
70
2, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1...
1/1
802d-tm2
70
2, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1...
1/1
802d-tm3
70
2, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1...
1/1
Definition of the G codes which become active on runup and reset or at part
program end depending on MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK (up to software version
4) and MD20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE (from software version 5) and at part
program start depending on MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK.
The index of the G codes in the respective groups must be programmed as the
default value.
For a list of the G groups and their G functions, please refer to References:
Programming Manual, Fundamentals
TitleGroupDefault setting on 840D/810D
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[0]
12 (G1)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[1]
20 (inactive)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[2]
30 (inactive)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[3]
42 (STARTFIFO)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[4]
50 (inactive)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[5]
61 (G17)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[6]
71 (G40)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[7]
81 (G500)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[8]
90 (inactive)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[9]
101 (G60)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[10]
110 (inactive)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[11]
121 (G601)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[12]
132 (G71)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[13]
141 (G90)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[14]
151 (G94)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[15]
161 (CFC)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[16]
171 (NORM)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[17]
181 (G450)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[18]
191 (BNAT)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[19]
101 (ENAT)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[20]
211 (BRISK)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[21]
221 (CUT2D)
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[22]
231 (CDOF)
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[23]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[24]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[25]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[26]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[27]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[28]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[29]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[30]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[31]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[32]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[33]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[34]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[35]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[36]
)GCODE_RESET_VALUES[37]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[38]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[39]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[40]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[41]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[42]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[43]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[44]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[45]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[46]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[47]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[48]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[49]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[50]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[51]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[52]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[53]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[54]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[55]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[56]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[57]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[58]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[59]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[60]
:
::
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[69]
241 (FFWOF)
251 (ORIWKS)
262 (RMI)
271 (ORIC)
281 (WALIMON)
291 (DIAMOF)
301 (COMPOF)
311 (inactive)
321 (inactive)
331 (FTOCOF)
341 (OSOF)
351 (SPOF)
361 (PDELAYON)
371 (FNORM)
381 (SPIF1)
391 (CPRECOF)
401 (CUTCONOF)
411 (LFOF)
421 (TCOABS)
431 (G140)
441 (G340)
451 (SPATH)
461 (LFTXT)
471 (G290 SINUMERIK mode)
483 (G460)
491 (CP)
501 (ORIEULER)
511 (ORIVECT)
521 (PAROTOF)
531 (TOROTOF)
541 (ORIROTA)
551 (RTLION)
561 (TOWSTD)
571 (FENDNORM)
581 (RELIEVEON)
591 (DYNNORM)
601 (WALCS0)
611 (ORISOF)
701 (not defined)
213
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20152
GCODE_RESET_MODE
C03
M1,K1,K2,P1
BYTE
Reset
1/1
Description:
70
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
C11, C03
BYTE
Reset
Description:
214
802d-cu3
31
1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 0,
1, 1, 1...
1/1
802d-ng2
31
1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 0,
1, 1, 1...
-1/2
802d-ng3
31
1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 0,
1, 1, 1...
-1/2
802d-tm1
31
1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 0,
1, 1, 1...
1/1
802d-tm2
31
1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 0,
1, 1, 1...
1/1
802d-tm3
31
1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 0,
1, 1, 1...
1/1
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
The following external programming languages are possible:
ISO2 dialect Milling
ISO3 dialect Turning
The G group division that is to be used is stated in the current SINUMERIK
documentation.
The following groups within MD20154 $MC_EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES can be
written:
ISO2 dialect M:
G group 2: G17/G18/G19
G group 3: G90/G91
G group 5: G94/G95
G group 6: G20/G21
G group 13: G96/G97
G group 14: G54-G59
ISO3 dialect T:
G group 2: G96/G97
G group 3: G90/G91
G group 5: G94/G95
G group 6: G20/G21
G group 16: G17/G18/G19
20156
EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_MODE
C03
BYTE
Reset
Description:
802d-cu3
31
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
1/1
802d-ng2
31
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
-1/2
802d-ng3
31
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
-1/2
802d-tm1
31
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
1/1
802d-tm2
31
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
1/1
802d-tm3
31
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
1/1
215
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Example for ISO dialect M:
Here, the basic setting for the 14th G group (settable zero offset) is read
from MD20154 $MC_EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES at each reset / part program end:
MD20154 $MC_EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[13]=1 ; the reset value for the 14th G
group
;is G54
MD20156 $MC_EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_MODE[13]=0 ; the basic setting for the 14th G
group
;after reset / part program end
is defined by
;MD20154
$MC_EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[13]
;
However, if the current setting for the 14th G group is to be retained beyond
reset / part program end, this results in the following setting:
MD20154 $MC_EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[13]=1 ;reset value for the 14th G group
;is G54
MD20156 $MC_EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_MODE[13]=1 ;current setting for the 14th
;G group is retained even after
;reset / part program end
20180
TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR
C08
W1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
For orientable tool carriers, this machine data defines the size of the minimum increment (in degrees) by which the first or second orientation axis can
be changed (e.g. for Hirth tooth systems).
A programmed or calculated angle is rounded to the nearest value resulting
from
phi = s + n * d
with integer n.
In which:
s = MD20180 $MC_TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR[i]
d = MD20182 $MC_TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_OFFSET[i]
and i is 0 for the 1st and 1 for the 2nd axis.
There is no rounding if this machine data is equal to zero.
20182
TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_OFFSET
C08
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
216
This machine data defines the offset of the rotary axis for an orientable
tool holder if its position cannot be continuously changed.
It is only evaluated if MD20180 $MC_TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR is not equal to
zero.
For the precise meaning of this machine data, see the description of MD20180
$MC_TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20184
TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER
C08
K2,W1
DWORD
NEW CONF
15
0/0
Description:
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- -1
1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
This machine data indicates into which channel-specific base frame the table
offset of an orientable tool holder with a rotary table is written.
This machine data must refer to a valid base frame.
If its content is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the maximum number
of base frames set in MD28081 $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES, selection of a corresponding tool holder causes an alarm.
20188
TOCARR_FINE_LIM_LIN
C07
W1
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
0/0
Description:
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
Indicates for each channel the input limit for the linear fine offset values
of an orientable tool holder.
20190
TOCARR_FINE_LIM_ROT
C07
W1
degrees
DOUBLE
Immediately
0/0
Description:
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
Indicates for each channel the input limit for the rotary fine offset values
of an orientable tool holder.
20191
IGN_PROG_STATE_ASUP
EXP
K1
DWORD
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
217
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20192
PROG_EVENT_IGN_PROG_STATE
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0xF
2/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
PROG_EVENT_IGN_STOP
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0xF
2/2
Description:
218
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20196
TOCARR_ROTAX_MODE
C07
W1
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
Description:
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 0
2,2,2,2
The MD is bit-coded. Bit 0 applies to orientable tool holders with one axis,
bit 1 for those with 2 axes.
When the axis positions of an orientable tool holder are determined from a
specified frame, it might happen that the required orientation is achieved at
any position of a rotary axis.
This MD specifies how the rotary axis position is defined in these cases:
If the relevant bit is 0, the position of the rotary axis will be 0; a possibly necessary rotation is performed through the specified frame.
If the relevant bit is 1, the rotation is performed by means of the rotary
axis of the orientable tool holder. The resulting frame will no longer
include a rotation.
Example:
A tool in its basic position points into the Z direction, and an axis of the
orientable tool holder rotates the workpiece around Z (C_Axis). If the tool
shall be oriented in parallel with the Z axis of a rotating frame, and if the
frame only rotates around the Z axis, the tool orientation will not be
changed, if the C axis is rotated. The condition saying that the tool is to
point in the direction of the Z axis defined by the frame is therefore fulfilled for any position of the Z axis.
20200
CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
V1
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
15
1/1
802d-ng2
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
15
0/0
802d-ng3
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
15
0/0
802d-tm1
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
15
0/0
802d-tm2
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
15
0/0
802d-tm3
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
15
1/1
Description:
219
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20201
CHFRND_MODE_MASK
C09
V1
Chamfer/rounding behavior
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
The execution of the blocks without movement in the active plane (e.g. M
commands, movement in the applicate) before or after a modal rounding
(RNDM)
Bit 1: free
Meaning of the individual bits:
Bit 0 = 0
Chamfer/rounding is derived from the following block (default value).
The technology of the chamfer/rounding is determined by the following
block. Blocks without movement (M commands) or movement only in the applicate between two movement blocks in the plane are executed before the
modal rounding.
Bit 0 = 1:
Chamfer/rounding is derived from the preceding block.
The technology of the chamfer/rounding is determined by the preceding
block. Blocks without movement (M commands) or movement only in the applicate between two movement blocks in the plane are executed after the modal
rounding.
20202
WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
C02, C06
W1
BYTE
Reset
802d-cu3
5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5, 0
5,5,5,5
10
1/1
802d-ng2
5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5, 0
5,5,5,5
10
0/0
802d-ng3
5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5, 0
5,5,5,5
10
0/0
802d-tm1
5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5, 0
5,5,5,5
10
0/0
802d-tm2
5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5, 0
5,5,5,5
10
0/0
802d-tm3
5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5, 0
5,5,5,5
10
1/1
Description:
220
Maximum number of blocks which can appear between the SAR (soft approach and
retraction) block and the traversing block which determines the direction of
the approach or retraction tangent.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20204
WAB_CLEARANCE_TOLERANCE
C06
W1
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0.01,0.01,0.01,0.01,0. 01,0.01,0.01...
In the case of smooth approach and retraction, the point defined with DISCL,
from which, in the case of infeed from the initial plane, traversing is carried out at lower speed (G341) or the point in which the actual approach
movement begins (G 340), must lie between the initial plane and the approach
plane.
If this point lies outside this interval and the deviation is less than or
equal to this machine data, it is assumed that the point lies in the approach
or retraction plane.
If the deviation is greater, then alarm 10741 is output.
Example:
An approach is made from position Z = 20. The SAR plane is at Z = 0. The point
defined by DISCL must therefore lie between these two values. If it lies
between 20.000 and 20.010 or between 0 and -0.010, it is assumed that the
value 20.0 or 0.0 was programmed (under the condition that the MD has the
value 0.010). The alarm is output if the position is greater than 20.010 or
less than -0.010.
20210
CUTCOM_CORNER_LIMIT
C08, C06
W1
degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
802d-cu3
100.,100.,100.,100.,10 0.0
0.,100.,100....
150.
1/1
802d-ng2
100.,100.,100.,100.,10 0.0
0.,100.,100....
150.
0/0
802d-ng3
100.,100.,100.,100.,10 0.0
0.,100.,100....
150.
0/0
802d-tm1
100.,100.,100.,100.,10 0.0
0.,100.,100....
150.
0/0
802d-tm2
100.,100.,100.,100.,10 0.0
0.,100.,100....
150.
0/0
802d-tm3
100.,100.,100.,100.,10 0.0
0.,100.,100....
150.
1/1
Description:
Where outer corners are very pointed, G451 can result in long idle paths. The
system therefore switches automatically from G451 (intersection) to G450
(transition circle, with DISC where appropriate) when the outer corners are
very pointed. The contour angle which can be traversed following this automatic switchover (intersection ---> transition circle) can be defined in
CUTCOM_CORNER_LIMIT.
221
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20220
CUTCOM_MAX_DISC
C08, C06
W1
DOUBLE
Reset
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
75.0
1/1
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
75.0
0/0
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
75.0
0/0
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
75.0
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
75.0
0/0
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
75.0
1/1
Description:
222
The G450 transition circle cannot produce sharp outer contour corners,
because the path of the tool center point through the transition circle is
controlled so that the cutting edge stops at the outer corner (programmed
position).
Where sharp outer corners are to be machined with G450, the DISC instruction
can be used in the program to program an overshoot. This transforms the transition circle into a conic section and the cutting edge lifts off from the
outer corner.
The value range of the DISC instruction extends from 0 to theoretically 100
in steps of 1.
DISC = 0
...Overshoot disabled, transition circle active
DISC = 100 ...Overshoot large enough to theoretically produce a
response similar to intersection (G451).
Programmed values of DISC which are higher than those stored in
CUTCOM_MAX_DISC are limited to this maximum value without output of a message. A severely non-linear alteration in the path speed can thus be avoided.
Special cases:
It is not generally meaningful to enter values higher than 50 in DISC.
It is therefore not possible to enter values > 75.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20230
CUTCOM_CURVE_INSERT_LIMIT
C08, C06
W1
DOUBLE
Reset
802d-cu3
10.,10.,10.,10.,10.,10., 0.0
10.,10.,10....
150.
1/1
802d-ng2
10.,10.,10.,10.,10.,10., 0.0
10.,10.,10....
150.
0/0
802d-ng3
10.,10.,10.,10.,10.,10., 0.0
10.,10.,10....
150.
0/0
802d-tm1
10.,10.,10.,10.,10.,10., 0.0
10.,10.,10....
150.
0/0
802d-tm2
10.,10.,10.,10.,10.,10., 0.0
10.,10.,10....
150.
0/0
802d-tm3
10.,10.,10.,10.,10.,10., 0.0
10.,10.,10....
150.
1/1
Description:
Where outer corners are very flat, G450 (transition circle) and G451 (intersection) approximate each other more and more. In such a case, it is no longer useful to insert a transition circle. Especially with 5-axis machining,
it is not allowed to insert a transition circle at these outer corners, as
this might lead to losses in velocity during continuous-path mode (G64).
That is why the system switches automatically from G450 (transition circle,
possibly with DISC) to G451 (intersection) in the case of very flat outer
corners. The contour angle (in degrees), as of which the automatic switchover
(transition circle ---> intersection) is to be carried out, can be specified
in CUTCOM_CURVE_INSERT_LIMIT.
20240
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS
C08, C02
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4, 2
4,4,4,4
10000
1/1
802d-ng2
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4, 2
4,4,4,4
10000
0/0
802d-ng3
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4, 2
4,4,4,4
10000
0/0
802d-tm1
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4, 2
4,4,4,4
10000
0/0
802d-tm2
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4, 2
4,4,4,4
10000
0/0
802d-tm3
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4, 2
4,4,4,4
10000
1/1
Description:
223
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20250
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
C08, C02
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
1000
1/1
802d-ng2
1000
0/0
802d-ng3
1000
0/0
802d-tm1
1000
0/0
802d-tm2
1000
0/0
802d-tm3
1000
1/1
Description:
During active TRC only program blocks with movements of geometry axes perpendicular to the current tool orientation are normally programmed. Nevertheless, individual intermediate blocks that do not contain such path
information may also be programmed during active TRC. For example:
Auxiliary functions
In general: Blocks that are taken over into the main run and executed
there
The maximum number of intermediate blocks is defined with this MD. If the
value is exceeded, alarm 10762 "Too many empty blocks between 2 traversing
blocks during active tool radius compensation" is output.
Note:
Comment blocks, arithmetic blocks and empty blocks are not intermediate
blocks in the sense of this MD and can therefore be programmed in any number (without an alarm being triggered).
20252
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_SUPPR_BLOCKS
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
1000
0/0
Description:
5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5, 0
5,5,5,5
Indicates the maximum number of blocks for active tool radius compensation,
in which the function "Keep radius offset constant" (CUTCONON or reprogramming of G41 / G42 during active TRC) may be active.
Note:
The restriction of the number of blocks with active CUTONON is necessary
in order to carry out repositioning in this situation too. Increasing this
value for the machine data can lead to an increased memory requirement for
NC blocks.
20260
PATH_IPO_IS_ON_TCP
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
224
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20262
SPLINE_FEED_PRECISION
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1.0
0/0
Description:
0.001,0.001,0.001,0.0 0.000001
01,0.001,0.001...
CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT
C11, C03
H2,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
1/1
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, -2
1,1,1,1
225
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20272
SUMCORR_DEFAULT
C03
H2,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -1
0,0,0,0
The number of the total offset of the cutting edge which becomes active when
a new cutting edge compensation is activated without a programmed DL value
being available.
MD18110 $MN_MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE
defines the maximum useful value which can be entered.
Value Meaning
> 0
Number of the total offset
= 0
No total offset active with D programming
= 1
The total offset number for the previously programmed D is used.
Related to:
MD20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT.
20310
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
C09
P3 pl,P3 sl
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0xFFFFFFF
2/2
802d-ng2
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0xFFFFFFF
2/2
802d-ng3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0xFFFFFFF
2/2
802d-tm1
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0xFFFFFFF
0/0
802d-tm2
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0xFFFFFFF
2/2
802d-tm3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0xFFFFFFF
2/2
Description:
226
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20320
TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK
C06, C09
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
0x1
2/2
802d-ng2
0x1
2/2
802d-ng3
0x1
2/2
802d-tm1
0x0
2/2
802d-tm2
0x1
2/2
802d-tm3
0x1
2/2
Activation of the tool time monitoring for the tool holders and spindles
1..x.
As soon as the path axes have been traversed (not with G00, always with G63),
the tool time monitoring data of the active D compensation are updated for
the tool in the selected tool holder, which is also the master tool holder.
Bit 0...x-1: Monitoring of the tool in tool holder 1...x
20350
TOOL_GRIND_AUTO_TMON
C06, C09
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
Description:
This MD is used to define whether tool monitoring is switched on automatically if tool length compensation for a grinding tool with monitoring is
selected (odd type number types 401 - 499).
TOOL_GRIND_AUTO_TMON = 1 : Automatic monitoring switched on
TOOL_GRIND_AUTO_TMON = 0 : Automatic monitoring switched off
20360
TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK
C09
M5,P1,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
2/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
Bit 0=0:For turning tools the wear parameter of the transverse axis X is calculated as a radius value.
Bit 0=1:For turning tools the wear parameter of the transverse axis X is calculated as a diameter value.
227
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20370
SHAPED_TOOL_TYPE_NO
C01, C08
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
Description:
0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
Indicates for each channel max. two number ranges for tool types that are
treated as forming tools. Therefore individual ranges are possible both for
grinding and for turning tools.
The first range is specified by the first and the second number, the second
range by the third and fourth number.
If the first number is not smaller than the second one (the same applies for
the third and fourth number), no range will be defined, but two individual
numbers will be specified instead.
The numbers 400 through 599 are permissible (tool type numbers for turning
and grinding tools), and also value 0 (no tool type number defined).
Examples:
400 405 590 596 : Tool types 400-405 and 590-596 are contour tools
410 400 590 596 : tool types 400, 410 and 590-596 are contour tools
450
0 420 430 : Tool types 450 and 420-430 are contour tools
20372
SHAPED_TOOL_CHECKSUM
C01, C08
BOOLEAN
Immediately
0/0
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Indicates for each channel whether for completion of the contour tool definition an edge must be available that includes the negative sums of tool length
components and tool radius of the previous edges.
20380
TOOL_CORR_MODE_G43G44
BYTE
Reset
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
228
This machine data determines in ISO dialect M (G43 / G44) the way in which
length compensations programmed with H are processed.
0:
Mode A
Tool length H always acts on the third geometry axis (usually Z)
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
1:
Mode B
Tool length H acts, depending on the active plane, on one of the three
geometry axes. This means with
G17 on the 3rd geometry axis (usually Z)
G18 on the 2nd geometry axis (usually Y)
G19 on the 1st geometry axis (usually X)
In this mode, compensations in all three geometry axes can be configured
through multiple programming, i.e. through the activation of one component, the length compensation possibly active in another axis is not
deleted.
2:
Mode C
The tool length acts, independent of the active plane, on the axis that
has simultaneously been programmed with H. Otherwise, the response is the
same as with mode B.
20382
TOOL_CORR_MOVE_MODE
C01, C08
BOOLEAN
Reset
1/1
Description:
This
0:
been
1:
ated
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
machine data determines how the tool length compensations are traversed.
A tool length compensation is only traversed if the associated axis has
programmed (behavior as in previous software versions)
Tool lengths are always traversed independently of whether the associaxes are programmed or not.
20384
TOOL_CORR_MULTIPLE_AXES
BOOLEAN
Reset
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
802d-ng2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
-1/2
802d-ng3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
-1/2
802d-tm1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
802d-tm2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
802d-tm3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
This machine data determines for tool length compensation in ISO dialect M
(ISO2) (G43 / G44), whether the compensation shall be allowed in mode C
(selection of the axis on which the compensation is acting by specifying the
corresponding axis letter) to act on several axes simultaneously.
If this machine data is 1, this type of programming is allowed; otherwise it
is rejected with an alarm.
229
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20390
TOOL_TEMP_COMP_ON
C01, C08
K3,W1
BOOLEAN
Reset
1/1
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
TOOL_TEMP_COMP_LIMIT
C01, C08
W1
mm
DOUBLE
Reset
1/1
Description:
With temperature compensation, this machine data indicates the maximum permissible value for the tool length for each geometry axis.
If a temperature compensation value larger than this limit value is entered,
it will be limited without an alarm.
20396
TOOL_OFFSET_DRF_ON
C01, C08
BOOLEAN
Reset
-1/2
Description:
230
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20400
LOOKAH_USE_VELO_NEXT_BLOCK
EXP, C05
B1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
802d-ng2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-ng3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
LOOKAH_NUM_OVR_POINTS
B1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
1/1
802d-ng2
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
0/0
802d-ng3
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
0/0
802d-tm1
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
0/0
802d-tm2
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
0/0
802d-tm3
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
1/1
Description:
231
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20440
LOOKAH_OVR_POINTS
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
0.2
2.0
1/1
802d-ng2
0.2
2.0
0/0
802d-ng3
0.2
2.0
0/0
802d-tm1
0.2
2.0
0/0
802d-tm2
0.2
2.0
0/0
802d-tm3
0.2
2.0
1/1
LOOKAH_SYSTEM_PARAM
EXP
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
20
LOOKAH_FFORM
EXP, C05
BYTE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,
0...
The MD specifies for which technology group the extended LookAhead is active.
Value 0: default LookAhead; value 1: extended LookAhead
e.g. MD20443 $MC_LOOKAH_FFORM[4]=1; i.e. activation for DYNFINISH.
Entry for all dynamic G code groups.
When changing between the default LookAhead and the extended LookAhead or
vice versa the continuous-path mode is interrupted by an interpolatory stop.
20450
LOOKAH_RELIEVE_BLOCK_CYCLE
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
232
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20455
LOOKAH_FUNCTION_MASK
EXP, C05
BYTE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
500.0
2/2
Description:
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.
0.0,0.0,0.0...
A smoothing factor can be defined to give a more stable path velocity control.
It defines the maximum permitted productivity loss.
Acceleration procedures which contribute less than this factor to a shorter
program run time are then not executed.
In this case, only those acceleration procedures whose frequency lies above
the frequency parameterized in MD32440 $MA_LOOKAH_FREQUENCY are taken into
account.
The entry of 0.0 deactivates the function.
20462
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_WITH_FEED
EXP, C05
B1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
802d-ng2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-ng3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
The MD defines whether the programmed feed is also taken into account for
smoothing the path velocity. In these cases, the factor defined in MD20460
$MC_LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR can be better maintained when the override is set to
100%.
Related to:
MD32440 $MA_LOOKAH_FREQUENCY,
MD20460 $MC_LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR
233
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20464
PATH_MODE_MASK
EXP, C05
Path behavior
DWORD
Reset
0xffff
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
ADAPT_PATH_DYNAMIC
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
0/0
Description:
1.0
This adaptation factor can be used to reduce the dynamics of changes in tool
path velocity.
ADAPT_PATH_DYNAMIC[0] is effective with Brisk, reducing the permissible
acceleration
ADAPT_PATH_DYNAMIC[1] is effective with Soft, reducing the permissible jerk
Considering only acceleration processes using a frequency above the frequency
parameterized in MD32440 $MA_LOOKAH_FREQUENCY.
To disable this function, enter 1.0.
20470
CPREC_WITH_FFW
K6
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
This machine data defines the behavior of the programmable function CPRECON
in conjunction with feedforward control.
FALSE: The CPRECON function is inactive when feedforward control is activated
simultaneously.
TRUE: CPRECON is also active with feedforward control.
Related to:
SD42450 $SC_CONTPREC, SD42460 $SC_MINFEED
20485
COMPRESS_SMOOTH_FACTOR
EXP, C05
B1
Smoothing by compressor
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1.
1/1
Description:
234
0.
Smoothing of the programmed block end points with compressor type COMPCAD.
Value 0: no smoothing. Value 1: maximum smoothing.
Entry for all dynamic G code groups.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20486
COMPRESS_SPLINE_DEGREE
EXP, C05
B1
BYTE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
3, 3, 3, 3, 3,3, 3, 3, 3,
3...
IGNORE_OVL_FACTOR_FOR_ADIS
EXP
B1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
802d-ng2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
802d-ng3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
802d-tm1
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
802d-tm2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
802d-tm3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
A block transition is normally only smoothed with G641 and G642 when the path
velocity at block transition is reduced by the overload factor set in MD32310
$MA_MAX_ACCEL_OVL_FACTOR. When SOFT is active, the maximum jerk occurring at
block transitions is also limited by MD32432 $MA_PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM. This
means that the effect of smoothing with G641 and G642 depends on the values
set for the overload factor and possibly for the maximum jerk.
By setting MD20490 $MC_IGNORE_OVL_FACTOR_FOR_ADIS = TRUE a block transition
can be smoothed with G641 and G642, irrespectively of the values set for the
overload factor.
20500
CONST_VELO_MIN_TIME
EXP, C05
B2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.1
2/2
Description:
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
Defines the minimum time for constant velocity during transition from acceleration to deceleration in short blocks in which the set velocity cannot be
reached. Entering a time of at least several IPO cycles prevents a direct
transition from the acceleration to the deceleration phase and thus reduces
the acceleration jump to half. This acceleration limitation is only active
with the acceleration profile BRISK.
MD irrelevant for:
Look Ahead does not take account of this function.
235
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20550
EXACT_POS_MODE
EXP
B1
BYTE
NEW CONF
33
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Configuration of the exact stop conditions for G00 and other G codes of the
1st G code group.
The MD is decimal-coded. The units digits define the behavior at G00 (infeed
motion) and the tens digits the behavior of all the other G codes of the 1st
group ("machining G codes").
x0: At G00, the relevant programmed exact stop conditions become active.
x1: At G00, G601 (fine positioning window) becomes active independent of the
programmed exact stop condition.
x2: At G00, G602 (coarse positioning window) becomes active independent of
the programmed exact stop condition.
x3: At G00, G603 (setpoint value reached) becomes active independent of the
programmed exact stop condition.
0x: At the machining G codes, the relevant programmed exact stop conditions
become active.
1x: At the machining G codes, G601 (fine positioning window) becomes active
independent of the programmed exact stop condition.
2x: At the machining G codes, G602 (coarse positioning window) becomes
active independent of the programmed exact stop condition.
3x: At the machining G codes, G603 (setpoint value reached) becomes active
independent of the programmed exact stop condition.
The values of the units digits and tens digits are added.
For example, the value of EXACT_POS_MODE = 2 means that the exact stop condition G602 is always activated automatically at G00, independently of which
exact stop condition was programmed. At all other G codes of group 1, the
programmed exact stop condition becomes active.
20552
EXACT_POS_MODE_G0_TO_G1
EXP
B1
BYTE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
236
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
5:
As 0,
in addition, the override of the subsequent block is taken into account
via LookAhead in the case of a change from G00 to non-G00 and non-G00 to
G00.
20600
MAX_PATH_JERK
C05
B1,B2
m/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
1/1
802d-ng2
0/0
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
1/1
Description:
The jerk limitation restricts the path acceleration change in SOFT mode. The
path acceleration divided by the jerk limitation value produces a time in
which the acceleration change takes place.
The jerk limitation is activated on the path by the NC command SOFT, and
deactivated by BRISK.
MD irrelevant for:
Error states that lead to a rapid stop. In addition, the limitation is
also inactive for positioning axes.
There is an entry for each dynamic G code group.
20602
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_ACCEL
EXP, C05
B1,B2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0.95
1/1
Description:
0.
237
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20603
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_JERK
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1000.
1/1
Description:
0.
Allows the reaction of the path curvature on the path jerk to be taken into
account on especially jerk-sensitive machines.
Entry for each dynamic G code group.
20605
PREPDYN_SMOOTHING_FACTOR
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
PREPDYN_SMOOTHING_ON
EXP, C05
B1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
7/7
Description:
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,
0...
PREPDYN_MAX_FILT_LENGTH_GEO
EXP, C05
B1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
Maximum filter length for curve and torsion smoothing of the geometry axes.
There is an entry for all dynamic G code groups.
20608
PREPDYN_MAX_FILT_LENGTH_RD
EXP, C05
B1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
238
Maximum filter length for curve and torsion smoothing of the rotary axes.
There is an entry for all dynamic G code groups.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20610
ADD_MOVE_ACCEL_RESERVE
C05
F2,B2,K1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2, 0.
.2,.2,.2,.2...
0.9
2/2
802d-ng2
.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2, 0.
.2,.2,.2,.2...
0.9
2/2
802d-ng3
.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2, 0.
.2,.2,.2,.2...
0.9
2/2
802d-tm1
.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2, 0.
.2,.2,.2,.2...
0.9
0/0
802d-tm2
.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2, 0.
.2,.2,.2,.2...
0.9
0/0
802d-tm3
.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2, 0.
.2,.2,.2,.2...
0.9
0/0
Description:
This machine data contains the factor which defines the acceleration margin
which is not used by a path movement in order to provide sufficient acceleration reserves for an overlaid movement for the velocity control.
A factor of 0.2 means that the path axes utilize 80% of the path acceleration
in normal operation. Only when a request for overlaid movement is made, can
100% of the path acceleration be utilized.
MD irrelevant for:
Error states that lead to a rapid stop. In addition, the limitation is
also ineffective for positioning axes.
Special cases:
At the moment the machine data is only taken into account if the function
"Fast retraction" is first activated.
Related to:
MD32300 $MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL (axis acceleration)
20620
HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE
C08, C06
H1
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
> 0: Limitation of the size of the selected increment for geometry axes
$MN_JOG_INCR_SIZE0[<increment/VDI signal>] or
SD41010 $SN_JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE for geometry axes
0: No limitation on geometry axes
239
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20622
HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE
mm/min
DOUBLE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
500.,500.,500.,500.,50 0.,500.,500....
1/1
802d-ng2
500.,500.,500.,500.,50 0.,500.,500....
0/0
802d-ng3
500.,500.,500.,500.,50 0.,500.,500....
1/1
802d-tm1
500.,500.,500.,500.,50 0.,500.,500....
0/0
802d-tm2
500.,500.,500.,500.,50 0.,500.,500....
0/0
802d-tm3
500.,500.,500.,500.,50 0.,500.,500....
1/1
Description:
HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND
EXP, C09
H1,P1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0x13FF,0x13FF,0x13
FF,0x13FF,0x13FF...
0xFFFF
2/2
802d-ng2
0x13FF,0x13FF,0x13
FF,0x13FF,0x13FF...
0xFFFF
1/1
802d-ng3
0x13FF,0x13FF,0x13
FF,0x13FF,0x13FF...
0xFFFF
2/2
802d-tm1
0x13FF,0x13FF,0x13
FF,0x13FF,0x13FF...
0xFFFF
0/0
802d-tm2
0x13FF,0x13FF,0x13
FF,0x13FF,0x13FF...
0xFFFF
0/0
802d-tm3
0x13FF,0x13FF,0x13
FF,0x13FF,0x13FF...
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
240
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Bit 6: Rapid traverse override
Bit 7: Feed stop, geometry axis or context-sensitive interpolator stop
Bit 8 = 0:
The maximum feedrate for handwheel travel of geometry axes is that specified in machine data JOG_AX_VELO for the corresponding machine axis/axes.
Bit 8 == 1:
The maximum feedrate for handwheel travel of geometry axes is that specified in machine data MAX_AX_VELO for the corresponding machine axis/axes.
Bit 9 = 0:
The override is active during handwheel travel of geometry axes
Bit 9 = 1:
During handwheel travel of geometry axes, the override is assumed to be
100% irrespective of the position of the override switch.
Exception: override 0, which is always active.
Bit 10 = 0:
MD11310 $MN_HANDWH_REVERSE is not active for DRF, i.e. handwheel travel
with DRF is carried out as if MD11310 $MN_HANDWH_REVERSE = 0.
Bit 10 = 1:
MD11310 $MN_HANDWH_REVERSE is active for DRF.
Bit 11 = 0:
When the contour handwheel is deselected, program processing is continued
automatically.
Bit 11 = 1:
When the contour handwheel is deselected, an NCSTOP is triggered automatically. Program processing is not continued until NCSTART is entered.
Bit 12 = 0
NC start has no effect on handwheel travel.
Bit 12 = 1:
The previously collected paths are rejected at NC start.
Bit 13 = 0:
For DRF, bits 0 - 3 and bit 12: bit = 0 / bit = 1 are active (see above).
Bit 13 = 1:
For DRF, bits 0 - 3 and bit 12 are NOT active: the DRF motion is not interrupted by a stop, and a DRF motion can take place even in "Automatic
interrupted" state (achieved by NC Stop).
Note:
If an alarm leads to an axis stop and if such an alarm is pending, no
DRF motion can take place.
Bit 14 = 0:
The maximum feedrate for handwheel travel of geometry axes is that specified in SD41120 $SN_JOG_REV_SET_VELO or in MD32050 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO (for
revolutional feedrate) or in MD32040 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID (for rapid
traverse) for the corresponding machine axis, the spindle or rotary axis
feedrate is included in the calculation.
Bit 14 = 1:
The maximum rotational feedrate for handwheel travel of geometry axes is
the feedrate specified in MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO for the corresponding
machine axis (see also bit 6).
Bit 15 = 0:
If an axis with active diameter programming is traversed in the channel,
only half the distance of the specified increment is traveled during handwheel travel ($MN_HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE = 1 or 3).
241
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Bit 15 = 1:
If an axis with active diameter programming is traversed in the channel,
the specified increment is fully traveled during handwheel travel
($MN_HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE = 1 or 3).
20700
REFP_NC_START_LOCK
C01, C03
D1,R1,Z1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0:
The NC/PLC interface signal V3200 0007.1 (NC Start) for starting of part
programs or part program blocks (MDI and overstore) is active even if one or
all axes of the channel has/have not yet been referenced.
To ensure that the axes nevertheless reach the correct position after NC
Start, the workpiece coordinate system (WCS) must be set to the correct
value by means of other methods (scratch method, automatic zero offset
determination etc.).
1:
Those axes, for which the axial MD34110 $MA_REFP_CYCLE_NR specifies that
a reference point is obligate (value > -1), must have been referenced before
NC Start is allowed.
20730
G0_LINEAR_MODE
C09
P2
G0 interpolation mode
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
242
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
20732
EXTERN_G0_LINEAR_MODE
N12
P2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-ng2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
-1/2
802d-ng3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
-1/2
802d-tm1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-tm2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-tm3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
EXTERN_FUNCTION_MASK
N12
DWORD
Reset
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0xFFFF
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0xFFFF
-1/2
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0xFFFF
-1/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0xFFFF
2/2
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0xFFFF
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0xFFFF
2/2
Description:
243
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Bit1: 0:
ISO mode T: G10 P < 100 tool geometry
P > 100 tool wear
1:
G10 P < 10000 tool geometry
P > 10000 tool wear
Bit2: 0:
G04 dwell time: always [s] or [ms]
1:
If G95 is active, in spindle revolutions
Bit3: 0:
Errors in ISO scanner lead to an alarm
1:
Errors in ISO scannner are not output, the block is transferred to the
Siemens translator.
Bit4: 0:
G00 is traversed with the current exact stop - continuous-path mode G code
1:
G00 is always traversed with G09
Bit5: 0:
Modulo rotary axis is positioned at the shortest possible distance
1:
Direction of rotation of modulo rotary axis depends on sign
Bit6: 0:
Only 4-digit program number allowed.
1:
8-digit program number allowed. If the program number has less than 4 digits, it is expanded to 4 digits with 0.
Bit7: 0:
Axis programming for geometry axis exchange/parallel axes is compatible
with ISO mode.
1:
Axis programming for geometry axis exchange/parallel axes in ISO mode is
compatible with Siemens mode.
Bit8: 0:
With cycles, the F value transferred is always interpreted as a feedrate.
1:
With threading cycles, the F value transferred is interpreted as a pitch.
Bit9: 0:
Multiplication with 0.01mm / 0.0001inch is carried out in ISO mode T for
G84, G88 and in standard mode F for G95.
1:
Multiplication with 0.001mm / 0.00001inch is carried out in ISO mode T for
G84, G88 and in standard mode F for G95.
Bit10: 0:
With M96 Pxx, the program programmed with Pxx is always called in the case
of an interrupt
1:
With M96 Pxx, CYCLE396.spf is always called in the case of an interrupt
244
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Bit11: 0:
With G54 Pxx, only G54.1 is displayed
1:
With G54 Pxx, the programmed program is displayed after the point, e.g.
G54.48
Bit12: 0:
When the subroutine defined with M96 Pxx is called, $P_ISO_STACK is not
modified
1:
When the subroutine defined with M96 Pxx is called, $P_ISO_STACK is incremented
Bit13: 0:
G10 is executed without internal STOPRE
1:
G10 is executed with internal STOPRE
Bit14: 0:
ISO_mode T: No alarm if a cutting edge has been programmed in the T command.
1:
ISO mode T: Alarm 14185 if a cutting edge has not been programmed in the T command.
20750
ALLOW_G0_IN_G96
C09, C05
P2,V1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This machine data defines the speed regulation characteristic of the spindle
in G0 blocks with constant cutting rate (G96, G961) selected .
1:
In a G0 block, the spindle speed is kept constant at the last value of
the previous block that was unequal G0.
Prior to a subsequent block that does not contain G0, the spindle speed is
increased to a value that belongs to the transverse axis position of the
subsequent block.
0:
In a G0 block, the spindle speed changes against the transverse axis
position.
20800
SPF_END_TO_VDI
C04, C03
H2,K1
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1,1,1,1
Bit 0 = 1:
The M functions for subroutine end (M17 and/or M2/M30) are transferred to
the PLC interface.
Bit 0 = 0:
The M functions for subroutine end (M17 and/or M2/M30) are not transferred
to the PLC interface.
245
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Note:
To prevent stopping in continuous-path mode, M17 must not be programmed
alone in a block.
Example of a subroutine: G64 F2000 G91 Y10 X10
X10 Z10 M17
Bit 1 = 0:
M01:
conditional program stop is always output to PLC, irrespective of whether
the M01 signal is active or not.
Fast auxiliary function output M=QU(1) is inactive because M01 is assigned
to the 1st M function group and thus is always output at block end.
Bit 1 = 1:
M01:
conditional program stop is only output to PLC, if M01 is also active.
This thus enables optimal run-time processing of the part program.
With fast auxiliary function output M=QU(1), M1 is output during the movement; thus it is possible to traverse blocks in continuous-path mode with
programmed M01 as long as M01 is not active.
The request of the M01 signal with M=QU(1) no longer occurs at block end
but during the movement.
20850
SPOS_TO_VDI
C04, C03
S1
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Bit 0 = 0:
When bit 19 is also set to '0' in MD35035 $MA_SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK, auxiliary function M19 is not generated with SPOS and SPOSA. This also eliminates the acknowledgement time for the auxiliary function, which can cause
faults wiith very short blocks.
Bit 0 = 1:
When SPOS and SPOSA are programmed in the part program, auxiliary function
M19 is generated and output to the PLC. The address extension corresponds
to the spindle number.
Related to:
SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK
20900
CTAB_ENABLE_NO_LEADMOTION
EXP
M3
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
246
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
This MD is used to configure the way jumps of the slave axis are processed in
curve tables. A jump of the slave axis results from the presence of a movement of the slave axis in a segment of the curve table with no corresponding
movement of the master axis.
The jumps of the slave axis may be programmed directly, or they are created
internally in the control.
These segments may be created especially if a curve table with active tool
radius compensation is generated.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
The following configurations are possible:
0:
No curve tables are created that contain a jump of the slave axis. If a
jump of the slave axis occurs, alarm 10949 (CTAB_NO_LEADMOTION) is issued and
program processing is terminated. This setting is compatible with previous
software versions.
1:
Curve tables containing a jump of the slave axis may be implemented. If
a jump of the slave axis occurs, alarm 10955 (CTAB_NO_LEADMOTIONWARNING) is
issued without terminating program processing.
2:
Curve tables with jumps of the slave axis are implemented without issuing an alarm or a note.
20905
CTAB_DEFAULT_MEMORY_TYPE
EXP
M3
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
This machine data defines the memory (SRAM or DRAM) in which the curve tables
are created by default.
This MD is only relevant if no memory type was specified when defining a
curve table using CTABDEF().
The following settings can be selected:
0: By default, curve tables are created in the SRAM.
1: By default, curve tables are created in the DRAM.
21000
CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
C06
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0.01,0.01,0.01,0.01,0. 01,0.01,0.01...
This machine data is used to specify the permissible absolute circle error
[mm].
When a circle is programmed, the radii from the programmed center point to
the start and end points are usually not equal (the circle is "overdefined").
The maximum permissible difference between these two radii that is accepted
without an alarm is defined by the larger value in the following data:
MD21000 $MC_CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR
C06
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0.001,0.001,0.001,0.0 01,0.001,0.001...
247
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
21015
INVOLUTE_RADIUS_DELTA
C06
A2
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
0.01,0.01,0.01,0.01,0. 01,0.01,0.01...
INVOLUTE_AUTO_ANGLE_LIMIT
C06
A2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
If the angle of rotation is programmed for an involute (AR=angle), the maximum angle of rotation is limited in case the involute is travelling towards
the basic circle (AR < 0). The maximum angle of rotation is reached when the
involute touches the basic circle.
Normally, if an angle larger than the maximum angle is programmed, an alarm
is issued and the NC program aborted.
If this MD is set to TRUE any angle is accepted without an alarm for programming. If required, this angle is limited automatically.
21020
WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS
C03, C06
A3
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
This machine data indicates whether the tool radius is taken into account in
the working area limitation.
0:
It is checked whether the tool center lies within the working area limits.
1:
The tool radius is taken into account when the working area limitation
is checked. This means that the working area is reduced by the tool radius.
21090
MAX_LEAD_ANGLE
C08, C09
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
80.
0/0
Description:
248
80.,80.,80.,80.,80.,80., 0.
80.,80.,80....
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
21092
MAX_TILT_ANGLE
C08, C09
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
180.
0/0
Description:
180.,180.,180.,180.,18 -180.
0.,180.,180....
ORIENTATION_IS_EULER
C01, C09
F2,TE4,M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE
M1,K2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
249
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
MD irrelevant for:
No orientation programming
Related to:
MD21100 $MC_ORIENTATION_IS_EULER
Further references:
/PG/, Programming Guide, Fundamentals
21160
JOG_VELO_RAPID_GEO
C07
F2
mm/min
DOUBLE
Reset
Description:
802d-cu3
10000., 10000.0,
10000.,10000.,
10000.0, 10000....
1/1
802d-ng2
10000., 10000.0,
10000.,10000.,
10000.0, 10000....
0/0
802d-ng3
10000., 10000.0,
10000.,10000.,
10000.0, 10000....
0/0
802d-tm1
10000., 10000.0,
10000.,10000.,
10000.0, 10000....
0/0
802d-tm2
10000., 10000.0,
10000.,10000.,
10000.0, 10000....
0/0
802d-tm3
10000., 10000.0,
10000.,10000.,
10000.0, 10000....
0/0
Velocity in JOG mode with rapid traverse override for geometry axes in the
channel (mm/min)
21165
JOG_VELO_GEO
C07
F2
mm/min
DOUBLE
Reset
Description:
250
802d-cu3
1000., 1000.,
1000.,1000., 1000.,
1000....
1/1
802d-ng2
1000., 1000.,
1000.,1000., 1000.,
1000....
0/0
802d-ng3
1000., 1000.,
1000.,1000., 1000.,
1000....
0/0
802d-tm1
1000., 1000.,
1000.,1000., 1000.,
1000....
0/0
802d-tm2
1000., 1000.,
1000.,1000., 1000.,
1000....
0/0
802d-tm3
1000., 1000.,
1000.,1000., 1000.,
1000....
0/0
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
21186
TOCARR_ROT_OFFSET_FROM_FR
C01, C07
F2
BOOLEAN
Immediately
0/0
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Rotary axes offset for the orientable tool holder is automatically accepted
from the work offset activated on activation of the orientable tool holder
for the rotary axes.
21198
ORI_TRAFO_ONLINE_CHECK_LIM
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
LIFTFAST_DIST
C09
K1,V1,2.6,6.1
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1, 0.1,0.1,0.1...
The machine data determines the absolute value of the traverse movement for
rapid lift. The direction of the traverse movement is defined in the part
program by the command ALF.
References:
/PA/, Programming Guide: Fundamentals
21202
LIFTFAST_WITH_MIRROR
C09
K1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1:
When determining the retraction direction, if mirroring of the contour
is active then the retraction direction is also mirrored. Mirroring of the
retraction direction only refers to the directional components vertical to
the tool direction.
0:
Mirroring of the contour is NOT taken into account when determining the
retraction direction.
251
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
21204
LIFTFAST_STOP_COND
C09
M3
DWORD
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Specifies the stop behavior of the liftfast motion under different stop conditions
Bit0:Axial NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0004.3 (Axial feed stop / Spindle
stop) or context-sensitive interpolator stop
=0 Stop of the retraction motion in case of an axial feed stop or contextsensitive interpolator stop
=1 No stop of the retraction motion in case of an axial feed stop or contextsensitive interpolator stop
Bit1:Feed disable in channel NC/PLC interface signal V3200 0006.0 (Feed stop)
=0 Stop of the retraction motion in case of the feed stop in the channel
=1 No stop of the retraction motion in case of the feed stop in the channel
21210
SETINT_ASSIGN_FASTIN
C01, C09
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1,1,1,1
ESR_DELAY_TIME1
EXP, N09
M3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
252
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
When, for example, an alarm occurs, this MD can be used to delay deceleration
in order, for example, to enable a retraction from the tooth gap (ESR) in
gear wheel machining.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
21381
ESR_DELAY_TIME2
EXP, N09
M3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
2.3.2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_VERT_OFFSET
C07
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_HOR_OFFSET
C07
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
TRACLG_CTRLSPI_VERT_OFFSET
mm
C07
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
The vertical offset for the regulating axis is specified in this MD.
21504
TRACLG_SUPPORT_VERT_OFFSET
C07
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
253
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
21506
TRACLG_SUPPORT_HOR_OFFSET
C07
S8
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1
C07
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1., 1.,1.,1.,1....
TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1
C07
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2
C07
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2
C07
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1., 1.,1.,1.,1....
TRACLG_SUPPORT_LEAD_ANGLE
C07
degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
90.
0/0
Description:
254
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., -90.
0.,0.,0.,0....
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
21518
TRACLG_CONTACT_UPPER_LIMIT
C07
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
It is necessary to specify the upper contact limit of the blade with the part
to be ground (d1) for the purpose of monitoring the support range limits.
Related to:
MD21520 $MC_TRACLG_CONTACT_LOWER_LIMIT
21520
TRACLG_CONTACT_LOWER_LIMIT
C07
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
It is necessary to specify the lower contact limit of the blade with the part
to be ground (d2) for the purpose of monitoring the support range limits.
Related to:
MD: TRACLG_CONTACT_UPPER_LIMIT
21522
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_NR
C07
BYTE
PowerOn
20
0/0
Description:
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 1
2,2,2,2
TRACLG_CTRLSPI_NR
C07
BYTE
PowerOn
20
0/0
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1
1,1,1,1
255
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
21526
TRACLG_G0_IS_SPECIAL
C07
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
2.3.3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD can be used to define how the speed of the regulating wheel must
respond in the case of transitions from motion blocks with G0 and without G0
(see table).
TRACLG_G0_IS_SPECIAL = 1:
On transition from a motion block with G0 to one without G0, the speed of the
regulating wheel is increased during the G0 block to the desired initial
speed in the block without G0.
TRACLG_G0_IS_SPECIAL = 0:
The speed of the regulating wheel is controlled only for motion blocks without G0 (the transitions from a motion block with G0 to one without G0 are not
taken into account).
AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP
C04
H2,S1
BYTE
PowerOn
127
2/2
Description:
64
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1,1, 1...
AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE
C04
H2,S1
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
256
64
"", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "",
""...
Machine data
AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE[n] (auxiliary function type),
AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION[n] (auxiliary function extension),
AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE[n] (auxiliary function value) and
AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP[n] (auxiliary function group)
assign an auxiliary function type (M,S,H,T,F,D,DL), the associated extension
and the auxiliary function value to an auxiliary function group.
Example:
M0 = 100 => Group 5 (corr. M100)
Auxiliary function typeM
Auxiliary function extension 0
Auxiliary function value
100
Auxiliary function group
5
MD22010 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE[0] = "M"
MD22020 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION[0] = 0
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
MD22030 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE[0] = 100
MD22040 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP[0] = 5
; (5th group)
M00, M01, M02, M17 and M30 are assigned to group 1 as default.
M3, M4, M5 and M70 of the master spindle are assigned to group 2 as default.
The S functions of the master spindle are assigned to group 3 as default.
The four machine data for assigning an auxiliary function to an auxiliary
function group must always be given the same index [n].
Special cases:
If the value of an auxiliary function is less than 0, all auxiliary functions of this type and extension are assigned to one group.
Example:
S2 = -1 => group 9
(all S values of the 2nd spindle are assigned to group 9)
Related to:
MD11100 $MN_AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN
22020
AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION
C04
H2,S1
DWORD
PowerOn
99
2/2
Description:
64
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -1
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE
C04
H2,S1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
64
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
If the value in this MD is smaller than 0, all help functions of this type
and of this address expansion are assigned to this group.
(see MD22010 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE[n] (help function type)
22035
AUXFU_ASSIGN_SPEC
C04
H2
Output specification
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
64
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
257
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
22040
AUXFU_PREDEF_GROUP
C04
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
128
2/2
Description:
261
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 0
2, 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 3,
1, 1, 1...
AUXFU_PREDEF_TYPE
C04
H2
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
261
AUXFU_PREDEF_EXTENSION
C04
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
99
2/2
Description:
261
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, -1
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
0, 0, 0...
AUXFU_PREDEF_VALUE
C04
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
258
261
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
22080
AUXFU_PREDEF_SPEC
C04
H2,K1
Output specification
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
261
AUXFU_QUICK_BLOCKCHANGE
C04
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
Description:
259
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
22110
AUXFU_H_TYPE_INT
C11, C04
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0:
The values of H auxiliary functions are present in floating point format.
The maximum value range is +/-3.4028 ex 38.
1:
The value of H auxiliary functions is rounded and changed to an integer.
The basic program in the PLC must interpret the value as an integer.
The maximum value range is -2147483648 to 2147483647.
22200
AUXFU_M_SYNC_TYPE
C04
H2,K1,2.4
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
AUXFU_S_SYNC_TYPE
C04
H2,2.4
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
260
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
22220
AUXFU_T_SYNC_TYPE
C11, C04
H2,2.4
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
AUXFU_D_SYNC_TYPE
C04
H2
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
AUXFU_DL_SYNC_TYPE
C04
H2
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
261
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Notice:
An auxiliary function output specification configured by MD22080
$MC_AUXFU_PREDEF_SPEC[ preIndex ], MD22035 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_SPEC[ auxIndex
] or
A group output specification configured by MD11110 $MN_AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC[
groupIndex ], which has a higher priority.
22254
AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
262
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
For external language mode:
MD10814 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE,
MD10804 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
MD10806 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT,
MD10800 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN,
MD10802 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MAX
MD20095 $MC_EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
For nibbling:
MD26008 $MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
22400
S_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1:
The last S values set in the main run are still active after a RESET.
0:
The various S values are equal to 0 after a RESET and must therefore be
reprogrammed.
22410
F_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
M3,V1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1:
The last programmed F, FA, OVR and OVRA values are still active after
RESET.
0:
The various values are set to their default values after reset.
Related to:
MD22240 $MC_AUXFU_F_SYNC_TYPE Output time of the F functions
22420
FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES
C11
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
Default setting for FGROUP command. You can specify up to 8 channel axes
whose resulting velocity is equivalent to the programmed path feed.
If all eight values are zero (default), the geo axis entered in MD20050
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB are active as the default setting for the FGROUP
command as previously.
22510
GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC
C04
K1,P3 pl,P3 sl
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
Specification of the G code group, the G codes of which are output to the
NCK/PLC interface in case of block change/ reset.
The interface is updated after each block change and reset.
263
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Notice:
It is not guaranteed that a PLC user program has at all times a block-synchronous relation between the active NC block and the G codes present.
Example: Path mode with very short blocks
22512
EXTERN_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC
C11, C04
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
18, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
1/1
802d-ng2
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
-1/1
802d-ng3
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
-1/1
802d-tm1
18, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
1/1
802d-tm2
18, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
1/1
802d-tm3
18, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
1/1
Description:
GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC_MODE
C04
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
264
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
For setting the behavior, i.e. how the G groups are to be interpreted in the
PLC with regard to data.
With the current behavior (bit 0 = 0), the G group is the array index of a
64-byte field (DBB 208 - DBB 271).
Maximally the 64th G group can be reached in this way.
With the new behavior (bit 0 = 1), the data storage in the PLC consists of
max. 8 bytes (DBB 208 - DBB 215).
With this procedure, the array index of this byte array is identical with the
index of the MD22510 $MC_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC[Index] and MD22512
$MC_EXTERN_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC[Index].
Each index (0 - 7) may only be set for one of the two machine data; the value
0 must be entered for the other MD.
Bit 0(LSB) = 0:
Behavior as before, the 64-byte field is used for displaying the G codes
Bit 0(LSB) = 1:
The user specifies for which G groups the first 8 bytes are to be used
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
22530
TOCARR_CHANGE_M_CODE
C04
H2,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
99999999
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -99999999
0,0,0,0
The absolute value of this machine data indicates the number of the M code,
which is output at the VDI interface when a tool holder is activated.
If the MD is negative, the number of the tool holder is added to the absolute value of the machine data and the number is output.
Special cases:
N M code is output, if the number of the M code to be output or the absolute value of this MD is set to one of the values 0 to 6, 17 or 30. It is
not monitored whether an M code created in this way will conflict with
other functions.
References:
/FB/, H2, Auxiliary Function Output to PLC
22532
GEOAX_CHANGE_M_CODE
C04
H2,K2
DWORD
PowerOn
99999999
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Number of the M code, which is output at the VDI interface in the case of a
switchover of the geometry axes.
No M code is output if this MD is set to one of the values 0 to 6, 17 or 30.
It is not monitored whether an M code created in this way will conflict with
other functions.
22534
TRAFO_CHANGE_M_CODE
C04
M1,H2
DWORD
PowerOn
99999999
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Number of the M code that is output at the VDI interface in the case of a
transformation changeover of the geometry axes.
No M code is output if this MD is set to one of the values 0 to 6, 17 or 30.
It is not monitored whether an M code created in this way will conflict with
other functions.
22550
TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
W3,K1,W1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
The T function is used to select a tool in the program. The setting in this
machine data determines whether the new tool is loaded immediately on execution of the T function:
MD22550 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE = 0
265
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
The new tool is loaded directly with the programming of T or D. This setting
is mainly used on lathes. If a D is not programmed in the block by T, then
the tool offset defined in MD20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT is active.
In this case, the function "Manual tools" is not enabled.
MD22550 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE = 1
The new tool is prepared for loading on execution of the T function. This
setting is used mainly on milling machines with a tool magazine in order to
bring the new tool into the tool change position without interrupting the
machining process. The M function entered in MD22560 $MC_ TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
is used to remove the old tool from the spindle and load the new tool onto
the spindle. According to DIN 66025, this tool change has to be programmed
with M function M06.
Related to:
MD22560 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
22560
TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
H2,K1,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
99999999
1/1
Description:
6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6, 0
6,6,6,6
If the T function is only used to prepare a new tool for a tool change (this
setting is used mainly on milling machines with a tool magazine, in order to
bring the new tool into the tool change position without interrupting the
machining process), another M function must be used to trigger the tool
change.
The M function entered in TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE triggers the tool change (remove
old tool from the spindle and load new tool into the spindle). This tool
change is required to be programmed with M function M06, in accordance with
DIN 66025.
Related to:
MD22550 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
22562
TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE
C09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFF
1/1
Description:
266
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
A tool will also be loaded if its data are known in the NCK but have not been
assigned to a magazine. In this case, the tool data is automatically assigned
to the programmed tool holder.
The user is prompted to insert tools into or remove tools from the tool
holder).
Bit 2 modifies the offset programming
Bit 2=0: active D no. > 0 and active T no.=0 gives offset 0
Active D no. > 0 and active D no.=0 gives total offset 0
Bit 2=1: active D no. > 0 and active T no.=0 lead to an alarm message
Active D no. > 0 and active D no.=0 lead to an alarm message
Bits 3 and 4 are only relevant with active tool management.
Function:
Control of the behavior of the init. block generation on program start if a
disabled tool is on the spindle and this tool is to be activated.
See MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK, MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
On RESET, this does not affect the behavior "Keep disabled tool on the spindle active".
Bit 3=0: Standard: If the tool on the spindle is disabled, generate a tool
change command requesting a replacement tool. An alarm will be generated if
there is no such replacement tool.
Bit 3=1: The disabled status of the spindle tool is ignored. The tool becomes
active. The subsequent part program should be formulated so that no parts are
machined with the disabled tool.
Bit 4=0: Standard: The system tries to activate the spindle tool or its
replacement tool.
Bit 4=1: If the tool on the spindle is disabled, T0 is programmed in the
start init block.
The combination of bits 3 and 4 produces the following statements:
0 / 0: Behavior as before, automatic change on NC start if a disabled tool is
in the spindle
1 / 0: No automatic change
0 / 1: A T0 is automatically generated if a disabled tool is in the spindle
at NC start
1 / 1: No statement
Bit 5: Reserved
Bit 6=0: Standard: If T0 or D0, only T0 or D0 is exactly programmed. This
means that MD20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT and MD20272 $MC_SUMCORR_DEFAULT
determine the value of D and DL for the programming of T0.
Example: MD20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT=1, MD20272 $MC_SUMCORR_DEFAULT=2,
MD22550 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE=0 (tool change with T programming)
N10 T0 ; T no. 0 has active numbers D1 and DL=2, which results in offset
zero. If bit 2 is also set:
Programming of
a) T0; for tool deselection
b) D0; for offset deselection
generates an alarm, if
a) at least one of MD20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT and MD20272
$MC_SUMCORR_DEFAULT is unequal to zero (The correct programming is T0 D0
DL=0).
b) MD20272 $MC_SUMCORR_DEFAULT is unequal to zero (The correct programming is
D0 DL=0).
Bit 6=1: Controls the NCK behavior when x, y, z are all programmed greater
than zero, if at least one of MD20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT and MD20272
$MC_SUMCORR_DEFAULT is unequal to zero.
267
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
a) Tx Dy --> T0:
With T0, D0 or D0 DL=0 is automatically programmed in the NCK; i.e. values in
MD20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT and $MC_SUMCORR_DEFAULT unequal to zero are
treated as values equal to zero.
b) Tx Dy --> T0 Dy, or T0 DL=z, or T0 Dy DL=z, or T0 D0 DL=z, explicitly programmed values of D, DL are not influenced.
c) Dy DL=z --> D0
With D0, DL=0 is automatically programmed in the NCK; i.e. values in MD20272
$MC_SUMCORR_DEFAULT unequal to zero are treated as values equal to zero.
d) Dy DL=z --> D0 DL=z
Explicitly programmed values of DL are not influenced.
If bit 2 is also set:
Only T0 / D0 have to be programmed for tool/offset deselection, and this does
not generate an alarm.
The statements relating to MD20272 $MC_SUMCORR_DEFAULT or DL are valid only
if the total offset function is active (see MD18080
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK, bit 8).
Bit 7=0: When Tx is programmed, a check is made to see whether a tool with T
number x is known in the TO unit of the channel. If not, the program is
stopped in this block with alarm 17190
Bit 7=1: Only if tool basic functionality is active (MD20310
$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK, bit 0,1=0) and (MD18102
$MN_MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE=0):
When Tx is programmed, an unknown Tx is intially be ignored, and the alarm
relating to the preparation command (Tx) is also ignored until the D selection is interpreted in the program sequence. Only then is alarm 17191, which
has been triggered by the preparation command, output. This means that the
operator can take corrective actions with the D selection in this block. When
the program is continued, the incorrect NC block is re-interpreted, and the
preparation command is automatically executed again internally.
(This is of interest for Cutting-Edge-Default=0 or =-2 and D0 programming,
otherwise the D of Cutting-Edge-Default is deselected on tool change.)
This variant is justified for programming "Tool number=Location" (revolver as
tool holder) without tool management. The revolver can now positioned on a
location for which a tool has not (yet) been defined.
This bit has no meaning if bit 0=1 is set.
22600
SERUPRO_SPEED_MODE
EXP
K1
DWORD
Immediately
1/1
Description:
268
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1,1,1,1
This machine data specifies the search run mode: SERUPRO in more detail.
SERUPRO search run is activated with PI service _N_FINDBL mode parameter = 5.
SERUPRO means SEarchRUn by PROgram test, i.e. traversing under program test
from beginning of program to search target.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Note:
Program test does not move any axes/spindles.
Bit0 and Bit1:
==========
0:
Under program test, the axes/spindles are traversed at the following
speeds:
Axes:
MD22601 $MC_SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR*dry run feed.
Spindles: MD22601 $MC_SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR*programmed speed.
Dynamic axis / spindle limitations are not taken into account.
1:
Under program test, the axes/spindles are traversed at the following
speeds:
Axes:
at the same velocity as dry run feed.
Spindles: at the programmed speed.
Dynamic axis / spindle limitations are taken into account.
2:
Under program test, the axes/spindles are traversed at the programmed
velocity/speed.
Dynamic axis /spindle limitations are taken into account.
3:
Not assigned.
Related to:
SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED, MD22601 $MC_SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR
22601
SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR
EXP
K1
DOUBLE
Immediately
1/1
Description:
10.0,10.0,10.0,10.0,10 1.0
.0,10.0,10.0...
SERUPRO means SEarch RUn by PROgram test, i.e. traversing under program test
from beginning of program to search target.
Note:
Program test does not move any axes / spindles.
The machine data is relevant only if the first two bits of MD22600
$MC_SERUPRO_SPEED_MODE are 0. The machine data has the following meaning:
Axes: MD specifies the factor by which the test run feedrate is multiplied.
Spindles: MD specifies the factor by which the programmed speed is multiplied.
Dynamic limitations of axes / spindles are always ignored.
Related to:
SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED, MD22600 $MC_SERUPRO_SPEED_MODE
22620
START_MODE_MASK_PRT
EXP, C03
M3,K1
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
0x400,0x400,0x400,0
x400,0x400,0x400...
269
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
If MD22620 $MC_START_MODE_MASK_PRT is activated for "search via program test"
(abbr. SERUPRO), then MD22620 $MC_START_MODE_MASK_PRT replaces MD20112
$MC_START_MODE_MASK when "search via program test" is started.
This enables a behavior deviating from PLC start to be set at the start of
the search. The meaning of the bit-by-bit assignment of MD22620
$MC_START_MODE_MASK_PRT is the same as that in MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK.
22621
ENABLE_START_MODE_MASK_PRT
EXP, C03
M3,K1
DWORD
Reset
0x1
1/1
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
DISABLE_PLC_START
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
AUTO_IPTR_LOCK
EXP, C03
K1
DWORD
Reset
0x3
0/0
Description:
270
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
With MD22680 $MC_AUTO_IPTR_LOCK program areas are defined in which the individually indicated coupling types are active. If a program abort is executed
in a program range that is defined as such, it will not be the currently executed part program block that is stored in the interrupt pointer (OPI module
InterruptionSearch),but the last block prior to activation of the coupling.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
22900
STROKE_CHECK_INSIDE
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
802d-ng2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
802d-ng3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
802d-tm1
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
802d-tm2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
802d-tm3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
WEIGHTING_FACTOR_FOR_SCALE
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
802d-ng2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
802d-ng3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
802d-tm1
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
802d-tm2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
802d-tm3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
Definition
factors I,
Meaning:
0
Scale
1
Scale
of the unit for the scaling factor P and for the axial scaling
J, K.
factor in 0.001
factor in 0.00001
271
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Related to:
SD43120 $SA_DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS,
SD42140 $SC_DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P
22914
AXES_SCALE_ENABLE
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
802d-ng2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
802d-ng3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
802d-tm1
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
802d-tm2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
802d-tm3
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_ON
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
802d-cu3
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE,FALSE ,FALSE,FALSE...
2/2
802d-ng2
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE,FALSE ,FALSE,FALSE...
0/0
802d-ng3
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE,FALSE ,FALSE,FALSE...
0/0
802d-tm1
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE,FALSE ,FALSE,FALSE...
2/2
802d-tm2
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE,FALSE ,FALSE,FALSE...
2/2
802d-tm3
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE,FALSE ,FALSE,FALSE...
2/2
Description:
272
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
22930
EXTERN_PARALLEL_GEOAX
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
20
2/2
802d-ng2
20
-1/2
802d-ng3
20
-1/2
802d-tm1
20
2/2
802d-tm2
20
2/2
802d-tm3
20
2/2
Description:
FRAME_ADD_COMPONENTS
C03
K2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
273
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24002
CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK
C03
K2
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
0xFFFF,0xFFFF,0xFF 0
FF,0xFFFF,0xFFFF...
Bit mask for the reset setting of the channel-specific base frames which are
included in the channel.
The following apply:
If MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK bit0 = 1 and BIT14 = 1
the entire base frame is determined on reset by chaining the base frame
field elements, whose bit is 1 in the bit mask.
If MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK bit0 = 1 and BIT14 = 0
the entire base frame is deselected on reset.
24004
CHBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
This machine data defines whether channel-specific base frames are reset in
the data management on Power On.
That is
CHSFRAME_RESET_MASK
C03
K2
DWORD
Reset
0x00000FFF
0/0
Description:
274
0x1,0x1,0x1,0x1,0x1,0 0
x1,0x1,0x1,0x1...
Bit mask used for the reset setting of the channel-specific system frames
included in the channel.
Bit 0: System frame for actual value setting and scratching is active after
reset.
Bit 1: System frame for external work offset is active after reset.
Bit 2: Reserved, for TCARR and PAROT see MD20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[].
Bit 3: Reserved, for TOROT and TOFRAME see MD20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[].
Bit 4: System frame for workpiece reference points is active after reset.
Bit 5: System frame for cycles is active after reset.
Bit 6: Reserved; reset behavior dependent on MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK.
Bit 7:System frame $P_ISO1FR (ISO G51.1 Mirror) is active after reset.
Bit 8:System frame $P_ISO2FR (ISO G68 2DROT) is active after reset.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Bit 9:System frame $P_ISO3FR (ISO G68 3DROT) is active after reset.
Bit 10:System frame $P_ISO4FR (ISO G51 Scale) is active after reset.
Bit 11:
System frame $P_RELFR is active after reset.
Related to:
MD28082 $MC_MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK
24007
CHSFRAME_RESET_CLEAR_MASK
C03
K2
DWORD
Reset
802d-cu3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-ng2
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-ng3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-tm1
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
0/0
802d-tm2
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
0/0
802d-tm3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
0/0
Description:
Bit mask used to delete channel-specific system frames from the data management on reset.
Bit 0: System frame for actual value setting and scratching is deleted on
reset.
Bit 1: System frame for exernal work offset is deleted on reset.
Bit 2: Reserved, for TCARR and PAROT, see MD20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[].
Bit 3: Reserved, for TOROT and TOFRAME, see MD20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[].
Bit 4: System frame for workpiece reference points is deleted on reset.
Bit 5: System frame for cycles is deleted on reset.
Bit 6: Reserved; reset behavior depends on MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK.
Bit 7:System frame $P_ISO1FR (ISO G51.1 Mirror) is deleted on reset.
Bit 8:System frame $P_ISO2FR (ISO G68 2DROT) is deleted on reset.
Bit 9:System frame $P_ISO3FR (ISO G68 3DROT) is deleted on reset.
Bit 10:System frame $P_ISO4FR (ISO G51 Scale) is deleted on reset.
Bit 11:
System frame $P_RELFR is deleted on reset.
275
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24008
CHSFRAME_POWERON_MASK
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-ng2
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-ng3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-tm1
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
0/0
802d-tm2
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
0/0
802d-tm3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x00000FFF
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines whether channel-specific system frames are reset in
the data management on Power On. That is offsets and rotations are set to 0,
scalings to 1. Mirroring is disabled.
The selection can be made separately for individual system frames.
Bit 0:System frame for set actual value and scratching is deleted after Power
On.
Bit 1:System frame for external work offset is deleted after Power On.
Bit 2:System frame for TCARR and PAROT is deleted after Power On.
Bit 3:System frame for TOROT and TOFRAME is deleted after Power On.
Bit 4:System frame for work piece reference points deleted after Power On.
Bit 5:System frame for cycles retained after Power On.
Bit 6:System frame for transformations deleted after Power On.
Bit 7:System frame $P_ISO1FR (ISO G51.1 Mirror) is deleted after power ON.
Bit 8:System frame $P_ISO2FR (ISO G68 2DROT) is deleted after power ON.
Bit 9:System frame $P_ISO3FR (ISO G68 3DROT) is deleted after power ON.
Bit 10:System frame $P_ISO4FR (ISO G51 Scale) is deleted after power ON.
Bit 11:System frame $P_RELFR is deleted after power ON.
Related to:
MD28082 $MC_MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK
24010
PFRAME_RESET_MODE
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
Description:
276
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24020
FRAME_SUPPRESS_MODE
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x0000003
2/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
Bit mask for configuring the positions for frame suppressions (SUPA, G153,
G53).
The following rule applies:
Bit 0: Positions for display (OPI) without frame suppression
Bit 1: Position variables without frame suppression
24040
FRAME_ADAPT_MODE
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x0000007
1/1
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
FRAME_SAA_MODE
C03
DWORD
PowerOn
0x0000003
1/1
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
277
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24080
USER_FRAME_POWERON_MASK
N01
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1
7/2
Description:
2.3.4
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
TRAFO_TYPE_1
C07
F2,TE4,M1,K1,W1
DWORD
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
278
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
The 4 low-value bits have the following meaning for a 5-axis transformation:
0 Axis sequence AB
1 Axis sequence AC
2 Axis sequence BA
3 Axis sequence BC
4 Axis sequence CA
5 Axis sequence CB
8 Generic orientation transformation (3- 5 axes)
256 and higher
TRANSMIT transformation
512 and higher
TRACYL transformation
1024 and higher
TRAANG transformation
2048
TRACLG: centerless transformation
From 4096 to 4098
OEM transformation
8192 and higher
TRACON: cascaded transformations
Example:
A 5-axis transformation with turnable tool and axis sequence CA (i.e. C
axis turns A axis) has number 20 ( = 16 + 4 )
Notice:
Not all combinations of group numbers and axis sequence numbers are
allowed. An error message is output if a number for a non-existent transformation is entered.
Related to:
MD24200 $MC_TRAFO_TYPE_2, MD24300 $MC_TRAFO_TYPE_3, ... MD24460
$MC_TRAFO_TYPE_8
References:
/FB/, F2, "5-Axis Transformation"
279
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24110
TRAFO_AXES_IN_1
C07
F2,TE4,M1,K1,W1
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
2/2
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
2/2
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
2/2
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
2/2
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
2/2
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1
C07
F2,TE4,TE4,M1,K
1,W1
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
20
2/2
802d-ng2
20
2/2
802d-ng3
20
2/2
802d-tm1
20
0/0
802d-tm2
20
2/2
802d-tm3
20
2/2
280
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 1.
Index i adopts the values 0, 1, 2 for TRANSMIT. It refers to the first, second and third geometry axis.
Not relevant:
No transformation
Application example:
MD20050 $MC_TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1[0]= 2 ; 2nd channel axis
Related to:
MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB, if no transformation is active.
24130
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-ng2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-ng3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-tm1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-tm3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during
the 1st transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by the transformation.
In standard transformations, only the "inclined-axis transformation" fulfills this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS) refers to the
tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers
to the tool tip (Tool Center Point - TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
281
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24200
TRAFO_TYPE_2
C07
F2,M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
TRAFO_AXES_IN_2
C07
F2,M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
282
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
2/2
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
2/2
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
2/2
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
2/2
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
2/2
TRAFO_AXES_IN_2(n)
Axis assignment at input of 2nd to 8th transformation.
Same meaning as for TRAFO_AXES_IN_1.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24220
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2
C07
F2,M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
20
2/2
802d-ng2
20
2/2
802d-ng3
20
2/2
802d-tm1
20
0/0
802d-tm2
20
2/2
802d-tm3
20
2/2
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 2.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
24230
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_2
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-ng2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-ng3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-tm1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-tm3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during
the 2nd transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by the transformation.
In standard transformations, only "inclined-axis transformation" fulfills
this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS) refers to the
tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers
to the tool tip (Tool Center Point - TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
283
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24300
TRAFO_TYPE_3
C07
M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
TRAFO_AXES_IN_3
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Axis assignment at the input point of the 3rd transformation in the channel.
Meaning is the same as TRAFO_AXES_IN_1, but for the third available transformation in the channel.
24320
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_3
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
284
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 3.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24330
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_3
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during
the 3rd transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool with reference to to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by the transformation. In standard transformations, only "inclined-axis transformation"
fulfills this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS) refers to the
tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers
to the tool tip (Tool Center Point - TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
24400
TRAFO_TYPE_4
C07
M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
TRAFO_AXES_IN_4
C07
F2,M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Axis assignment at the input point of the 4th transformation in the channel.
Meaning is the same as TRAFO_AXES_IN_1, but for the fourth available transformation in the channel.
285
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24420
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_4
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 4.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
24426
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_4
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during
the 4th transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool with reference to to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by the transformation. In standard transformations, only "inclined-axis transformation"
fulfills this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS) refers to the
tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers
to the tool tip (Tool Center Point - TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
24430
TRAFO_TYPE_5
C07
M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
286
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24432
TRAFO_AXES_IN_5
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_5
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 5.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
24436
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_5
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during
the 5th transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by the transformation.
In standard transformations, only "inclined-axis transformation" fulfills
this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS) refers to the
tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers
to the tool tip (Tool Center Point - TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
287
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24440
TRAFO_TYPE_6
C07
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
TRAFO_AXES_IN_6
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_6
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
288
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 6.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24446
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_6
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during
the 6th transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by the transformation.
In standard transformations, only "inclined-axis transformation" fulfills
this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS) refers to the
tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers
to the tool tip (Tool Center Point - TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
24450
TRAFO_TYPE_7
C07
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
TRAFO_AXES_IN_7
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
289
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24454
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_7
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 7.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
24456
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_7
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during
the 7th transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by the transformation.
In standard transformations, only "inclined-axis transformation" fulfills
this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS) refers to the
tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers
to the tool tip (Tool Center Point - TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
24460
TRAFO_TYPE_8
C07
F2,TE4,M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
290
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24462
TRAFO_AXES_IN_8
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_8
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 8.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
24466
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_8
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during
the 8th transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by the transformation.
In standard transformations, only "inclined-axis transformation" fulfills
this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS) refers to the
tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers
to the tool tip (Tool Center Point - TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
291
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24470
TRAFO_TYPE_9
C07
M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
TRAFO_AXES_IN_9
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_9
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 9.
24476
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_9
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
292
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24480
TRAFO_TYPE_10
C07
F2,M1
Transformation 10 in channel
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Same as TRAFO_TYPE_1, but for the tenth available transformation in the channel.
24482
TRAFO_AXES_IN_10
C07
F2,M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_10
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_10
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
293
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24561
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_1
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
In the case of 6-axis transformations, defines the offset between the 2nd and
third rotary axes for the 1st transformation of each channel.
24573
TRAFO5_AXIS3_1
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
Indicates the vector which defines the direction of the third rotary axis in
the case of the general 6-axis transformation (TRAFO_TYPE_* = 24, 40, 56,
57).
The vector may have any value except zero.
Example:
The same axis is defined with both (0, 1, 0) and (0, 7.21, 0) (in the direction of the 2nd geometry axis, that is as a rule Y).
Valid for the first orientation transformation of a channel.
24576
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_1
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_2
C07
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRAFO5_AXIS3_2
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
294
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24676
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_2
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRAANG_ANGLE_1
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
Description:
Indicates for the first agreed TRAANG transformation of the channel the angle
of the inclined axis in degrees between the 1st machine axis and the 1st
basic axis while TRAANG is active. The angle is measured positively clockwise.
Related to:
MD24750 $MC_TRAANG_ANGLE_2
24710
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
-1/7
802d-tm2
-1/7
802d-tm3
-1/7
Description:
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 1st TRAANG transformation.
The offset is referenced to the geometry axes valid when TRAANG is active.
The basic offset is included with and without selection of the tool length
compensation. Programmed length corrections have an additive effect with
respect to the basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry axes.
Related to:
MD24760 $MC_TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2
295
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24720
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1
C07
M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
Description:
296
Indicates the axis velocity reserve for jog, positioning and oscillating
movements for each channel for the first TRAANG transformation which is held
ready on the parallel axis (see MD2.... $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_...[1]) for the
compensating movement.
Velocity reserve to be provided for jog, positioning and oscillating movements on the parallel axis to handle the compensating movement as a consequence of the inclined axis.
0.0 means that the control or the transformation itself determines the
reserve according to the angle of the inclined axis and the velocity capacity
of the inclined and parallel axes. - The criterion for this is that the same
velocity limit has to be maintained in the direction of the parallel axis and
the (virtual) axis at right-angles to it.
>0.0 means that a fixed reserve has been set (MD24720
$MC_TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1 * MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO of the parallel
axis). The velocity capacity in the virtual axis is determined by this. The
lower MD24720 $MC_TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1 has been set, the lower it is
Related to:
MD24771 $MC_TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24721
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_1
C07
M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
Description:
Indicates the acceleration margin for jog, positioning and oscillating movements for each channel for the first TRAANG transformation which is held
ready on the parallel axis (see MD2.... $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_...[1]) for the
compensating movement.
Related to:
MD24720 $MC_TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1
24750
TRAANG_ANGLE_2
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
Description:
Indicates for the second agreed TRAANG transformation of the channel the
angle of the inclined axis in degrees between the 1st machine axis and the
1st basic axis while TRAANG is active. The angle is measured positively
clockwise.
Related to:
MD24700 $MC_TRAANG_ANGLE_1
297
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24760
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
-1/7
802d-tm2
-1/7
802d-tm3
-1/7
Description:
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 2nd TRAANG transformation.
The offset is referenced to the geometry axes valid when TRAANG is active.
The basic offset is included with and without selection of the tool length
compensation. Programmed length corrections have an additive effect with
respect to the basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry axes.
Related to:
MD24710 $MC_TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1
24770
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_2
C07
M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
Description:
298
Indicates the axis velocity reserve for jog, positioning and oscillating
movements for each channel for the second TRAANG transformation which is held
ready on the parallel axis (see MD2.... $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_...[1]) for the
compensating movement.
Related to:
MD24771 $MC_TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24771
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2
C07
M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
2/2
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
Description:
Indicates the axis acceleration margin for jog, positioning and oscillating
movements which is held ready on the parallel axis (see MD2....
$MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_...[1]) for the compensatory movement; MD setting applies
to the second TRAANG transformation for each channel.
Related to:
$MC_TRAANG_PARALLEL_RES_1
24800
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
C07
M1,K2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
Description:
Indicates the offset of the rotary axis for the first agreed TRACYL transformation in degrees in relation to the neutral position while TRACYL is active.
Related to:
MD24850 $MC_TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
299
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24805
TRACYL_ROT_AX_FRAME_1
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
-1/7
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
-1/7
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
0:
1:
2:
24808
TRACYL_DEFAULT_MODE_1
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
-1/7
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
-1/7
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
300
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24810
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
C07
M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-ng2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
-1/7
802d-ng3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
-1/7
802d-tm1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-tm3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
Indicates the sign with which the rotary axis is taken into account in the
TRACYL transformation for the first agreed TRACYL transformation.
Related to:
MD24860 $MC_TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
24820
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
-1/7
802d-ng3
-1/7
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
Description:
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 1st TRACYL transformation.
The offset is referenced to the geometry axes valid when TRACYL is active.
The basic offset is included with and without selection of the tool length
compensation. Programmed length corrections have an additive effect with
respect to the basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry axes.
Related to:
MD24870 $MC_TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2
301
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24850
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
Description:
Indicates the offset of the rotary axis in degrees in relation to the neutral
position for the 2nd agreed TRACYL transformation for each channel.
MD irrelevant:
If no TRACYL is active
Related to:
MD24800 $MC_TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
24855
TRACYL_ROT_AX_FRAME_2
C07
M1,K2
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
-1/7
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
-1/7
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
302
0:
1:
2:
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24858
TRACYL_DEFAULT_MODE_2
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
-1/7
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
-1/7
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-ng2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
-1/7
802d-ng3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
-1/7
802d-tm1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-tm3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
Indicates the sign with which the rotary axis is taken into account in the
TRACYL transformation for the 2nd agreed TRACYL transformation for each channel.
Related to:
MD24810 $MC_TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
303
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24870
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
-1/7
802d-ng3
-1/7
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
Description:
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 2ndTRACYL transformation.
The offset is referenced to the geometry axes valid when TRACYL is active.
The basic offset is included with and without selection of the tool length
compensation. Programmed length corrections have an additive effect with
respect to the basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry axes.
Related to:
MD24820 $MC_TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1
24900
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
Description:
304
Indicates the offset of the rotary axis for the first agreed TRANSMIT transformation in degrees in relation to the neutral position while TRANSMIT is
active.
Related to:
MD24950 $MC_TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24905
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_FRAME_1
C07
M1,K2
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
0:
1:
2:
24910
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
C07
M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-ng2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-ng3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-tm3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
Indicates the sign with which the rotary axis is taken into account in the
TRANSMIT transformation for the first agreed TRANSMIT transformation for each
channel.
Related to:
MD24960 $MC_TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
305
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24911
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_1
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
0/0
802d-ng3
0/0
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
Description:
306
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 1st TRANSMIT transformation. The offset is referenced to the geometry axes valid when TRANSMIT is
active. The basic offset is included with and without selection of the tool
length compensation. Programmed length corrections have an additive effect
with respect to the basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry axes.
Related to:
MD24970 $MC_TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24950
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-ng3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-tm1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
802d-tm3
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
2/2
Description:
Indicates the offset of the rotary axis for the second agreed TRANSMIT transformation in degrees in relation to the neutral position while TRANSMIT is
active.
Related to:
MD24900 $MC_TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
24955
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_FRAME_2
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
0:
1:
2:
307
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24960
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
C07
M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-ng2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-ng3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
802d-tm2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
802d-tm3
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
2/2
Indicates the sign with which the rotary axis is taken into account in the
TRANSMIT transformation for the second agreed TRANSMIT transformation for
each channel.
Related to:
MD24910 $MC_TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
24961
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_2
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
308
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
24970
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
0/0
802d-ng3
0/0
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
Description:
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 2nd TRANSMIT transformation. The offset is referenced to the geometry axes valid when TRANSMIT is
active. The basic offset is included with and without selection of the tool
length compensation. Programmed length corrections have an additive effect
with respect to the basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry axes.
Related to:
MD24920 $MC_TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1
24997
TRACON_CHAIN_3
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
TRACON_CHAIN_4
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
TRAFO_TYPE_11
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
309
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25102
TRAFO_AXES_IN_11
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_11
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 11.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25106
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_11
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD defines for each channel, whether the tool is treated in the 11th
transformation or externally.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1.
25110
TRAFO_TYPE_12
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
310
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25112
TRAFO_AXES_IN_12
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_12
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 12.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25116
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_12
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD defines for each channel, whether the tool is treated in the 12th
transformation or externally.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1.
25120
TRAFO_TYPE_13
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
311
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25122
TRAFO_AXES_IN_13
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_13
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 13.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25126
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_13
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD defines for each channel, whether the tool is treated in the 13th
transformation or externally.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1.
25130
TRAFO_TYPE_14
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
312
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25132
TRAFO_AXES_IN_14
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_14
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 14.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25136
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_14
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD defines for each channel, whether the tool is treated in the 14th
transformation or externally.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1.
25140
TRAFO_TYPE_15
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
313
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25142
TRAFO_AXES_IN_15
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_15
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 15.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25146
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_15
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD defines for each channel, whether the tool is treated in the 15th
transformation or externally.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1.
25150
TRAFO_TYPE_16
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
314
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25152
TRAFO_AXES_IN_16
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_16
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 16.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25156
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_16
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD defines for each channel, whether the tool is treated in the 16th
transformation or externally.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1.
25160
TRAFO_TYPE_17
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
315
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25162
TRAFO_AXES_IN_17
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_17
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 17.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25166
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_17
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD defines for each channel, whether the tool is treated in the 17th
transformation or externally.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1.
25170
TRAFO_TYPE_18
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
316
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25172
TRAFO_AXES_IN_18
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_18
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 18.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25176
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_18
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD defines for each channel, whether the tool is treated in the 18th
transformation or externally.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1.
25180
TRAFO_TYPE_19
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
317
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25182
TRAFO_AXES_IN_19
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_19
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 19.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25186
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_19
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD defines for each channel, whether the tool is treated in the 19th
transformation or externally.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1.
25190
TRAFO_TYPE_20
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
318
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25192
TRAFO_AXES_IN_20
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-ng3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
802d-tm3
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_20
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian coordinate
system are mapped for active transformation 20.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25196
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_20
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
This MD defines for each channel, whether the tool is treated in the 20th
transformation or externally.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1.
25261
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_3
C07
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
In the case of 6-axis transformations, defines the offset between the 2nd and
third rotary axes for the 3rd transformation of each channel.
319
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25273
TRAFO5_AXIS3_3
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
The MD designates the vector that describes the direction of the third rotary
axis with the general 6-axis transformation (TRAFO_TYPE_* = 24, 40, 56, 57).
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO5_AXIS3_1.
25276
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_3
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_4
C07
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
In the case of 6-axis transformations, defines the offset between the 2nd and
third rotary axes for the 4th transformation of each channel.
25373
TRAFO5_AXIS3_4
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
The MD designates the vector that describes the direction of the third rotary
axis with the general 6-axis transformation (TRAFO_TYPE_* = 24, 40, 56, 57).
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO5_AXIS3_1.
25376
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_4
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
320
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
25495
TRACON_CHAIN_5
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
TRACON_CHAIN_6
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
TRACON_CHAIN_7
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
TRACON_CHAIN_8
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
321
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
2.3.5
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTIN
C01, C09
N4
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
Description:
322
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
26002
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTOUT
C01, C09
N4
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
Description:
This data defines which output byte is to be used for the stroke control.
Number of the high-speed output byte for "punching and nibbling"
Bit 0-7:
Number of the output byte used
Bit 8-15:
Free
Bit 16-23: Inversion mask for writing the hardware byte
Bit 24-31: Free
Possible inputs:
1:
840D on-board outputs (4 high-speed + 4 bits via VDI specification)
2, 3, 4, 5
External digital outputs (high-speed NCK O/I or VDI specification)
Related to:
MD26004 $MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_OUTMASK[n]
References:
/FB/, A4, Digital and Analog NCK I/Os
26004
NIBBLE_PUNCH_OUTMASK
C01, C09
N4
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
2/2
802d-ng2
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
2/2
802d-ng3
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
2/2
802d-tm1
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
-1/2
802d-tm2
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
-1/2
802d-tm3
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
-1/2
323
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Special cases:
Only NIBBLE_PUNCH_OUTMASK[0] is significant.
This is used to define the output bit for the signal "Release stroke".
Related to:
MD26002 $MC_PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTOUT
26006
NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK
C01, C09
N4
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
324
802d-cu3
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
2/2
802d-ng2
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
2/2
802d-ng3
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
2/2
802d-tm1
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
-1/2
802d-tm2
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
-1/2
802d-tm3
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
-1/2
This data can define up to 8 byte masks for the output of the high-speed
bits.
The standard assignment of this data is as follows:
NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK[0]=1:
2 = first bit for the first punch interface (SPIF1)
NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK[1]=4:
Second punch interface (SPIF2), not available as standard
NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK[2]=0
...
NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK[7]=0
Note:
Special cases:
Only NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK[0] is relevant. This is used to define the input
bit for the signal "Stroke active".
Related to:
MD26000 $MC_PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTIN
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
26008
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
C09
H2,K1
Definition of M functions
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
-1/2
802d-tm2
-1/2
802d-tm3
-1/2
Description:
This data defines the special M functions for punching and nibbling.
Standard value
Example
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE[0] = 0
20
End punching, nibbling with M20
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE[1] = 23
23
End punching, nibbling with M23
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE[2] = 22
22
Start nibbling
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE[3] = 25
25
Start punching
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE[4] = 26
26
Activate dwell time
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE[5] =122
122
Start nibbling with pretension,
stroke control at servo level
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE[6] =125
125
Start punching with pretension,
stroke control at servo level
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE[7] = 0
0
Not used
(in preparation)
Special cases:
If MD26012 $MC_PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION = 2 (M functions are interpreted directly
by the software), then MD26008 $MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE[0] =20 has to be set.
Related to:
MD26012 $MC_PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION
325
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
26010
PUNCHNIB_AXIS_MASK
C09
N4
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
7,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
7,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng3
7,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm1
7,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm2
7,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm3
7,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
Description:
Defines the axes involved in punching and nibbling. That is all the axes
defined here must be at rest during punching and nibbling.
Related to:
MD26016 $MC_PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE
26012
PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION
C09
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
Description:
326
This MD defines the ways in which punching and nibbling functions can be
activated:
PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION = 0
None of the punching or nibbling functions can be activated. The automatic
path segmentation is the only exception - if it is enabled via MD26014
$MC_PUNCH_PATH_SPLITTING.
PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION = 1
The functions are activated via language commands. If M functions are to be
used, then they must be programmed using macros.
PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION = 2
The M functions are interpreted directly by the software. Language commands
can still be used.
Note:
This option is intended only as a temporary solution.
Related to:
MD26014 $MC_PUNCH_PATH_SPLITTING
MD26008 $MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE[n]
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
26014
PUNCH_PATH_SPLITTING
C09
N4
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 2,2,2,2
2/2
802d-ng2
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 2,2,2,2
2/2
802d-ng3
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 2,2,2,2
2/2
802d-tm1
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 2,2,2,2
-1/2
802d-tm2
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 2,2,2,2
-1/2
802d-tm3
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 2,2,2,2
-1/2
Description:
PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE
C09
N4
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng3
1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm1
1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm2
1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm3
1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
Description:
This machine data defines how single axes that are also nibbling axes within
the meaning of MD26010 $MC_PUNCHNIB_AXIS_MASK are to behave.
In this case, there are the following options for the behavior of the single
axes during automatic path segmentation and stroke control:
327
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE = 0
No special behavior during automatic path segmentation. If the single axes
are programmed together with path axes in one block, then their total traversing path is split up corresponding to the path axes. That is the pure
geometric relationship between the single axes and path axes is identical to
the undivided motion. If the single axes are programmed without the path axes
but with SPN=<value>, then the path is divided accordng to the programmed SPN
value.
PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE = 1
In this case, the path of the single axes, if they are programmed together
with path axes, are generally traversed in the first section (that is independently of the currently active type of interpolation).
PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE = 2
In this case, the single axes behave with linear interpolation in the same
way as with PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE = 1, and with all other types of interpolation in the same way as with PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE = 0.
Related to:
MD26010 $MC_PUNCHNIB_AXIS_MASK
26018
NIBBLE_PRE_START_TIME
C09
N4
DOUBLE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-ng2
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-ng3
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
2/2
802d-tm1
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
-1/2
802d-tm2
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
-1/2
802d-tm3
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
-1/2
Description:
328
To minimize any dead times due to the reaction time of the punching unit, it
is possible to release the stroke before reaching the in-position window of
the axes. The reference time for this is the interpolation end. Since there
is normally a delay of some interpolation cycles after reaching the interpolation end (depending on the machine dynamics) until the axes actually come
into position, the prestart time is a delay time with respect to reaching the
interpolation end.
The function is therefore coupled to G603 (block change at the end of interpolation).
The time can be set via the machine data NIBBLE_PRE_START_TIME).
Example:
With an interpolation cycle of 5 ms, a stroke shall be released 2 cycles
after reaching the interpolation end. In this case, the value 0.010 s must
be selected for NIBBLE_PRE_START_TIME. If a value that is not integrally
divisible by the set interpolation time is selected, then the stroke is
initiated in the interpolation cycle following the set time.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
26020
NIBBLE_SIGNAL_CHECK
C09
N4
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
-1/2
Description:
When stroke active signal is set, for example by punch overshoots between the
strokes, then the interpolation is stopped. It is also possible to generate
the message "unclean punch signal" as a function of machine data
NIBBLE_SIGNAL_CHECK.
0:
No error message when the punching signal is irregular
1:
Alarm, when the punching signal is irregular between strokes
27100
ABSBLOCK_FUNCTION_MASK
N01
K1,P1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x1
2/2
802d-ng2
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x1
2/2
802d-ng3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x1
2/2
802d-tm1
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x1
0/0
802d-tm2
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x1
2/2
802d-tm3
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x1
2/2
Description:
MMC_INFO_NO_UNIT
EXP, -
DOUBLE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
80
329
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
27201
MMC_INFO_NO_UNIT_STATUS
EXP, -
BYTE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
80
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1...
27202
MMC_INFO_POSN_LIN
EXP, -
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
50
27203
MMC_INFO_POSN_LIN_STATUS
EXP, -
BYTE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
50
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1...
27204
MMC_INFO_VELO_LIN
EXP, -
mm/min
DOUBLE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
16
27205
MMC_INFO_VELO_LIN_STATUS
EXP, -
BYTE
PowerOn
16
-1/2
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0...
27206
MMC_INFO_CUT_SPEED
EXP, -
m/min
DOUBLE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
100.,0.,0.,0.,0.,100.,0., 0.,0.,0....
27207
MMC_INFO_CUT_SPEED_STATUS
EXP, -
BYTE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
330
1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0, 0,0,0...
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
27208
MMC_INFO_REV_FEED
EXP, -
mm/rev
DOUBLE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
10
1.,0.100,1.,1.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0....
27209
MMC_INFO_REV_FEED_STATUS
EXP, -
BYTE
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1, 1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0...
27400
OEM_CHAN_INFO
A01, A11
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
, , ,, , ,, , ...
TECHNOLOGY_MODE
C09
A2,K1
BYTE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
21
2/2
802d-ng3
21
2/2
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
Description:
331
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
27860
PROCESSTIMER_MODE
C09
K1
DWORD
Reset
0x3FF
2/2
Description:
332
0x07
Timers are provided as system variables under the function program runtime.
While the NCK-specific timers are always activated (for time measurements
since the last control power on), the channel-specific timers have to be
started via this machine data.
Meaning:
Bit 0 = 0
No measurement of total operating time for any part program
Bit 0 = 1
Measurement of total operating time is active for all part programs
($AC_OPERATING_TIME)
Bit 1 = 0
No measurement of current program runtime
Bit 1 = 1
Measurement of current program runtime is active ($AC_CYCLE_TIME)
Bit 2 = 0
No measurement of tool operating time
Bit 2 = 1
Measurement of tool operating time is active ($AC_CUTTING_TIME)
Bit 3
Reserved
Bits 4,5 only when bit 0, 1, 2 = 1:
Bit 4 = 0
No measurement with active dry run feed
Bit 4 = 1
Measurement also with active dry run feed
Bit 5 = 0
No measurement with program test
Bit 5 = 1
Measurement also with program test
Bit 6 only when Bit 1 = 1:
Bit 6 = 0
Delete $AC_CYCLE_TIME also with start by ASUB and PROG_EVENTs
Bit 6 = 1
$AC_CYCLE_TIME is not deleted on start by ASUB and PROG_EVENTs.
Bit 7 only when bit 2 = 1:
Bit 7 = 0 $AC_CUTTING_TIME counts only with active tool
Bit 7 = 1 $AC_CUTTING_TIME counts irrespective of tool
Bits 8 only when bit 1 = 1
Bit 8 = 0
$AC_CYCLE_TIME is not deleted on jumping to program start with GOTOS
Bit 8 = 1
$AC_CYCLE_TIME is deleted on jumping to program start with GOTOS.
Bit 9 only when bits 0, 1 = 1:
Bit 9 = 0
$AC_OPERATING_TIME, $AC_CYCLE_TIME: No measurement with override = 0.
Bit 9 = 1
$AC_OPERATING_TIME, $AC_CYCLE_TIME: Measurement also with override = 0.
Bits 10 to 31
Reserved
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
27880
PART_COUNTER
C09
K1
DWORD
Reset
0x0FFFF
3/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
333
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
M command from MD PART_COUNTER_MCODE[2]
Bit 14 = 0:$AC_SPECIAL_PARTS also active with program test/block search
Bit 14 = 1:No machining $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS with program test/block search
Bit 15 = 1:counter $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS is incremented by 1 when jumping back
with GOTOS
Related to:
MD27882 $MC_PART_COUNTER_MCODE
27882
PART_COUNTER_MCODE
C09
K1
BYTE
PowerOn
99
3/2
Description:
REORG_LOG_LIMIT
EXP, C02
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
334
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1,1,1,1
The machine data defines the percentage of the IPO buffer above which data in
the REORG LOG memory can be released in stages, if the block preparation has
been interrupted due to an overflow of the REORG LOG data memory.
The released data are no longer available to the REORG function (References:
/FB /, K1, "Mode Groups, Channels, Program Operation Mode").
A consequence of this status is that a further REORG command is cancelled
with an error message.
If the status of "non-reorganizability" occurs, warning 15110 is output. The
output of the warning can be suppressed by enabling the highest significant
bit. The bit is set by adding the value 128 to the input value in
REORG_LOG_LIMIT.
In addition to the instructions of the NC blocks, the size of the IPO buffer
and the REORG data memory also affect the frequency of data release.
Related to:
MD28000 $MC_MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
(memory size for REORG)
MD28060 $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE
(number of blocks in the IPO buffer)
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
27920
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_INT_TASK
EXP, C01
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.100
7/0
Description:
2.3.6
0.005,0.005,0.005,0.0 0.001
05,0.005,0.005...
With MD27920 $MC_TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_INT_TASK, the maximum runtime of the interpreter subtask is set. The interpreter subtask is started from the preprocessing task. If the interpreter task does not end on its own within the time
set with MD27920 $MC_TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_INT_TASK, it will be stopped and continued after a preprocessing cycle.
MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
EXP, C02
V2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
500
0/0
Description:
100,100,100,100,100, 1
100,100,100,100...
Definition of the size (in kbyte) of the dynamic memory for the REORG-LOG
data. The size of the memory determines the quantity of the data available
for the function REORG.
References:
/FB/, K1, "Mode Groups, Channel, Program Operation"
28010
MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES
EXP, C02
V2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
SLMAXNUMBER
OF_USERMODU
LES
1/1
Description:
8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 0
8,8,8,8
Defines the number of additional LUD data blocks available for the function
REORG (see Description of Functions, Channels, Mode Groups, Program Operation
(K1)).
This value can be 0 if the function REORG is not used. The CNC always opens
12 LUD data blocks, of which 8 are used for NC programs and 4 for the ASUBs.
An LUD data block is needed for each NC program and ASUB in which a local
user variable is defined. This value may have to be increased for the function REORG if a large IPO buffer is present and a large number of short NC
programs in which LUD variables are defined are active (prepared NC blocks of
the programs are located in the IPO buffer).
An LUD data block is needed for each of these programs. The size of the
reserved memory is affected by the number of LUDs per NC program and their
individual memory requirements. The LUD data blocks are stored in the dynamic
memory.
The memory requirement for managing the blocks for local user variables with
REORG can be determined as follows:
The size of the LUD blocks depends on the number of active LUDs and their
data type. The memory for the LUD blocks is limited by the MD28000
$MC_MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM (memory size for REORG).
335
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
28020
MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL
C02
V2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
1/1
Description:
400,400,400,400,400, 0
400,400,400,400...
Defines the number of variables for the local user data (LUD) which are permitted to exist in the active sections of the program. Approximately 150
bytes of memory per variable are reserved for the names of the variables and
the variable values. The memory required for the variable value is equal to
the size of the data type. If the total of the local user variables from the
active main program and the related subprograms is larger than the defined
limit, the variables which are over the limit are not accepted during execution of the program. Dynamic memory is used for the variable names and variable values.
Overview of the memory used by the data types:
Data type
Memory used
REAL
8 bytes
INT
4 bytes
BOOL
1 byte
CHAR
1 byte
STRING
1 byte per character, 200 characters per string are possible
AXIS
4 bytes
FRAME
400 bytes
28040
MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM
C02
V2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
1/1
Description:
336
50,50,50,50,50,50,50, 0
50,50,50,50,50,50...
This MD defines the amount of memory space available for LUD variables.
The maximum number of available LUDs is given by one of the limit values of
MD28020 $MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL or MD28040 $MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM.
The memory defined here is subdivided into (MD28040 $MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM *
1024) / MD18242 $MN_MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE blocks, and allocated to part
programs which request memory. Each part program that contains at least one
definition of an LUD variable or call parameters uses at least one such
block.
It should be remembered that several part programs requiring memory can be
open simultaneously in the NCK. The number depends on the type of programming, the program length, and the size of the internal NCK block memory
upwards of (MD28060 $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE, MD28070
$MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP).
Related to:
MD28020 $MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL
(number of local user variables (DRAM))
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
28050
MM_NUM_R_PARAM
C02
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
32535
0/0
Description:
300
MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE
C02
B1,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
100
100
0/0
802d-ng2
50
50
0/0
Description:
802d-ng3
100
100
0/0
802d-tm1
20
20
0/0
802d-tm2
50
50
0/0
802d-tm3
100
100
0/0
Defines the number of blocks for the interpolation buffer. This buffer contains prepared NC blocks available for the interpolation. A number of kbytes
of the dynamic user memory are reserved for each NC block. The data also limits the number of blocks for look ahead consideration of speed limitation for
the LookAhead function.
MD28060 $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE is set by the system.
Related to:
MD28070 $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP
(number of blocks for block preparation)
28070
MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP
EXP, C02
B1,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
65
50
500
1/1
802d-ng2
50,50,50,50,50,50,50, 20
50,50,50,50,50,50...
500
0/0
802d-ng3
50,50,50,50,50,50,50, 20
50,50,50,50,50,50...
500
0/0
802d-tm1
50,50,50,50,50,50,50, 20
50,50,50,50,50,50...
500
0/0
802d-tm2
50,50,50,50,50,50,50, 20
50,50,50,50,50,50...
500
0/0
802d-tm3
65
500
1/1
Description:
50
Defines the number of NC blocks available for NC block preparation. This figure is determined mainly by the system software and is used largely for optimization. Approximately 10 Kbytes of dynamic memory is reserved per NC block.
Related to:
MD28060 $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE
(number of NC blocks with IPO buffer)
337
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
28080
MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES
C11, C02
K1,K2
DWORD
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
100
1/1
802d-ng2
100
1/1
802d-ng3
100
1/1
802d-tm1
100
0/0
802d-tm2
100
0/0
802d-tm3
100
0/0
MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES
C02
M5,K2
DWORD
PowerOn
16
1/1
Description:
MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK
C02
M5,K2,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0x7A1,0x7A1,0x7A1,0 0
x7A1,0x7A1,0x7A1...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-ng2
0x21,0x21,0x21,0x21, 0
0x21,0x21,0x21...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-ng3
0x21,0x21,0x21,0x21, 0
0x21,0x21,0x21...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-tm1
0x7A1,0x7A1,0x7A1,0 0
x7A1,0x7A1,0x7A1...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-tm2
0x7A1,0x7A1,0x7A1,0 0
x7A1,0x7A1,0x7A1...
0x00000FFF
1/1
802d-tm3
0x7A1,0x7A1,0x7A1,0 0
x7A1,0x7A1,0x7A1...
0x00000FFF
1/1
Description:
338
Bit mask for configuring channel-specific system frames included in the channel.
Bit 0: System frame for setting actual value and scratching
Bit 1: System frame for external work offset
Bit 2: System frame for TCARR aund PAROT
Bit 3: System frame for TOROT and TOFRAME
Bit 4: System frame for workpiece reference points
Bit 5: System frame for cycles
Bit 6: System frame for transformations
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
28083
MM_SYSTEM_DATAFRAME_MASK
C02
DWORD
PowerOn
0x00000FFF
1/1
Description:
0xF9F,0xF9F,0xF9F,0 0
xF9F,0xF9F,0xF9F...
Bit mask for configuring channel-specific system frames in the data storage
(SRAM).
Bit 0: System frame for setting actual value and scratching
Bit 1: System frame for external work offset
Bit 2: System frame for TCARR aund PAROT
Bit 3: System frame for TOROT and TOFRAME
Bit 4: System frame for workpiece reference points
Bit 5: System frame for cycles
Bit 6: System frame for transformations
Bit 7:System frame $P_ISO1FR for ISO G51.1 Mirror
Bit 8:System frame $P_ISO2FR for ISO G68 2DROT
Bit 9:System frame $P_ISO3FR for ISO G68 3DROT
Bit 10:System frame $P_ISO4FR for ISO G51 Scale
Bit 11:
System frame $P_RELFR for relative coordinate systems
28150
MM_NUM_VDIVAR_ELEMENTS
C02
A2,P3 pl,P3 sl
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
The MD defines the number of elements which the user has available for writing PLC variables ($A_DBx=...). This number also applies to block search, but
not to synchronized actions.
The memory requirement is ca. 24 bytes per element.
One element is needed for each write action when writing PLC variables in
quick succession.
If more writing actions are to be performed than elements are available,
block transport must be guaranteed (trigger preprocessing stop, if required)
However, the number of elements can be reduced if the accessing actions are
made separately (block transport has already been accomplished). Writing
accesses (var=$A_DBx) are unlimited.
339
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
28200
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN
A3
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
1/1
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
1/1
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
-1/2
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
-1/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
-1/2
Description:
This machine data defines how many blocks are set up for channel-specific
protection zones.
Related to:
MD28210 $MC_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE
(number of simultaneously active protection zones)
MD18190 $MN_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK
(number of files for machine-related protection zones (SRAM))
References:
/FB/, A3, "Axis/Contour Tunnel Monitoring, Protection Zones"
28210
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE
A3
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
1/1
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
1/1
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
-1/2
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
-1/2
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10
-1/2
Description:
340
This machine data defines the number of protection zones that may be activated simultaneously for each channel.
It is not practical to enter a numerical value higher than MD18190
$MN_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK + MD28200 $MC_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
Related to:
MD28200 $MC_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN
(Number of blocks for channel-specific protection zones)
MD18190 $MN_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK
(Number of files for machine-related protection zones (SRAM))
References:
/FB1/ Function Manual Basic Functions; Axis Monitoring, Protection Zones (A3)
28212
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CONTOUR
A3
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
30,30,30,30,30,30,30, 0
30,30,30,30,30,30...
50
1/1
802d-ng2
30,30,30,30,30,30,30, 0
30,30,30,30,30,30...
50
1/1
802d-ng3
30,30,30,30,30,30,30, 0
30,30,30,30,30,30...
50
1/1
802d-tm1
30,30,30,30,30,30,30, 0
30,30,30,30,30,30...
50
-1/2
802d-tm2
30,30,30,30,30,30,30, 0
30,30,30,30,30,30...
50
-1/2
802d-tm3
30,30,30,30,30,30,30, 0
30,30,30,30,30,30...
50
-1/2
Description:
This machine data defines for each channel how many internal contour elements
in total are held available for active protection zones.
Dynamic memory is used.
The MD affects the memory requirements for the activated protection zones.
This machine data is active only if MD28210 $MC_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE is
not equal to 0.
28254
MM_NUM_AC_PARAM
C02
Dimension of $AC_PARAM.
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
50,50,50,50,50,50,50, 0
50,50,50,50,50,50...
20000
2/2
802d-ng2
50,50,50,50,50,50,50, 0
50,50,50,50,50,50...
20000
1/1
802d-ng3
50,50,50,50,50,50,50, 0
50,50,50,50,50,50...
20000
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
Description:
341
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
28255
MM_BUFFERED_AC_PARAM
C02
2.3,6.1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
Description:
MM_NUM_AC_MARKER
C02
2.3,6.1
Dimension of $AC_MARKER
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 0
8,8,8,8
20000
2/2
802d-ng2
8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 0
8,8,8,8
20000
1/1
802d-ng3
8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 0
8,8,8,8
20000
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
Description:
MM_BUFFERED_AC_MARKER
C02
2.3,6.1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
Description:
342
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
28274
MM_NUM_AC_SYSTEM_PARAM
EXP, C02
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
1/1
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
Description:
MM_NUM_AC_SYSTEM_MARKER
EXP, C02
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
2/2
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
1/1
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
1/1
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20000
0/0
Description:
MM_SHAPED_TOOLS_ENABLE
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
The function "Tool radius compensation for contour tools" is enabled with
this tool.
Modification of this machine data will cause a reconfiguration of the memory.
343
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
28400
MM_ABSBLOCK
EXP, C02
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
512
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Value:
0:
Block display with absolute values deactivated
1:
Block display with absolute values activated;
A display buffer of the following size is created:
(MD28257 $MC_MM_BUFFERED_AC_MARKER + MD28070 $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP) *
256 bytes
>= 128:Block display with absolute values activated;
A display buffer of the following size is created:
(MD28060 $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE + MD28070 $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP) *
<value>
28402
MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF
EXP, C02
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
2/2
Description:
MM_PREP_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, C02
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
500
0/0
Description:
70,70,70,70,70,70,70, 70
70,70,70,70,70,70...
Defines the stack size in kbytes for the preparation task. The stack is
stored in the dynamic memory.
Note:
This machine data is assigned internally by the control and must not be
altered by the user.
28502
MM_INT_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, C02
DWORD
PowerOn
40
0/0
Description:
344
20,20,20,20,20,20,20, 20
20,20,20,20,20,20...
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
28520
MM_MAX_AXISPOLY_PER_BLOCK
C02
B1
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1
MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS
C02
A2,B1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
1/1
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
0/0
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
0/0
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
1/1
Description:
Number of memory elements available for limiting the path velocity and changing it in the block.
0
: Each block is limited by a maximum path velocity.
> 0 : If required, a profile of the permissible path velocity
; and its modification options is generated and monitored
; in the block.
; This results in a smoother axis velocity progression and
; a shorter travel time.
; MD28530 $MC_MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS defines the average
; number of segments available in the block.
; The necessary setting essentially depends
; on the requirements.
The following values are recommended:
3:
for G643, if only geometry axes are traversed
5:
for G643, if geometry and rotary axes are traversed
5:
for COMPCAD
5:
for dyn. transformation
A value that is too low this may lead to additional velocity limitations if a
sufficient number of blocks cannot be made available for interpolation.
MD28530 $MC_MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS additionally increases the memory requirement of dyn. Look Ahead. Values higher than 5 are only practical in exceptional cases.
3 ... 5
: Recommended setting.
345
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
28533
MM_LOOKAH_FFORM_UNITS
C02
DWORD
PowerOn
100000
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
The machine data is used to configure the work memory for extended LookAhead.
The MD scales the value defined internally through MD28060
$MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE, MD28520 $MC_MM_MAX_AXISPOLY_PER_BLOCK, MD28530
$MC_MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS, MD28535 $MC_MM_FEED_PROFILE_SEGMENTS, MD28540
$MC_MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS).
Its practical size depends on the part program, the block lengths, the axis
dynamics, and an active kinematic transformation.
The MD should only be set for those channels in which free-form surfaces are
also machined.
0
: default LookAhead is active.
> 0 : extended LookAhead is active if switched on by MD20443
$MC_LOOKAH_FFORM.
The guide value for free-form surface applications is: 18..20
28540
MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS
C02
B1
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
1/1
802d-ng2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
0/0
802d-ng3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
0/0
802d-tm1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
0/0
802d-tm2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
0/0
802d-tm3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
1/1
Description:
346
Number of memory elements available for the arc length function for parameterizing polynomials.
If this machine data is equal to zero, a fixed interval division is used to
represent the arc length function. In this case, the calculated function is
only tangent-continuous. This can lead to discontinuities in the axis accelerations.
If the function G643 is used for smoothing and/or COMPCAD, this MD should be
assigned a value of at least 10. In this case, the calculated function also
has a constant curvature which results in a smoother progression of the path
velocity, as well as the axis velocities and accelerations.
Values substantially larger than 10 are only practical in exceptional cases.
Not only the value of MD28540 $MC_MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS but also that of
MD20262 $MC_SPLINE_FEED_PRECISION are crucial for the accuracy.
Machine data
2.3 Channel-specific machine data
28560
MM_SEARCH_RUN_RESTORE_MODE
C02
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x00000001
1/1
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
Bit mask to restore data after abort of a simulated program execution. The
following applies:
Bit 0: All frames in the data storage are restored.
28600
MM_NUM_WORKAREA_CS_GROUPS
C02
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Number of data blocks in the channel that are created for coordinate systemspecific operating range limits.
It indicates the maximum value of the 1st index of system variable
$P_WORKAREA_CS...[WALimNo, Ax]. It furthermore defines the number of the programmable G functions "WALCS1, WALCS2, ... WALCS10" as well as the maximum
value in system variable $AC_WORKAREA_CS_GROUP".
= 0: Function "Monitoring of coordinate system-specific operating range limits" cannot be activated.
347
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
2.4
Identifier
Display filters
Reference
Unit
Name
Data type
Active
Maximum value
Protection
Attributes
System
Description:
2.4.1
Dimension
Default value
Minimum value
Description
Configuration
30100
CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR
EXP, A01
G2,S9
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
In this MD enter the number of the bus segment through which the output is
addressed.
0:
Local bus (for 802D MCPA)
1:
SIMODRIVE611D drive bus for SINUMERIK 840D/810D (1st DCM)
2:
reserved (previously local P bus)
3:
reserved (previously 611D bus, 2nd DCM)
4:
reserved (virtual buses)
5:
PROFIBUS/PROFINET (e.g. SINUMERIK 840Di)
6:
reserved (same effect as 5)
30110
CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR
A01, A11, -
G2,S9
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
348
802d-cu3
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 1
,12,13,14,15,16,17,18.
..
31
2/2
802d-ng2
3,2,4,1
31
2/2
802d-ng3
3,2,4,1
31
2/2
802d-tm1
2,3,4,1
31
2/2
802d-tm2
2,3,4,1
31
2/2
802d-tm3
2,3,4,1
31
2/2
Enter in this MD the number of the module within a bus segment through which
the output is addressed.
For axes on the PROFIBUS/PROFINET, the number of the drive assigned with
MD13050 $MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS must be entered here (MD30110
$MA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR=n consequently points to MD13050
$MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS[n]).
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
30120
CTRLOUT_NR
EXP, A01, -
G2
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
CTRLOUT_TYPE
A01, A11
G2,M3,S9
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
IS_VIRTUAL_AX
A01
M3,TE1,TE3
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
FALSE
Virtual axis. An axis that is also interpolated in follow-up mode. (Electronic transfer technology; virtual and real master values.)
This MD is the successor to MD30130 $MA_CTRLOUT_TYPE=4. MD30130
$MA_CTRLOUT_TYPE=0 and MD30132 $MA_IS_VIRTUAL_AX=1 must now be used instead
of MD30130 $MA_CTRLOUT_TYPE=4.
Related to:
MD30130 $MA_CTRLOUT_TYPE
30134
IS_UNIPOLAR_OUTPUT
A01
G2
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
349
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
30200
NUM_ENCS
A01, A02, -
G2,R1,Z1
Number of encoders
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
ENC_SEGMENT_NR
G2
BYTE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
5, 5
ENC_MODULE_NR
G2
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
31
2/2
802d-ng2
31
2/2
Description:
350
802d-ng3
31
2/2
802d-tm1
31
2/2
802d-tm2
31
2/2
802d-tm3
31
2/2
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
30230
ENC_INPUT_NR
G2,S9
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
1, 2
For PROFIdrive:
Number of the encoder within the PROFIdrive message frame through which the
encoder is addressed.
For example telegram 103: 1 (=G1_ZSW etc.) or 2 (=G2_ZSW etc.).
The index[n] of the machine data has the following coding:
[Encodernr.]: 0 or 1
If an input is selected, to which no encoder is connected, alarm 300008 "Measuring circuit not available on drive" is output.
30240
ENC_TYPE
A3,,G2,R1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0, 0
Encoder type:
0:
simulation
1:
raw signal generator (high resolution)
2, 3, 5: reserved
Index [n] of the machine date has the following coding: [encoder number]: 0
4:
general absolute encoder (e.g. with EnDat interface)
30242
ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT
A02, A11, -
G2,R1
Encoder is independent
BYTE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
0, 0
Modulo treatment,
PRESET
Example:
MD30200 $MA_NUM_ENCS[ AX1 ] = 2
MD30242 $MA_ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT[ 0, AX1 ] = 0
MD30242 $MA_ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT[ 1, AX1 ] = 1
When the VDI interface has selected the first encoder for position control,
the above mentioned actual value corrections will be executed on this encoder
only.
When the VDI interface has selected the second encoder for position control,
the above mentioned actual value corrections will be executed on both encoders.
The machine data is therefore only valid for encoders that have not been
selected by the VDI interface for positon control (passive encoders).
351
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
As from SW5, the scope of functions has been extended:
MD30242 $MA_ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT = 2
The passive encoder is dependent. The active encoder changes the actual
encoder value. In combination with MD35102 $MA_REFP_SYNC_ENCS = 1, the passive encoder is adjusted to the active encoder during reference point
approach, but is NOT referenced.
In reference mode MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 3 (distance-coded reference
marks), the passive encoder is automatically referenced with the next traversing movement after zero mark distance overtravel. This is done independently of the current mode setting.
MD30242 $MA_ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT = 3
In contrast to MD30242 $MA_ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT = 1, modulo actual value corrections are executed in the passive encoder of modulo rotary axes.
30244
ENC_MEAS_TYPE
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
1, 1
ACT_POS_ABS
R1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/1
ODLD, -, Description:
352
0.0, 0.0
The actual position (hardware counter status only without machine reference)
is stored (in internal format display) in this MD.
At power ON (or encoder activation), it acts with:
Absolute encoders:
To restore the current position (in combination with the position, possibly with several meanings, buffered in the encoder).
Incremental encoders:
To buffer the actual value beyond power OFF when the functionality is
activated MD34210 $MA_ENC_REFP_STATE = 1 or. 2 (i.e. as a reference point
replacement).
To buffer the actual value beyond power OFF when the functionality is
activated MD34210 $MA_ENC_REFP_STATE = 3 (i.e. as a restored position
value).
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Note:
This MD is changed internally by the control during traversing movements.
Loading a previously saved MD data block can therefore destroy the encoder
calibration (machine position reference) of absolute encoders.
For software conversions, we recommend removing the MD data block from the
old software release prior to conversion and reloading it into the new
software release without moving any axis in the meantime. Protection level
1 should be set for SW 3.6; protection level 2 suffices for SW 4 and
higher. The encoder calibration must be explicitly verified (controlled,
calibrated) after the software conversion.
30260
ABS_INC_RATIO
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
4, 4
ENC_ABS_BUFFERING
R1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0, 0
This MD defines the way in which the absolute encoder position is buffered,
and whether a traversing range extension is active on software side (exceeding the limits of the absolute value encoder range that can be displayed on
the hardware).
"0" = standard = traversing range extension (compare ACT_POS_ABS) is active.
"1" = traversing range extension on software side is inactive.
When using an absolute linear scale, there will not be a traversing range
overflow for mechanical reasons. This MD is therefore only valid for rotary
absolute value encoders.
353
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
For rotary absolute value encoders, the traversing range that can be clearly
displayed on the encoder side, is stored in MD34220 $MA_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO.
You can do without a traversing range extension without any problems (a hardware counter overflow that might be within the traversing range is concealed
in the software via shortest-path decision):
a.
in linear axes or limited rotary axes, if the actual traversing range on
the load side is smaller than the traversing range on the load side that corresponds to MD34220 $MA_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO.
b.
in endlessly turning rotary axes (ROT_IS_MODULO = TRUE), if the absolute
encoder is connected on the load side (no gear to be considered) or if "without remainder" can be calculated:
Number of rotations on the load side = ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO * gear ratio
(Example: ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO = 4096 encoder rotations, gear 25:32, i.e.
number of rotations on load side = 4096*(25/32)=3200).
Notice:
If you do not meet the conditions under a. or b., you run the risk of getting a wrong absolute encoder position at next Power ON or encoder activation after parking without prewarning if the traversing range extension is
not working. Therefore, the traversing range extension remains active in
the standard version.
Related to:
MD30240 $MA_ENC_TYPE
MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX
MD30310 $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO
MD30250 $MA_ACT_POS_ABS
MD34220 $MA_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO
MD34090 $MA_REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR
30300
IS_ROT_AX
G1,K3,R2,T1,G2,
K2,R1,S1,V1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
SCAL, CTEQ
-
Description:
354
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1:
The units of the axis-specific machine and setting data are interpreted
as follows with the standard control setting:
- Positions
in "degrees"
- Speedsin "rev/minute"
- Accelerationin "rev/second"
- Jerk limitationin "rev/second"
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Spindle:
The machine data should always be set to "1" for a spindle, otherwise
alarm 4210 "Rotary axis declaration missing" is output.
0: The axis is defined as a "linear axis".
Special cases:
ROT_IS_MODULO
TE3,K3,R2,T1,A3,
R1,R2,S1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1: A modulo conversion is performed on the setpoints for the rotary axis. The
software limit switches and the working area limitations are inactive; the
traversing range is therefore unlimited in both directions. MD30300
$MA_IS_ROT_AX must be set to "1"
0: No modulo conversion
MD irrelevant for:
MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX = "0" (linear axes)
Related to:
MD30320 $MA_DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
"Position display is modulo 360"
MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX = 1
"Rotary axis"
MD36100 $MA_POS_LIMIT_MINUS
"Software limit switch minus"
MD36110 $MA_POS_LIMIT_PLUS
"Software limit switch plus"
SD43430 $SA_WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS "Working area limitation minus"
SD43420 $SA_WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS
"Working area limitation plus"
30320
DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
R2,T1,K2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
355
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
0: Absolute position display is active:
In contrast to the modulo 360 degrees position display, absolute positions
are indicated by the absolute position display, e.g. +360 degrees after 1
rotation, and +720 degrees after 2 rotations, etc in the positive direction.
In this case, the display range is limited by the control in accordance with
the linear axes.
MD irrelevant for:
Linear axes MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX = "0"
Related to:
MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX = 1 "Axis is rotary axis"
30330
MODULO_RANGE
EXP, A01, -
R2,T1,R1
degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
360000000.0
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
360.0
1.0
Defines the size of the modulo range. Default positions are accepted and displayed within this range. Useful modulo ranges are n * 360 degrees with integer n. Other settings are equally possible in principle. Attention should be
paid to having a useful relationship between the positions in the NC and the
mechanics (ambiguity). Velocity definitions are not affected by settings in
this MD.
30340
MODULO_RANGE_START
EXP, A01
R1,R2
degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
0.0
SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT
A01, A06
A2,G2,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
356
FALSE
This machine data defines whether axis-specific interface signals are output
to the PLC during simulation of an axis.
1: The axis-specific interface signals of a simulated axis are output to the
PLC.
In this way the user PLC program can be tested without the drives.
0: The axis-specific interface signals of a simulated axis are not output to
the PLC.
All axis-specific interface signals are set to "0".
MD irrelevant for:
MD30130 $MA_CTRLOUT_TYPE (output type of setpoint value) = 1
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
30450
IS_CONCURRENT_POS_AX
EXP, A01
G1
BOOLEAN
Reset
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
FALSE
1/1
802d-ng2
FALSE
1/1
802d-ng3
FALSE
1/1
802d-tm1
FALSE
0/0
802d-tm2
FALSE
1/1
802d-tm3
FALSE
1/1
For SW4.3:
If FALSE: On RESET, a neutral axis is reassigned to the NC program.
If TRUE: On RESET, a neutral axis remains in the neutral axis state and an
axis assigned to the NC program becomes a neutral axis
30465
AXIS_LANG_SUB_MASK
N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3
2/2
Description:
0x0
0x0
MD30465 $MA_AXIS_LANG_SUB_MASK defines for the leading spindle(s) of a coupling (synchronous spindle coupling, ELG, tangential tracking, coupled
motion, master value coupling, master/slave) which language constructs/functions are to be substituted by the user program set by MD15700
$MN_LANG_SUB_NAME / MD15702 $MN_LANG_SUB_PATH (default: /_N_CMA_DIR/
_N_LANG_SUB_SPF).
The substitution is executed only if a coupling is active for the relevant
spindle and, in the case of a gear stage change, only if a gear stage change
is actually pending.
Bit 0 = 1:
Automatic (M40) and direct (M41-M45) gear stage change
Bit 1 = 1:
Spindle positioning with SPOS/SPOSA/M19
30500
INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
A01, A10
T1,H1
BYTE
Reset
Description:
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
-1/2
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
357
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
3: Equidistant indexing with SW 4.3 and higher (840D) and SW 2.3 and higher
(810D)
>3: Alarm 17090 "Value violates upper limit"
Special cases:
Several axes can be assigned to an indexing position table on the condition that all these indexing axes are of the same type (linear axis,
rotary axis, modulo 360 function). If they are not, alarm 4000 is output
during power-up.
Alarm 17500 "Axis is not an indexing axis"
Alarm 17090 "Value violates upper limit"
Related to:
MD10910 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1 (indexing position table 1)
MD10900 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1
(no. of indexing positions used in table 1)
MD10930 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2 (indexing position table 2)
MD10920 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2
(no. of indexing positions used in table 2)
For equidistant indexings with value 3:
MD30501 $MA_INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR Numerator
MD30502 $MA_INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR Denominator
MD30503 $MA_INDEX_AX_OFFSET First indexing position
MD30505 $MA_HIRTH_IS_ACTIVE
Hirth tooth system
30501
INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR
A01, A10
T1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
802d-cu3
0.0
1/1
802d-ng2
0.0
1/1
802d-ng3
0.0
1/1
802d-tm1
0.0
-1/2
802d-tm2
0.0
1/1
802d-tm3
0.0
1/1
Description:
358
Defines the value of the numerator for calculating the distances between two
indexing positions when the positions are equidistant. Modulo axes ignore
this value and use MD30330 $MA_MODULO_RANGE instead.
MD irrelevant for non-equidistant indexes in accordance with tables.
Related to:
MD30502 $MA_INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR,
MD30503 $MA_INDEX_AX_OFFSET;
MD30500 $MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
30502
INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR
A01, A10
T1
DWORD
Reset
802d-cu3
1/1
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
-1/2
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
1/1
Description:
Defines the value of the denominator for calculating the distances between
two indexing positions when the positions are equidistant. For modulo axes it
therefore specifies the number of indexing positions.
MD irrelevant for non-equidistant indexes in accordance with tables.
Related to:
MD30501 $MA_INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR,
MD30503 $MA_INDEX_AX_OFFSET,
MD30500 $MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
30503
INDEX_AX_OFFSET
A01, A10
T1,R2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
802d-cu3
0.0
1/1
802d-ng2
0.0
1/1
802d-ng3
0.0
1/1
802d-tm1
0.0
-1/2
802d-tm2
0.0
1/1
802d-tm3
0.0
1/1
Description:
Defines the position of the first indexing position from zero for an indexing
axis with equidistant positions.
MD irrelevant for non-equidistant indexes in accordance with tables.
Related to:
MD30501 $MA_INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR, MD30502 $MA_INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR, MD30500
$MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
30505
HIRTH_IS_ACTIVE
A01, A10
T1
BOOLEAN
Reset
802d-cu3
FALSE
1/1
802d-ng2
FALSE
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
802d-ng3
FALSE
1/1
802d-tm1
FALSE
-1/2
802d-tm2
FALSE
1/1
802d-tm3
FALSE
1/1
359
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
30550
AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN
K5,TE3,B3,S3,K1,
R1
BYTE
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
Definition of the channel to which the axis is assigned after Power ON.
Related to:
MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
30552
AUTO_GET_TYPE
K5,M3,TE6,P2,P5
,2.4
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FIX_POINT_POS
A03, A10
K1,W3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
The fixed-point positions (4 max.) for each axis which can be approached when
G75 is programmed or via JOG are entered in these machine data.
References:
/PA/, "Programming Guide: Fundamentals"
30610
NUM_FIX_POINT_POS
A03, A10
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
Number of fixed point positions set, i.e. the number of valid entries in
MD30600 $MA_FIX_POINT_POS.
For G75, two (2) fixed point positions are assumed in MD30600
$MA_FIX_POINT_POS for reasons of compatibility, even if '0' has been entered
in this machine data.
30800
WORKAREA_CHECK_TYPE
A3
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
360
FALSE
With this machine data you can specify whether only the working area limitations of traversing axes are to be checked (0)
or
whether the stationary axes in a traversing block are also to be checked
(1).
The value 0 corresponds to the behavior up to SW5.
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
2.4.2
Encoder matching
31000
ENC_IS_LINEAR
A02, A11, -
G2
Linear scale
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
FALSE, FALSE
ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
A02, A11, -
G2
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0.01, 0.01
ENC_RESOL
A02, A11, -
G2,R1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
2048, 2048
ENC_PULSE_MULT
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
2048, 2048
LEADSCREW_PITCH
A02, A11, -
G2,A3
mm
Pitch of leadscrew
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
10.0
The ball screw lead must be entered in the MD (see data sheet: mm/rev or
inch/rev).
Special meaning for hydraulic linear drives:
If a hydraulic linear drive (HLA) is configured as rotary axis, it must be
specified in this MD, which drive feedrate in mm corresponds to a programmed
revolution (360 degrees).
361
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
31040
ENC_IS_DIRECT
A02, A11, -
G2,S1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
FALSE, FALSE
MD = 1:
Encoder for actual position value sensing is attached directly to the machine
(without an intermediate gear unit).
MD = 0:
Encoder for actual position value sensing is attached to the motor
(MD31060 $MA_DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA and MD31050 $MA_DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM
are included in the encoder valuation).
The index[n] of the machine data has the following coding:
[encoder no.]: 0 or 1
Special cases:
An incorrect entry may result in an incorrect encoder resolution, as, for
example, the gear ratios would be calculated incorrectly.
31044
ENC_IS_DIRECT2
A02, -
G2,S1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
FALSE, FALSE
When using a load intermediate gearbox (for example for rotating tools, compare MD31066 $MA_DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_NUMERA and MD31064
$MA_DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_DENOM), the encoder installation location can be defined
as "on the output" of this load intermediate gearbox:
Encoder installation "on the output of the load intermediate gearbox" is configured by MD31040 $MA_ENC_IS_DIRECT=1 and MD31044 $MA_ENC_IS_DIRECT2=1 at
the same time.
Encoder installation "on the input of the load intermediate gearbox" is configured by MD31040 $MA_ENC_IS_DIRECT=1 together with MD31044
$MA_ENC_IS_DIRECT2=0.
A parameterization alarm will be output if MD31044 $MA_ENC_IS_DIRECT2=1 is
set without MD31040 $MA_ENC_IS_DIRECT=1 (this combination has not been
defined).
31050
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM
A02, A11, -
A2,A3,G2,S1,V1
DWORD
PowerOn
2147000000
2/2
Description:
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA
A02, A11, -
A2,A3,G2,S1,V1
DWORD
PowerOn
2147000000
2/2
Description:
362
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
-2147000000
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
31064
DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_DENOM
A02, -
G2,S1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2147000000
2/2
Description:
the effectively active gear ratio from the motor to the tool is considered in the safety-relevant machine data and if
DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_NUMERA
A02, -
G2,S1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2147000000
2/2
Description:
-2147000000
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_DENOM
A02, A11, -
A3,G2,S1
DWORD
PowerOn
2147000000
2/2
Description:
1, 1
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_NUMERA
A02, A11, -
A3,G2,S1
DWORD
PowerOn
2147000000
2/2
Description:
1, 1
363
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
31090
JOG_INCR_WEIGHT
A01, A12
H1,G2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
0.001, 0.00254
The value entered in this MD defines the path of an increment which applies
when an axis is traversed with the JOG keys in incremental mode or with the
handwheel.
The path traveled by the axis on each increment each time the traversing key
is pressed or for each handwheel detent position is defined by the following
parameters:
MD31090 $MA_JOG_INCR_WEIGHT
(Weighting of an increment of a machine axis for INC/handwheel)
BERO_DELAY_TIME_PLUS
A02, A06
S1,R1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
364
0.000110, 0.000110
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
31123
BERO_DELAY_TIME_MINUS
A02, A06
S1,R1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.000078, 0.000078
SCALING_FACTOR_G70_G71
EXP, A01
G2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
25.4
1.e-9
365
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
2.4.3
Closed-loop control
32000
MAX_AX_VELO
A11, A04
M3,TE1,TE3,W6,
Z3,H1,K3,M1,P2,
A3,B2,G2,H2,S1,
V1,W1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
CTEQ
Description:
10000.,10000.,10000., 1.e-9
10000.,10000....
Maximum velocity at which the axis can permanently travel. The value limits
both the positive and the negative axis velocity. The axis traverses at this
velocity, if rapid traverse has been programmed.
Depending on the MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX, the maximum rotary or linear axis
velocity has to be entered.
In the machine data, the dynamic behavior of the machine and drive and the
limit frequency of the actual value acquisition must be taken into account.
32010
JOG_VELO_RAPID
A11, A04, -
H1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
7/2
CTEQ
Description:
10000.,10000.,10000., 10000.,10000....
The axis velocity entered applies when the rapid traverse override key is
pressed in JOG mode and when the axial feedrate override is set to 100%.
The value entered must not exceed the maximum permissible axis velocity
(MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO).
This machine data is not used for the programmed rapid traverse G0.
MD irrelevant to:
Operating modes AUTOMATIC and MDI
Related to:
MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO (maximum axis velocity)
MD32040 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID
(revolutional feedrate for JOG with rapid traverse override)
NC/PLC interface signal
V3200 1000.5,1004.5,1008.5 (Rapid traverse
override)
NC/PLC interface signal
V3200 0004 (Feedrate override A-H)
32020
JOG_VELO
A11, A04, -
H1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
7/2
CTEQ
Description:
366
2000.,2000.,2000.,200 0.,2000.,2000....
The velocity entered applies to traversing in JOG mode when the axial feedrate override switch position is 100%.
This velocity is only used when general SD41110 $SN_JOG_SET_VELO = 0 for
linear axes, and linear feedrate is selected (SD41100 $SN_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE =
0) or SD41130 $SN_JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO = 0 for rotary axes.
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
If this is the case, the axis velocity is active for
continuous jogging
handwheel jogging
The value entered must not exceed the maximum permissible axis velocity
(MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO).
If DRF is active, the axis velocity for JOG must be reduced with MD32090
$MA_HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR.
Spindles in JOG mode:
This machine data can also be used to define the JOG mode speed for specific
spindles (if SD41200 $SN_JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO = 0). However, the speed can be
modified with the spindle override switch.
Related to:
MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO
(maximum axis velocity)
MD32050 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO
(revolutional feedrate for JOG)
MD32090 $MA_HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
(ratio of JOG velocity to handwheel velocity (DRF))
SD41110 $SN_JOG_SET_VELO
(JOG velocity for G94)
SD41130 $SN_JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO
(JOG velocity for rotary axes)
NC/PLC interface signal V3200 0004 (Feedrate override A-H)
32040
JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID
A11, A04
H1,P2,R2,T1,V1,Z
1
mm/rev
DOUBLE
Reset
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
2.5,2.5,2.5,2.5,2.5,2.5, 2.5,2.5,2.5...
The value entered defines the revolutional feedrate of the axis in JOG mode
with rapid traverse override in relation to the revolutions of the master
spindle. This feedrate is active when SD41100 $SN_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE = 1.
(Revolutional feedrate active with JOG)
MD irrelevant for:
SD41100 $SN_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE = "0"
Related to:
SD41100 $SN_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE (revolutional feedrate with JOG active)
MD32050 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO (revolutional feedrate with JOG)
32050
JOG_REV_VELO
A11, A04
H1,P2,R2,T1,V1,Z
1
mm/rev
DOUBLE
Reset
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
0.5,0.5,0.5,0.5,0.5,0.5, 0.5,0.5,0.5...
The value entered defines the revolutional feedrate of the axis in JOG mode
in relation to the revolutions of the master spindle.
This feedrate is active when SD41100 $SN_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE= 1 (revolutional
feedrate active with JOG).
367
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
MD irrelevant for:
Linear feedrate; i.e. SD41100 $SN_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE = 0
Related to:
SD41100 $SN_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE
(revolutional feedrate for JOG active)
MD32040 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID
(JOG revolutional feedrate with rapid traverse override)
32060
POS_AX_VELO
A12, A04
H1,P2,K1,V1,2.4,
6.2
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
10000.,10000.,10000., 10000.,10000....
CORR_VELO
A04
2.4,6.2
DOUBLE
Reset
CTEQ
Description:
368
802d-cu3
50.0
2/2
802d-ng2
50.0
1/1
802d-ng3
50.0
1/1
802d-tm1
50.0
0/0
802d-tm2
50.0
0/0
802d-tm3
50.0
0/0
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32074
FRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED
A01
K5,K2,2.4,6.2
DWORD
PowerOn
802d-cu3
0xFFF
1/1
802d-ng2
0xFFF
1/1
802d-ng3
0xFFF
1/1
802d-tm1
0xFFF
0/0
802d-tm2
0xFFF
1/1
802d-tm3
0xFFF
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
This machine data is used to define the effectiveness of the frames and tool
length compensations for indexing axes, PLC axes and command axes started
from synchronized actions.
Bit assignment:
Bit 0 = 0:
Programmable zero offset (TRANS) allowed for indexing axis
Bit 0 = 1:
Programmable zero offset (TRANS) forbidden for indexing axis
Bit 1 = 0:
Scale modification (SCALE) allowed for indexing axis
Bit 1 = 1:
Scale modification (SCALE) forbidden for indexing axis
Bit 2 = 0:
Direction change (MIRROR) allowed for indexing axis
Bit 2 = 1:
Direction change (MIRROR) forbidden for indexing axis
Bit 3 = 0:
DRF offset allowed for axis
Bit 3 = 1:
DRF offset forbidden for axis
Bit 4 = 0:
External zero offset allowed for axis
Bit 4 = 1:
External zero offset forbidden for axis
Bit 5 = 0:
Online tool compensation allowed for axis
Bit 5 = 1:
Online tool compensation forbidden for axis
Bit 6 = 0:
Synchronized action offset allowed for axis
Bit 6 = 1:
Synchronized action offset forbidden for axis
Bit 7 = 0:
Compile cycles offset allowed for axis
Bit 7 = 1:
Compile cycles offset forbidden for axis
Bit 8 = 0:
Axial frames and tool length compensation are NOT considered for PLC axes
(bit evaluation so for compatibility reasons)
369
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Bit 8 = 1:
Axial frames are considered for PLC axes, and the tool length compensation
is considered for PLC axes which are geometry axes.
Bit 9 = 0:
Axial frames are considered for command axes, and the tool length compensation is considered for command axes which are geometry axes.
Bit 9 = 1:
Axial frames and tool length compensation are NOT considered for command
axes
Bit 10 = 0:
In JOG mode, too, traversing of a geometry axis as a PLC or command axis is
NOT allowed with active rotation.
Bit 10 = 1:
In JOG mode, traversing of a geometry axis as a PLC axis or command axis
(static synchronized action ) is allowed with active rotation (ROT frame).
Traversing must be terminated prior to returning to AUTOMATIC mode (neutral axis state), as otherwise alarm16908 would be output when the mode is
changed.
Bit 11 = 0:
In the 'Program interrupted' status, repositioning to the interrupt position (AUTO - JOG) takes place when changing from JOG to AUTO.
Bit 11 = 1:
Prerequisite: Bit 10 == 1 (PLC or command axis motion with active rotation
in JOG mode).
In the 'Program interrupted' status, the end point of the PLC or command
axis motion is taken over when changing from JOG to AUTOMATIC and the
geometry axes are positioned according to the rotation
32080
HANDWH_MAX_INCR_SIZE
A05, A10
H1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
370
0.0
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32082
HANDWH_MAX_INCR_VELO_SIZE
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
802d-cu3
500.0,500.0,500.0,500 .0,500.0,500.0...
2/2
802d-ng2
500.0,500.0,500.0,500 .0,500.0,500.0...
1/1
802d-ng3
500.0,500.0,500.0,500 .0,500.0,500.0...
1/1
802d-tm1
500.0,500.0,500.0,500 .0,500.0,500.0...
1/1
802d-tm2
500.0,500.0,500.0,500 .0,500.0,500.0...
1/1
802d-tm3
500.0,500.0,500.0,500 .0,500.0,500.0...
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
HANDWH_STOP_COND
EXP, A10
H1
DWORD
Reset
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
0xFF
0x7FF
2/2
802d-ng2
0xFF
0x7FF
1/1
802d-ng3
0xFF
0x7FF
1/1
802d-tm1
0xFF
0x7FF
1/1
802d-tm2
0xFF
0x7FF
1/1
802d-tm3
0xFF
0x7FF
1/1
371
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Bit 7 = 0
The override is active in handwheel travel.
Bit 7 = 1
The override is always assumed to be 100% for handwheel travel, regardless
of how the override switch is set.
Exception: override 0% is always active.
Bit 8 = 0
The override is active with DRF
Bit 8 = 1
The override is always assumed to be 100% for DRF, regardless of how the
override switch is set.
Exception: override 0% is always active.
Bit 9 = 0
For handwheel travel, the maximum possible velocity with revolutional feedrate is
- with the feedrate in SD41120 $SN_JOG_REV_SET_VELO or
- the feedrate in MD32050 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO or
- in the case of rapid traverse with MD32040 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID
of the relevant machine axis calculated with the spindle or rotary axis
feedrate.
Bit 9 = 1
For handwheel travel, the maximum possible velocity is with the revolutional feedrate in MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO of the relevant machine axis.
(see also bit 6)
Bit 10 = 0
For overlaid motions, $AA_OVR is not active.
Bit 10 = 1
For overlaid motions (DRF, $AA_OFF, external work offset, online tool offset), the override $AA_OVR settable via synchronized actions is active.
Bit 11 = 0
With the VDI interface signal "driveReady" (= 0) missing, paths defined by
the handwheel are not collected, but a traversing request is displayed.
Start of a continuous JOG motion in continuous mode
($SN_JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD 41050 = 0) or an incremental JOG motion in
continuous mode ($MN_JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD 11300 = 0) is displayed as
a traversing request. With "driveReady" = 1, however, the tool is not traversed, but the procedure is aborted and must be started again.
Bit 11 = 1
With the VDI interface "driveReady" missing, the paths defined by the
handwheel are collected. Start of a continuous JOG motion in continuous
mode ($SN_JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD 41050 = 0) or an incremental JOG
motion in continuous mode ($MN_JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD 11300 = 0) is
displayed and saved as a traversing request. With "driveReady" = 1 the
traversing motion is started.
|
372
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32090
HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
A10, A04
H1
DOUBLE
Reset
802d-cu3
0.5
2/2
802d-ng2
0.5
1/1
802d-ng3
0.5
1/1
802d-tm1
0.5
1/1
802d-tm2
0.5
1/1
802d-tm3
0.5
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
The velocity active with the handwheel in DRF can be reduced from the JOG
velocity with this machine data.
The following applies to linear axes for the velocity active with DRF:
vDRF = SD41110 $SN_JOG_SET_VELO * MD32090 $MA_HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
or when SD41110 $SN_JOG_SET_VELO = 0:
vDRF = MD32020 $MA_JOG_VELO * MD32090 $MA_HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
The velocity setting in SD41130 $SN_JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO applies for DRF on
rotary axes instead of the value in SD41110 $SN_JOG_SET_VELO.
MD irrelevant for:
JOG handwheel
Related to:
MD32020 $MA_JOG_VELO (JOG axis velocity)
SD41110 $SN_JOG_SET_VELO (JOG velocity for G94)
SD41130 $SN_JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO (JOG velocity for rotary axes)
32100
AX_MOTION_DIR
G1,TE3,G2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
-1
The direction of movement of the machine can be reversed with this MD.
The control direction is, however, not destroyed, i.e. closed-loop control
remains stable.
-1: direction reversed
0, 1: direction not reversed
32110
ENC_FEEDBACK_POL
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
1, 1
-1
The evalution direction of the shaft encoder signals is entered into the MD.
-1: actual value is reversed
0, 1: actual value is not reversed
The index[n] of the machine data has the following coding:
[Encoder no.]: 0 or 1
Special cases:
When an incorrect control direction is entered, the axis can run off.
Depending on the setting of the corresponding limit values, one of the
following alarms is displayed:
Alarm 25040 "Standstill monitoring"
373
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Alarm 25050 "Contour monitoring"
Alarm 25060 "Speed setpoint limitation"
If an uncontrolled setpoint leap occurs on connection of a drive, the control direction might be incorrect.
32200
POSCTRL_GAIN
A07, A11
G1,TE1,TE9,K3,S
3,A2,A3,D1,G2,S1
,V1
1000/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2000.
7/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
374
16.66666667,
16.66666667,
16.66666667,
16.66666667,
16.66666667...
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32210
POSCTRL_INTEGR_TIME
A07
G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
10000.0
2/2
Description:
1.0
POSCTRL_INTEGR_ENABLE
A07
G2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
FALSE
POSCTRL_CONFIG
A07
TE1
BYTE
PowerOn
17
7/2
Description:
RATED_OUTVAL
A01, A11
A3,D1,G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
200
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
0.0
0.0
a.)
Scaling of the manipulated variable with analog drives:
The value of the speed setpoint in percent is to be entered in this MD, in
relation to the maximum speed setpoint at which the motor speed specified in
MD32260 $MA_RATED_VELO[n] is reached.
Related to:
MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL[n] only makes sense in combination with MD32260
$MA_RATED_VELO[n].
Example:
1.
At a voltage of 5V, the drive reaches a speed of
1875 rev/min ==> RATED_OUTVAL = 50%, RATED_VELO = 11250 [degrees/s]
2.
At a voltage of 8V, the drive reaches a speed of
3000 rev/min ==> RATED_OUTVAL = 80%, RATED_VELO = 18000 [degrees/s]
3.
At a voltage of 1.5V, the drive reaches a speed of
562.5 rev/min ==> RATED_OUTVAL = 15%, RATED_VELO = 3375 [degrees/s]
375
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
All three examples are possible for one and the same drive/converter. The
ratio of the two values is decisive; it is the same in all three examples.
MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL and MD32260 $MA_RATED_VELO describe physical characteristics of converter and drive; they can therefore only be determined by
means of measurement or start-up instructions (converter, drive).
b.)
Scaling of the manipulated variable with digital PROFIdrive drives:
Default value "0" declares MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL and MD32260
$MA_RATED_VELO as invalid. Scaling of the manipulated variable is automatically determined and adjusted from the drive parameters instead.
Otherwise (MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL unequal to zero), the scaling of the
manipulated variable is not determined from the drive (for example non-Siemens PROFIdrive drives), but set with RATED_VELO and RATED_OUTVAL, even in
the case of these, irrespective of the scaling active on the drive side. In
this case, the following applies:
Scaling of the manipulated variable on the drive = RATED_VELO / RATED_OUTVAL
In the case of simultaneous operation of analog and PROFIdrive drives, the
settings for the analog axes must be adjusted as described in a.).
32260
RATED_VELO
A01, A11
A3,D1,G2
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
3000.0
MAX_AX_ACCEL
A11, A04, -
M3,TE6,Z3,H1,K3
,M1,A3,B1,B2,K1,
V1,2.4
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
376
1.0e-3
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32301
JOG_MAX_ACCEL
A11, A04, -
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
0.0
MAX_ACCEL_OVL_FACTOR
A04
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
The overload factor limits the velocity jump of the machine axis on block
transition. The value entered is related to the value of MD32300
$MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL (axis acceleration) and states by how much the maximum
acceleration can be exceeded for one IPO cycle.
Related to:
MD32300 $MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL (axis acceleration)
MD10070 $MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO (interpolator clock)
There is an entry for each dynamic G code group.
32320
DYN_LIMIT_RESET_MASK
DWORD
Reset
0x01
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
With MD32320 $MA_DYN_LIMIT_RESET_MASK, the reset behavior of functions limiting the dynamic response can be set.
The MD is bit-coded; currently only bit 0 (LSB) is assigned.
Bit 0 == 0:
Channel reset/M30 resets the programmed ACC to 100%. (compatibility: same
response as before)
Bit 0 == 1:
Programmed ACC is maintained beyond channel reset/M30.
377
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32400
AX_JERK_ENABLE
A07, A04, -
B2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
FALSE
AX_JERK_MODE
A07, A04
B2,G2,B3
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
378
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32410
AX_JERK_TIME
A07, A04
G1,TE1,S3,B2,G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
0.001
Time constant of the axial jerk filter which causes a smoother axis setpoint
characteristic. The jerk filter will only be active, if the time constant is
higher than a position control cycle.
Not active in case of errors that cause a change in follow-up mode (for example EMERGENCY STOP99:
Special cases:
Machine axes that are supposed to be interpolating with one another, must
have the same effective jerk filtering (for example the same time constant
for tapping without compensating chuck).
Related to:
MD32400 $MA_AX_JERK_ENABLE (axial jerk limitation)
32412
AX_JERK_FREQ
A07, A04
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
10.0
AX_JERK_DAMP
A07, A04
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
0.0
JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE
A04
G1,H1,P2,S3,B2
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
FALSE
Enables the function of the axis-specific jerk limitation for the operating
modes JOG, REF and positioning axis mode.
1: Axial jerk limitation for JOG mode and positioning axis mode
0: No jerk limitation for JOG mode and positioning axis mode
The maximum jerk occurring is defined in MD32430 $MA_JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK.
Related to:
MD32430 $MA_JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK (axial jerk)
379
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32430
JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK
A04
G1,P2,S3,B2
m/s, rev/s
Axial jerk
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
1000.0,1000.0,1000.0, 1.e-9
1000.0,1000.0...
The jerk limit value limits the rate of change of axis acceleration in JOG,
REF and positioning axis modes.
The setting and time calculation are made as for MD20600 $MC_MAX_PATH_JERK
(path-related maximum jerk).
MD irrelevant for:
Path interpolation
MAX_AX_JERK
A04
B1,B2
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
3/3
Description:
PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM
A04
B1,B2
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
3/3
CTEQ
Description:
The control limits the jerk (acceleration jump) at a block transition between
contour sections of different curvature to the value set.
MD irrelevant for:
Exact stop
Related to:
Continuous-path mode, SOFT type of acceleration
32433
SOFT_ACCEL_FACTOR
A04, -
TE9,B1,B2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
380
1e-9
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32434
G00_ACCEL_FACTOR
A04, -
TE9,B1,B2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
1.
1e-9
G00_JERK_FACTOR
A04
B1,B2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
1.
1e-9
JOG_MAX_JERK
A04
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
0.0
The jerk limit value limits the change of axis acceleration in JOG mode only
.
The behavior of the MD is analog to:
MD32430 $MA_JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK
It therefore also communicates with:
MD32420 $MA_JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE
(default of the axial jerk limitation)
32440
LOOKAH_FREQUENCY
EXP, A04
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
10.
381
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32450
BACKLASH
A09
K3,G2
mm, degrees
Backlash
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.0, 0.0
BACKLASH_FACTOR
A09
K3,G2,S1,V1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
1/1
Description:
0.01
FRICT_COMP_MODE
A09
K3
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
382
0:
No friction compensation
1:
Friction compensation with constant injection value or adaptive characteristic
2:
Friction compensation with learned characteristic via neural network
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32500
FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
A09
K3,G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
FALSE
1:
FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE
EXP, A09
K3
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
FALSE
1:
Friction compensation with amplitude adaptation is enabled for the axis.
Quadrant errors on circular contours can be compensated with friction compensation.
The amplitude of the friction compensation value required to be added on
is frequently not constant over the entire acceleration range. That is, a
lower compensation value needs to be entered for optimum friction compensation for higher accelerations than for lower accelerations.
The parameters of the adaptation curve have to be determined, and entered
in the machine data.
0:
Friction compensation with amplitude adaptation is not enabled for the
axis.
MD irrelevant for:
MD32500 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ENABLE = 0
MD32490 $MA_FRICT_COMP_MODE = 2
383
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Related to:
MD32500 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
Friction compensation active
MD32520 $MA_FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX
Maximum friction compensation value
MD32530 $MA_FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN
Minimum friction compensation value
MD32550 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1
Adaptation acceleration value 1
MD32560 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2
Adaptation acceleration value 2
MD32570 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3
Adaptation acceleration value 3
MD32540 $MA_FRICT_COMP_TIME
Friction compensation time constant
32520
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX
EXP, A09
K3
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
384
0.0
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32530
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN
EXP, A09
K3
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.0
The minimum friction compensation value is active only if "Friction compensation with adaptation" (MD32510 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE=1) is active.
The amplitude of the friction compensation value is entered in the 4th acceleration range (MD32570 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3 <= a).
MD irrelevant for:
MD32510 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE = 0
MD32490 $MA_FRICT_COMP_MODE = 2 (neural QEC)
Special cases:
In special cases, the value for FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN may be even higher
than for MD32520 $MA_FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX.
Related to:
MD32500 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
Friction compensation active
MD32510 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE
Friction compensation adaptation active
MD32520 $MA_FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX
Maximum friction compensation value
MD32550 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1
Adaptation acceleration value 1
MD32560 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2
Adaptation acceleration value 2
MD32570 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3
Adaptation acceleration value 3
MD32540 $MA_FRICT_COMP_TIME
Friction compensation time constant
32540
FRICT_COMP_TIME
EXP, A09
K3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.015
385
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32550
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1
EXP, A09
K3
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
Description:
386
802d-cu3
0.0
1/1
802d-ng2
0.0
0/0
802d-ng3
0.0
1/1
802d-tm1
0.0
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0
0/0
802d-tm3
0.0
1/1
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32560
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2
EXP, A09
K3
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
0.0
1/1
802d-ng2
0.0
0/0
802d-ng3
0.0
1/1
802d-tm1
0.0
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0
0/0
802d-tm3
0.0
1/1
387
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32570
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3
EXP, A09
K3
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
Description:
388
802d-cu3
0.0
1/1
802d-ng2
0.0
0/0
802d-ng3
0.0
1/1
802d-tm1
0.0
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0
0/0
802d-tm3
0.0
1/1
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32580
FRICT_COMP_INC_FACTOR
A09
K3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0
100.0
1/1
802d-ng2
0.0
100.0
0/0
802d-ng3
0.0
100.0
1/1
802d-tm1
0.0
100.0
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0
100.0
0/0
802d-tm3
0.0
100.0
1/1
Description:
VELO_FFW_WEIGHT
A07, A09
G1,TE1,K3,S3,A3,
G2,S1,V1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
0/0
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
2/2
Description:
389
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Contour monitoring takes into account factors < 1.0.
In individual cases, it can, however, become necessary to increase MD
CONTOUR_TOL.
32620
FFW_MODE
A07, A09
G1,K3,S3,G2,S1
BYTE
Reset
1/1
Description:
FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE
A07, A09
K3,G2
BYTE
Reset
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
0/0
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
390
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
2 = The feedforward control can be switched on and off by the part program
with FFWON and FFWOF respectively.
The instruction FFWON/FFWOF does not become active until the next axis
standstill
The default setting is specified by the channel-specific MD20150
$MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES. This setting is valid even before the first NC block
is executed.
Notes:
The last valid state continues to be active even after Reset (and therefore
also with JOG).
As the feedforward control of all axes of the channel is switched on and off
by FFWON and FFWOF respectively, MD32630 $MA_FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE should be
set identically for axes interpolating with one naother.
Switching feedforward control on or off while the axis/spindle is traversing
may cause compensation operations in the control loop. Interpolating axes are
therefore stopped by the part program if such switching operations occur
(internal stop Stop G09 is triggered).
Related to:
MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE
MD20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
32640
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE
A01, A07
TE3,G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
FALSE
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_CONFIG
A01, A07
BYTE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
391
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32644
STIFFNESS_DELAY_TIME
A01, A07
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.02
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
-0.0015
-0.02
ENC_COMP_ENABLE
A09
K3
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
FALSE, FALSE
CEC_ENABLE
A09
K3
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
Description:
392
802d-cu3
FALSE
1/1
802d-ng2
FALSE
1/1
802d-ng3
FALSE
1/1
802d-tm1
FALSE
-1/2
802d-tm2
FALSE
1/1
802d-tm3
FALSE
1/1
1:
Sag compensation is enabled for this axis.
Inter-axis machine geometry errors (e.g. sag and angularity errors) can be
compensated with sag compensation.
The function is not activated until the following conditions have been fulfilled:
The associated compensation tables have been loaded into the NC user memory and enabled (SD41300 $SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE[t] = 1)
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32711
CEC_SCALING_SYSTEM_METRIC
A09
K3,G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
TRUE
1/1
802d-ng2
TRUE
1/1
802d-ng3
TRUE
1/1
802d-tm1
TRUE
-1/2
802d-tm2
TRUE
1/1
802d-tm3
TRUE
1/1
32720
CEC_MAX_SUM
A09
K3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
1.0
1.0
1/1
802d-ng2
1.0
1.0
1/1
802d-ng3
1.0
1.0
1/1
802d-tm1
1.0
1.0
-1/2
802d-tm2
1.0
1.0
1/1
802d-tm3
1.0
1.0
1/1
Description:
In sag compensation, the absolute value of the total compensation value (sum
of compensation values of all active compensation relations) is monitored
axially with machine data value CEC_MAX_SUM.
If the determined total compensation value is larger than the maximum value,
alarm 20124 is triggered. Program processing is not interrupted. The compensation value output as the additional setpoint is limited to the maximum
value.
MD irrelevant to:
MSEC
Backlash compensation
Temperature compensation
Related to:
MD32710 $MA_CEC_ENABLE
Enable sag compensation
SD41300 $SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE[t]
Enable evaluation of sag compensation table t
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 0000.4 / .5
(referenced/synchronized 1 or 2)
393
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32730
CEC_MAX_VELO
K3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
10.0
100.0
1/1
802d-ng2
10.0
100.0
1/1
802d-ng3
10.0
100.0
1/1
802d-tm1
10.0
100.0
-1/2
802d-tm2
10.0
100.0
1/1
802d-tm3
10.0
100.0
1/1
MSEC
Backlash compensation
Temperature compensation
Related to:
MD32710 $MA_CEC_ENABLE
Enable sag compensation
MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO
Maximum axis velocity
SD41300 $SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE[t]
Enable evaluation of sag compensation table t
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 0000.4 / .5
(referenced/synchronized 1 or 2)
32750
TEMP_COMP_TYPE
A09
K3,W1
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
394
The type of temperature compensation applicable to the machine axis is activated in MD32750 $MA_TEMP_COMP_TYPE.
A distinction is made between the following types:
0:
No temperature compensation active
1:
Position-independent temperature compensation active
(compensation value with SD43900 $SA_TEMP_COMP_ABS_VALUE)
2:
Position-dependent temperature compensation active
(compensation value with SD43910 $SA_TEMP_COMP_SLOPE and SD43920
TEMP_COMP_REF_POSITION)
3:
Position-dependent and position-independent temperature compensation
active
(compensation values with SD according to types 1 and 2)
Temperature compensation is an option that must be enabled.
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Related to:
SD43900 $SA_TEMP_COMP_ABS_VALUE
Position-dependent temperature compensation value
SD43920 $SA_TEMP_COMP_REF_POSITION
Reference point for position-dependent temperature compensation
SD43910 $SA_TEMP_COMP_SLOPE
Gradient for position-dependent temperature compensation
MD32760 $MA_COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR
Excessive velocity due to compensation
32760
COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR
K3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0.10
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
0.01
0.
The maximum distance that can be traversed because of temperature compensation in one IPO cycle can be limited by the axial MD32760
$MA_COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR.
If the resulting temperature compensation value is above this maximum, it is
traversed over several IPO cycles. There is no alarm.
The maximum compensation value per IPO cycle is specified as a factor referring to the maximum axis velocity (MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO).
The maximum gradient of the temperature compensation tanbmax is also limited
with this machine data.
Example of calculation of the maximum gradient tanb(max):
1.
Calculation of the interpolator cycle time (see Description of Functions
Velocities, Setpoint/Actual Value Systems, Cycle Times (G2))
Interpolator cycle time = Basic system clock rate * factor for interpolation cycle
Interpolator cycle time = MD10050 $MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME ^ MD10070
$MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
Example:
MD10050 $MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME = 0.004 [s]
MD10070 $MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO = 3
-> Interpolator cycle time = 0.004 * 3 = 0.012 [s]
2.
Calculation of the maximum velocity increase resulting from a change
made to the temperature compensation parameter DvTmax
DvTmax = MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO * MD32760 $MA_COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR
Example: MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO = 10 000 [mm/min]
MD32760 $MA_COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR = 0.01
-> DvTmax = 10 000 * 0.01 = 100 [mm/min]
3.
Calculation of the traverse distances per interpolator cycle
0.012
S1 (at vmax)
= 10 000 x --------- = 2.0 [mm]
60
0.012
ST (at DvTmax) =
100 x --------- = 0.02 [mm]
60
395
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
4.
Calculation of tanbmax
ST
0.02
tanbmax = ---- = ------ = 0.01 (corresponds to value for
S1
2
COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR)
-> bmax = arc tan 0.01 = 0.57 degrees
With larger values of SD43910 $SA_TEMP_COMP_SLOPE, the maximum gradient
(here 0.57 degrees) for the position-dependent temperature compensation
value is used internally. There is no alarm.
Note:
Any additional excessive velocity resulting from temperature compensation
must be taken into account when defining the limit value for velocity monitoring (MD36200 $MA_AX_VELO_LIMIT).
MD irrelevant for:
MD32750 $MA_TEMP_COMP_TYPE = 0, sag compensation, LEC, backlash compensation
Related to:
MD32750 $MA_TEMP_COMP_TYPE
Temperature compensation type
SD43900 $SA_TEMP_COMP_ABS_VALUE
Position-independent temperature compensation value
SD43910 $SA_TEMP_COMP_SLOPE
Gradient for position-dependent temperature compensation
MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO
Maximum axis velocity
MD36200 $MA_AX_VELO_LIMIT
Threshold value for velocity monitoring
MD10070 $MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
Ratio of basic system clock rate to IPO cycle
MD10050 $MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME
Basic system clock rate
32800
EQUIV_CURRCTRL_TIME
G1,K3,S3,A2,A3,
G2,S1,V1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
396
0.0005, 0.0005,
0.0005, 0.0005,
0.0005, 0.0005
The time constant is used for parameterizing the torque feedforward control
and for calculating the dynamic following error model (contour monitoring).
In order to set the torque feedforward control correctly, the equivalent time
constant of the current control loop must be determined exactly by measuring
the step response of the current control loop.
Closed-loop control free of following errors can be set by inputting negative
values when MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE=4 (but positioning overshoots may then
occur).
Delay values taken into account automatically by the software internally are
thus compensated again until the actually active minimum symmetrizing time
"0" is reached.
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Any other negative input values have no further effect.
Negative values input when MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE=2 are automatically converted
internally to the input value "0", which means that they are not active in
this case.
Related to:
MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE
Type of feedfoward control
MD32650 $MA_AX_INERTIA
Moment of inertia for torque feedforward control
or MD32652 $MA_AX_MASS
Axis mass for torque feedforward control
MD36400 $MA_CONTOUR_TOL
Tolerance band contour monitoring
32810
EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME
A07, A09
G1,K3,S3,A2,A3,
G2,S1,V1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
This time constant must be equal to the equivalent time constant of the
closed current control loop.
It is used for parameterizing the speed feedforward control and for calculating the dynamic following error model (contour monitoring).
In addition, this MD determines the time behavior of the closed-loop speed
control circuit for simulated drives (MD30130 $MA_CTRLOUT_TYPE 0).
In order to set the speed feedforward control correctly, the equivalent time
constant of the current control loop must be determined exactly by measuring
the step response of the current control loop.
Closed-loop control free of following errors can be set by inputting negative
values when MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE=3 (but positioning overshoots may then
occur).
Delay values taken into account automatically by the software internally are
thus compensated again until the actually active minimum symmetrizing time
"0" is reached.
Any other negative input values have no further effect.
Negative values input when MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE=1 are automatically converted
internally to the input value "0", which means that they are not active in
this case.
Related to:
MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE (type of feedfoward control)
MD32610 $MA_VELO_FFW_WEIGHT (moment of inertia for speed feedforward control)
MD36400 $MA_CONTOUR_TOL (tolerance band contour monitoring)
397
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32900
DYN_MATCH_ENABLE
A07
G21,S3,G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
FALSE
With dynamic response adaptation, axes with different servo gain factors can
be set to the same following error with MD32910 $MA_DYN_MATCH_TIME.
1:
Dynamic response adaptation active.
0:
Dynamic response adaptation inactive.
Related to:
MD32910 $MA_DYN_MATCH_TIME[n]
(time constant of dyamic response adaptation)
32910
DYN_MATCH_TIME
A07
G1,K3,S3,A2,A3,
G2,S1,V1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
AC_FILTER_TIME
A10
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
398
0.0
For SIMODRIVE611D (as well as for PROFIdrive drives, provided that they
transport the following actual drive values in the PROFIdrive message frame,
e.g. MD13060 $MN_DRIVE_TELEGRAM_TYPE = 116):
With the main run variables $AA_LOAD, $AA_POWER, $AA_TORQUE and $AA_CURR, the
following drive actual values can be measured:
Drive utilization
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
32930
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_ENABLE
A07
G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
FALSE
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_TIME
A07
G2
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
0.0
POSCTRL_DAMPING
EXP, A07
G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
0.0
Application:
Attenuation of an oscillating axis through additional activation of a rotational speed difference, which is determined from the difference of the two
measuring systems.
Condition: the axis must have two measuring systems, while one encoder must
be connected directly, the other indirectly.
Explanation of normalization by means of SIMODRIVE611D:
An input value of "100%" means: An additional torque is activated in accordance with drive MD 1725, if
FIPO_TYPE
EXP, A07
G1,G3,S3,G2
BYTE
PowerOn
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
0/0
802d-ng2
0/0
802d-ng3
0/0
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
0/0
399
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Calculation time required and contour quality increase with increasing type
of FIPO.
If the position control cycle and the interpolation cycle are identical,
fine interpolation does not take place, i.e. the different types of fine
interpolator do not have different effects.
33050
LUBRICATION_DIST
A03, A10
A2,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
3/3
Description:
1.0e8
After the traversing path defined in the MD has been covered, the state of
the axial interface signal "Lubrication pulse" is inverted, this can activate
an automatic lubrication device.
The traversing path is summated after Power on.
The "Lubrication pulse" can be used with axes and spindles.
Application example(s):
The machine bed lubrication can be carried out as a function of the relevant
traversed path.
Note:
When 0 is entered, the NC/PLC interface signal V390x 1002.0 (Lubrication
pulse) is set in every cycle.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 1002.0 (Lubrication pulse)
33060
MAINTENANCE_DATA
A10
W6,2.4,6.2
DWORD
Reset
1/1
Description:
400
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
2.4.4
REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE
A03, A11
G1,R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
Description:
TRUE
1:
There is at least one reference point cam for this axis
0:
This axis does not have a reference point cam (e.g. rotary axis)
The referencing cycle starts immediately with phase 2 (see documentation)
Machine axes that have only one zero mark over the whole travel range or
rotary axes that have only one zero mark per revolution do not require an
additional reference cam that selects the zero mark (select MD34000
$MA_REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE = 0).
The machine axis marked this way accelerates to the velocity specified in
MD34040 $MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER (reference point creep velocity) when
the plus/minus traversing key is pressed, and synchronizes with the next zero
mark.
34010
REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS
A03, A11
G1,R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
Description:
FALSE
34020
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM
G1,R1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
5000.00,5000.00,5000 .00,5000.00...
The reference point approach velocity is the velocity at which the machine
axis travels in the direction of the reference cam after the traversing key
has been pressed (phase 1). This value should be set at a magnitude large
enough for the axis to be stopped to 0 before it reaches a hardware limit
switch.
MD irrelevant for:
Linear measuring systems with distance-coded reference marks
401
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
34030
REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST
A03, A11
G1,R1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
10000.0
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER
G1,R1,S1
mm/min, rev/min
Creep velocity
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
402
300.00,
300.00,300.00,
300.00...
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
This limiting value consideration also applies to the other measuring systems.
Traversing direction:
REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE
A03, A11
G1,R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
Description:
FALSE, FALSE
This MD can be used to set the direction of search for the zero mark:
MD34050 $MA_REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE = 0
Synchronization with falling reference cam signal edge
The machine axis accelerates to the velocity specified in MD34040
$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER (reference point creep velocity) in the opposite
direction to that specified in MD34010 $MA_REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS (reference
point approach in minus direction).
If the axis leaves the reference cam (NC/PLC interface signal V380x1000.7
(Reference point approach delay) is reset) the control is synchronized with
the first zero mark.
MD34050 $MA_REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE = 1
Synchronization with rising reference cam signal edge
The machine axis accelerates to the velocity defined in MD34020
$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM (reference point creep velocity) in the opposite
direction to that specified in the MD34010 $MA_REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS. If the
axis leaves the reference cam (NC/PLC interface signal V380x1000.7 (Reference
point approach delay) is reset), the machine axis decelerates to a halt and
accelerates in the opposite direction towards the reference cam at the velocity specified in MD34040: $MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER. When the reference cam
is reached (NC/PLC interface signal V380x1000.7 (Reference point approach
delay) is enabled) the control is synchronized with the first zero mark.
MD irrelevant to:
Linear measuring systems with distance-coded reference marks
34060
REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST
A03, A11
G1,R1,S1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
20.0, 20.0,20.0,
20.0,20.0, 20.0...
403
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
34070
REFP_VELO_POS
G1,R1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
10000.00,10000.00,10 000.00,10000.00...
REFP_MOVE_DIST
A03, A11
G1,R1,S1,S3,G2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1e15
2/2
Description:
-2.0, -2.0
-1e15
REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR
G1,R1,S1,S3,G2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1e12
2/2
-, Description:
404
0.0, 0.0
-1e12
Absolute encoder:
MD34090 $MA_REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR acts as an absolute offset.
It describes the offset between the machine zero and the zero point of the
absolute measuring system.
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Note:
In conjunction with absolute encoders, this MD is modified by the control
during calibration processes and modulo offset.
With rotary absolute encoders (on linear and rotary axes), the modification
frequency also depends on the setting of MD34220 $MA_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO.
Manual input or modification of this MD via the part program should therefore
be followed by a Power ON Reset to activate the new value and prevent it from
being lost.
The following applies to an NCU-LINK:
If a link axis uses an absolute encoder, every modification of MD34090
$MA_REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR on the home NCU (servo physically available) is
updated only locally and not beyond the limits of the NCU. The modification
is therefore not visible to the link axis. Writing MD34090
$MA_REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR through the link axis is rejected with alarm 17070.
34092
REFP_CAM_SHIFT
A03, A11
G1,R1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
0.0, 0.0
Electronic cam offset for incremental measuring systems with equidistant zero
marks.
When the reference cam signal occurs, the zero mark search does not start
immediately but is delayed until after the distance from REFP_CAM_SHIFT.
This ensures the reproducibility of the zero mark search through a defined
selection of a zero mark, even with temperature-dependent expansion of the
reference cam.
Because the reference cam offset is calculated by the control in the interpolation cycle, the actual cam offset is at least REFP_CAM_SHIFT and at most
REFP_CAM_SHIFT+(MD34040 $MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER*interpolation cycle)
The reference cam offset is effective in the search direction of the zero
mark.
The reference cam offset is only active if existing cam MD34000
$MA_REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE=1.
34093
REFP_CAM_MARKER_DIST
A03, A11
R1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0.0, 0.0
The value displayed corresponds to the distance between exiting the reference
cam and the occurrence of the reference mark. If the values are too small,
there is a risk of not being able to determine the reference point due to
temperature reasons or varying operating times of the cam signal. The distance travelled may serve as a clue for setting the electronic reference cam
offset.
This machine data is a display data and can therefore not be changed.
405
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
34100
REFP_SET_POS
A03, A11
G1,S3,G2,R1,S1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
45000000
2/2
Description:
-45000000
Absolute encoder:
MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS corresponds to the correct actual value at the calibration position.
The reaction on the machine depends on the status of MD34210
$MA_ENC_REFP_STATE: When MD34210 $MA_ENC_REFP_STATE = 1, the value of MD34100
$MA_REFP_SET_POS is transferred as the absolute value.
When MD34210 $MA_ENC_REFP_STATE = 2 and MD34330 $MA_REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER =
0 (FALSE), the axis approaches the target position stored in MD34100
$MA_REFP_SET_POS.
The value of MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS that has been set via NC/PLC interface
signal V380x 0002.4 - .7 (Reference point value 1 to 4) is used.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0002.4 - .7 (Reference point value 1 to 4)
34102
REFP_SYNC_ENCS
A03, A02
R1,Z1
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
REFP_PERMITTED_IN_FOLLOWUP
A03, A02
R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
1/1
Description:
406
FALSE
An axis can also be referenced in the follow-up mode under JOG+REF mode by
means of an external motion.
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
34110
REFP_CYCLE_NR
A03
G1,TE3,D1,R1,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
31
2/2
Description:
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 -1
,12,13,14,15,16,17,18.
The PLC checks the sequence on startup or defines the sequence itself.
407
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
34200
ENC_REFP_MODE
A03, A02
G1,R1,S1
Referencing mode
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
1, 1
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 0
If an absolute encoder is available: MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS is taken
over
Other encoders: Reference point approach not possible MD34200
$MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 1
Incremental rotary measuring system
Incremental linear measuring system
Zero pulse on encoder track (not with absolute encoders)
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 2
BERO with 1-edge detection.
Also possible with an absolute encoder. After referencing, the absolute
encoder is additionally marked as "calibrated".
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 3
Referencing on linear measuring systems with distance-coded reference
marks:
Linear measuring system with distance-coded reference marks (as specified
by Heidenhain)
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 5:
When the BERO is passed, the zero mark search is started when the negative
BERO edge is detected, and it is referenced to the next zero mark
detected.
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 6
Measuring system calibration to an already referenced encoder
(not NCU 570)
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 7
BERO with configured approach velocity for axis and spindle applications
(SW3.6 and higher) (MD34040 $MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER[n]
(Reference point creep velocity [enc. no.].
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 8
Referencing for linear measuring systems with distance-coded reference
marks:
Linear measuring system with distance-coded reference marks over 4 zero
marks (increased safety).
34210
ENC_REFP_STATE
R1
BYTE
Immediately
2/2
Description:
408
0, 0
Absolute encoder:
This machine data contains the absolute encoder status
0:
Encoder is not calibrated
1:
Encoder calibration enabled (but not yet calibrated)
2:
Encoder is calibrated
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Default setting for new startup: Encoder is not calibrated.
3: No significance, has the same effect as "0"
Incremental encoder:
This machine data contains the "Referenced status", which can be saved
beyond Power On:
0: Default setting: No automatic referencing
1: Automatic referencing enabled, but encoder not yet referenced
2: Encoder is referenced and at exact stop, automatic referencing becomes
active at the next encoder activation
3: The last axis position buffered before switch off is restored, no
automatic referencing
Default setting for new startup: No automatic referencing
34220
ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO
A03, A02
R1
DWORD
PowerOn
100000
2/2
Description:
4096, 4096
409
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
34230
ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER
A02
R1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0, 0
The encoder serial number (from EnDat encoders) can be read out here.
It is updated at power ON (SIMODRIVE611D or PROFIdrive) or when parking is
deselected (only PROFIdrive)
"0" is supplied for encoders which do not have a serial number available.
Manipulating this MD normally causes an automatic absolute encoder maladjustment ($MA_ENC_REFP_MODE returns to "0").
34232
EVERY_ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER
A02
R1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
TRUE, TRUE
0 = only valid encoder serial number are entered in the MD, i.e. when the
drive supplies a "0" (which corresponds to invalid or unknown) the last valid
encoder serial number is retained in the MD (e.g. for add-on axes that are
not permanently connected to the machine).
1 = (default, upward compatible): the value supplied by the drive for the
encoder serial number is taken over into the MD with every control runup. A
validity check is not carried out.
Note for PROFIdrive drives:
As not every drive can supply the relevant parameters at all or in good
time, the functionality is coded permanently corresponding to "0" for the
PROFIdrive drive. A "1" setting is therefore ineffective on the PROFIBUS.
34300
ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST
A03, A02
R1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
410
10.0, 10.0
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Examples of application:
For example: Heidenhain LS186 C
MD 31010 = 0.02mm (graduation cycle)
MD 34300 = 20.00mm (basic distance between the reference marks)
MD 34310 = 0.02mm (distance between two reference marks corresponds to one
graduation cycle).
34310
ENC_MARKER_INC
A03, A02
R1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
0.02, 0.02
The distances between two reference marks are defined variably, so that the
position of the crossed reference marks can be determined accurately in linear measuring systems with distance-coded reference marks.
The difference between two reference mark distances is entered in MD34310
$MA_ENC_MARKER_INC.
MD irrelevant for:
Incremental measuring systems
Special cases:
On linear measuring systems with distance-coded reference marks supplied
by Heidenhain, the interval between two reference marks is always equal to
one graduation cycle.
34320
ENC_INVERS
A03, A02
G2,R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
Description:
FALSE, FALSE
REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER
A03
G1,R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
Description:
TRUE, TRUE
411
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Absolute encoder:
MD34330 $MA_REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER defines the response of an axis with a
valid calibration identifier (MD34210 $MA_ENC_REFP_STATE = 2) with G74 or
when a traversing key is actuated in JOG-REF:
REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER = 0:
Axis traverses to the position entered in MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS
REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER = 1:
Axis does not traverse.
MD irrelevant for:
Incremental encoders with zero mark (standard encoders)
Related to:
MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS
(reference point distance/target point for distance-coded system)
34990
ENC_ACTVAL_SMOOTH_TIME
A02
V1
DOUBLE
Reset
0.5
3/3
Description:
2.4.5
0.0, 0.0
0.0
Spindles
35000
SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX
M1,S3,K2,S1
BYTE
PowerOn
20
2/2
Description:
412
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
Spindle definition. The spindle is defined when the spindle number has been
entered in this MD.
Example:
If the corresponding axis is to be spindle 1, value "1" must be entered in
this MD.
The spindle functions are possible only for modulo rotary axes. For this purpose MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX and MD30310 $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO must be set.
The axis functionality is maintained; transition to axis operation can be
performed with M70.
The gear stage-specific spindle data are set in parameter blocks 1 to 5.
The lowest spindle number is 1, the highest number depends on the number of
axes in the channel.
If other spindle numbers are to be assigned, the function "spindle converter"
must be used.
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
With multi-channel systems, the same numbers can be assigned in all channels,
except for those spindles active in several channels (replacement axes/spindles MD 30550: $MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN).
35010
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE
A06, A11
P3 pl,P3 sl,S1
DWORD
Reset
0x2B
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
0x00
413
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
35012
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION
A06, A11
S1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
With this MD, a gear stage can be defined which can be loaded into the axis
mode during the transition with M70. The parameter set zero used in axis mode
is to be optimized on this gear stage.
Significance of the values:
0:
There is no implicit gear stage change with M70.
The current gear stage is retained.
1 ... 5:
There is a change into gear stage (1...5) during the execution of M70.
During the transition into axis mode without M70, there is monitoring for
this gear stage and alarm 22022 is issued if necessary. The condition for
a gear stage change is the general release of the function in MD35010
$MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE.
Secondary conditions:
When changing from axis mode into spindle mode, the configured gear stage
continues to remain active. There is no automatic return to the last
active gear stage in spindle mode.
35020
SPIND_DEFAULT_MODE
A06, A10
S1
BYTE
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
414
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
35030
SPIND_DEFAULT_ACT_MASK
A06, A10
S1
BYTE
Reset
0x03
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
0x00
SPIND_FUNC_RESET_MODE
A06, A10
DWORD
PowerOn
0x01
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
0x00
This data allows the "GWPS in every operating mode" function to be selected/
deselected.
SPIND_FUNC_RESET_MODE, bit 0 = 0 : "GWPS in every operating mode" is deselected
SPIND_FUNC_RESET_MODE, bit 0 = 1 : "GWPS in every operating mode" is selected
35035
SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK
A06, A10
K1,S1
Spindle functions
DWORD
Reset
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
0x510
415
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Bit 3: Reserved
Bit 4 = 1:
The programmed speed is taken over into SD 43200 $SA_SPIND_S (incl. speed
default settings via FC18 and synchronized actions).
S programmings, that are not speed programmings, are not written into the
SD. These include, for example, S value with constant cutting speed (G96,
G961), S value with revolution-related dwell time (G4).
Bit 5 = 1:
The content of SD 43200 $SA_SPIND_S acts as speed setpoint for JOG. If the
content is zero, then other JOG speed default settings become active (see
SD 41200 JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO).
Bit 6: Reserved
Bit 7: Reserved
Bit 8 = 1:
The programmed cutting speed is taken over into SD 43202
$SA_SPIND_CONSTCUT_S (incl. default settings via FC18. S programmings,
that are not cutting speed programmings, are not written into the SD.
These include, for example, S value beyond constant cutting speed (G96,
G961, G962), S value with revolution-related dwell time (G4), S value in
synchronized actions.
Bit 9: Reserved
Bit 10 = 0:
SD 43206 $SA_SPIND_SPEED_TYPE is not changed by part program or channel
settings,
= 1:
For the master spindle, the value of the 15th G group (type of feedrate)
is taken over into SD 43206 $SA_SPIND_SPEED_TYPE. For all other spindles,
the corresponding SD remains unchanged.
Bit 11: Reserved
Bit 12 = 1:
Spindle override is active for zero mark search for M19, SPOS and SPOSA
= 0:
Previous behavior (default)
The following bits 16-20 can be used to set spindle-specific M functions,
which are output to the VDI interface,
if the associated M functionality has been implicitly generated for the program run.
Bit 16: Reserved
Bit 17: Reserved
Bit 18: Reserved
Bit 19:"Output of implicit M19 to PLC"
= 0: If MD20850 $MC_SPOS_TO_VDI is also 0, then auxiliary function M19 is
not generated with SPOS and SPOSA. Therefore, there is no acknowledgement
time for the M function. This can cause faults in short blocks.
= 1: When SPOS and SPOSA are programmed, the implicit auxiliary function M19
is generated, and output to the PLC. The address extension corresponds to the
spindle number.
Bit 20:"Output of implicit M70 to PLC"
= 0: The implicit auxiliary function M70 is not generated. Note: A programmed auxiliary function M70 is always output to the PLC.
= 1: The transition to axis mode implicitly generates the auxiliary function
M70, and it is output to the PLC. The address extension corresponds to the
spindle number.
416
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Related to:
MD20850 $MC_SPOS_TO_VDI
MD35040 $MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
MD35020 $MA_SPIND_DEFAULT_MODE
SD43200 $SA_SPIND_S
35040
SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
A06, A10
S1,Z1,2.7
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
Spindle stops (with M2/M30 and channel and mode group reset)
Program is aborted
MD35040 $MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET= 1:
Program is aborted
MD35040 $MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET= 2:
NUM_GEAR_STEPS
A06, A10
S1
DWORD
Reset
1/1
Description:
MAXNUM_GEAR_ST 1
EPS
417
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
MD35310 $MA_SPIND_POSIT_DELAY_TIME (positioning delay time)
MD35550 $MA_DRILL_VELO_LIMIT (maximum speeds for tapping)
MD35092 $MA_NUM_GEAR_STEPS2 (number of gear stages 2nd gear stage data
set)
35092
NUM_GEAR_STEPS2
A06, A10
S1
DWORD
Reset
1/1
Description:
MAXNUM_GEAR_ST 1
EPS
Number of set gear stages of the second gear stage data set for the function
'Tapping with G331/G332'.
Activation (only makes sense for master spindle on tapping): MD 35010
$MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE, bit 5.
The number of gear stages must not be the same in the first and second gear
stage data sets.
Corresponding MD:
MD35010 $MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE (gear stages available/functions)
MD35112 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 (2nd gear stage data set: max. speed for
gear stage change)
MD35122 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 (2nd gear stage data set: min. speed for
gear stage change)
MD35212 $MA_GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL2 (2nd gear stage data set: acceleration in position control mode)
35100
SPIND_VELO_LIMIT
TE3,G2,S1,V1,Z1
rev/min
DOUBLE
PowerOn
7/2
CTEQ
Description:
418
10000.0
1.0e-3
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
35110
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO
A3,S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2
S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
The 2nd data set for the max. speeds (upper switching thresholds) of the gear
stages for the automatic gear stage change (M40) is defined in
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2. The gear stages must be defined in GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2
and MD35122 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 so that there are no gaps between the
gear stages in the programmable spindle speed range.
Examples:
Incorrect:
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 [gear stage 1] =1000
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 [gear stage 2] =1200
Correct:
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 [gear stage 1] =1000
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 [gear stage 2] =950
The 2nd gear stage data block for tapping with G331/G332 is activated by MD
35010:$MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE bit 5 for the master spindle.
Related to:
MD35140 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT (min. speed of gear stage)
MD35130 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT (max. speed of gear stage)
419
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
35120
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO
S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2
S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
420
The 2nd data block of the minimum speeds (lower switching thresholds) of the
gear stages for automatic gear stage change (M40) is set in
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2. The gear stages must be defined with GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2
and MD35112 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 so that there are no gaps between the
gear stages within the programmable spindle speed range.
Examples:
Incorrect:
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 [gear stage 1] = 1000
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 [gear stage 2] = 1200
Correct:
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 [gear stage 1] = 1000
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 [gear stage 2] = 950
The 2nd gear stage data block for tapping with G331/G332 is activated by
MD35010 $MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE bit 5 for the master spindle.
Related to:
MD35140 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT (min. speed of the gear stage)
MD35130 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT (max. speed of the gear stage)
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
35130
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT
A2,S1,V1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
1.0e-3
If an S value is programmed that exceeds the max. speed for gear stage
change, a new gear stage will be set (with automatic gear stage selection
- M40).
GEAR_STEP_PC_MAX_VELO_LIMIT
S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
421
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
35140
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT
S1,V1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL
R1,S1,Z1
DOUBLE
Reset
1.0
2/2
Description:
422
0.1
0.0
In spindle control mode, the set speed (programmed speed x spindle offset,
allowing for limits) is compared with the actual speed.
If the actual speed deviates from the set speed by more than MD35150
$MA_SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, the NC/PLC interface signal is V390x 2001.5
(Spindle in setpoint range) is set to zero.
If the actual speed deviates from the set speed by more than MD35150
$MA_SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, the path feed is disabled (positioning axes continue traversing).
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 2001.5 (Spindle in setpoint range)
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 2001.0 (Speed limit exceeded)
Alarm 22050 "Maximum speed reached"
35160
SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT
A06, A04
A3,S1,V1,Z1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
1000.0
1.0e-3
GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL
S1
rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL
S1
rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
The acceleration in position control mode must be set so that the electric
current limit is not reached.
Related to:
MD35200 $MA_GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL
MD35212 $MA_GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL2
35212
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL2
S1
rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
Second gear stage data set for maximum acceleration capability of the gear
stages in position control mode.
The acceleration in position control mode must be set so that the electric
current limit is not reached.
The 2nd data set for tapping with G331/G332 is activated by MD35010
$MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE, bit 5 for the master spindle.
423
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Related to:
MD35210 $MA_GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL
MD35200 $MA_GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL
MD35220 $MA_ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT
35220
ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT
A06, A04
S1,S3,B2
DOUBLE
Reset
1.0
0/0
Description:
1.0
0.0
This machine data defines the threshold speed/velocity for spindles/positioning/path axes from which the acceleration reduction is to start. The reference is the defined maximum speed/velocity. The starting point is a
percentage of the maximum values.
Example: MD35220 $MA_ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT = 0.7, the maximum speed is
3000 rpm. Acceleration reduction starts at v_on = 2100 rpm, i.e. the maximum
acceleration capacity is utilized in the speed range 0...2099.99 rpm. Reduced
acceleration is used from 2100 rpm to the maximum speed.
Related to:
MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO
(maximum axis velocity)
MD35130 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT
(maximum gear stage speed)
MD35230 $MA_ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR
(reduced acceleration)
35230
ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR
A06, A04
S1,S3,B2
Reduced acceleration
DOUBLE
Reset
0.95
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
424
0.0
0.0
The machine data contains the factor by which the acceleration of the spindle/positioning/path axes is reduced with reference to the maximum speed/
velocity. The acceleration is reduced by this factor between the threshold
speed/velocity defined in MD35220 $MA_ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT and the
maximum speed/velocity.
Example:
a= 10 rev/s, v_on = 2100 rpm, MD35230 $MA_ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR = 0.3.
Acceleration and deceleration take place within the speed range 0...2099.99
rpm with an acceleration of 10 rev/s. From a speed of 2100 rpm up to the
maximum speed, the acceleration is reduced from 10 rev/s to 7 rev/s.
MD irrelevant to:
Errors that lead to rapid stop.
Related to:
MD32300 $MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL (axis acceleration)
MD35200 $MA_GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL
(acceleration in speed control mode)
MD35210 $MA_GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL
(acceleration in position control mode)
MD35242 $MA_ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT
(speed for reduced acceleration)
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
35300
SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO
A06, A04
P3 pl,P3 sl,R1,S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
When positioning a spindle that is not in position control mode from a high
speed, the position control is not activated until the spindle has reached or
falls below the velocity defined in MD35300 $MA_SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO.
The speed can be changed with FA[Sn] from the part program. Please refer to
the documentation:
/FB1/ Function Manual, Basic Functions; Spindles (S1), section "Spindle mode
'positioning operation" for a description of the spindle behavior under various supplementary conditions (positioning from rotation, positioning from
standstill).
Note:
The active speed from MD35300 $MA_SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO cannot exceed the max.
speed set in MD35135 $MA_GEAR_STEP_PC_MAX_VELO_LIMIT. If MD35135
$MA_GEAR_STEP_PC_MAX_VELO_LIMIT = 0, the value is limited to 90% of MD35130
$MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT.
Related to:
MD35350 $MA_SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR (direction of rotation during positioning from standstill, if no synchronization is available)
MD35100 $MA_SPIND_VELO_LIMIT (chuck speed)
35310
SPIND_POSIT_DELAY_TIME
A06, A04
S1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
After reaching the positioning end (exact stop fine), the time delay for
the block search is activated at the output of a collected positioning
block (SPOS).
35350
SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR
A06
S1
BYTE
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
425
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
35400
SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO
A06, A04
P3 pl,P3 sl,S1
rev/min
Oscillation speed
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
500.0
SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL
A06, A04, -
S1,Z1
rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
16.0
1.0e-3
The acceleration specified here is only effective for the output of the
oscillation speed (MD35400 $MA_SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO) to the spindle motor.
The oscillation speed is selected using the NC/PLC interface signal V380x
2002.5 (Oscillation speed).
MD irrelevant to:
All spindle modes except oscillation mode
Related to:
MD35400 $MA_SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO (oscillation speed)
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 2002.5 (Oscillation speed)
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 2002.4 (Oscillation via PLC)
35430
SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR
A06
S1
BYTE
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
426
With the NC/PLC interface signal V380x 2002.5 (Oscillation speed), the spindle motor accelerates to the speed specified in MD35400:
$MA_SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO.
The start direction is defined by MD35430 $MA_SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR if the
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 2002.4 (Oscillation via PLC) is not enabled.
MD35430 $MA_SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR = 0 ---> Start direction same as the last
direction of rotation
MD35430 $MA_SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR = 1 ---> Start direction counter to the
last direction of rotation
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
MD35430 $MA_SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR = 2 ---> Start direction counter to the
last direction of rotation
MD35430 $MA_SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR = 3 ---> Start direction is M3
MD35430 $MA_SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR = 4 ---> Start direction is M4
MD irrelevant to:
All spindle modes except oscillation mode
Related to:
MD35400 $MA_SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO (oscillation speed)
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 2002.5 (Oscillation speed)
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 2002.4 (Oscillation via PLC)
35440
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW
A06
S1,Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
1.0
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW
A06
S1,Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
0.5
SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START
S1,Z1
BYTE
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
Byte = 0:
The path interpolation is not affected
Byte = 1:
The path interpolation is not enabled (positioning axes continue traversing) until the spindle has reached the specified speed. The tolerance
range can be set in MD 35150: $MA_SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL. If a measuring system is active, then the actual speed is monitored, otherwise the set
speed. Path axes traversing in continuous-path mode (G64) are not stopped.
427
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Byte = 2:
In addition to 1, traversing path axes are also stopped before machining
begins, e.g. continuous-path mode (G64) and the change from rapid traverse
(G0) to a machining block (G1, G2,..). The path is stopped at the last G0
block, and does not start traversing until the spindle is within the set
speed range.
Restriction:
If the spindle is newly programmed by the PLC (FC18) or a synchronized action
"shortly" before the end of the last G0 block, then the path decelerates taking the dynamic limitations into account. Because the spindle programming is
asynchronous, a traverse can be made into the machining block if necessary.
If the spindle has reached the setpoint speed range, then machining starts
from this position.++
35510
SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START
S1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
FALSE
When a spindle is stopped (M5), the path feed is disabled (positioning axes
continue traversing) if MD35510 $MA_SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START is enabled
and the spindle is in control mode.
When the spindle has come to a standstill (NC/PLC interface signal V390x
0001.4 (Axis/spindle stationary) enabled), the path feed is enabled.
Related to:
MD35500 $MA_SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START (feed enable for spindle in setpoint
range)
35550
DRILL_VELO_LIMIT
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
428
10000., 10000.,
10000., 10000.,
10000., 10000.
Limit speed values for tapping without compensating chuck with G331/G332.
The maximum speed of the linear motor characteristic range (constant acceleration capacity) must be specified depending on the gear stage.
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
2.4.6
Monitoring functions
36000
STOP_LIMIT_COARSE
A05
TE1,A3,B1,G2,S1,
Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.04,0.04,0.04,0.04,0. 04,0.04,0.04...
the direction of movement +/- is indicated for the axis in the positioning display. The exact stop window is also evaluated for spindles in
position control mode (SPCON instruction).
Special cases:
MD36000 $MA_STOP_LIMIT_COARSE must not be set smaller than MD36010
$MA_STOP_LIMIT_FINE (exact stop fine). To achieve the identical block
change behavior as with the "exact stop fine" criterion, the exact stop
coarse window may be identical to the exact stop fine window. MD36000
$MA_STOP_LIMIT_COARSE must not be set equal to or greater than MD36030
$MA_STANDSTILL_POS_TOL (standstill tolerance).
Related to:
MD36020 $MA_POSITIONING_TIME (delay time, exact stop fine)
36010
STOP_LIMIT_FINE
A05
TE1,A3,B1,D1,G2
,S1,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.01,0.01,0.01,0.01,0. 01,0.01,0.01...
429
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
36012
STOP_LIMIT_FACTOR
A05
G1,A3,B1,G2,S1,
Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1000.0
1/1
Description:
0.001
POSITIONING_TIME
A05
TE1,A3,B1,G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
1.0
The following error must have reached the limit value for exact stop fine by
the expiry of the time entered in this MD for traveling into the position
(position setpoint has reached the destination).
The current following error is therefore continuously monitored for the time
limit MD36010 $MA_STOP_LIMIT_FINE. If this time is exceeded, alarm 25080
"Positioning monitoring" is output, and the axis stopped. The time entered in
this MD should be long enough to ensure that the monitoring function is not
triggered under normal operating conditions, taking into account any settling
times.
Related to:
MD 36010: $MA_STOP_LIMIT_FINE (exact stop fine)
36030
STANDSTILL_POS_TOL
A05
G1,A3,D1,G2
mm, degrees
Standstill tolerance
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
430
0.2,0.2,0.2,0.2,0.2,0.2, 0.2,0.2,0.2...
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
A05
TE1,A3,F1,G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.4
FOC_STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
A05
F1
Delay time for standstill monit. w/ active torque or force lim. DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
0.4
CLAMP_POS_TOL
A05
A3,D1,Z1
mm, degrees
Clamping tolerance
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.5
With NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0002.3 (Blocking action active), blocking
monitoring is activated. If the monitored axis is forced away from the setpoint position (exact stop limit) by more than the blocking tolerance, alarm
26000 "Blocking monitoring" is output and the axis stopped.
Threshold value for clamping tolerance (half width of window).
Special cases:
The clamping tolerance must be greater than the "exact stop limit coarse".
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0002.3 (Blocking action active)
36052
STOP_ON_CLAMPING
A10
A3
BYTE
NEW CONF
0x07
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
431
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Bit 0 =1:
If a blocked axis is to be traversed again in continuous-path mode, the
LookAhead function stops the path motion if required until the position
controller is allowed to traverse the blocked axis again, i.e. until the
controller enable is set again.
Bit 1 is relevant only if bit 0 is set:
Bit 1 =0:
If a blocked axis is to be traversed again in continuous-path mode, the
LookAhead function does not release the blockage.
Bit 1 =1:
If a blocked axis is to be traversed again in continuous-path mode, a traversing command for the blocked axis is given in the preceding G0 blocks
so that the PLC releases the axis blockage again.
Bit 2 =0:
If an axis is to be blocked in continuous-path mode, it must be ensured in
the part program that the path axes are stopped to make sure that there is
time for setting the blockage.
Bit 2 =1:
If an axis is to be blocked in continuous-path mode, the LookAhead function stops the path motion prior to the next non-G0 block, if the axis has
not yet been blocked by that time, i.e. the PLC has not yet set the feedrate override to zero.
36060
STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
A05, A04
TE1,A2,A3,D1,Z1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
5.00,5.00,5.00,5.00,5. 00,5.00,5.00...
This MD defines the standstill range for the axis velocity / spindle speed.
If the current actual velocity of the axis or the actual speed of the spindle
is less than the value entered in this MD, the NC/PLC interface signal V390x
0001.4 (Axis/spindle stationary) is set.
To bring the axis/spindle to a standstill under control, the pulse enable
should not be removed until the axis/spindle is at a standstill. Otherwise
the axis will coast down.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 0001.4 (Axis/spindle stationary)
36100
POS_LIMIT_MINUS
TE1,R2,T1,A3,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
432
-1.0e8
Same meaning as 1st software limit switch plus, however the traversing range
limitation is in the negative direction.
The MD becomes active after reference point approach if the NC/PLC interface
signal V380x 1000.2 (2nd software limit switch minus) is not set.
MD irrelevant:
if axis is not referenced.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 1000.2 (2nd software limit switch minus)
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
36110
POS_LIMIT_PLUS
TE1,R2,T1,G2,A3,
Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
1.0e8
POS_LIMIT_MINUS2
A03, A05, -
TE1,A3,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
-1.0e8
Same meaning as 2nd software limit switch plus, but the traversing range limitation is in the negative direction.
The PLC can select whether software limit switch 1 or 2 is to be active by
means of the interface signal.
For example:
V380x 1000.2 = 0 (1st software limit switch minus) active for 1st axis
V380x 1000.2 = 1 (2nd software limit switch minus) active for 1st axis
MD irrelevant:
if axis is not referenced.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 1000.2 (2nd software limit switch minus)
36130
POS_LIMIT_PLUS2
A03, A05, -
TE1,A3,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
1.0e8
This machine data can define a 2nd software limit switch position in the positive direction in the machine axis system. The PLC can select which of the
two software limit switches 1 or 2 is to be active by means of an interface
signal.
For example:
V380x 1000.3 = 0 (1st software limit switch plus) active for 1st axis
V380x 1000.3 = 1 (2nd software limit switch plus) active for 1st axis
MD irrelevant:
if axis is not referenced.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 1000.3 (2nd software limit switch plus)
433
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
36200
AX_VELO_LIMIT
TE3,A3,G2,S1,V1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
11500., 11500.,
11500., 11500.,
11500., 11500....
The threshold value for actual velocity monitoring is entered in this machine
data.
If the axis has at least one active encoder and if this encoder is below its
limit frequency, alarm 25030 "Actual velocity alarm limit" is triggered when
the treshold value is exceeded, and the axis is stopped.
Settings:
For spindles, a value should be selected for each gear stage that is 10
to 15 % higher than the corresponding values in MD35130
$MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT[n] (maximum speed of gear stage).
The index of the machine data has the following coding: [control parameter
set no.]: 0-5
36210
CTRLOUT_LIMIT
EXP, A05
A3,D1,G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
200
7/2
CTEQ
Description:
434
110.0
This MD defines the maximum speed setpoint in percent. The value refers to
the speed (100%) at which the axis velocity of MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO is
reached. A value larger than 100% contains the required control reserve for
digital drives. If settings beyond the limit are made, the MD value is used
as the limiter, an alarm i given and the axes brought to a halt.
With an analog spindle the maximum speed that can be output is limited by the
maximum setpoint output voltage of 10V. The value in this MD should not be
greater than the speed value that is reached at this voltage (100%).
Index [n] of the machine date has the following coding: [setpoint branch]: 0
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
36220
CTRLOUT_LIMIT_TIME
EXP, A05
A3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
0.0
This MD defines how long the speed setpoint may be within the limit
CTRLOUT_LIMIT[n] (max. speed setpoint) until the monitoring function is triggered.
Monitoring (and with it also this machine data) is always active.
Reaching the limit renders the position control loop non-linear, which
results in contour errors provided that the speed setpoint limited axis is
participating in contour generation. That is why this MD has default value 0,
i.e. the monitoring function responds as soon as the speed setpoint reaches
the limit.
36300
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT
A3,D1,R1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3.0e5, 3.0e5
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW
A3,R1,S1,Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100
2/2
Description:
99.9, 99.9
435
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Example EnDat encoder EQN 1325:
Limit frequency of the electronics of the incremental track: 430 kHz
===> MD36300 $MA_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT = 430 kHz
The limit frequency of the absolute track is approx. 2000 encoder rpm at 2048
increments/encoder revolution, i.e. the limit frequency is 2000/60 * 2048 Hz
= 68 kHz
===> MD36302 $MA_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW = 68/430 = 15%
36310
ENC_ZERO_MONITORING
A3,R1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0, 0
ENC_ABS_ZEROMON_WARNING
A3
DWORD
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
10, 10
ENC_ABS_ZEROMON_INITIAL
A3
DWORD
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
436
1000, 1000
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
36400
CONTOUR_TOL
A05, A11
A3,D1,G2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
Tolerance band for axial contour monitoring (dynamic following error monitoring).
The permissible deviation between the real and the modelled following error
is entered in this MD.
The input of the tolerance band is intended to avoid spurious tripping of the
dynamic following error monitoring caused by minor speed fluctuations, which
occur during normal closed-loop control operations (e.g. during first cut).
Following error modelling and thus the input of this MD depend on the position control gain MD32200 $MA_POSCTRL_GAIN and, in the case of precontrol or
simulation, on the accuracy of the controlled system model MD32810
$MA_EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME (equivalent time constant for precontrol of speed
control loop), as well as on the accelerations and velocities used.
36500
ENC_CHANGE_TOL
A02, A05
G1,K6,K3,A3,D1,
G2,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.1
The permissible deviation between the actual values of the two measuring systems is entered in this MD.
This difference must not be exceeded when switching over the measuring system
used for closed-loop control, in order to avoid compensating processes that
are too strong. Otherwise, the error message 25100 "Axis %1 Switchover of
measuring system not possible" is generated and the switchover does not take
place.
MD irrelevant for:
MD30200 $MA_NUM_ENCS = 0 or 1.
36510
ENC_DIFF_TOL
A02, A05
A3,G2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
0.0
Permissible deviation between the actual values of the two measuring systems.
This difference must not be exceeded during the cyclic comparison of the two
measuring systems used, as otherwise error message 25105 (measuring systems
deviate) would be generated.
The corresponding monitoring function is not active
or if the axis has not been referenced (at least act. closed-loop control
meas. system).
With modulo axes, it is always the absolute value of the shortest/direct
position difference that is monitored.
437
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
36520
DES_VELO_LIMIT
A02, A05
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
125.0
BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE
EXP, A05
A3,Z1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME
A05, -
TE3,K3,A2,A3,N2,
Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1.0e15
2/2
Description:
438
0.05
0.0
This MD defines the braking ramp time that an axis or spindle requires to
brake from maximum velocity/speed to a standstill in the event of errors
(e.g. emergency stop). At the same lead/brake acceleration, standstill is
reached correspondingly earlier from lower velocities/speeds.
Mechanically robust axes are normally stopped abruptly with speed setpoint 0;
values in the lower ms range are appropriate in these cases (default setting).
However, high moving masses or limited mechanical conditions (e.g. gear load
capacity) often have to be taken into account for spindles. This means that
the MD has to be changed to set a longer braking ramp.
Notice:
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
If the time set for the braking ramp for error states is too long, the
controller enable will be removed although the axis/spindle is still moving. Depending on the drive type used and the activation of the pulse
enable, either an immediate stop with speed setpoint 0 will be initiated
or the axis/spindle will coast down without power. The time selected in
MD36610 $MA_AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME should therefore be shorter than the
time in MD36620 $MA_SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME (cutout delay, controller
enable) so that the configured braking ramp can be fully active throughout the entire braking operation.
The braking ramp may be ineffective or not maintained if the active drive
follows its own braking ramp logic (e.g. SINAMICS).
Related to:
MD36620 $MA_SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME (cutout delay controller enable)
MD36210 $MA_CTRLOUT_LIMIT (maximum speed setpoint)
36620
SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME
A05, -
TE3,K3,A2,A3,N2,
Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1.0e15
2/2
Description:
0.1
0.0
Maximum time delay for removal of "controller enable" after faults. The speed
enable (controller enable) of the drive is removed internally within the controller after the set delay time, at the latest.
The delay time entered becomes active as a result of the following events:
439
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
36690
AXIS_DIAGNOSIS
EXP, A08
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
NBUP
Description:
DRIFT_ENABLE
G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
440
FALSE
Only for special analog and hydraulic drives (not active with digital
SIMODRIVE611D or PROFIdrive drives):
The automatic drift compensation is activated by MD36700 $MA_DRIFT_ENABLE.
1:
Automatic drift compensation active (only for position-controlled axes/
spindles).
With automatic drift compensation, while the axis is at a standstill, the
control continually calculates the additional drift value still required
to ensure that the following error reaches the value 0 (compensation criterion). The total drift value is therefore formed from the drift basic
value (MD36720 $MA_DRIFT_VALUE) and the drift additional value.
0:
Automatic drift compensation not active.
The drift value is formed only from the drift basic value (MD36720
$MA_DRIFT_VALUE).
MD irrelevant to:
Non-position-controlled spindles
Related to:
MD36710 $MA_DRIFT_LIMIT drift limit value for automatic drift compensation
MD36720 $MA_DRIFT_VALUE drift basic value
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
36710
DRIFT_LIMIT
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1.e9
3/3
Description:
0.0
Only for special analog and hydraulic drives (not active with digital
SIMODRIVE611D or PROFIdrive drives):
The magnitude of the drift additional value calculated during automatic drift
compensation can be limited by MD36710 $MA_DRIFT_LIMIT.
If the drift additional value exceeds the limit value entered in MD36710
$MA_DRIFT_LIMIT, alarm 25070 "Drift value too large" is output, and the drift
additional value is limited to this value.
MD irrelevant to:
MD36700 $MA_DRIFT_ENABLE = 0
36720
DRIFT_VALUE
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1e15
2/2
Description:
0.0
-1e15
Only for special analog and hydraulic drives (not with digital SIMODRIVE611D
drives - digital drives do not have a drift):
The value entered in MD36720 $MA_DRIFT_VALUE is always added as an offset to
the manipulated variable. Whereas automatic drift compensation is active only
for position-controlled axes, this machine data is always active.
Special case: the following applies to PROFIdrive drives:
This MD can also be used for "simple" drives that have drift problems due to
drive-internal implementation as analog drives. To avoid erroneous settings,
this static drift compensation only becomes active with PROFIdrive, if
$MA_RATED_OUTVAL != 0 (i.e. the MD has no effect in the case of automatic
interface adjustment between the NC and the drive).
Note:
Drift compensation must not be active if the DSC function (MD32640
$MA_STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE=1) is used, as otherwise unexpected speed
oscillations will occur when DSC is enabled/disabled.
Standardization: the input value is related to the corresponding interface
standardization in
MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL,
MD32260 $MA_RATED_VELO and
MD36210 $MA_CTRLOUT_LIMIT.
441
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
36730
DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING
A10
B3
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
MD36730 $MA_DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING = 1 activates the acquisition of the following drive actual values:
For SIMODRIVE611D or PROFIdrive:
$AA_LOAD
Drive load
$AA_CURR
Smoothed current setpoint (q-axis current) of drive
MD36730 $MA_DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING = 2 activates the acquisition of the following drive actual values:
With PROFIdrive, it must be ensured that the stated values are also transmitted in the drive actual message frame (provide sufficient message frame
length on the bus, assign the values to the message frame contents in the
drive, e.g. use message frame 116).
AA_OFF_MODE
A10
2.4,5.3,6.2
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
442
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
2.4.7
FIXED_STOP_MODE
A10, -
BYTE
PowerOn
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
This machine data defines how the function "Travel to fixed stop" can be
started.
0:
Travel to fixed stop not available.
1:
Travel to fixed stop can be started only from the NC program with the
command FXS[x]=1.
37002
FIXED_STOP_CONTROL
A10
F1
BYTE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
443
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37010
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF
A10
DOUBLE
PowerOn
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
5.0
0.0
100.0
2/2
802d-ng2
5.0
0.0
100.0
2/2
802d-ng3
5.0
0.0
100.0
2/2
802d-tm1
5.0
0.0
100.0
0/0
802d-tm2
5.0
0.0
100.0
2/2
802d-tm3
5.0
0.0
100.0
2/2
The clamping torque is set in this machine data as a % of the maximum motor
torque (in the case of FDD this corresponds to the % of the max. current setpoint).
The clamping torque becomes active as soon as the fixed stop is reached or
the NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0001.1 (Acknowledge fixed stop reached) has
been set.
The entered value is a default and is active only as long as
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_RAMP_TIME
A10
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
802d-cu3
0.0
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0
1/1
802d-ng3
0.0
1/1
802d-tm1
0.0
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0
2/2
802d-tm3
0.0
2/2
Description:
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_FACTOR
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
Description:
444
802d-cu3
1.0
2/2
802d-ng2
1.0
1/1
802d-ng3
1.0
1/1
802d-tm1
1.0
0/0
802d-tm2
1.0
2/2
802d-tm3
1.0
2/2
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37020
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF
A05, A10
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
1.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
802d-ng2
1.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
802d-ng3
1.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
802d-tm1
1.0
0.0
1.0e15
0/0
802d-tm2
1.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
802d-tm3
1.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
This machine data is used to enter the default for the standstill monitoring
window at fixed stop.
Fixed stop monitoring becomes active as soon as the fixed stop is reached,
i.e. NC/PLC interface signal V390x 0002.5 (Fixed stop reached) is set.
If the position at which the fixed stop is detected is left by more than the
tolerance specified in MD37020 $MA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF alarm 20093 "Fixed
stop monitoring has responded" is output and the "FXS" function is deselected.
The value entered is a default setting and is active only as long as
FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD
A10, -
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
Description:
802d-cu3
2.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
802d-ng2
2.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
802d-ng3
2.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
802d-tm1
2.0
0.0
1.0e15
0/0
802d-tm2
2.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
802d-tm3
2.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
445
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37040
FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR
A10
BYTE
Immediately
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
This machine data defines how the criterion "Fixed stop reached" is determined.
A change of this machine data becomes active with the next selection of
travel to fixed stop.
MD=0
The criterion "Fixed stop reached" is determined internally on the basis
of the axial FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD.
MD=1
The criterion "Fixed stop reached" is determined via an external sensor
and signalled to the NC via the NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0001.2 (Sensor fixed stop).
MD=2
The criterion "Fixed stop reached" is accepted if either the contour monitoring (MD = 0) or the signal of the external sensor (MD = 1) has
responded.
Related to:
MD37030 $MA_FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD
(threshold for fixed stop detection)
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0001.2 (Sensor fixed stop)
37050
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK
A05, A10
BYTE
NEW CONF
Description:
446
802d-cu3
15
2/2
802d-ng2
15
2/2
802d-ng3
15
2/2
802d-tm1
15
0/0
802d-tm2
15
2/2
802d-tm3
15
2/2
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37052
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_REACTION
A05, A10
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
Behavior of VDI signal "Mode group ready" in case of fixed stop alarms:
Bit value = 0: "Mode group ready" will be deleted (drives de-energized)
Bit value = 1: "Mode group ready" remains active
Bit0: Alarm 20090 Travel to fixed stop not possible
Bit1: Alarm 20091 Fixed stop not reached
Bit2: Alarm 20092 Travel to fixed stop still active
Bit3: Alarm 20093 Standstill monitoring at fixed stop has triggered
Bit4: Alarm 20094 Travel to fixed stop aborted
All other bits without meaning.
Standard: 0 = All alarms de-energize the drives
37060
FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK
A10
BYTE
PowerOn
802d-cu3
2/2
802d-ng2
2/2
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
2/2
802d-tm3
2/2
CTEQ
Description:
This machine data defines whether or not the NC waits for acknowledgement
messages from the PLC when the "Travel to fixed stop" function is active.
Bit 0 = 0
Once the NC has transmitted interface signal V390x 0002.4 (Activate travel
to fixed stop) to the PLC, it starts the programmed traversing.
Bit 0 = 1
After the NC has transmitted interface signal V390x 0002.4 (Activate
travel to fixed stop) to the PLC, it waits for the PLC to acknowledge with
interface signal V380x 0003.1 (Enable travel to fixed stop) and then
starts the programmed traversing.
Bit 0 should be set to 1 for analog drives so that the motion is not
started before the PLC has limited the torque in the drive.
Bit 1 = 0
Once the NC has transmitted the interface signal V390x 0002.5 (Fixed stop
reached) to the PLC, the program advances to the next block..
Bit 1 = 1
After the NC has transmitted the interface signal V390x 0002.5 (Fixed stop
reached) to the PLC, it waits for the PLC to acknowledge with interface
signal V380x 0001.1 (Acknowledge fixed stop reached), outputs the programmed torque and then advances to the next block.
Bit 1 should be set for analog drives so that the PLC can switch the drive
to torque-controlled operation if a programmable clamping torque has to be
specified.
447
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
With digital drives (SIMODRIVE611D, PROFIdrive), the "Travel to fixed
stop" function can be executed without any acknowledgements, thus allowing
program run times to be reduced.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 0002.4 (Activate travel to fixed stop)
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0003.1 (Enable travel to fixed stop)
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 0002.5 (Fixed stop reached)
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 0001.1 (Acknowledge fixed stop reached)
37070
FIXED_STOP_ANA_TORQUE
A10
DOUBLE
PowerOn
100.0
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
5.0
0.0
there are no step changes in torque during switchover from speed-controlled to current-controlled or torque-controlled operation,
FOC_ACTIVATION_MODE
A10
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
448
The initial setting of the modal torque/force limitation is set with this MD
after reset and PowerOn:
Bit 0: Response after PowerON
= 0 : FOCOF
= 1 : FOCON (modal)
Bit 1: Response after reset
= 0 : FOCOF
= 1 : FOCON (modal)
Default setting: FOCOF after reset and PowerOn
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37100
GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE
A01, A10
G1,TE1,Z3
BYTE
PowerOn
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
33
2/2
802d-ng2
33
-1/2
802d-ng3
33
-1/2
802d-tm1
33
-1/2
802d-tm2
33
2/2
802d-tm3
33
2/2
GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING
A05, A10
G1,Z3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
Description:
802d-cu3
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
802d-ng3
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
802d-tm1
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
802d-tm2
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
802d-tm3
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
Value > 0
With gantry axes, the difference between the position actual values of the
leading and synchronized axes is constantly monitored.
449
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
MD37110 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING is used to define a limit value for the
position actual value difference; when the limit is exceeded, warning
10652 "Warning limit exceeded" is output. However, the gantry axes are not
stopped internally in the control. The warning threshold must therefore be
selected so that the machine can withstand the position actual value deviation between the gantry axes without sustaining mechanical damage.
Furthermore, the NC/PLC interface signal V390x 5005.3 (Gantry warning
limit exceeded) to the PLC is set to "1". The PLC user program can thus
initiate the necessary measures (e.g. program interruption at block end)
when the warning limit is exceeded.
As soon as the current position actual value difference has dropped below
the warning limit again, the message is canceled and the interface signal
"Gantry warning limit exceeded" is reset.
Effect of the gantry warning limit on the gantry synchronization process:
The position actual value difference between the leading and synchronized
axes is determined during gantry synchronization. If the deviation is less
than the gantry warning limit, the synchronizing motion of the gantry axes
is automatically started internally in the control.
Otherwise the synchronizing motion has to be initiated via the PLC interface (interface signal (Gantry-Synchronization run ready to start)).
Otherwise the synchronizing motion has to be initiated via the PLC interface (interface signal V380x 5005.4 (Start gantry synchronization process))
Value = 0
The setting MD37110 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING = 0 deactivates the monitoring for violation of the warning limit.
The gantry synchronization is not initiated internally in the control.
Special cases:
Alarm 10652 "Warning limit exceeded" in response to violation of the gantry warning limit.
Related to:
MD37100 $MA_GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE Gantry axis definition
MD37120 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR Gantry trip limit
MD37130 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
Gantry trip limit during referencing
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 5005.3 (Gantry warning limit exceeded)
NC/PLC interface signal V380x 5005.4 (Start gantry synchronization process)
450
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37120
GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR
A05, A10
G1,Z3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
802d-ng3
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
802d-tm1
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
802d-tm2
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
802d-tm3
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
With gantry axes, the difference between the position actual values of the
leading and synchronized axes is continuously monitored. MD37120
$MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR defines the maximum permissible deviation in position actual value between the synchronized axis and the leading axis in the
gantry axis grouping. Violation of this limit value is monitored only if the
gantry axis grouping is already synchronized (NC/PLC interface signal V390x
5005.5 (Gantry grouping is synchronized) = 1); otherwise the value set in
MD37130 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF is used.
When this limit value is exceeded, alarm 10653 "Error limit exceeded" is output. The gantry axes are immediately stopped internally in the control to
prevent any damage to the machine.
In addition, the NC/PLC interface signal is ... (Gantry-Abschaltgrenze berschritten) an die PLC auf "1" gesetzt.
In addition, the NC/PLC interface signal V390x 5005.2 (Gantry trip limit
exceeded) to the PLC is set to "1".
Special cases:
Alarm 10653 "Error limit exceeded" in response to violation of the gantry
trip limit.
Related to:
MD37100 $MA_GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE Gantry axis definition
MD37110 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING Gantry warning limit
MD37130 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
Gantry trip limit during referencing
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 5005.5 (Gantry grouping is synchronized)
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 5005.2 (Gantry trip limit exceeded)
451
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37130
GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
A05, A10
G1,Z3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
Description:
802d-cu3
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
802d-ng3
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
802d-tm1
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
802d-tm2
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
802d-tm3
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
With gantry axes, the difference between the position actual values of the
leading and synchronized axes is continuously monitored. MD37130
$MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF defines the maximum permissible difference between
the position actual values of the synchronized axis and the leading axis that
is monitored if the gantry axis grouping has not yet been synchronized (NC/
PLC interface signal V390x 5005.5 (Gantry grouping is synchronized) = 0).
Alarm 10653 "Error limit exceeded" is output if the limit value is exceeded.
The gantry axes are immediately stopped internally in the control to prevent
any damage to the machine.
In addition, the NC/PLC interface signal V390x 5005.2 (Gantry trip limit
exceeded) to the PLC is set to "1".
Special cases:
Alarm 10653 "Error limit exceeded" in response to violation of the gantry
trip limit.
Related to:
MD37100 $MA_GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE Gantry axis definition
MD37110 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING Gantry warning limit
MD37120 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR Gantry trip limit
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 5005.5 (Gantry grouping is synchronized)
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 5005.2 (Gantry trip limit exceeded)
37135
GANTRY_ACT_POS_TOL_ERROR
A05, A10
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
Description:
452
802d-cu3
0.0
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0
-1/2
802d-ng3
0.0
-1/2
802d-tm1
0.0
-1/2
802d-tm2
0.0
2/2
802d-tm3
0.0
2/2
Actual value difference between master axis and slave axis in the case of
alarm 10653.
Leads to alarm 10657 after Power ON.
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37140
GANTRY_BREAK_UP
G1,Z3
BOOLEAN
Reset
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
FALSE
2/2
802d-ng2
FALSE
-1/2
802d-ng3
FALSE
-1/2
802d-tm1
FALSE
-1/2
802d-tm2
FALSE
2/2
802d-tm3
FALSE
2/2
GANTRY_BREAK_UP = "0"
The forced coupling of the gantry axis grouping remains valid. Monitoring of
violation of the gantry warning or trip limit is active.
GANTRY_BREAK_UP = "1"
This invalidates the forced coupling of the gantry grouping, thus allowing
all gantry axes in this grouping to be traversed individually in manual mode.
The monitoring for violation of the gantry warning or trip limit is deactivated. The NC/PLC interface signal "Gantry grouping is synchronized" is set
to "0".
Notice:
In cases where the gantry axes are still mechanically coupled, the machine
may sustain damage in this operating state when the leading or synchronized axis is traversed.
The gantry axes cannot be referenced individually.
Related to:
MD37100 $MA_GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE Gantry axis definition
MD37110 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING Gantry warning limit
MD37130 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
Gantry trip limit during referencing
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 5005.5 (Gantry grouping is synchronized)
NC/PLC interface signal V390x 5005.2 (Gantry trip limit exceeded)
37150
GANTRY_FUNCTION_MASK
A10
G1
Gantry functions
DWORD
Reset
Description:
802d-cu3
0x00
0x3
2/2
802d-ng2
0x00
0x3
-1/2
802d-ng3
0x00
0x3
-1/2
802d-tm1
0x00
0x3
-1/2
802d-tm2
0x00
0x3
2/2
802d-tm3
0x00
0x3
2/2
453
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
Bit 0 == 1:
Extended monitoring of the actual value difference is active.
An offset between master and slave axes occurring in the tracking or
BREAK_UP is taken into account in the monitoring of the actual value difference.
Prerequisite: The gantry grouping must be re-referenced or re-synchronized
after starting of the control.
Alarm 10657 is output if alarm 10563 occurs before Power OFF.
Bit 1 == 0:
Zero mark search direction of the slave axis analogous to MD 34010
Bit 1 == 1:
Zero mark search direction of the slave axis same as for master axis
37240
COUP_SYNC_DELAY_TIME
A05, A10
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
60, 30
Synchronous spindle coupling: delay time - monitors the time taken to reach
actual value synchronism after reaching setpoint synchronism.
MD37240 $MA_COUP_SYNC_DELAY_TIME[0]: time to reach 'Synchronism fine'
MD37240 $MA_COUP_SYNC_DELAY_TIME[1]: time to reach 'Synchronism coarse'
If the value "0" is entered, the relevant monitoring is inactive
Related to:
MD 37200 $MA_COUPLE_POS_TOL_COARSE
MD 37210 $MA_COUPLE_POS_TOL_FINE
MD 37220 $MA_COUPLE_VELO_TOL_COARSE
MD 37230 $MA_COUPLE_VELO_TOL_FINE
37250
MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD
A10
TE3
DWORD
PowerOn
31
0/0
Description:
454
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37252
MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR
A10
TE3
DWORD
PowerOn
31
0/0
Description:
A torque control between the master and the slave axes is configured by stating the machine axis number of the master axis belonging to the slave.
A homogenous torque control is achieved by using the torque compensatory controller.
In order to do this, the controller has to know the actual torque values of
the drives involved (these are available by default with SIMODRIVE611D, with
PROFIdrive, the message frame used must include and transfer these values,
e.g. use message frame 116).
With default setting = 0, the same master axis is used for torque control as
for speed setpoint coupling MD37250 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD.
Related to:
MD37250 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD
MD37254 $MA_MS_TORQUE_CTRL_MODE
MD37256 $MA_MS_TORQUE_CTRL_P_GAIN
MD37258 $MA_MS_TORQUE_CTRL_I_TIME
MD37268 $MA_MS_TORQUE_WEIGHT_SLAVE
37253
MS_FUNCTION_MASK
A10
TE3
Master/slave settings
DWORD
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
0x0
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_MODE
A10
TE3
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
Description:
455
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37255
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_ACTIVATION
A10
TE3
BYTE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_P_GAIN
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
0/0
Description:
0.0
0.0
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_I_TIME
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
0/0
Description:
456
0.0
0.0
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37260
MS_MAX_CTRL_VELO
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
0/0
Description:
100.0
0.0
MS_COUPLING_ALWAYS_ACTIVE
A10
TE3
BYTE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
MS_SPIND_COUPLING_MODE
A10
TE3
BYTE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
457
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37264
MS_TENSION_TORQUE
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
Immediately
100.0
0/0
Description:
0.0
-100.0
A constant tension torque between the master and the slave axis can be
entered as a percentage of the rated drive torque of the slave axis.
Use of a tension torque requires an active torque compensatory controller
(compare MD37255 $MA_MS_TORQUE_CTRL_ACTIVATION).
Related to:
MD37252 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR
MD37266 $MA_MS_TENSION_TORQ_FILTER_TIME
MD37255 $MA_MS_TORQUE_CTRL_ACTIVATION
37266
MS_TENSION_TORQ_FILTER_TIME
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
0/0
Description:
0.0
0.0
The tension torque between the master and slave axes can be activated via a
PT1 filter. Any change of MD37264 $MA_MS_TENSION_TORQUE is then travelled out
with the time constant of the filter.
As default, the filter is inactive; any torque change becomes active unfiltered.
Related to:
MD37264 $MA_MS_TENSION_TORQUE
37268
MS_TORQUE_WEIGHT_SLAVE
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
0/0
Description:
50.0
1.0
The torque share that the slave axis contributes to the total torque can be
configured via the weighting. This enables different torque shares to be
implemented between the master and slave axes.
In the case of motors with the same rated torque, a 50% to 50% torque sharing
is suggested.
The torque share of the master axis results implicitly from 100% - MD37268.
Related to:
MD37252 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR
MD37266 $MA_MS_TENSION_TORQ_FILTER_TIME
37270
MS_VELO_TOL_COARSE
A10
TE3,Z3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
458
5.0
Tolerance window, coarse, for the differential speed between the master and
the slave.
If the speed difference is within the tolerance window, the NC/PLC interface
signal (Master/ Slave Ausgleichr. aktiv) gesetzt.
If the speed difference is within the tolerance window, the NC/PLC interface
signal V390x 5000.4 (Master-Slave compensatory controller active) is set.
The tolerance value is entered as a percentage of MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO.
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37272
MS_VELO_TOL_FINE
A10
TE3,Z3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
1.0
Tolerance window, fine, for the differential speed between the master and the
slave.
If the speed difference is within the tolerance window, the NC/PLC interface
signal (Master/Slave grob) gesetzt.
If the speed difference is within the tolerance window, the NC/PLC interface
signal V390x 5000.3 (Master/Slave coarse) is set.
The tolerance value is entered as a percentage of MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO.
37274
MS_MOTION_DIR_REVERSE
A10
BYTE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
EPS_TLIFT_TANG_STEP
A10
T3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
5.0
2/2
802d-ng2
5.0
0/0
802d-ng3
5.0
2/2
802d-tm1
5.0
0/0
802d-tm2
5.0
0/0
802d-tm3
5.0
2/2
If TLIFT has been programmed and the axis is tracked tangentially, a step of
the position setpoint larger than MD37400 $MA_EPS_TLIFT_TANG_STEP causes an
intermediate block to be inserted. The intermediate block traverses the axis
to the position corresponding to the start tangent in the next block.
MD irrelevant if: TLIFT not activated
Related to:
TLIFT instruction
459
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37402
TANG_OFFSET
A10
T3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
CTEQ
Description:
802d-cu3
0.0
2/2
802d-ng2
0.0
0/0
802d-ng3
0.0
2/2
802d-tm1
0.0
0/0
802d-tm2
0.0
0/0
802d-tm3
0.0
2/2
Default offset (angle), which the tracked axis forms with the tangent. The
angle acts in addition to the angle programmed in the TANGON block.
MD irrelevant if tangential tracking not active.
Related to:
TANGON instruction
37500
ESR_REACTION
M3,P2
BYTE
NEW CONF
22
0/0
CTEQ
Description:
AX_ESR_DELAY_TIME1
P2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
0.0
If, for example, an alarm occurs, the deceleration time can be delayed by
means of this MD, e.g. to allow in case of gear hobbing the retraction from
the tooth gap first.
37511
AX_ESR_DELAY_TIME2
P2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
CTEQ
Description:
460
0.0
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
37600
PROFIBUS_ACTVAL_LEAD_TIME
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.032
0/0
Description:
0.000125
0.0
PROFIBUS_OUTVAL_DELAY_TIME
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.032
0/0
Description:
0.003
0.0
PROFIBUS_CTRL_CONFIG
EXP, A01
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
461
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
2 =
Combination of MD=0 (preset by VDI) and MD=1 (internally preset):
MD=2 acts as MD=1, as long as there are no VDI control bits from the PLC,
i.e. if the VDI control bits "Parameter set bit0/1" are both reset (0).
MD=2 acts as MD=0, if the VDI control bits "Parameter set bit0/1" are set
both or individually (!=0). In this case, the VDI control bits are transferred directly to the drive (priority of VDI signals higher than that of
internally created signals).
37620
PROFIBUS_TORQUE_RED_RESOL
EXP, A01
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
10.0
2/2
Description:
1.0
0.005
OEM_AXIS_INFO
A01, A11
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
462
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
2.4.8
MM_ENC_COMP_MAX_POINTS
K3
DWORD
PowerOn
5000
7/0
Description:
125
463
Machine data
2.4 Axis-specific machine data
464
NC setting data
3.1
Setting data
Number
Unit
Attributes
System
Description:
3.1.1
Default value
Minimum value
Reference
Active
Maximum value
Protection
DOUBLE
H1
Immediately
7/7
0.
This setting data defines the number of increments when variable increment
(INCvar) is selected. This increment size is traversed by the axis in JOG
mode each time the traverse key is pressed or the handwheel is turned one
detent position and variable increment is selected (PLC interface signal
"Active machine function: INC variable" for machine or geometry axes is set
to 1).
Note:
Please note that the increment size is active for incremental jogging and
handwheel jogging. So, if a large increment value is entered and the handwheel is turned, the axis might cover a large distance (depends on setting
in MD31090 $MA_JOG_INCR_WEIGHT).
SD irrelevant to ......
JOG continuous
Related to ....
NC/PLC interface signal V3300 1001.5,1005.5,1009.5 (Geometry axis 1-3
active machine function: INC variable) or NC/PLC interface signal V390x
0005.5 (Active machine function: INC variable)
MD31090 $MA_JOG_INCR_WEIGHT (weighting of an increment for INC/handwheel)
41050
-
Description:
Dimension
Display filters
Data type
Description
41010
Description:
Identifier
Name
JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD
Jog mode / continuous operation with continuous JOG
BOOLEAN
H1
Immediately
1/1
TRUE
1:
465
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
SD irrelevant for ......
Incremental jogging (JOG INC)
Reference point approach (JOG REF)
41100
802d-cu3
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
Description:
466
JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE
JOG mode: (1) revolutional feedrate / (0) feedrate
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
1/1
1/1
7/7
7/7
7/7
0x0E
0x0E
0x0E
0x0E
0x0E
0x0E
Bit 0 = 0:
The behavior depends on the following:
- in the case of an axis/spindle:
on the axial SD43300 $SA_ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
- in the case of a geometry axis with an active frame with rotation:
on the channel-specific SD42600 $SC_JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
- in the case of an orientation axis:
on the channel-specific SD42600 $SC_JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
Bit 0 = 1:
A JOG motion with revolutional feedrate shall be traversed depending on
the master spindle.
The following must be considered:
- If a spindle is the master spindle itself, it will be traversed without
revolutional feedrate.
- If the master spindle is in stop position and if SD43300
$SA_ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE (with an axis/spindle) or SD42600
$SC_JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE (with a geometry axis with an active frame
with rotation, or with an orientation axis) = -3, traversing will be carried out without revolutional feedrate.
Bit 1 = 0:
The axis/spindle, geometry axis or orientation axis will be traversed with
revolutional feedrate even during rapid traverse (see bit 0 for selection).
Bit 1 = 1:
The axis/spindle, geometry axis or orientation axis is always traversed
without revolutional feedback during rapid traverse.
Bit 2 = 0:
The axis/spindle, geometry axis or orientation axis is traversed with revolutional feedrate during JOG handwheel travel, too (see bit 0 for selection).
Bit 2 = 1:
The axis/spindle, geometry axis or orientation axis is always traversed
without revolutional feedrate during JOG handwheel travel.
Bit 3 = 0:
The axis/spindle is traversed with revolutional feedrate during DRF handwheel travel, too (see bit 0 for selection).
Bit 3 = 1:
The axis/spindle is always traversed without revolutional feedrate during
DRF handwheel travel.
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
41110
mm/min
Description:
0.0
DOUBLE
H1
Immediately
7/7
continuous jogging
Description:
JOG_SET_VELO
Axis velocity in JOG
JOG_REV_SET_VELO
Revolutional feedrate of axes in JOG mode
DOUBLE
H1
Immediately
7/7
1/1
1/1
7/7
7/7
7/7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
continuous jogging
handwheel traversing. The value entered is valid for all axes and must
not exceed the maximum permissible axis velocity (MD32000
$MA_MAX_AX_VELO).
Value = 0:
If 0 has been entered in the setting data, the active revolutional feedrate
in JOG mode is MD32050 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO "revolutional feedrate with JOG".
Each axis can be given its own revolutional feedrate with this MD (axial MD).
SD irrelevant for ......
467
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
41130
rev/min
Description:
468
DOUBLE
H1
Immediately
7/7
0.0
continuous jogging
Description:
JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO
Axis velocity for rotary axes in JOG mode
JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO
Speed for spindle JOG mode
-
0.0
DOUBLE
H1
Immediately
7/7
continuous jogging
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
41300
802d-cu3
CEC_TABLE_ENABLE
Compensation table enable
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
K3
Immediately
3/3
3/3
3/3
-1/7
3/3
3/3
1:
The associated compensation tables in the NC user memory have been loaded
and enabled (SD41300 $SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLEt] = 1)
469
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
41310
802d-cu3
CEC_TABLE_WEIGHT
Weighting factor compensation table
DOUBLE
K3
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
3/3
802d-ng3
3/3
802d-tm1
-1/7
802d-tm2
3/3
802d-tm3
3/3
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1 .0,1.0,1.0...
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1 .0,1.0,1.0...
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1 .0,1.0,1.0...
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1 .0,1.0,1.0...
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1 .0,1.0,1.0...
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1 .0,1.0,1.0...
The compensation value stored in the table [t] is multiplied by the weighting
factor.
When selecting the weighting factor it should be ensured that the total compensation value in the compensation axis does not exceed the maximal value of
(MD18342 $MN_CEC_MAX_SUM). With [t] = index of the compensation table (see
MD18342 $MN_MM_CEC_MAX_POINTS)
If, for example, the weight of the tools used on the machine or the workpieces to be machined are too different and this affects the error curve by
changing the amplitude, this can be corrected by changing the weighting factor. In the case of sag compensation, the weighting factor in the table can
be changed for specific tools or workpieces from the PLC user program or the
NC program by overwriting the setting data. However, different compensation
tables are to be used if the course of the error curve is substantially
changed by the different weights.
Related to ....
SD41300 $SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE[t] Evaluation of the sag compensation table
t is enabled
MD18342 $MN_CEC_MAX_SUM
Maximum compensation value for sag compensation
41500
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1
mm/inch, degrees Trigger points at falling cam 1-8
802d-cu3
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
802d-ng2
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
802d-ng3
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
802d-tm1
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
802d-tm2
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
802d-tm3
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
Description:
470
DOUBLE
N3
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
-1/7
-1/7
-1/7
The cam positions of minus cams 1 - 8 are entered in this machine data.
The positions are entered in the machine coordinate system.
Index [n] of the setting data addresses the cam pair:
n = 0, 1, ... , 7 corresponds to cam pair 1, 2, ... , 8
When the set switching points are overtraveled in the positive axis direction, the associated "minus" cam signals in the PLC interface ( and any
applied fast output signals ) switch from 1 to 0.
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
41501
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1
mm/inch, degrees Trigger points at rising cam edge 1-8
802d-cu3
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
802d-ng2
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
802d-ng3
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
802d-tm1
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
802d-tm2
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
802d-tm3
8
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
Description:
Description:
DOUBLE
N3
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
-1/7
-1/7
-1/7
The cam positions of plus cams 1 - 8 are entered in this machine data.
The positions are entered in the machine coordinate system.
Index [n] of the setting data addresses the cam pair:
n = 0, 1, ... , 7 corresponds to cam pair 1, 2, ... , 8
When the set switching points are overtraveled in the positive axis direction, the associated "plus" cam signals in the PLC interface ( and any
applied fast output signals ) switch from 0 to 1.
41520
s
802d-cu3
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_1
Rate time for '-' trigger points of cams 1-8
DOUBLE
N3
Immediately
7/7
802d-ng2
7/7
802d-ng3
7/7
802d-tm1
-1/7
802d-tm2
-1/7
802d-tm3
-1/7
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
A lead or delay time can be assigned to each cam 1-8 in this setting data to
compensate for delay times.
The switching edge of the associated cam signal is advanced or delayed by the
time value entered.
Positive value:
Lead time
Negative value:
Delay time
Index [n] of the setting data addresses the cam pair:
n = 0, 1, ... , 7 corresponds to cam pair 1, 2, ... , 8
This setting data is added to MD: MD10460 $MN_SW_CAM_MINUS_LEAD_TIME[n].
Related to ....
MD10460 $MN_SW_CAM_MINUS_LEAD_TIME[n] (lead or delay time on minus cams 1
- 16)
471
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
41521
s
802d-cu3
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_1
Rate time for '+' trigger points of cams 1-8
DOUBLE
N3
Immediately
7/7
802d-ng2
7/7
802d-ng3
7/7
802d-tm1
-1/7
802d-tm2
-1/7
802d-tm3
-1/7
A lead or delay time can be assigned to each plus cam 1-8 in this setting
data to compensate for delay times.
The switching edge of the associated cam signal is advanced or delayed by the
time value entered.
Positive value:
Lead time
Negative value:
Delay time
Index [n] of the setting data addresses the cam pair:
n = 0, 1, ... , 7 corresponds to cam pair 1, 2, ... , 8
This setting data is added to MD10461 $MN_SW_CAM_PLUS_LEAD_TIME[n].
Related to ....
MD10461 $MN_SW_CAM_PLUS_LEAD_TIME[n] (lead or delay time on plus cams 1 16)
41600
-
Description:
472
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1
Threshold value of the 1st comparator
DOUBLE
A4
Immediately
-1/7
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
41601
Description:
3.1.2
Description:
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2
Threshold value of the 2nd comparator
DOUBLE
A4
Immediately
-1/7
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
THREAD_START_ANGLE
Starting angle for thread
DOUBLE
K1
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
0/0
802d-ng3
0/0
802d-tm1
3/3
802d-tm2
3/3
802d-tm3
3/3
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
In the case of multiple thread cutting, the offset of the individual threads
can be programmed with the aid of this setting data.
This SD can be changed by the part program with the command SF.
Note:
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB can be be set so that the value written
by the part program is transferred to the active file system on reset
(that is the value is retained after reset.)
473
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
42010
mm
802d-cu3
THREAD_RAMP_DISP
Acceleration behavior of axis when thread cutting
DOUBLE
V1
Immediately
-1.
999999.
3/3
802d-ng2
-1.
999999.
0/0
802d-ng3
-1.
999999.
0/0
802d-tm1
-1.
999999.
3/3
802d-tm2
-1.
999999.
3/3
802d-tm3
-1.
999999.
3/3
Description:
474
DRY_RUN_FEED
Dry run feedrate
DOUBLE
V1
Immediately
7/7
5000.,5000.,5000.,5000 .,5000.,5000....
The feedrate for the active dry run is entered in this setting data. The setting data can be altered on the operator panel in the "Parameters" operating
area.
The entered dry run feedrate is always interpreted as a linear feed (G94). If
the dry run feedrate is activated via the PLC interface, the dry run feedrate
is used as the path feed after a reset instead of the programmed feed. The
programmed velocity is used for traversing if it is greater than the velocity
stored here.
Application example(s)
Program testing
Related to ....
NC/PLC interface signal V3200 0000.6 (Activate dry run feedrate)
NC/PLC interface signal V1700 0000.6 (Dry run feedrate selected)
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
42101
Description:
V1
Immediately
12
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
DEFAULT_FEED
Path feed default value
DOUBLE
V1,FBFA
Immediately
7/7
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
Default value for path feedrate, This setting data is evaluated when the part
program starts taking into account the feedrate type active at this time (see
MD20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES and MD20154 $MC_EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES).
42120
mm/min
-
Description:
BYTE
This SD can be used to set the method of operation of the dry run velocity
set by SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED.
The following values are possible:
0:
The maximum of SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED and the programmed velocity become
active. This is the standard setting and corresponds to the behavior up to
SW 5.
1:
The minimum of SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED and the programmed velocity become
active.
2:
SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED becomes active directly, irrespective of the programmed velocity.
The values 3...9 are reserved for extensions.
10:
As configuration 0, except for thread cutting (G33, G34, G35) and tapping
(G331, G332, G63). These functions are executed as programmed.
11:
As configuration 1, except for thread cutting (G33, G34, G35) and tapping
(G331, G332, G63). These functions are executed as programmed.
12:
As configuration 2, except for thread cutting (G33, G34, G35) and tapping
(G331, G332, G63). These functions are executed as programmed.
42110
mm/min
-
Description:
DRY_RUN_FEED_MODE
Mode for dry run velocity
APPROACH_FEED
Path feedrate in approach blocks
DOUBLE
Immediately
2/2
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
Default value for path feedrate in approach blocks (after repos., block
search, SERUPRO etc).
The contents of this settting data are only used when it is non-zero.
It is evaluated like an F word programmed for G94.
475
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
42122
OVR_RAPID_FACTOR
DOUBLE
$MN_OVR_FACTO
R_RAPID_TRA,$A
C_OVR
Immediately
7/7
Description:
Additional channel-specific rapid traverse override in %. The value is calculated to the path depending on OPI variable enablOvrRapidFactor. The value
multiplies the other rapid traverse overrides (rapid traverse override of the
machine control panel, override default through synchronized actions
$AC_OVR).
42125
-
Description:
476
100.,100.,100.,100.,100 .,100.,100....
SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK
Ssynchronization in approach blocks
DWORD
Immediately
1/1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
A synchronized approach can be set for the search type SERUPRO with the setting data SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK.
SERUPRO uses the function REPOS to move from the current machine position to
the target block of the search. A synchronization of the channels can be
forced between the reapproach block and the target block via
SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK which would correspond to the use of wait markers.
Note:
The user cannot program wait markers between reapproach block and target
block in a part program.
SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK activates this intermal wait marker, and defines for which
other channels this channel is to wait.
Example for channel 3:
$SC_SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK= 0x55
A new block is now inserted in the Serupro approach between the reapproach
block and the target block, the function of which corresponds to the following programming: WAITM( 101, 1,3,5,7), i.e. a wait mark synchronizes the
channels 1, 3, 5 and 7.
The wait marks used internally cannot be explicitly programmed by the user.
NOTICE:
Similarly to the part program, the user can make the error of not setting the
mark in a channel, so that the other channels naturally wait for ever!
Comment: The bit mask can contain a channel that does not exist (channel
gaps) without a
deadlock occurring.
Example for channel 3:
$SC_SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK= 0x55 and channel 5 do not
exist, so WAITM( 101, 1,3,7) is set.
Note: The block content corresponds to "WAITM( 101, 1,3,5,7)", the user does
not see this block content, he sees REPOSA!
Note:
SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK is evaluated as soon as the part program command REPOSA
is interpreted.
SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK can still be changed if SERUPRO is in the state "search
target found".
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
If REPOSA has already been executed, a change to SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK can only
become active if a new REPOS is set. This occurs, for example, by:
STOP-JOG-AUTO-START
Description:
42140
802d-cu3
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P
Default scaling factor for address P
DWORD
FBFA
Immediately
7/7
802d-ng2
-1/7
802d-ng3
-1/7
802d-tm1
7/7
802d-tm2
7/7
802d-tm3
7/7
The value in this machine data is active if no scaling factor P has been programmed in the block.
Related to:
WEIGHTING_FACTOR_FOR_SCALE
42150
-
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 ,1,1,1
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 ,1,1,1
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 ,1,1,1
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 ,1,1,1
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 ,1,1,1
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 ,1,1,1
DEFAULT_ROT_FACTOR_R
Default rotation factor for address R
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
The value in this machine data is active if no factor for rotation R is programmed in the block.
477
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
Description:
42160
802d-cu3
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_F9
Fixed feedrates F1 - F9
802d-ng2
10
802d-ng3
10
802d-tm1
10
802d-tm2
10
802d-tm3
10
478
FBFA
Immediately
7/7
-1/7
-1/7
7/7
7/7
7/7
Fixed feedrate values for programming with F1 - F9. If the machine data
$MC_FEEDRATE_F1_F9_ON = TRUE is set with the programming of F1 - F9, the feedrate values are read from SD42160 $SC_EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_F9[0] $SC_EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_F9[8], and activated as the machining feedrate.
The rapid traverse feedrate must be entered in SD42160
$SC_EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_F9[0].
42162
802d-cu3
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST
Double turret head tool distance
DOUBLE
FBFA
Immediately
7/7
802d-ng2
-1/7
802d-ng3
-1/7
802d-tm1
7/7
802d-tm2
7/7
802d-tm3
7/7
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
Description:
10
DOUBLE
SINGLEBLOCK2_STOPRE
Activate SBL2 debug mode
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
BA
Immediately
7/7
Value = TRUE:
A preprocessing stop is made with every block if SBL2 (single block with stop
after every block) is active. This suppresses the premachining of part program blocks. This variant of the SBL2 is not true-to-contour.
This means that a different contour characteristic might be generated as a
result of the preprocessing stop than without single block or with SBL1.
Application: Debug mode for testing part programs.
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
Description:
42400
s
802d-cu3
PUNCH_DWELLTIME
Dwell time for punching and nibbling
DOUBLE
N4
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
3/3
802d-ng3
3/3
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
0/0
1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
1.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
This data sets the dwell time between reaching the position and triggering
the stroke.
The set value is rounded to an integer multiple of the interpolation cycle.
(This means that the value set here can only differ slightly from that which
is actually executed.)
Note:
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB can be set so that the value written by
the part program is transferred into the active file system on reset (i.e.
the value is retained even after the reset).
42402
s
802d-cu3
NIBPUNCH_PRE_START_TIME
Delay time (punch/nibble) with G603
DOUBLE
N4
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
3/3
802d-ng3
3/3
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
0/0
.02,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
.02,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
.02,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
.02,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
.02,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
.02,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
479
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
42404
s
802d-cu3
MINTIME_BETWEEN_STROKES
Minimum time between 2 strokes in seconds
DOUBLE
N4
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
3/3
802d-ng3
3/3
802d-tm1
0/0
802d-tm2
0/0
802d-tm3
0/0
BOOLEAN
K1,K2
Immediately
7/7
Description:
480
FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
Traversing from zero offset with incr. programming
-
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR UE,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
...
0:
When incremental programming is used on an axis, only the programmed
position delta is traversed after a frame change. Zero offsets in FRAMES are
only traversed when an absolute position is specified.
1:
When incremental programming is used on an axis, changes to zero offsets
are traversed after a frame change (standard response up to software version
3).
Related to ....
SD42442 $SC_TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
42442
-
Description:
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0,0.0...
TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
Traversing from zero offset with incr. programming
-
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR UE,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
...
BOOLEAN
W1,K1
Immediately
7/7
0:
When incremental programming is used on an axis, only the programmed
position delta is traversed after a frame change. Tool length offsets in
FRAMES are only traversed when an absolute position is specified.
1:
When incremental programming is used on an axis, changes to tool length
offsets are traversed after a tool change (standard response up to SW version
3).
Related to ....
SD42440 $SC_FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
42444
-
Description:
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR UE,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
...
BA
Immediately
7/7
42450
mm
802d-cu3
CONTPREC
Contour accuracy
DOUBLE
B1,K6
Immediately
999999.
3/3
802d-ng2
999999.
0/0
802d-ng3
999999.
0/0
802d-tm1
999999.
0/0
802d-tm2
999999.
0/0
802d-tm3
999999.
0/0
0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0 0.000001
.1,0.1,0.1...
0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0 0.000001
.1,0.1,0.1...
0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0 0.000001
.1,0.1,0.1...
0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0 0.000001
.1,0.1,0.1...
0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0 0.000001
.1,0.1,0.1...
0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0 0.000001
.1,0.1,0.1...
Contour accuracy. This setting data can be used to define the accuracy to be
maintained for the path of the geometry axes on curved contours. The lower
the value and the lower the servogain factor of the geometry axes, the
greater the reduction of path feed on curved contours.
Related to ....
MD20470 $MC_CPREC_WITH_FFW
SD42460 $SC_MINFEED
MINFEED
Minimum path feedrate for CPRECON
DOUBLE
B1,K6
Immediately
999999.
0/0
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1 0.000001
.,1.,1.,1....
Minimum path feedrate with the "Contour accuracy" function active. The feedrate is not limited to below this value unless a lower F value has been programmed or the axis dynamics do not permit it.
Related to ....
MD20470 $MC_CPREC_WITH_FFW
SD42450 $SC_CONTPREC
42466
degrees
-
Description:
BOOLEAN
If the first programming of an axis after "Search run with calculation to end
of block" is incremental, the incremental value is added as a function of
SD42444 $SC_TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG to the value accumulated up to the search
target :
SD = TRUE: Incremental value is added to accumulated position
SD = FALSE: Incremental value is added to current actual value
The setting data is evaluated on NC start for output of the action blocks.
42460
mm/min
Description:
TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG
Set down mode after search run with calculation
SMOOTH_ORI_TOL
Maximum deviation of tool orientation during smoothing.
DOUBLE
B1
Immediately
90.
0/0
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0 0.000001
5,0.05,0.05...
This setting data defines the maximum tool orientation tolerance during
smoothing.
481
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
The data determines the maximum permissible
angular displacement of the tool orientation.
This data only applies if an orientation tranformation
is active.
Related to:
MD20480 $MC_SMOOTHING_MODE,
SD42465 $SC_SMOOTH_CONTUR_TOL
Description:
42470
degrees
802d-cu3
CRIT_SPLINE_ANGLE
Corner limit angle for compressor
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
482
0.0
89.0
3/3
0.0
89.0
0/0
0.0
89.0
0/0
0.0
89.0
0/0
0.0
89.0
0/0
0.0
89.0
3/3
COMPRESS_ORI_ROT_TOL
Maximum deviation of tool rotation with compressor
DOUBLE
F2,PGA
Immediately
90.
0/0
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0 0.000001
5,0.05,0.05...
This setting data defines the maximum tolerance in the compressor for turning
the tool orientation. This data defines the maximum permissible angular displacement of the tool rotation.
This data is only active if an orientation transformation is active.
Turning the tool orientation is only possible with 6-axis machines.
42480
-
Description:
36.0,36.0,36.0,36.0,36.
0,36.0,36.0...
36.0,36.0,36.0,36.0,36.
0,36.0,36.0...
36.0,36.0,36.0,36.0,36.
0,36.0,36.0...
36.0,36.0,36.0,36.0,36.
0,36.0,36.0...
36.0,36.0,36.0,36.0,36.
0,36.0,36.0...
36.0,36.0,36.0,36.0,36.
0,36.0,36.0...
W1,PGA
Immediately
The setting data defines the limit angle from which the compressor COMPCAD
interprets a block transition as a corner. Practical values lie between 10
and 40 degrees. Values from 0 to 89 degrees inclusive are permitted.
The angle only serves as an approximate measure for corner detection. The
compressor can also classify flatter block transitions as corners and eliminate larger angles as outliers on account of plausibility considerations.
42477
degrees
-
Description:
DOUBLE
STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE
Alarm response with tool radius compensation and preproc. BOOLEAN
stop
-
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR UE,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
...
W1
Immediately
3/3
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
42490
-
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
W1
Immediately
3/3
FALSE:
If there is a preprocessing stop (either programmed or generated internally
by the control) before the deselection block (G40) when tool radius compensation is active, then firstly the starting point of the deselection block is
approached from the last end point before the preprocessing stop. The deselection block itself is then executed, i.e. the deselection block is usually
replaced by two traversing blocks. Tool radius compensation is no longer
active in these blocks. The behavior is thus identical with that before the
introduction of this setting data.
TRUE:
If there is a preprocessing stop (either programmed or generated internally
by the control) before the deselection block (G40) when tool radius compensation is active, the end point of the deselection point is traversed in a
straight line from the last end point before the preprocessing stop.
42494
-
Description:
CUTCOM_G40_STOPRE
Retraction behavior of tool radius compensation with prep.
stop
CUTCOM_ACT_DEACT_CTRL
Approach & retraction behavior with 2-1/2D tool radius
compens.
DWORD
W1
Immediately
3/3
2222,2222,2222,2222,2 222,2222,2222...
This setting data controls the approach and retraction behavior with tool
radius compensation if the activation or deactivation block does not contain
any traversing information. It is only evaluated with 2-1/2D TRC
(CUT2D or CUT2DF).
The decimal coding is as follows:
N N N N
|
|
|
|____ Approach behavior for tools with tool point direction
|
|
|
(turning tools)
|
|
|______ Approach behavior for tools without tool point direction
|
|
(milling tools)
|
|________ Retract behavior for tools with tool point direction
|
(turning tools)
|__________
Retract behavior for tools without tool point direction
(milling tools)
If the position in question contains a 1, approach or retraction is always
performed, even if G41/G42 or G40 stands alone in a block.
For example:
N100 x10 y0
N110 G41
N120 x20
If a tool radius of 10mm is assumed in the above example, position x10y10 is
approached in block N110.
483
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
If the position in question contains the value 2, the approach or retraction
movement is only performed if at least one geometry axis is programmed in the
activation/deactivation block. To obtain the same results as the above example with this setting, the program must be altered as follows:
N100 x10 y0
N110 G41 x10
N120 x20
If axis information x10 is missing in block N110, activation of TRC is
delayed by one block, i.e. the activation block would now be N120.
If the position in question contains a 3, retraction is not performed in a
deactivation block (G40) if only the geometry axis perpendicular to the compensation plane is programmed. In this case, the motion perpendicular to the
compensation plane is performed first. This is followed by the retraction
motion in the compensation plane. In this case, the block after G40 must contain motion information in the compensation plane. The approach motions for
values 2 and 3 are identical.
If the position in question contains a value other than 1, 2 or 3, i.e. in
particular the value 0, an approach or retraction movement is not performed
in a block that does not contain any traversing information.
About the term "Tools with tool point direction":
These are tools with tool numbers between 400 and 599 (turning and grinding
tools), whose tool point direction has a value between 1 and 8. Turning and
grinding tools with tool point direction 0 or 9 or other undefined values are
treated like milling tools.
Note:
If the value of this setting data is changed within a program, we recommend programming a preprocessing stop (stopre) before the description to
avoid the new value being used in program sections before that point. The
opposite case is not serious, i.e. if the setting data is written, subsequent NC blocks will definitely access the new value.
42496
-
Description:
484
CUTCOM_CLSD_CONT
Tool radius compensation behavior with closed contour
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
Immediately
3/3
FALSE:
If two intersections are created on correction of the inner side of an
(almost) closed contour consisting of two successive circle blocks or a
circle and a linear block, the intersection that lies on the first part
contour nearer to the block end will be selected as per the default behavior.
A contour will be considered as (almost) closed if the distance between
the starting point of the first block and the end point of the second
block is smaller than 10% of the active compensation radius, but not
larger than 1000 path increments (corresponds to 1mm to 3 decimal places).
TRUE:
Under the same condition as described above, the intersection that lies on
the first part contour nearer to block start is selected.
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
Description:
42500
m/s
802d-cu3
SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
maximum path acceleration
DOUBLE
B2
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
1/1
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
3/3
10000.,10000.,10000.,1 1.0e-3
0000.,10000....
10000.,10000.,10000.,1 1.0e-3
0000.,10000....
10000.,10000.,10000.,1 1.0e-3
0000.,10000....
10000.,10000.,10000.,1 1.0e-3
0000.,10000....
10000.,10000.,10000.,1 1.0e-3
0000.,10000....
10000.,10000.,10000.,1 1.0e-3
0000.,10000....
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
Evaluate SD42500 SC_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
B2
Immediately
3/3
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
3/3
485
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
Description:
486
42510
m/s
802d-cu3
SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
maximum path-related jerk as setting data
DOUBLE
B2
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
1/1
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
3/3
100000.,100000.,10000 1.e-9
0.,100000....
100000.,100000.,10000 1.e-9
0.,100000....
100000.,100000.,10000 1.e-9
0.,100000....
100000.,100000.,10000 1.e-9
0.,100000....
100000.,100000.,10000 1.e-9
0.,100000....
100000.,100000.,10000 1.e-9
0.,100000....
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
Evaluate SD42510 SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
B2
Immediately
3/3
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
3/3
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
Description:
Description:
42520
mm
802d-cu3
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_START
Start of feed reduction at G62.
DOUBLE
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
1/1
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
3/3
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
Traverse path distance from which the feed is reduced before the corner with
G62.
42522
mm
802d-cu3
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_END
End of feed reduction at G62.
DOUBLE
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
1/1
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
3/3
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
Traverse path distance up to which the feed remains reduced after a corner
with G62.
42524
%
802d-cu3
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_OVR
Feed override reduction at G62
DOUBLE
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
1/1
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
3/3
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
487
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Description:
Description:
488
42526
degrees
802d-cu3
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_CRIT
Corner detection at G62
DOUBLE
Immediately
3/3
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
1/1
802d-tm1
1/1
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
3/3
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
Angle from which a corner is taken into account when reducing the feed with
G62.
For example SD42526 $SC_CORNER_SLOWDOWN_CRIT = 90 means that all corners of
90 degrees or a more acute angle are traversed slower with G62.
42528
802d-cu3
CUTCOM_DECEL_LIMIT
Feed lowering on circles with tool radius compensation
DOUBLE
Immediately
1.
3/3
802d-ng2
1.
1/1
802d-ng3
1.
1/1
802d-tm1
1.
1/1
802d-tm2
1.
1/1
802d-tm3
1.
3/3
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 0.
.,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 0.
.,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 0.
.,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 0.
.,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 0.
.,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 0.
.,0.,0.,0....
The setting data limits feed lowering of the tool center point on concave
circle segments with tool radius compensation active and CFC or CFIN
selected.
With CFC, the feed is defined at the contour. On concave circular arcs, feed
lowering of the tool center point is created by the ratio of the contour curvature to the tool center point path curvature. The setting data is limiting
this effect, reducing backing off and overheating of the tool.
For contours with varying curvatures, a mid-range curvature is used.
0:
Provides the previous behavior: If the ratio between contour radius and
tool center point path radius is less than or equal to 0.01 the feed is
applied to the tool center point path. Less pronounced feed reductions are
executed.
>0: Feed lowering is limited to the programmed factor. At 0.01, this means
that the feed of the tool center point path is possibly only 1 percent of the
programmed feed value.
1:
On concave contours, the tool center point feed equals the programmed
feed (the behavior then corresponds to CFTCP).
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
42600
Description:
DWORD
V1
Immediately
31
1/1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -3
,0,0,0
The revolutional feedrate in JOG mode for geometry axes on which a frame with
rotation acts.
0=
No revolutional feedrate is active.
>0= Machine axis index of the rotary axis/spindle from which the revolutional feedrate is derived.
-1= The revolutional feedrate is derived from the master spindle of the
channel in which the axis/spindle is active.
-2= The revolutional feedrate is derived from the axis with machine axis
index == 0.
-3= The revolutional feedrate is derived from the master spindle of the
channel in which the axis/spindle is active. No revolutional feedrate is
active if the master spindle is at a standstill.
Related to ....
SD43300: $SA_ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE (revolutional feedrate for position axes/spindles)
42660
-
Description:
JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
Control revolutional feedrate in JOG
ORI_JOG_MODE
Definition of virtual kinematics for JOG
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
This SD can be used to define virtual kinematics, which become active for the
manual travel of orientations.
This setting data is evaluated only by the generic 5/6-axis transformation.
This data has no meaning for OEM transformations.
The following setting options are available:
0:
The virtual kinematics are defined by the transformation.
1:
Euler angles are traversed during jog, that is the 1st axis turns round
the Z direction, the 2nd axis turns around the X direction and, if present,
the 3rd axis turns aound the new Z direction.
2:
RPY angles are traversed during jog with the turning sequence XYZ, that
is the 1st axis turns around the x direction, the 2nd axis turns around the Y
direction and, if present, the 3rd axis turns around the new Z direction.
3:
RPY angles are traversed during jog with the turning sequence ZYX, that
is the 1st axis turns around the Z direction, the 2nd axis turns around the Y
direction and, if present, the 3rd axis turns around the new X direction.
4:
The turning sequence of the rotary axes is set by means of MD21120
$MC_ORIAX_TURN_TAB_1.
5:
The turning sequence of the rotary axes is set by means of MD21130
$MC_ORIAX_TURN_TAB_2.
489
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
42690
mm
Description:
490
Immediately
7/7
JOG_CIRCLE_RADIUS
Circle radius
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
With this setting data, the circle radius in the WCS, the maximum circle during inner machining or the minimum circle during outer machining are defined
when jogging circles. This setting data is written via the user interface.
42692
-
Description:
DOUBLE
This setting data is used to define the circle center point in the workpiece
coordinate system during JOG of circles.
Only the relevant center point coordinates of the geometry axes in the active
plane are evaluated, not the coordinate of the geometry axis vertical to the
plane. This setting data is written via the user interface.
By default the coordinate of an axis with diameter programming is in the
diameter. This can be changed with MD20360 $MC_TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK Bit 13
= 1 by indicating a radius.
42691
mm
-
Description:
JOG_CIRCLE_CENTRE
Center of the circle
JOG_CIRCLE_MODE
JOG of circles mode
DWORD
Immediately
0xf
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Bit 3 = 0 :
Given a full circle, the radius is enlarged starting from the circle center point in the direction of the ordinate (2nd geometry axis) of the
plane.
Bit 3 = 1 :
Given a full circle, the radius is enlarged starting from the circle center point in the direction of the abscissa (1st geometry axis) of the
plane.
This setting data should be written via the user interface.
42693
degrees
Description:
360
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
JOG_CIRCLE_END_ANGLE
Circle end angle
DOUBLE
Immediately
360
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
ABSBLOCK_ENABLE
Enable base block display
-
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR UE,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
...
BOOLEAN
K1
Immediately
1/1
Value 0: Disable block display with absolute values (basic block display)
Value 1: Enable block display with absolute values (basic block display)
42900
-
Description:
Immediately
This setting data defines the end angle during JOG of circles.
The end angle refers to the abscissa of the current plane. Traversing is only
possible within the range
between the start and the end angle. SD42692 $SC_JOG_CIRCLE_MODE bit 0
defines the direction from the start to the end angle. If start and end angle
equal zero, no limitation is active.
This setting data is written via the user interface.
42750
-
Description:
DOUBLE
This setting data defines the start angle during JOG of circles.
The start angle refers to the abscissa of the current plane. Traversing is
only possible within the range
between the start and the end angle. SD42692 $SC_JOG_CIRCLE_MODE bit 0
defines the direction from the start to the end angle. If start and end angle
equal zero, no limitation is active.
This setting data is written via the user interface.
42694
degrees
-
Description:
JOG_CIRCLE_START_ANGLE
Circle start angle
MIRROR_TOOL_LENGTH
Sign change of tool length with mirror image machining
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
W1
Immediately
0/0
TRUE:
If a frame with mirror image machining is active, the tool components
($TC_DP3[..., ...] to $TC_DP5[..., ...]) and the components of the base
dimensions
($TC_DP21[..., ...] to $TC_DP23[..., ...]) whose associated axes
are mirrored, are also mirrored, i.e. their sign is inverted.
491
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
The wear values are not mirrored. If the wear values are to be mirrored too,
SD42910 $SC_MIRROR_TOOL_WEAR must be set.
FALSE:
The sign for tool length components is unaffected by whether a frame with
mirror image machining is active.
42910
-
Description:
492
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
W1
Immediately
0/0
TRUE:
If a frame with mirror image machining is activated, the signs of the wear
values of the components in question are inverted. The wear values of the
components that are not assigned to mirrored axes remain unchanged.
FALSE:
The signs for wear values are unaffected by whether a frame with mirror
image machining is active.
42920
-
Description:
MIRROR_TOOL_WEAR
Sign change of tool wear with mirror image machining
WEAR_SIGN_CUTPOS
Sign of tool wear depending on tool point direction
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
W1
Immediately
0/0
TRUE:
In the case of tools with a relevant tool point direction (turning and grinding tools), the sign for wear of the tool length components depends on the
tool point direction.
The sign is inverted in the following cases (marked with an X):
Tool point direction
Length 1
Length 2
1
2
X
3
X
X
4
X
5
6
7
X
8
X
9
The sign for wear value of length 3 is not influenced by this setting data.
The SD42930 $SC_WEAR_SIGN acts in addition to this setting data.
FALSE:
The sign for wear of the tool length components is unaffected by the tool
point direction.
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
42930
-
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
W1
Immediately
0/0
WEAR_TRANSFORM
Transformations for tool components
DWORD
W1,W4
Immediately
0/0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
Description:
BOOLEAN
TRUE:
The sign for wear of the tool length components and the tool radius are
inverted, i.e. if a positive value in entered, the total dimension is
decreased.
FALSE:
The sign for wear of the tool length components and the tool radius is not
inverted.
42935
-
Description:
WEAR_SIGN
Sign of wear
TOOL_LENGTH_CONST
Change of tool length components with change of active
plane
DWORD
W1
Immediately
3/3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
If this setting data is not equal to 0, the assignment of tool length components (length, wear, base dimensions) to geometry axes is not changed when
the machining plane (G17 - G19) is changed.
The assignment of tool length components to geometry axes can be derived from
the value of the setting data acc. to the following tables.
A distinction is made between turning and grinding tools (tool types 400 to
599) and other tools (typically milling tools) in the assignment.
Representation of this information in tables assumes that geometry axes 1 to
3 are called X, Y and Z. For assignment of an offset to an axis, not the axis
identifier but the axis sequence is relevant.
493
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Assignment for turning tools and grinding tools (tool types 400 to 599):
Content
Length 1 Length 2 Length 3
17
Y
X
Z
18*
X
Z
Y
19
Z
Y
X
-17
X
Y
Z
-18
Z
X
Y
-19
Y
Z
X
* Any value which is not 0 and is not one of the six values listed, is
treated as value 18.
For values that are the same but with a different sign, assignment of length
3 is always the same, lengths 1 and 2 are reversed. Assignment for all tools
which are neither turning nor grinding tools (tool types < 400 or > 599):
Content
Length 1 Length 2 Length 3
17*
Z
Y
X
18
Y
X
Z
19
X
Z
Y
-17
Z
X
Y
-18
Y
Z
X
-19
X
Y
Z
* Any value which is not 0 and is not one of the six values listed, is
treated as value 17.
For values that are the same but with a different sign, assignment of length
1 is always the same, lengths 2 and 3 are reversed.
42950
Description:
494
TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
Assignment of tool length compensation independent of tool DWORD
type
W1
Immediately
3/3
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
This setting data defines the assignment of the tool length components to
the geometry axes independently of the tool type. It can assume any value
between 0 and 2. Any other value is interpreted as 0.
Value
0:
Standard assignment. A distinction is made between turning and grinding
tools (tool types 400 to 599) and other tools (milling tools).
1:
The assignment of the tool length components is independent of the
actual tool type, always as for milling tools.
2.
The assignment of the tool length components is independent of the
actual tool type, always as for turning tools.
The setting data also affects the wear values assigned to the length components.
If SD42940 $SC_TOOL_LENGTH_CONST is set, the tables defined there access the
table for milling and turning tools defined by SD42950 $SC_TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
irrespective of the actual tool type, if the value of the table is not equal
to 0.
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
42960
Description:
W1
Immediately
0/0
TOCARR_FINE_CORRECTION
Fine offset TCARR ON / OFF
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
C08
BOOLEAN
Immediately
0/0
TRUE:
On activating an orientable tool holder, the fine offset values are considered.
FALSE:
On activating an orientable tool holder, the fine offset are not considered.
42980
-
Description:
DOUBLE
Temperature compensation value for the tool. The compensation value acts as
vector according to the current rotation of the tool direction.
This setting data will only be evaluated, if temperature compensation has
been activated for tools with MD20390 $MC_TOOL_TEMP_COMP_ON.
Apart from that, the temperature compensation type must be set in bit 2 for
the "Compensation in tool direction" MD32750 $MA_TEP_COMP_TYPE.
The "Temperature compensation" is an option that has to be previously
enabled.
42974
-
Description:
TOOL_TEMP_COMP
Temperature compensation for tool
TOFRAME_MODE
Frame definition at TOFRAME, TOROT and PAROT
DWORD
K2
Immediately
0/0
1000,1000,1000,1000,1 000,1000,1000...
This setting data defines the direction of the X or Y axis in the case of
frame definition by means of TOFRAME, TOROT or PAROT.
In the case of these frame definitions, the Z direction is uniquely defined,
the rotation around the Z axis is free at first.
This free rotation can be defined by this setting data so that the newly
defined frame deviates as little as possible from a previously active frame.
In all cases in which the setting data is not zero, an active frame remains
unchanged if the Z directions of the old and the new frame are the same.
0:
The orientation of the coordinate system is determined by the value of
the machine data MD21110 $MC_X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE.
1:
The new X direction is selected so that it lies in the X-Z plane of the
old coordinate system. The angular difference between the old and new Y axes
is minimal with this setting.
2:
The new Y direction is selected so that it lies in the Y-Z plane of the
old coordinate system. The angular difference between the old and new X axes
is minimal with this setting.
3:
The average of the two settings resulting from 1 and 2 is selected.
495
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Addition of 100:
In the case of a plane change from G17 to G18 or G19, a tool matrix is
generated, in which the new axis directions are parallel to the old directions. The axes are correspondingly swapped cyclically (standard transformation with plane changes). If the hundreds digit equals zero, a matrix is
supplied in the cases of G18 and G19 which is derived from the unit matrix
by simply rotating through 90 degrees around the X axis (G18) or through
90 degrees around the Y axis (G19). Thus in each case one axis is antiparallel to an initial axis. This setting is required to remain compatible
with old software versions.
Addition of 1000:
The tool-frame is linked to any active basic frames and settable frames.
The response is thus compatible with earlier software versions (before
5.3). If the thousands digit is not set, the tool frame is calculated so
that any active basic frames and settable frames are taken into account.
Addition of 2000:
The tool frame is still correctly formed if the frames in the frame chain
after the TOOLFRAME contain any values (rotations and translations). This
mode is only possible if the system frame for the tool frame is present.
MD21110 $MC_X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE is no longer evaluated. All values in
the units digit of this setting data that are not equal to 1 or 2 are handled as if the value was three. In particular, the behavior with 2000 is
identical to that with 2003. TOFRAME sets the zero point of the workpiece
coordinate system to the current position.
42984
802d-cu3
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
Description:
496
CUTDIRMOD
Modification of $P_AD[2] or $P_AD[11]
-
C08
STRING
Immediately
1/1
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
1/1
States whether the tool point direction and cutting direction are to be modified on reading the corresponding system variables $P_AD[2] and $P_AD[11].
Modification is made by rotating the vector of the tool point direction or
cutting direction by a specific angle in the active machining plane (G17G19). The resulting output value is always the tool point direction or cutting direction created by the rotation or to which the rotated value is closest. the angle of rotation can be defined by one of the following six
options:
1:
The string is empty. The stated data are output unchanged.
2:
The contents of the string is "P_TOTFRAME". The resulting rotation is
determined from the total frame.
3:
The contents of the string is a valid frame name (e.g. $P_NCBFRAME[3]).
The resulting rotation is then calculated from this frame.
4:
The contents of the string has the form "Frame1 : Frame2". The resulting
rotation is determined from the part frame chain that is created by chaining
all frames from Frame1 to Frame2 (in each case inclusive). Frame1 and Frame2
are valid frame names such as $P_PFRAME or $P_CHBFRAME[5]"
5:
The contents of the frame is the valid name of a rotary axis (machine
axis). The resulting rotation is determined from the programmed end position
of this rotary axis. Additionally, an offset can be stated (in degrees, e.g.
"A+90).
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
6:
The rotation is programmed explicitly (in degrees).
Optionally, the first character of the string can be written as sign (+ or ). A plus sign will not have any effect on the angle calculation, but a minus
sign will invert the sign of the calculated angle.
Description:
42990
802d-cu3
MAX_BLOCKS_IN_IPOBUFFER
maximum number of blocks in IPO buffer
DWORD
K1
Immediately
2/2
802d-ng2
1/1
802d-ng3
2/2
802d-tm1
1/1
802d-tm2
1/1
802d-tm3
2/2
This setting data can be used to limit the maximum number of blocks in the
interpolation buffer to the maximum number specified in MD28060
$MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE.
A negative value means that no limitation of the number of blocks is active
in the interpolation buffer, and the number of blocks is determined solely by
MD28060 $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE (default setting).
42995
-
Description:
CONE_ANGLE
Taper angle
-
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -90
,0,0,0
DOUBLE
Immediately
90
7/7
This setting data writes the taper angle for taper turning. This setting data
is written via the operator interface.
42996
-
Description:
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
JOG_GEOAX_MODE_MASK
JOG of geometry axis mode
DWORD
Immediately
0x7
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
This setting data sets the following during JOG of geometry axes:
Bit 0 = 1 :
A traversing request for the 1st geometry axis is inverted, i.e. a traversing request to + triggers a traversing motion to - .
Bit 1 = 1 :
A traversing request for the 2nd geometry axis is inverted, i.e. a traversing request to + triggers a traversing motion to -.
Bit 2 = 1:
A traversing request for the 3rd geometry axis is inverted, i.e. a traversing request to + triggers a traversing motion to -.
497
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
3.1.3
Description:
498
FBFA
Immediately
7/7
0/0
0/0
7/7
7/7
7/7
1
1
1
1
1
1
SPIND_S
Speed for spindle start by VDI
-
0.0
DOUBLE
S1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
DWORD
Description:
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS
Axial default scaling factor with G51 active
SPIND_CONSTCUT_S
Const cut speed for spindle start by VDI
-
0.0
DOUBLE
S1
Immediately
7/7
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
43206
Description:
Immediately
972
7/7
94
93
SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25
Programmed spindle speed limitation G25
DOUBLE
S1
Immediately
7/7
0.0
A minimum spindle speed limit below which the spindle must not fall is
entered in SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25. The NCK limits the set spindle speed to this
value if it is too low.
The spindle speed may only fall below the minimum as a result of:
Spindle offset 0%
M5
S0
Cancel S value
Related to:
MD10709 $MN_PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
43220
rev/min
-
Description:
A06
DWORD
Description:
SPIND_SPEED_TYPE
Spindle speed type for spindle start through VDI
SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26
Programmable upper spindle speed limitation G26
DOUBLE
S1
Immediately
7/7
1000.0
499
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
The value in SD43210 $SA_SPIND_MIN_VELO_G26 is retained after a reset or
Power Off.
Related to ....
SD43210 $SA_SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25 (programmed spindle speed limit G25)
SD43230 $SA_SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS (programmed spindle speed limit G96/961)
MD10709 $MN_PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
43230
rev/min
Description:
500
100.0
S1,Z1
Immediately
7/7
M19_SPOS
Spindle position for spindle positioning with M19.
-, A12
DOUBLE
S1
Immediately
10000000.0
7/7
0.0
-10000000.0
Description:
DOUBLE
Description:
SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS
Spindle speed limitation with G96
M19_SPOSMODE
-, A12
Spindle position approach mode for spindle positioning with DWORD
M19.
S1
Immediately
7/7
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
43300
CTEQ
Description:
31
1/1
-3
JOG_POSITION
JOG position
-
0.0
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
EXTERN_REF_POSITION_G30_1
Reference point position for G30.1
-, A12
DOUBLE
FBFA
Immediately
7/7
WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE
Working area limitation active in positive direction
BOOLEAN
A3
Immediately
7/7
0.0
Description:
V1,P2,S1
Immediately
Description:
DWORD
0=
No revolutional feedrate is active.
>0= Machine axis index of the rotary axis/spindle, from which the revolutional feedrate is derived.
-1= The revolutional feedrate is derived from the master spindle of the
channel in which the axis/spindle is active
-2= The revolutional feedrate is derived from the axis with machine axis
index == 0 or the axis with an index in MD10002 $MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB
== 0.
-3= The revolutional feedrate is derived from the master spindle of the
channel in which the axis/spindle is active. No revolutional feedrate is
active if the master spindle is at a standstill.
Related to ....
SD42600 $SC_JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE (revolutional feedrate for geometry
axes on which a frame with rotation acts in JOG mode.)
MD10709 $MN_PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
43320
mm, degrees
-
Description:
ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
Revolutional feedrate for positioning axes/spindles
FALSE
1: The working area limitation of the axis concerned is active in the positive direction.
0: The working area limitation of the axis concerned is switched off in the
positive direction.
The setting data is parameterized via the operator panel in the operating
area "Parameters" by activating/deactivating the working area limitation.
SD irrelevant for ......
G code: WALIMOF
501
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
43410
CTEQ
Description:
502
A3
Immediately
7/7
FALSE
WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS
Working area limitation plus
-
1.0e+8
DOUBLE
A3
Immediately
7/7
The working area defined in machine (MCS) in the positive direction of the
axis concerned can be limited with axial working area limitation.
The setting data can be changed on the operator panel in the operating area
"Parameters".
The positive working area limitation can be changed in the program with G26.
SD irrelevant for ......
G code: WALIMOF
Related to ....
SD43400 $SA_WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE
MD10709 $MN_PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
43430
mm, degrees
-
Description:
BOOLEAN
1:
The working area limitation of the axis concerned is active in the negative direction.
0:
The working area limitation of the axis concerned is switched off in the
negative direction.
The setting data is parameterized via the operator panel in the operating
area "Parameters" by activating/deactivating the working area limitation.
SD irrelevant for ......
G code: WALIMOF
43420
mm, degrees
-
Description:
WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE
Working area limitation active in the negative direction
WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS
Working area limitation minus
-
-1.0e+8
DOUBLE
A3
Immediately
7/7
The working area defined in machine (MCS) in the negative direction of the
axis concerned can be limited with axial working area limitation.
The setting data can be changed on the operator panel in the operating area
"Parameters".
The negative working area limitation can be changed in the program with G25.
SD irrelevant for ......
G code: WALIMOF
Related to ....
SD43410 $SA_WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE
MD10709 $MN_PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
43500
802d-cu3
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
Description:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BYTE
F1
Immediately
1
1
1
1
1
1
2/2
2/2
2/2
0/0
2/2
2/2
The "Travel to fixed stop" function can be selected and deselected with this
setting data.
SD=0 Deselect "Travel to fixed stop"
SD=1 Select "Travel to fixed stop"
The setting date can be overwritten by the part program using the command
FXS[x]=1/0.
43510
%
802d-cu3
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
Description:
FIXED_STOP_SWITCH
Selection of travel to fixed stop
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE
Fixed stop clamping torque
-
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
DOUBLE
F1
Immediately
800.0
800.0
800.0
800.0
800.0
800.0
2/2
1/1
1/1
0/0
2/2
2/2
503
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
43520
mm, degrees
Description:
504
1.0
F1
Immediately
0/0
0.0
A06, A10
DOUBLE
K1
Immediately
100.0
1/1
Specifies the application time at single axis interpolation for the block
change criterion braking ramp: At 100%, the block change criterion is fulfilled at the time of application of the braking ramp. At 0%, the block
change criterion is identical with IPOENDA.
Note:
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB can be set so that the value written by
the part program is transferred into the active file system on reset (i.e.
the value is retained even after reset).
43610
mm, degrees
-
Description:
DOUBLE
The
The
The
43600
%
Description:
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW
Fixed stop monitoring window
ADISPOSA_VALUE
Tolerance window 'braking ramp'
-
0.0
A06, A10
DOUBLE
P2
Immediately
1/1
In case of single-axis interpolation, this value defines the size of the tolerance window which the axis must have reached in order to enable a block
change in case of the block-change criterion 'braking ramp with tolerance
window valid' and when reaching the corresponding % value of the braking
ramp (SD43600 $SA_IPOBRAKE_BLOCK_EXCHANGE).
Note:
By means of the MD 10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB, the user can specify
that the value written by the part program is transferred into the active
file system in case of a reset (i.e. the value is retained even after the
reset).
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
43700
mm, degrees
802d-cu3
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
Description:
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
P5
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
0/0
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2
Oscillation reversal point 2
-
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
DOUBLE
P5
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
0/0
Description:
DOUBLE
Description:
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1
Oscillation reversal point 1
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME1
Hold time at oscillation reversal point 1
-
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
DOUBLE
P5
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
0/0
505
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Related to ....
SD43730 $SA_OSCILL_DWELL_TIME2
MD10709 $MN_PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
43730
s
802d-cu3
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
Description:
506
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
DOUBLE
P5
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
0/0
Description:
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME2
Hold time at oscillation reversal point 2
OSCILL_VELO
Feedrate of reciprocating axis
-
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
DOUBLE
P5
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
0/0
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
43750
802d-cu3
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
Description:
0
0
0
0
0
0
DWORD
P5
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
0/0
Description:
OSCILL_NUM_SPARK_CYCLES
Number of spark-out strokes
OSCILL_END_POS
End position of the reciprocating axis
-
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
DOUBLE
P5
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
0/0
507
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
43770
802d-cu3
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
Description:
508
OSCILL_CTRL_MASK
Oscillation sequence control mask
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
DWORD
P5
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
0/0
Bit mask:
Bit no.
| Meaning in OSCILL_CTRL_MASK
---------------------------------------------------------------------------0(LSB)-1
| 0: Stop at the next reversal point if the
|
oscillating movement is switched off
|
| 1: Stop at reversal point 1 if the
|
oscillating movement is switched off
| 2: Stop at reversal point 2 if the
|
oscillating movement is switched off
| 3: Do not approach a reversal point when the oscillating
movement is switched off
|
if no sparking-out strokes are programmed
---------------------------------------------------------------------------2
| 1: Approach end position after sparking out
---------------------------------------------------------------------------3
| 1: If the oscillating movement is aborted by delete
distance-to-go,
|
then the sparking-out strokes are to be executed afterwards
|
and the end position approached if necessary
---------------------------------------------------------------------------4
| 1: If the oscillating movement is aborted by delete
distance-to-go,
|
then the corresponding reversal point
|
is approached on switch off
---------------------------------------------------------------------------5
| 1: Changed feedrate does not become active until the
next reversal point
---------------------------------------------------------------------------6
| 1: Path override is active if the feed rate is 0,
|
otherwise speed override is active
---------------------------------------------------------------------------7
| 1: In the case of rotary axes DC (shortest path)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------8
| 1: Execute sparking-out stroke as single stroke not as double
stroke
---------------------------------------------------------------------------9
| 1: On starting, first approach the starting position, see
|
SD43790 $SA_OSCILL_START_POS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------Application example(s)
NC language:
OSCTRL[Axis]=(setting options, reset options)
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
Related to ....
MD10709 $MN_PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
43780
802d-cu3
802d-ng2
802d-ng3
802d-tm1
802d-tm2
802d-tm3
Description:
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
P5
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
0/0
OSCILL_START_POS
Start position of reciprocating axis
-
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
0/0
Description:
BOOLEAN
Description:
OSCILL_IS_ACTIVE
Activate oscillation movement
TEMP_COMP_ABS_VALUE
Position-independent temperature compensation value
DOUBLE
K3
Immediately
0/0
0.0
509
NC setting data
3.1 Setting data
43910
Description:
510
DOUBLE
K3
Immediately
0/0
0.0
Description:
TEMP_COMP_SLOPE
Lead angle for position-dependent temperature
compensation
TEMP_COMP_REF_POSITION
Ref. position of position-dependent temperature
compensation
DOUBLE
K3
Immediately
0/0
0.0
Adressranges
Operand identifiers
Description
Area
Data
Timers
Counters
C0 to C31
I0.0 to I17.7
Q0.0 to Q11.7
Flag
M0.0 to M383.7
SM
Special flag
ACCU (logic)
ACCU (arithmetic)
Range No.
(DB no.)
Subarea
Offset
addressing
symbolic (8-digit)
10
00
000
(10-79)
(00-99)
(0-9)
(000-999)
Description
Flag with defined ONE signal
Initial setting: first PLC cycle 1, following cycles 0
Buffered data lost - only valid in first PLC cycle (0 data ok, 1 data lost)
Power On: first PLC cycle 1, following cycles 0
60 s cycle (alternating 0 for 30 s, then 1 for 30 s)
1 s cycle (alternating 0 for 0.5 s, then 1 for 0.5 s
PLC cycle (alternating one cycle 0, then one cycle 1)
511
Note
All empty fields in the user interface are "Reserved for Siemens" and must not
be written in or evaluated!
Fields marked with "0" always receive the value "logical 0".
References to the description of the interface signals refer to the corresponding
chapters of the description of functions and are specified by [F "Chapter number"].
512
4.2
User data
4.2.1
User data 1
1000
Data 1 [r/w]
Data Block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
User data
0000
up to
User data
0011
4.2.2
User data 2
1100
Data 2 [r/w]
Data Block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
User data
0000
up to
User data
0007
4.2.3
Data 1 [r/w]
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1000
Key 8
Key 7
Key 6
Key 5
Key 4
Key 3
Key 2
Key 1
JOG
Var. INC
User key 6
User key 5
User key 4
User key 3
User key 2
User key 1
1001
Key 16
Key 15
Key14
Key 13
Key 12
Key 11
Key 10
Key 9
4th axis
-
Spindle left
Spindle
STOP
Spindle
CW
MDA
Single
block
AUTO
LOG REF
1002
Key 24
Key 23
Key 22
Key 21
Key 20
Key 19
Key 18
Key 18
4th axis
+
1st axis
-
2nd axis
-
3rd axis
+
Rapid
traverse
override
3rd axis
-
2nd axis
+
1st axis
+
Key 27
Key 26
Key 25
START
STOP
RESET
1003
1004
1005
E
513
4.2.4
Data 1 [r/w]
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
1000
4.2.5
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
LED 6
LED 5
LED 4
LED 3
LED 2
LED 1
Bit 4
Bit 3
Data Block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0000
0001
Bit 1
Bit 0
Write
variable
Start
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1200 ...
1207
Data Block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
1000
4.2.6
Bit 2
PI services
Bit 4
Bit 3
Variable index
1001
Area number
1002
1004
1006
reserved
1008
Data Block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
2000
2001
reserved
2002
reserved
Bit 0
Request
completed
Data Block
Byte
Bit 1
Error in job
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
3000
Bit 0
Invalid
variable
3001
Access result
3002
reserved
3004
Reading: Data from NC variable x (data type of the variables: 1...4 bytes)
Access result:
0
5
514
No error
3
Invalid address 10
4.3
Data Block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
User data
0000
up to
User data
0383
4.4
User alarm
Note:
Information on PLC alarms, including configuring user alarms, can be found in:
References:
Operating Instructions, Chapter PLC alarms
4.4.1
Data Block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
700002
700001
700000
700010
700009
700008
700018
700017
700016
700026
700025
700024
700034
700033
700032
700042
700041
700040
700050
700049
700048
700058
700057
700056
700007
700006
700005
700004
700003
700015
700014
700013
700012
700011
700023
700022
700021
700020
700019
700031
700030
700029
700028
700027
700039
700038
700037
700036
700035
700047
700046
700045
700044
700043
700055
700054
700053
700052
700051
700063
700062
700061
700060
700059
515
700071
700070
700069
700068
700067
700066
700065
700064
7000074
700073
700072
700082
700081
700080
700090
700089
700088
700098
700097
700096
700106
700105
700104
700114
700113
700112
700122
700121
700120
700079
700078
700077
700076
700075
700087
700086
700085
700084
700083
700095
700094
700093
700092
700091
700103
700102
700101
700100
700099
700111
700110
700109
700108
700107
700119
700118
700117
700116
700115
4.4.2
700127
700126
700125
700124
700123
Data Block
Start byte
4.4.3
1000
1004
1008
...
...
1500
1504
1508
Data Block
Byte
2000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
PLC STOP
emergency
stop
Feed
disable on
all axes
READ-in
disable
NC
start
disable
2001
2002
2003
516
4.5
4.5.1
Data Block
Byte
0000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Test run
feedrate
selected
M01
selected
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Skip block
2 selected
[F-K1]
Skip block
1 selected
[F-K1]
Skip block
0 selected
Skip block
9 selected
[F-K1]
Skip block
8 selected
[F-K1]
Bit 1
Bit 0
DRF
selected
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
0001
Program
test
selected
Feedrate
override
for rapid
traverse
selected
[F-K1]
[[F-K1]
[F-V1]
0002
Skip block
7 selected
[F-K1]
Skip block 6
selected
[F-K1]
0003
Measuring
in JOG
active
Measure
value
calculation
not finished
[F-M5]
4.5.2
Skip block
5 selected
[F-K1]
Skip block
4 selected
[F-K1]
Skip block
3 selected
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
Data Block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
1000
1001
1002
to
1003
4.5.3
Bit 1
Bit 0
2000
Bit 6
Error
Program
selection
[F-A2]
Program
selected
[F-A2]
2001
Error
Command
execution
[F-A2]
Execute
command
[F-A2]
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
517
4.5.4
Data Block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
0000
Reset
Start
measuring
in JOG
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Mode
group
change
over
disable
[F-M5]
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
JOG mode
MDA
mode
AUTO
mode
[F-M5]
[F-M5]
[[F-M5]
[F-M5]
0001
4.5.5
Machine
function
TEACH IN
[F-M5]
Machine
function
REF
[F-M5]
Data Block
PLC interface
Byte
Bit 7
1000
MCPA exists
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
up with
saved
data
[F-A2]
up with
default
values
[F-A2]
1001
1002
1003
4.5.6
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Simulation
active
[F-K1]
0001
0002
0003
518
4.5.7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1000
1001
1002
Axis number for handwheel 1
1003
Machine
axis
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
Machine
axis
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
[F-H1]]
[F-H1]
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1005
1006
1007
4.5.8
Data Block
Byte
5000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
OP key
disable
[F-A2]
5001
Update
tool list
[F-W1]
5002
Enable
tool
measuring
in JOG
[F-M5]
5003
5004
...
5007
519
4.6
Data Block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
M fcts. 5
M fcts. 4
M fcts. 3
M fcts. 2
M fcts. 1
Change
Change
Change
Change
Change
[F-H2]
[F-H2]
[F-H2]
[F-H2]
[F-H2]
0000
up to
0003
0004
0005
0006
S fcts. 1
change
[F-H2]
0007
0008
T function
1 change
[F-H2]
0009
0010
D function
1 change
[F-H2]
0011
0012
H fcts. 3
change
[F-H2]
H fcts. 2
change
[F-H2]
H fcts. 1
change
[F-H2]
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
M2
M1
M0
M10
M9
M8
M18
M17
M16
M98
M97
M96
0013
up to
0019
4.6.1
Data Block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
M7
M6
M5
M4
M3
M15
M14
M13
M12
M11
M23
M22
M21
M20
M19
...
Dynamic M functions [F-H2]
1012
M99
1013
up to
1015
520
4.6.2
Transferred T functions
2500
Data Block
Start byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
2000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
2004 to
2007
4.6.3
Transferred M functions
2500
Data Block
Start byte
4.6.4
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
3000
3004
3008
3012
3016
3020
3024
3028
3032
3036
Bit 1
Bit 0
Transferred S functions
2500
Data Block
Start byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
4000
4004
4008
4012
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
4016
4020
521
4.6.5
Transferred D functions
2500
Data Block
Start byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
5000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
5004
4.6.6
Transferred H functions
2500
Data Block
Start byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
6000
6004
6008
H function 2 (REAL)
6012
6016
6020
4.7
NCK signals
4.7.1
Bit 1
Bit 0
0000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Acknowledge
emergency stop
emergency stop
[F-N2]
Braking at
contour in
case of
EMERGE
NCY
STOP
[F-N2]
[F-N2]
4
0001
7
Request
axis
distancesto-go
[F-H1]
Request
axis
actual
values
[F-H1]
INC inputs
in mode
group
range
active 1)
[F-H1]
0002
0003
Remarks:
1) see operating mode signals
522
4.7.2
Data Block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
0000
0001
Bit 1
Bit 0
EMERGE
NCY
STOP
active
[F-N2]
INCH
dimension
system
Probe 2
actuated
Probe 1
actuated
[F-M5]
[F-M5]
[F-G2]
0002
Drive
ready
[F-A2]
0003
Air
temperature
alarm
[F-A2]
0004
Drives in
cyclical
operation
[F-A2]
NCK alarm
is active
[F-A2]
Software
cam
MINUS 7
Software
cam
MINUS 6
Software
cam
MINUS 5
Software
cam
MINUS 4
Software
cam
MINUS 3
Software
cam
MINUS 2
Software
cam
MINUS 1
Software
cam MINUS
0
Software
cam PLUS
7
Software
cam
PLUS 6
Software
cam PLUS
5
Software
cam
PLUS 4
Software
cam PLUS
3
Software
cam PLUS
2
Software
cam PLUS
1
Software
cam PLUS
0
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
0010
0011
0012
0013
0014
0015
0016
0017
0018
0019
523
4.7.3
Data block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
0000
Input 8
Input 7
Input 6
0001
Input 7
Input 6
Output 7
Output 6
0004
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 5
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 11
Input 10
Input 9
Input 11
Input 10
Input 9
Output 11
Output 10
Output 9
Output 10
Output 9
Output 10
Output 9
Output 10
Output 9
Input 4
Input 5
Input 4
0005
Output 5
Output 4
Output 7
0006
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 7
0007
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
2800
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Data block
Bit 6
Bit 5
1000
Bit 4
Bit 3
1001
Input 15
Input 14
Input 13
Input 12
Input 15
1008
Input 14
Input 13
Input 12
Output
15
Output
16
Output
15
Output
16
Output
15
Output
16
Output
15
1009
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
1010
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Value from the PLC for the external digital NCK outputs
1011
524
Bit 3
Byte
Bit 4
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
4.7.4
Data block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
0000
Input 8
Input 7
0004
2900
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 6
Input 5
Input 4
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 10
Input 9
Output 10
Output 9
Data block
Bit 6
Bit 5
1000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Input 15
1004
Input 14
Input 13
Input 12
Input 11
4.7.5
Bit 3
Byte
Bit 4
Output
15
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Byte
Bit 7
0000
Reset
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
[F-K1]
Bit 1
Bit 0
Operating mode
Mode
group
changeov
er disable
[F-K1]
JOG
MDI
AUTOM.
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
0001
Machine function
REF
Teach In
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
Machine function 1)
0002
Continuous
traversal
INCvar
INC10 000
[F-H1]
INC1000
INC100
INC10
INC1
0003
Remarks:
Machine functionin order to use machine function signals in VB3000 0002, signal INC inputs
in mode group range active (V2600 0001.0) must be set to 1
Machine function INC10 000 is not supported by all machine control panels.
525
3100
Data Block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
0000
Bit 1
Bit 0
Active mode
802-
JOG
MDI
AUTOM.
READY
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
0001
Teach In
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
0002
Continuous
traversing
active
var. INC
active
10 000
INC active
1000
INC active
100
INC active
10
INC active
1
INC active
Bit 0
0003
4.8
Channel Signals
4.8.1
Signals to NC channel
3200
Data Block
Byte
0000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Activate
dry run
feed
M01
Activate
Single
block 4)
DRF
Activate
[F-K1]
Activate
Forward
travel
Activate
Reverse
travel
Activate
[F-V1]
0001
[F-K1]
Activate
program
test
[F-K1]
0002
Activate
Skip block
7
Activate
Skip
block 6
Activate
Skip block
5
Activate
Skip block
4
Activate
Skip block
3
Activate
Skip block
2
Enable
protection
zones
[F-N4]
Activate
referencing
Activate
Skip block
1
Activate
Skip block
0
[F-R1]
[F-K1]
Nibbling and punching
0003
Stroke
initiated
manually 2
[F-N4]
Stroke
does not
run
[F-N4]
Stroke
suppressed
[F-N4]
Stroke
initiated
manually
[F-N4]
Stroke
disable
[F-N4]
0004
H
526
Delayed
stroke
[F-N4]
0005
0006
Feedrate
override1)
active
Rapid
traverse
override
active
Limited
path
velocity
Program
level abort
Delete
number of
subroutine
cycles
[F-K1]
Delete
distance
to-go
[F-A2]
Read-in
disable
Feedrate
disable
[F-K1]
[F-V1]
Suppress
Start Lock
NC stop
axes plus
spindle
NC stop
NC Stop at
block limit
NC Start
NC Start
disable
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
[F-V1]
[F-K1]
[F-V1]
0007
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
0008
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
0009
0010
Area 7
0011
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
0012
0013
Activatd
PTP drive
Deactivate
workpiece
counter
[F-W1]
Do not
disable
tool
[F-W1]
0014
0015
JOG of
cycle
mode
Activate
Skip block
9
Activate
Skip
block 8
Activate
associated
M01
Neg.
direction
for sim.
contour
handwheel
Sim.
contour
handwheel
ON
Handwheel
2
Handwheel
1
Remarks:
1)+ Feedrate override activeEven if the feedrate override is not active, (=100%) the 0% position
still functions.
2)
3)
4)
s Guide)
527
Data Block
Byte
Bit 6
1000
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Rapid
traverse
override
Traversing
key lock
Feedrate
stop
[F-H1]
[F-V1]
Activate handwheel
[F-H1]
+
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
INC10
INC1
1001
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
1002
1003
1004
Rapid
traverse
override
Traversing
key lock
[F-H1]
Activate handwheel
Feedrate
stop
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
+
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
INC10
INC1
1005
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
1006
1007
1008
Rapid
traverse
override
Traversing
key lock
Feedrate
stop
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
Activate handwheel
[F-H1]
+
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
[F-H1]
INC10
INC1
1009
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
1010
1011
Remarks:1)
Machine function specification of machine function in VB3200 1001, VB3200 1005, VB3200 1009, only if signal INC
inputs in mode group range active (V2600 0001.0) is not set. Machine function INC10 000 is not supported by all
machine control panels.
2) Representation of the handwheel number depending on machine date $MD_HANDWH_VDI_REPRESENTATION
( = 0 ) in bit or ( = 1 ) binary code.
528
4.8.2
Data Block
Byte
0000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Last
action
block
active
M0/M1
active
Approach
block
active
Action
block
active
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
Forward
travel
active
[F-K1]
Reverse
travel
active
[F-K1]
Program
execution
from ext.
active
Block
search
active
Handwhe
el override
active
Rev.
feedrate
active
[F-K1]
[F-K1]
0001
Program
test active
[F-K1]
Transfor
m. active
[F-M1]
M2 / M30
active
[F-K1]
Referencin
g active
[F-R1]
[F-V1]
[F-K1]
0002
0003
0004
Channel status
[F-K1]
reset
upted
NCK alarm
with
processing
stop
present
specific
NCK
alarm is
active
Program status
[F-K1]
active
aborted
upted
Stopped
all axes
stationary
all axes
referenced
[F-B1]
Running
Stop
request
Start
request
[F-R1]
[F-A2]
[F-A2]
0005
0006
Handwhee
l2
Handwheel
1
Acknowl.
of manual
stroke
initiation
[F-N4]
Stroke
initiation
[F-N4]
0007
Protection
zones no
longer
guaranteed
0008
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
0009
0010
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
0011
0012
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
0013
0014
0015
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
529
Data Block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
1000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
minus
1001
Travel request
[F-H1]
plus
Handwheel active
[F-H1]
minus
INC10
INC1
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
1002
1003
1004
minus
Travel request
[F-H1]
plus
Handwheel active
[F-H1]
minus
1005
INC10
INC1
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
1006
1007
1008
minus
Travel request
[F-H1]
plus
1009
Handwheel active
[F-H1]
minus
INC10
INC1
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
1010
1011
530
3300
Data Block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
4000
Bit 0
G00 active
4001
Workpiece
setpoint
reached
Travel
request for
drive test
present
[F-K1]
External
language
mode
active
[F-A2]
4002
4003
STOP
DELAY
No tool
change
commands
DELAY
FST
DELAY
FST
SUPPRE
SS
4004
4005
JOG of
cycle
mode
active
Data Block
Byte
0000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0001
...
0063
Note:
With SINUMERIK 802D, G group 2 is transferred in VB3500 0001 with values
0: - no group 2 G command is active,
1: G4,
2: G63,
3: G74,
4: G75,
11: G147,
12: G247,
13: G347,
14: G148,
15: G248,
16: G348
(other values: not available in SINUMERIK
802D)
Other settings are possible with MD 22510: see Section 21.3
When the NC program terminates or is aborted, the last status of the groups is retained. The meaning of
the G commands is explained in
References:
Operation and Programming, Section Overview of instructions
Note:
synchronous connection between the active NC block and the applied G codes at any given
time. The connection does not exist, for instance, if temporally short blocks are used with continuous path mode (G64).
531
4.9
Axis/spindle signals
4.9.1
Data block
Start byte
4.9.2
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
0000
0004
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
A
Signals to axis/spindle
Data block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
0000
H
0001
Bit 4
Bit 3
Override
active
[F-V1]
Position
measuring
system 1
[F-A2]
Follow-up
mode
[F-A2]
Axis/
spindle
disable
[F-A2]
Sensor for
fixed stop
[F-F1]
Acknowled
ge fixed
stop
reached
[F-F1]
Clamping
in
progress
Distanceto-go/
spindle
reset
Controller
enable
[F-A2]
0002
[F-A3]
Cam
activation
[F-S1]
0003
0004
Axis/
spindle
enable
program
test
[F-K1]
[F-A3]
Traversing keys
[F-H1]
plus
Enable
approach
to fixed
stop
[F-F1]
Velocity/
spindle
speed
limiting
minus
Rapid
traverse
override
[F-H1]
Traversing
key lock
Feedrate
stop
[F-H1]
Spindle
stop
Activate handwheel
[F-H1]
2
[F-V1]
Machine function1) [F-H1]
0005
Continuo
us
traversal
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
INC10
INC1
0006
up to
0011
532
Signals to axis
3800 ... 3805
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
1000
(axis)
Delay.
Ref. pt.
approach
[F-R1]
1001
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Modulo
Limit
Enabled
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
plus
minus
plus
minus
JOG to
position
[F-H1]
JOG fixedpoint
approach
2
[F-H1]
JOG fixedpoint
approach
1
[F-H1]
JOG fixedpoint
approach
0
[F-H1]
1002
1003
1004
1005
Explanation:
The signals IC, DC, ACP, ACN may be effective only alternatively or none at all. If none of the
signals is set, AC (Absolute Coordinate) will become effective.
533
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
2000
(Spindle)
Clear S
value
Spindle:
No speed
monitoring
when
switching
the gear
stage;
resynchro
nize 2
Bit 5
Invert
M3/M4
2001
(spindle)
Bit 4
Bit 3
Spindle: Resynchronize
1
Bit 2
Gear
changed
[F-S1]
Bit 1
Feedrate
override
valid for
spindle
Resynchro
nize
spindle
during
positioning
1
[F-S1]
Bit 0
[F-V1]
[F-S1]
2002
(Spindle)
Setpoint direction of
rotation
[F-S1]
Left
Right
Oscillation
speed
Oscillation
via PLC
[F-S1]
[F-S1]
2003
(Spindle)
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Traversing
dimension:
Inch (not
metric)
G function:
Shortest
path (DC)
G function:
increment
al (IC)
G function:
Abs. pos.
direction
(ACP)
G function:
Abs. neg.
direction
(ACN)
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
3000
Start
positioning
axis
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
3001
3002
3003
3004
Indexing
position
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
Feedrate (REAL),
if = 0, value is taken from machine data POS_AX_VELO
3010
3011
534
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
4000
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Speed
setpoint
smoothing
4001
Pulse
enable
[F-A2]
Speed
controller
integrator
disable
[F-A2]
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
4002
4003
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
5000
Master/
Slave on
[F-T3]
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Torque
compensatory
controller
on
[F-T3]
5001
5002
5003
Stop
HIAxMove
Stop
Corr
Stop
DEPBCS
Stop
DEPMCS
Resume
HIAxMove
Resume
Corr
Resume
DEPBCS
Resume
DEPMCS
5004
PLC
controls
axis
[F-P2]
AxStop,
stop
[F-P2]
Stop at
next
reversal
point
[F-P2]
Change
reversal
point
[F-P2]
Set
reversal
point
[F-P2]
AxResume
[F-P2]
AxReset
[F-P2]
OscillAxExt
Reversal
Disable
automatic synchronization
Start
gantry
synchronization run
Positioning the
spindle
Automatic
gear stage
change
Specified
direction of
rotation
CCW
Specified
direction of
rotation
CW
Spindle
STOP
(grinding)
(reciprocat
ing)
5005
(grinding)
5006
(spindle)
535
4.9.3
Data block
Byte
0000
Bit 6
Bit 5
fine
coarse
Current
controller
active
Speed
control
loop
active
Bit 4
Bit 3
Referenced/synchronized 1
Position reached
with exact stop,
[F-B1]
Bit 2
Bit 1
[F-R1]
Bit 0
Spindle/
no axis
Encoder
limit
frequency
exceeded
1
[F-S1]
[F-A3]
0001
[F-A2]
Position
controller
active
[F-A2]
[F-A2]
0002
Power
Fixed
stop
limited
Axis/
spindle
stationary
(n < nmin)
Follow up
mode
active
[F-A2]
Axis ready
AxAlarm
Travel
request
drive test
Handwheel
override
active@
Cam active
for operation
[F-A2]
Fixed
stop
reached
[F-F1]
Activate
travel to
fixed stop
[F-F1]
Measurement
active
Revolution
al feedrate
active
[F-M5]
0003
0004
Motion command
[F-H1]
plus
minus
Travel request
plus
0005
up to
0011
536
minus
Active machine function
[F-F1]
Continuous
0006
handwheel aktiv 1)
[F-H1]
2
1
Handwheel active
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
INC10
INC1
PLC axis
assigned
firmly
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
1000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Modulo
Limit
Enabled
active
1001
JOG Pos
reached
JOG to
position
1002
Rotary
axis in
position
Indexing
axis in
position
active
Positioning
axis
Path axis
0
Lubrication pulse
[F-A2]
1003
Data block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
2000
Gearbox
(Spindle)
change
over
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Setpoint
speed
increased
Setpoint
speed
limited
Speed
limit
exceeded
[F-S1]
[F-S1]
[F-S1]
SUG
active
Const.
cutting
velocity
active
[F-S1]
2001
(Spindle)
Actual
direction of
rotation
clockwise
Speed
monitoring
2002
Supporting
range limit
violated
Geometry
monitoring
[F-S1]
[F-S1]
(Spindle)
Spindle In
the
setpoint
range
Oscillation
mode
2003
Rigid
tapping
Positioning mode
Synchronous mode
[F-S1]
[F-S1]
Spindle in
position
537
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
3000
Positioning axis
active
[F-P2]
Position
reached
[F-P2]
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Error
during
traversing
[F-P2]
Axis
cannot be
started
[F-P2]
Bit 1
Bit 0
3001
3002
3003
Error number
Data block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
4000
4001
Pulses
enabled
[F-A2]
Speed
controller
integrator
disabled
Drive
ready
[F-A2]
[F-A2]
4002
Variable
signaling
function
nact = nset
nact<nx
nact<nmin
Md<Mdx
[F-A2]
[F-A2]
[F-A2]
[F-A2]
Ramp-up
completed
[F-A2]
Temperature
prewarning
[F-A2]
Heat sink
Motor
4003
Uzk<Uzkx
538
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
5000
Master/
slave
active
[F-TE3]
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Master/
slave
Compensatory
controller
active
[F-TE3]
Master/
slave
speed
tolerance
range
coarse
[F-TE3]
Master/
slave
speed
tolerance
range fine
[F-TE3]
Bit 1
Bit 0
Axis 2
Axis 1
5001
5002
Accelerat
ion
warning
threshold
reached
Velocity
warning
threshold
reached
Overlaid
movement
Max.
accelerat
ion
reached
Max.
velocity
reached
Synchroni
zation
running
Axis
accelerate
d
Reciprocation
active
Reciprocating
motion
active
Sparkingout active
Error
during the
reciprocating motion
Reciprocat
ion cannot
be started.
OscillAxExt
Reversal
active
gantry axis
gantry
axis
leading
axis
gantry
group is
synchronous
[F-G1]
Synchroni
zation run
ready to
start
[F-G1]
Gantry
warning
threshold
exceeded
[F-G1]
Gantry
shutdown
limit
exceeded
[F-G1]
ESR
reaction
initiated
5003
5004
(grinding)
(reciprocat
ing)
5005
[F-G1]
[F-G1]
5006
5007
5008
Axis 5
Axis 4
Axis 3
539
4.10
4.10.1
Data block
Start byte
4.10.2
0000
0002
0004
up to
0062
Data block
Byte
4.10.3
1000
1001
up to
1031
Data block
Start byte
540
2000
2004
2008
2012
2016
2020
2024
2028
4.10.4
Data block
Byte
3000
3001
up to
3027
Note:
Information on PLC alarms, including configuring user alarms, can be found in:
References: Up Guide, Section PLC alarms
4.10.5
Data block
PLC interface
Byte
0000
Offset[0]
0001
Offset[1]
0003
Offset[2]
up to
1021
...
1022
Offset[1022]
1023
Offset[1023]
Note:
The application programmers of NCK and PLC themselves are responsible for the organization of this data area. Data type, position offset and meaning of the variables must be agreed.
The memory range limits per data type must be observed (1, 2 or 4 byte types). Further information can be found in:
References:
"Operation and Programming, Section Reading and writing PLC variables
541
4.11
5300
Data block
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
0000
Bit 1
Bit 0
Tool limit
value
reached
Tool
warning
limit
reached
[F-W1]
[F-W1]
5300
Data block
Byte
1000
[F-W1]
1004
[F-W1]
1008
1012
Data block
Byte
0000
0004
Note:
Axis actual values and distances-to-go can each be requested separately:
-
Once the respective request has been set, these values are provided by NCK for all axes.
542
General
Interfaces
The exchange of signals and data between the PLC user program and
takes places through various data areas. The PLC user program does not have to handle the
exchange of data and signals. From the users point of view, this takes place automatically.
1&.
*HQHUDO
3/&
6LJQDOVWR1&
*HQHUDO
6LJQDOVIURP1&
8VHU
SURJUDP
2SHUDWLQJPRGHV
6LJQDOVWR1&
2SHUDWLQJ
PRGHV
6LJQDOVIURP1&
&KDQQHO
6LJQDOVWR1&
&KDQQHO
6LJQDOVIURP1&
6SLQGOHQ
$[LVQ
$[LV
6SLQGOH
$[LV
$[LV
6LJQDOVWR1&
6LJQDOVIURP1&
Channel signals
Axis/spindle signals
543
5.2
5.2.1
M01 selected
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or signal
transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
IS Activate M01
IS M0/M1 active
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V1700 0000.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or edge
transition 0 -> 1
Related to ....
V1700 0001.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or edge
transition 0 -> 1
544
Overrides more than 100 % are limited to the maximum value of 100 % rapid
traverse override.
The interface signal (IS) Feedrate override selected for rapid traverse is
automatically entered in the PLC interface by the operator panel and
transferred by the PLC basic program to the PLC interface signal Rapid
traverse override effective.
Furthermore, the IS Feedrate override (VB3200 0004) is copied by the PLC
basic program into the IS Rapid traverse override (VB3200 0005).
Program control -Feed override for rapid traverse- has not been selected via
the operator interface.
This signal is used if no separate rapid traverse override switch exists.
802D sl Description of Functions: V1
V1700 0001.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or signal
transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
V1700 0002
V1700 0003.0 to .1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or signal
transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
545
5.2.2
AUTOMATIC mode
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
...
Note for the reader:
V1800 0000.1
MDA mode
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ... ...
Note for the reader:
V1800 0000.2
JOG mode
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ... ...
Note for the reader:
V1800 0000.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader:
546
5.2.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader:
V1800 0001.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
...
Note for the reader:
Simulation activ
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or signal
transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
The -simulation- function has not been selected via the operator interface.
547
5.2.4
Machine axis
for handwheel 1
for handwheel 2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V1900 1003.0 to .2
V1900 1004.0 to .2
Axis number
for handwheel 1
for handwheel 2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Significance of signal
548
Bit 1
Bit 0
axis number
Note: Bit 3 and bit 4 must always be left with value =0.
Related to ....
IS Machine axis (V1900 1003.7 ff)
IS Activate handwheel 1 to 3 /geometry axes 1, 2, 3
(V3200 1000.0 to .2, V3200 1004.0 to .2, V3200 1008.0 to .2)
IS Activate handwheel 1 to 3 /machine axes (V380x 0004.0 to .2)
MD 10000: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB [n] (machine axis name)
5.2.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or signal
transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
V1900 5002.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or signal
transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
No effect
802D sl Description of Functions: W1
549
VD1900 5004
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Value > 0
(DWORD)
5.3
M function Change 1 to 5
S function Change 1
T function Change 1
D function Change 1
H function Change 1 to 3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader:
VB2500 1000 to
VB2500 1012
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
example(s)
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
550
VD2500 2000
T function 1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
example(s)
Special cases, errors,
... ...
Note for the reader:
VD2500 3000
VD2500 3008
VD2500 3016
VD2500 3024
VD2500 3032
VB2500 3004
VB2500 3012
VB2500 3020
VB2500 3028
VB2500 3036
M function 1
M function 2
M function 3
M function 4
M function 5
Extended address M function 1
Extended address M function 2
Extended address M function 3
Extended address M function 4
Extended address M function 5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
VD2500 4000
VD2500 4008
VB2500 4004
VB2500 4012
S function 1
S function 2
Extended address S function 1
Extended address S function 2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
551
Signal state 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
VD2500 5000
D function 1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
VD2500 6000
VD2500 6008
VD2500 6016
H function 1
H function 2
H function 3
VW2500 6004
VW2500 6012
VW2500 6020
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
552
The H functions remain valid until they are overwritten by new H functions.
After PLC power-up.
All auxiliary functions are deleted before a new function is entered.
Switching functions on the machine.
802D sl Description of Functions: H2
5.4
NC signals
5.4.1
General signals to NC
V2600 0000.1
EMERGENCY STOP
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
V2600 0000.2
The EMERGENCY STOP state is (still) active but can be reset with IS
Acknowledge EMERGENCY STOP and IS reset.
IS Acknowledge EMERGENCY STOP (V2600 0000.2)
IS EMERGENCY STOP active (V2700 0000.1)
Interface signal
Signal(s) to NC (PLC ---> NC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The EMERGENCY STOP state is reset only if IS Acknowledge EMERGENCY
signal transition 0 -> 1 STOP followed by IS Reset (V3000 0000.7) are set. It must be noted in this
respect that IS Acknowledge EMERGENCY STOP and IS Reset must be set
(together) for a long enough period for IS EMERGENCY STOP active (V2600
0000.1) to be reset.
By resetting the EMERGENCY STOP state:
the EMERGENCY STOP active interface signal is reset
the controller enable is switched in
IS Position control active is set
Ready is set
Alarm 3000 is canceled
Related to ....
553
V2600 0001.0
Interface signal
Signal(s) to NCK (PLC -> NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1 The IS INC1, INC10, ..., continuous in the operating mode range are used
as input signals (V3000 0002.0 to .6).
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0 The IS INC1, INC10, ..., continuous in the axis and geometry axis range are
Related to ....
5.4.2
Interface signal
Signal(s) to NC (PLC ---> NC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The NC is in the EMERGENCY STOP state.
signal transition 0 -> 1
Related to ....
IS EMERGENCY STOP (V2600 0000.1)
IS Acknowledge EMERGENCY STOP (V2600 0000.2)
554
V2700 0001.0
Probe 1 is actuated
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
V2700 0001.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader:
V2700 0004.0 to .7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
edge transition 0 -> 1
The switching edges of the minus cam signals 1-8 are created independently of
the direction of traversing of the (rotary) axis and transferred to the PLC interface
at the IPO clock.
Linear axis:
The minus cam signal switches from 0 to 1 when the axis overtravels the
minus cam in the negative axis direction.
Modulo rotary axis:
The minus cam signal changes the levels at each positive edge of the plus
cam signal.
Signal status 0 or
edge transition 1 -> 0
Linear axis:
The minus cam signal switches from 1 to 0 when the axis overtravels the
minus cam in the positive axis direction.
Modulo rotary axis:
The minus cam signal changes the levels at each positive edge of the plus
cam signal.
V2700 0008.0 to .7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
edge transition 0 -> 1
555
Linear axis:
The plus cam signal switches from 1 to 0 when the axis overtravels the plus
cam in the negative direction.
Modulo rotary axis:
The plus cam signal switches back from 1 to 0 when the axis overtravels the
plus cam in the positive axis direction.
The described behavior of the plus cam applies under the following condition:
Plus cam - minus cam < 180 degrees
If this condition is not fulfilled or the minus cam is greater than the plus cam, the
behavior of the plus cam signal is inverted. The behavior of the minus cam
signal remains unchanged.
5.5
556
Mode signals
V3000 0000.0
AUTOMATIC mode
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
...
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V3000 0000.1
MDA mode
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
...
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V3000 0000.2
JOG mode
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
...
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V3000 0000.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader:
V3000 0000.7
Reset
Interface signal
Signal(s) to NCK (PLC ---> NCK)
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The channel must change to the RESET status. The current program is then in
signal transition 0 -> 1 program status aborted. All moving axes and spindles are decelerated to zero
speed according to their acceleration ramp without contour violation. The initial
settings are set (e.g. for G functions). The alarms are cleared if they are not
POWER ON alarms.
Signal state 0 or
Channel status and program run are not affected by this signal.
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
IS Channel reset
IS All channels in reset state
Special cases, errors, An alarm which cancels IS 802 ready ensures that the channel is no longer in
... ...
the Reset state. In order to switch to another operating mode, a reset must
then be initiated.
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V3000 0001.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Note for the reader:
557
V3000 0002.0 to .6
Interface signal
Signal(s) to modes (PLC -> NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
This input range is only used if the INC inputs in mode group range active
signal transition 0 -> 1 interface signal (V2600 0001.0) is set. The signals then apply to all axes and
geometry axes.
IS INC... defines how many increments the axis traverses when the traversing
key is pressed or the handwheel turned one detent position. JOG mode must be
active. With INCvar the value in the general SD 41010: JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE
applies.
In continuous mode the associated axis can be traversed with the plus or minus
traversing key according to how the traverse key is pressed.
As soon as the selected machine function becomes active, this is signaled to the
PLC interface (IS Active machine function INC1; ...). If several machine function
signals (INC1, INC... or Continuous jogging) are selected at the interface
simultaneously, no machine function is activated by the control.
Note:
The input IS INC... or continuous for changing an active machine function
must be active for at least one PLC cycle. A static application is not required.
Signal state 0 or
The machine function in question is not selected. No change to the active
signal transition 1 -> 0 machine function is required.
If an axis is currently traversing an increment, this movement is also aborted if
this machine function is deselected or changed over.
Related to ....
IS INC inputs in mode group range active (V2600 0001.0)
IS Machine function INC1, ..., continuous
for geometry axis 1 (V3200 1001.0 to .6)
for geometry axis 2 (V3200 1005.0 to .6)
for geometry axis 3 (V3200 1009.0 to .6)
IS Machine function INC1, ..., continuous in axis range (V380x 0005.0 to .6)
IS Active machine function INC1, ..., continuous
for geometry axis1 (V3300 1001.0 to .6)
for geometry axis 2 (V3300 1005.0 to .6)
for geometry axis 3 (V3300 1005.0 to .6)
558
IS Active machine function INC1, ..., continuous in axis range (V390x 0005.0 to
.6)
802D sl Description of Functions: H1
V3100 0000.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
V3100 0000.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
V3100 0000.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
V3100 0000.3
802 READY
Interface signal
Signal(s) from NCK (NCK ---> PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
This signal is set after POWER ON when all voltages are present. The mode
signal transition 0 -> 1 group is now ready and part programs can be processed and axes traversed in
the channel.
Signal state 0 or
The mode group/channel is not ready. Possible causes of this are:
signal transition 1 -> 0 - A serious axis or spindle alarm is active
- Hardware fault
- Mode group incorrectly configured (machine data)
559
V3100 0001.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
5.6
Channel-specific signals
5.6.1
Signals to channel
V3200 0000.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Application
example(s)
Special cases, errors,
... ...
Related to ....
References
Note for the reader:
560
Pure calculation blocks are not processed in the single step in Single block
coarse but only in Single block fine. The preselection is made via softkey
Program control.
IS"Singleblock selected
IS Program status stopped
Subsection NO TAG
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V3200 000.5
Activate M1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
V3200 0000.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Application
example(s)
Related to ....
When selected on the PLC, the Activate dry run feedrate interface signal is
required to be set by the PLC user program.
The programmed feedrate is used for traversing.
Active after Reset.
Testing a workpiece program with an increased feedrate.
V3200 0001.0
Activate referencing
Interface signal
Signal(s) to channel (PLC -> NCK)
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
Channel-specific referencing is started with the "Activate referencing" interface
signal transition 0 -> 1 signal. The control acknowledges a successful start with the Referencing
active interface signal. Each machine axis assigned to the channel can be
referenced with channel-specific referencing (this is achieved internally on the
control by simulating the plus/minus travel keys). The axis-specific MD 34110:
REFP_CYCLE_NR (axis sequence for channel-specific referencing) can be
used to define the sequence in which the machine data are referenced.
If all axes entered in MD: REFP_CYCLE_NR have reached their reference
point, the "all axes referenced" interface signal (V3300 0004.2) is enabled.
Application
If the machine axes are to be referenced in a particular sequence, the following
example(s)
options are available:
up
the PLC must check the sequence when starting or define it itself.
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
561
V3200 0001.7
Interface signal
Signal(s) to channel (PLC ---> NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
Axis disable is set internally for all axes (not spindle). Therefore the machine
signal transition 0 -> 1 axes do not move when a part program block or a part program is being
processed. The axis movements are simulated on the operator interface with
changing axis position values. The axis position values for the display are
generated from the calculated setpoints.
The part program is processed in the normal way.
Signal state 0 or
Part program processing is not affected by the function program test
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
IS Program test selected
IS Program test active
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V3200 0002.0 to .7
Skip block
Interface signal
Signal(s) to channel (PLC ---> NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
Blocks marked in the part program with an oblique (/) are skipped. If there is a
signal transition 0 -> 1 series of skip blocks, this signal is only active if it is pending before decoding of
the first block of the series, ideally before NC start.
Signal state 0 or
The marked part program blocks are not skipped.
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
IS Skip block selected
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V3200 0003.0
Stroke disable
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or
edge transition 0 -> 1
Signal status 0 or
edge transition 1 -> 0
V3200 0003.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or
562
V3200 0003.2
Stroke suppressed
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or edge
transition 0 -> 1
V3200 0003.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or edge
transition 0 -> 1
Signal status 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Physically, the signal for the CNC is identically to the Stroke active signal, i.e.
the system is switched such that the two signals are connected to the same NC
input via an AND operation. 1-signal: Stroke does not run (corresponds to the
Stroke enable signal)
0-signal: Stroke running (corresponds to the Stroke enable signal)
V3200 0003.4
Delayed stroke
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or edge
transition 0 -> 1
V3200 0003.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or
edge transition 0 -> 1
Signal status 0 or
edge transition 1 -> 0
563
VB3200 0004
Feedrate override
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
564
Feedrate override
0.0
0.01
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.05
1.10
1.15
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
VB3200 0005
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Special cases, errors, ...
...
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
565
V3200 0006.0
Feed disable
Interface signal
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The signal is active on a channel in all operating modes.
signal transition 0 -> 1 The signal disables all axes interpolating relative to each other as long as G33
(thread) is not active.
All axes are brought to a standstill with adherence to the path contour. When
the feed disable is canceled (0 signal), the interrupted part program is
continued.
The position control is retained, i.e. the following error is eliminated.
If a travel request is issued for an axis with an active Feed disable, The
pending travel request is executed immediately when the Feed disable is
canceled.
If the axis is interpolating in relation to others, this also applies to these axes.
Signal state 0 or
The feedrate is enabled for all axes on the channel.
signal transition 1 -> 0 If a travel request (Travel command) exists for an axis or group of axes when
the Feed disable is canceled, this is executed immediately.
Special cases, errors, The feed disable is inactive when G33 is active.
... ...
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: V1
566
V3200 0006.1
Readin disable
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Application
example(s)
17
1*
;0
1
17
0
5HDGLQJLQWREXIIHU
2XWSXWRIWKHDX[LOLDU\IXQFWLRQ
5HDGLQJLQWREXIIHU
'DWDWUDQVIHULQWRWKHLQWHUSRODWRU
5HDGLQGLVDEOHVLJQDO
'DWDWUDQVIHU
&RQWHQWVRIWKHLQWHUSRODWRU
5HDGLQGLVDEOHIRUWRROFKDQJH
4XHU\SRLQWRIWKHUHDGLQHQDEOH
5HPRYHUHDGLQGLVDEOH
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V3200 0006.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
The main program level cannot be aborted with this IS, only with IS Reset.
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
567
V3200 0006.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
V3200 0006.7
Interface signal
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The feedrate override between 0 and a maximum of 120% entered in the PLC
signal transition 0 -> 1 interface is active for the path feedrate and therefore automatically for the
related axes.
In JOG mode, the feedrate override acts directly on the axes.
Signal state 0 or
The feedrate override entered in the PLC interface is ignored.
signal transition 1 -> 0 If the feedrate override is not active, an override factor of 100% is used internally
on the NC.
Note:
568
The 1st switch position of the gray-coded interface for the value represents an
exception. In this case, this override factor is also used with Feedrate override
inactive and 0% is issued as the override value for axes (acts the same as
Feed disable).
The feedrate override is inactive if G33 is active.
IS Feedrate override (V3200 0004)
802D sl Description of Functions: V1
V3200 0007.0
NC start disable
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Application
example(s)
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V3200 0007.1
NC Start
IS NC Start is effective.
This signal is used to suppress renewed program processing because, for
example, there is no lubricant.
IS NC Start
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
Interface signal
Signal(s) to channel (PLC ---> NCK)
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW status
Signal state 1 or
AUTOMATIC mode: The selected NC program is started or resumed.
signal transition 0 -> 1 If data are transferred from the PLC to the NC in the Program interrupted state,
the data are calculated immediately on NC Start.
MDA mode: The entered part program blocks are released for execution or
continued.
No effect
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
IS NC Start disable
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V3200 0007.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
IS NC Stop
IS NC Stop axes plus spindles
IS Program status stopped
IS Channel status interrupted
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
569
V3200 0007.3
NC stop
Interface signal
Signal(s) to channel (PLC ---> NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The current NC program is stopped immediately, the current block is not
signal transition 0 -> 1 completed. Only the axes without contour violation are stopped.
Distances to go are traversed only after a renewed start.
The program status changes to stopped, the channel status changes to
interrupted.
Signal state 0 or
No effect
signal transition 1 -> 0
Application
2Q1&VWDUWWKHSURJUDPLVFRQWLQXHGDWWKHSRLQWRILQWHUUXSWLRQ
example(s)
,61&6WRS
,61&6WDUW
3URJUDPUXQQLQJ
$[LVUXQQLQJ
%ORFNSURFHVVHG
570
The signal NC stop must be active for at least one PLC cycle.
IS NC Stop at block limit
IS NC Stop axes plus spindles
IS Program status stopped
IS Channel status interrupted
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V3200 0007.4
Interface signal
Signal(s) to channel (PLC ---> NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
go are not completed until a start signal is given. The axes and the spindle are
signal transition 0 -> 1 stopped. They are brought to a controlled standstill, however.
The program status changes to stopped, the channel status changes to
interrupted.
Signal state 0 or
No effect
signal transition 1 -> 0
Signal irrelevant for ... Channel status Reset
...
Program status aborted
Special cases, errors,
$OOD[HVDQGVSLQGOHVWKDWZHUHQRWFDXVHGWRPRYHE\DSURJUDPRUSURJUDPEORFNHJD[HVDUHPRYHGE\
... ...
SUHVVLQJWKHWUDYHONH\VRQWKHPDFKLQHFRQWUROSDQHODUHQRWGHFHOHUDWHGWR]HURVSHHGZLWK1&VWRS
D[HVSOXVVSLQGOHV
7KHSURJUDPLVFRQWLQXHGDWWKHLQWHUUXSWHGSODFHZLWK1&6WDUW
7KHVLJQDO1&VWRSD[HVSOXVVSLQGOHVPXVWEHSHQGLQJIRUDWOHDVWRQH3/&F\FOH
6LJQDO1&6WRSD[HV
6LJQDO1&6WDUW
3URJUDPUXQQLQJ
$[LVUXQQLQJ
6SLQGOHUXQQLQJ
%ORFNSURFHVVHG
Related to ....
V3200 0013.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
Activate CP travel
571
V3200 0013.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V3200 1000.0 to .1
V3200 1004.0 to .1
V3200 1008.0 to .1
Activate handwheel (1 to 3)
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
V3200 1000.3
V3200 1004.3
V3200 1008.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
572
If a travel request is issued for an axis with an active Feed stop, the request
is retained. This pending travel request is executed immediately after the
Feed stop is canceled.
The feedrate is enabled for the axis.
If a travel request (Travel command) is active when the Feed stop is
canceled, this is executed immediately.
802D sl Description of Functions: V1
V3200 1000.4
V3200 1004.4
V3200 1008.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0
Application
example(s)
Related to ....
V3200 1000.5
V3200 1004.5
V3200 1008.5
If the traverse key disable is activated during a traverse movement, the geometry
axis is stopped.
Traverse keys plus and minus are enabled.
It is thus possible, depending on the operating mode, to disable manual traverse
of the geometry axis in JOG mode with the traverse keys from the PLC user
program.
IS Traverse key plus and ... minus for geometry axis 1 (V3200 1000.7 and
.6)
for geometry axis 2 (V3200 1004.7 and .6)
for geometry axis 3 (V3200 1008.7 and .6)
802D sl Description of Functions: H1
Interface signal
Signal(s) to channel (PLC -> NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
If the PLC interface signal Rapid traverse override is set together with
signal transition 0 -> 1 Traverse key plus and Traverse key minus, the geometry axis in question
traverses at rapid traverse set for JOG on the assigned machine axis (e.g.: X ->
X1).
The rapid traverse velocity is defined in MD 32010: JOG_VELO_RAPID.
Rapid traverse override is active in the following JOG modes:
Continuous traversing
Incremental traversing
If rapid traverse override is active, the velocity can be modified with the rapid
traverse override switch.
Signal state 0 or
The geometry axis traverses at the defined JOG velocity (SD: JOG_SET_VELO
signal transition 1 -> 0 or MD: JOG_VELO).
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: H1, V1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
573
The selected axis can be traversed in both directions in JOG mode with the
traverse keys plus and minus.
Incremental traversing
With signal 1 the axis starts to traverse at the set increment. If the signal
changes to the 0 state before the increment is traversed, the traversing
movement is interrupted. When the signal state changes to 1 again the
movement is continued.
The axis can be stopped and started several times as described above until
the increment has been completely traversed.
Continuous traversal
If no INC measure is selected, and continuous is, the axis travels for as
long as the traverse key is pressed.
If both traverse signals (plus and minus) are set at the same time, no movement
occurs, or any current movement is aborted!
The effect of the traverse keys can be disabled for every axis individually with the
PLC interface signal Traverse key disable.
Notice!
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
...
Special cases, errors,
... ...
In contrast to machine axes, for geometry axes, only one geometry axis can
be traversed at any one time using the traversing keys. Alarm 20062 is
triggered if an attempt is made to traverse more than one axis with the
traverse keys.
No traverse
Operating modes AUTOMATIC and MDA
The geometry axis cannot be traversed in JOG mode:
If it is already being traversed via the axis-specific PLC interface (as a machine
axis).
If another geometry axis is already being traversed with the traverse keys.
Related to ....
574
V3200 1001.0 to .6
V3200 1005.0 to .6
V3200 1009.0 to .6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Related to ....
5.6.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Application
example(s)
Note for the reader:
575
V3300 0000.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Application
example(s)
Note for the reader:
V3300 0000.5
M0/M1 active
Interface signal
Signal(s) from channel (NCK ---> PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The part program block has been processed, the auxiliary functions have been
signal transition 0 -> 1 output and
- M0 is stored in the working memory
- M1 is stored in the working memory and IS Activate M01 is active
The program status changes to stopped.
Signal state 0 or
- With IS NC Start
signal transition 1 -> 0 - On program abort as a result of Reset
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
IS Activate M01
IS M01 selected
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V3300 0000.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Application
example(s)
Note for the reader:
V3300 0001.0
Referencing active
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
576
V3300 0001.2
Interface signal
Signal(s) from channel (NCK PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
When programming G95 (revolutional feedrate) in the AUTOMATIC mode.
signal transition 0 -> 1
Application
example(s)
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: V1
V3300 0001.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Application
example(s)
Note for the reader:
V3300 0001.5
M2/M30 active
The block search function makes it possible to jump to a certain block within a
part program and to start processing the part program at this block.
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
Interface signal
Signal(s) from channel (NCK ---> PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
NC block with M2 is completely processed. If traversing motions are also
signal transition 0 -> 1 programmed in this block, the signal is not output until the target position is
reached.
Signal state 0 or
- No program end or abort
signal transition 1 -> 0 - Status after power-up of control system
- Start of an NC program
'DWDWUDQVIHUWR
ZRUNLQJPHPRU\
%ORFNSURFHVVHG
1&EORFNZLWK0
0
0FKDQJHVLJQDO
3/&F\FOHWLPH
,600DFWLYH
Application
example(s)
The PLC can detect the end of program processing with this signal and react
appropriately.
577
V3300 0001.6
Transformation active
Interface signal
Signal(s) from NCK channel (NCK->PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The NC command TRANSMIT or TRACYL is programmed in the part program.
signal transition 0 -> 1 The corresponding block has been processed by the NC and a transformation is
now active.
Signal state 0
No transformation is active.
Edge change 1->0
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: M1
V3300 0001.7
Interface signal
Signal(s) from channel (NCK ---> PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
Program control Program test is active. Axis disable is set internally for all axes
signal transition 0 -> 1 (not spindles). Therefore the machine axes do not move when a part program
block or a part program is being processed. The axis movements are simulated
on the operator interface with changing axis position values. The axis position
values for the display are generated from the calculated setpoints.
The part program is processed in the normal way.
Signal state 0 or
Program control Program test is not active.
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
IS Activate program test
IS Program test selected
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
578
V3300 0003.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
V3300 0003.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
IS NC Stop
IS NC Stop axes plus spindles
IS NC Stop at block limit
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V3300 0003.3
Interface signal
Signal(s) from channel (NCK ---> PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
When changing from AUTOMATIC or MDA mode (when program has stopped)
signal transition 0 -> 1 after JOG the program status switches to interrupted. The program can be
continued at the point of interruption in AUTOMATIC or MDA mode when NC
start is operated.
Signal state 0 or
Program status interrupted is not active.
signal transition 1 -> 0
Special cases, errors, IS Program status interrupted signifies that the part program can be continued
... ...
after an NC start.
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V3300 0003.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
579
V3300 0003.5
Interface signal
Signal(s) from channel (NCK -> PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
In this channel
signal transition 0 -> 1 a part program or block is currently being processed in AUTOMATIC or MDA
mode or
at least one axis is
being traversed in JOG mode.
Signal state 0 or
Channel status interrupted or Channel status Reset is active.
signal transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
V3300 0003.6
Interface signal
Signal(s) from channel (NCK ---> PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The NC part program in AUTOMATIC or MDA mode can be stopped by NC
signal transition 0--> 1 stop, NC stop axes plus spindles, NC stop at block limit, programmed M0 or
M1 or single block mode.
With NC start the part program or the interrupted traversing movement can be
continued.
Signal state 0 or
Channel status active or Channel status Reset is active.
signal transition 1--> 0
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
580
V3300 0003.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1--> 0
Note for the reader:
V3300 0004.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 ->
1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 ->
0
Special cases, errors,
... ...
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V3300 0004.3
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 ->
1
Note for the reader:
V3300 0006.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or
V3300 0006.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or
V3300 0008
V3300 0009
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or edge
transition --> 0 ->1
Related to ....
581
V3300 0010
V3300 0011
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
edge transition
--> 0 -> 1
Signal status 0 or
edge transition
--> 1 -> 0
Related to ...
with ....
V3300 0012
V3300 0013
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
edge transition
--> 0 -> 1
Signal status 0 or
edge transition
--> 1 -> 0
Application
example(s)
V3300 0014
V3300 0015
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
edge transition
--> 0 -> 1
Signal status 0 or
edge transition
--> 1 -> 0
Application
example(s)
582
V3300 1000.0 to .1
V3300 1004.0 to .1
V3300 1008.0 to .1
Handwheel active (1 to 2)
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition
0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition
1 -> 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
If the assignment is active, the geometry axis can be traversed with the
handwheel in JOG mode.
Neither handwheel 1, 2 nor 3 is assigned to this geometry axis.
IS Activate handwheel (V3200 1000.0 to .2, V3200 1004.0 to .2, V3200 1008.0
to .2)
802D sl Description of Functions: H1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition
0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition
1 -> 0
AUTO/MDA mode: the program block containing a coordinate value for the
axis in question is executed.
A travel command in the relevant axis direction has not been given or a traverse
movement has been completed.
JOG mode:
Cancelation of traverse key
While ending traversing with the handwheel.
REF submode:
When the reference point is reached
AUTO/MDA mode:
The program block has been executed (and the next block does not contain
any coordinate values for the axis in question)
Abort with RESET, etc.
Application
example(s)
583
IS Traverse key plus and ... minus for geometry axis 1 (V3200 1000.7 and
.6)
for geometry axis 2 (V3200 1004.7 and .6)
for geometry axis 3 (V3200 1008.7 and .6)
802D sl Description of Functions: H1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition
0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition
1 -> 0
Related to ....
V3300 4001.1
Interface signal
Signal(s) from channel (NCK ---> PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The required number of workpieces is reached.
signal transition 0 -> 1
According to setting in MD 27880: PART_COUNTER:
Bit 1 = 0: when $AC_REQUIRED_PARTS equal to $AC_ACTUAL_PARTS
Bit 1 = 1: when $AC_REQUIRED_PARTS equal to $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS
Signal state 0 or
The required number of workpieces is not reached.
signal transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
584
5.7
Axis-/spindle-specific signals
6LJQDOVWRD[LV9[
[ !D[LV
[ !D[LV
$[LV
6LJQDOVIURPD[LV9[
[ !D[LV
[ !D[LV
$[LV
$[LV
&ODPSLQJLQSURJUHVV9[
+DUGZDUHOLPLWVZLWFKSOXV9[
+DUGZDUHOLPLWVZLWFKPLQXV9[
$[LV
PRQLWRULQJ
IXQFWLRQV
*HEHUJUHQ]IUHTXHQ]
EHUVFKULWWHQ
9[
QGVRIWZDUHOLPLWVZLWFKSOXV9[
QGVRIWZDUHOLPLWVZLWFKPLQXV9[
5.7.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
M3
> value: 3
M4
> value: 4
M5
> value: 5
specific
IS auxiliary function transfer from NC channel (V2500...)
802D sl Description of Functions: S1
585
VD370x 0004
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
586
5.7.2
Signals to axis/spindle
VB380x 0000
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
1
00001
2
00011
3
00010
4
00110
5
00111
6
00101
7
00100
8
01100
9
01101
10
01111
11
01110
12
01010
13
01011
14
01001
15
01000
16
11000
17
11001
18
11011
19
11010
20
11110
21
11111
22
11101
23
11100
24
10100
25
10101
26
10111
27
10110
28
10010
29
10011
30
10001
31
10000
IS Override active (V380x 0001.7)
802D sl Description of Functions: V1
587
V380x 0001.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0
The axis pushes against the fixed stop with the clamping torque
The fixed stop monitoring window is activated
A block change is performed.
Meaning after the fixed stop has been reached
IS Fixed stop reached = 1
The axis pushes against the fixed stop with the clamping torque
The fixed stop monitoring window is activated
No block change is performed and channel alarm
"Wait: Auxiliary function acknowledgment missing is displayed.
V380x 0001.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V380x 0001.7
Override active
Interface signal
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
Feedrate override active (for axes):
signal transition 0 -> 1 The axis-specific feedrate override between 0 and a maximum of 120%
entered in the PLC interface is used.
Spindle override active (for spindle):
The spindle override of 50 to a maximum of 120% is used.
588
coded interface for the value represents a special case. In this case, the
override factor of the 1st switch position is also used with Override inactive and
0% is issued as the override value for axes (acts the same as Feed disable);
accordingly 50%, is issued for the spindle.
The spindle override is always accepted with 100% in the spindle Oscillation
mode.
The spindle override acts on the programmed values before the limits (e.g.
G26) intervene.
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V380x 0002.0
Cam activation
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
The activation comes immediately into effect after processing of the IS Cam
activation in the NCK.
The minus and plus cam signals of an axis are not output to the general PLC
interface.
IS "Minus cam signal 1-32 (V2700 0004.0 bis .7)
Related to ....
V380x 0002.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Edge change 0 -> 1
589
No effect
axis.
802D sl Description of Functions: S1
V380x 0002.3
Clamping in progress
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V380x 0003.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0
590
Travel to fixed stop is enabled and the axis traverses from the start position at
the programmed velocity to the programmed target position.
Meaning when FXS function is selected via part program,
(IS Activate travel to fixed stop = 1):
Travel to fixed stop is disabled.
The axis is at the start position with reduced torque.
Channel alarm Wait: Auxiliary function acknowledgment missing is
displayed.
Meaning before the fixed stop has been reached
IS Fixed stop reached = 0
Travel to fixed stop is aborted
Alarm 20094: axis%1 Function aborted is displayed
Meaning once fixed stop has been reached
IS Fixed stop reached = 1.
Torque limiting and the monitoring of the fixed stop monitoring window are
canceled.
MD 37060: FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK (monitoring of PLC acknowledgments
for travel to fixed stop) = 0 or 2
MD 37060: FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK (monitoring of PLC acknowledgments
for travel to fixed stop)
IS Activate travel to fixed stop
802D sl Description of Functions: F1
V380x 0003.6
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or signal
transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
Signal(s)
V380x 0004.0 to .1
Activate handwheel (1 to 2)
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
If the assignment is active, the machine axis can be traversed with the
handwheel in JOG mode.
Neither handwheel 1, 2 is assigned to this geometry axis.
The PLC user program can use this interface signal to disable the influence of
turning the handwheel on the axis.
IS Handwheel active 1 to 2 (V390x 0004.0 to .1)
802D sl Description of Functions: H1
591
V380x 0004.3
Interface signal
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal state 1 or
The signal is active in all modes.
signal transition 0 -> 1 Feed stop:
The signal triggers a feed stop for the axis. Traversing axes are brought to a
standstill under controlled braking (ramp stop). No alarm is output.
The signal triggers a feed stop for all path axes interpolating relative to each
other when the Feed stop is activated for any one of these axes. In this case,
all the axes are brought to a stop with adherence to the path contour. When
the feed stop signal is canceled, execution of the interrupted part program is
resumed.
The position control is retained, i.e. the following error is eliminated.
If a travel request is issued for an axis with an active Feed stop, the request
is retained. This pending travel request is executed immediately when Feed
stop is canceled. If the axis is interpolating in relation to others, this also
applies to these axes.
Spindle stop:
The spindle is brought to a standstill along the acceleration characteristic.
In positioning mode, activation of the Spindle stop signal interrupts the
positioning process. The above response applies with respect to individual
axes.
Feed stop:
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0 The feedrate is enabled for the axis.
Application
example(s)
The spindle is accelerated to the previous speed setpoint with the acceleration
characteristic or, in positioning mode, positioning is resumed.
Feed stop:
The traversing motion in the machine axes is not started when Feed stop is
active, if, for example, certain operating states that do not permit axis motion
(e.g. door not closed) prevail.
Spindle stop:
Change a tool
592
V380x 0004.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
If the traverse key disable is activated during a traverse movement, the machine
axis is stopped.
Traverse keys plus and minus are enabled.
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V380x 0004.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
If rapid traverse override is active, the velocity can be modified with the axisspecific feedrate override switch.
The machine axis traverses at the defined JOG velocity
(SD 41110: JOG_SET_VELO or SD 41130, or MD 32020: JOG_VELO).
Operating modes AUTOMATIC and MDA
Related to ....
593
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
The effect of the traverse keys can be disabled for every axis individually with the
PLC interface signal Traverse key disable.
No traverse
Operating modes AUTOMATIC and MDA
specific PLC interface (as a geometry axis). Alarm 20062 is signaled.
Indexing axes
IS Traverse key plus and ... minus
for geometry axis 1 (V3200 1000.7 and .6)
for geometry axis 2 (V3200 1004.7 and .6)
for geometry axis 3 (V3200 1008.7 and .6)
594
V380x 0005.0 to .6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Note:
The input IS INC... or continuous for changing an active machine function
must be active for at least one PLC cycle. A static application is not required.
The machine function in question is not selected. No change to the active
machine function is requested.
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Related to ....
595
V380x1000.3 or .2
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
V380x1000.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or signal
transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
596
The machine axis is positioned in front of the reference cam. A reference cam of
appropriate length (to the end of the traversing range) has been used to prevent
the machine axis from being positioned behind the referencing cam.
802D sl Description of Functions: R1
V380x 2000.0 to .2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
2
3
4
5
Related to ....
VDI
code
CBA
000
001
contents
010
011
100
101
110
111
If the PLC user reports back to the NCK with a different actual gear stage than
issued by the NCK as the set gear stage, the gear change is still treated as
having been successfully completed and the actual gear stage A to C is
activated.
IS Set gear stage A to ...C (V390x 2000.0 to .2)
IS Change gear (V390x 2000.3)
IS Gear changed (V380x 2000.3)
IS Oscillation speed (V380x 2002.5)
Parameter sets (MD) for gear stages.
802D sl Description of Functions: S1
V380x 2000.3
Gear changed
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Related to ....
597
V380x 2001.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
V380x 2001.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
...
Application
example(s)
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
The spindle has an indirect measuring system and slipping may occur between
the motor and the clamp. If the signal=1 when the positioning process is started,
the old reference is deleted and the zero mark searched for again before the end
position is approached.
Referenced/synchronizing 1 interface signal (V390x 0000.4)
802D sl Description of Functions: S1
V380x 2001.6
Invert M3/M4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
598
V380x 2002.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
V380x 2002.5
Oscillation speed
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Application
example(s)
Related to ....
599
V380x 2002.7 / .6
Interface signal
600
VB380x 2003
Spindle override
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
Spindelkorrekturfaktor
1
00001
0.5
2
00011
0.55
3
00010
0.60
4
00110
0.65
5
00111
0.70
6
00101
0.75
7
00100
0.80
8
01100
0.85
9
01101
0.90
10
01111
0.95
11
01110
1.00
12
01010
1.05
13
01011
1.10
14
01001
1.10
15
01000
1.15
16
11000
1.20
17
11001
1.20
18
11011
1.20
19
11010
1.20
20
11110
1.20
21
11111
1.20
22
11101
1.20
23
11100
1.20
24
10100
1.20
25
10101
1.20
26
10111
1.20
27
10110
1.20
28
10010
1.20
29
10011
1.20
30
10001
1.20
31
10000
1.20
IS Override active (V380x 0001.7)
IS Feedrate override for spindle valid (V380x 2001.0)
802D sl Description of Functions: V1
601
5.7.3
Spindle/no axis
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
The IS to spindle (V380x 2000 to V380x 2003) and from spindle (V380x 2000 to
V380x 2003) are valid.
The machine axis is operated as an axis
The IS to axis (V380x 1000 to V380x 1003) and from axis (V390x 1000 to V390x
1003) are valid.
The IS to spindle (V380x 2000 to V380x 2003) and from spindle (V380x 2000 to
V380x 2003) are invalid.
If a spindle is sometimes also used as a rotary axis on a machine tool (turning
machine with spindle/C axis or milling machine with spindle/rotary axis for rigid
tapping), the Spindle/no axis signal can be used to determine whether the
machine axis is in axis mode or spindle mode.
802D sl Description of Functions: S1
V390x 0000.2
Application examples
Data block
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK -> PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The axis velocity defined in MD 36300: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT (encoder limit
signal transition 0 -> 1 frequency) has been exceeded.
The reference point for the position measuring system concerned has been lost
(IS: Referenced/synchronized is in signal state 0). Proper position closed loop
control is no longer possible.
The spindles continue to run with speed control.
The axes are brought to a standstill with rapid stop (with open position control
loop) along a speed setpoint ramp.
Signal state 0 or
The axis velocity defined in MD 36300: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT is no longer
signal transition 1 -> 0 exceeded.
For the edge change 1 -->, the encoder frequency must have dropped below the
setting in MD 36302: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW (% value of MD 36300:
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT).
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: A3
602
V390x 0000.4
Referenced/synchronizing 1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
When, during a reference point approach, the machine axis has reached the
reference point (incremental measurement systems) or target point (linear
measuring system with distance-coded reference marks), the machine axis is
deemed to have been referenced and the referenced/synchronizing 1
interface
signal (depending on which position measurement system is active during
referencing) is enabled.
Spindles:
V390x 0000.6
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 -> 1
603
V390x 0000.7
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
...
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V390x 0002.3
Measurement active
Interface signal
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Edge evaluation: no
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Signal state 1 or
The Measuring function is active.
signal transition 0 -> 1 This displays the current measurement status of the axis (measuring block with
this axis is running).
Signal state 0 or
The Measuring function is not active.
signal transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
802D sl Description of Functions: M5
604
V390x 0002.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
V390x 0002.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal state 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Note for the reader:
The fixed stop has still not been reached after selection of the FXS function.
802D sl Description of Functions: F1
V390x 0004.0 to .2
Handwheel active (1 to 3)
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
AUT/MDA mode: the program block containing a coordinate value for the axis
in question is executed.
A travel command in the relevant axis direction has not been given or a traverse
movement has been completed.
JOG mode:
Cancelation of traverse key.
While ending traversing with the handwheel.
REF submode: When the reference point is reached
AUT/MDA mode:
The program block has been executed (and the next block does not contain
any coordinate values for the axis in question)
Abort with RESET, etc.
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
If the clamping is not released until the travel command is given, these axes
cannot be operated under continuous path control!
IS Traverse key plus and Traverse key minus (V380x 0004.7 and .6)
802D sl Description of Functions: H1
605
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
Signal state 0 or signal
transition 1 ->0
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V390x 2000.0 to .2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
606
V390x 2000.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
While the signal = 1, the text Wait for gear stage change is displayed
in the channel operating message.
The IS Change gear is only enabled when a new gear stage is selected that is
not equal to the current actual gear stage.
IS Set gear stage A to C(V390x 2000.0 to .2)
IS Actual gear stage A to ...C (V380x 2000.0 to .2)
IS Gear changed (V380x 2000.3)
802D sl Description of Functions: S1
V390x 2001.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
Related to ....
607
V390x 2001.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
V390x 2001.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
608
V390x 2001.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
In the spindle control mode, the speed setpoint (programmed speed + spindle
override including limits) is compared with the actual speed. If the actual speed
deviates from the set speed by less than the spindle speed tolerance in MD
35150: SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, the IS Spindle in setpoint range is enabled.
The IS Spindle in setpoint range reports whether the spindle is still in the
acceleration or braking phase.
In the spindle control mode, the speed setpoint (programmed speed * spindle
override) is compared with the actual value. If the actual speed deviates from the
set speed by more than the spindle speed tolerance in
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, the IS Spindle in setpoint range is reset.
all spindle modes except for speed mode (control mode).
The path feed must generally be disabled when the spindle is in the acceleration
phase (programmed speed setpoint not yet reached).
This can be performed as follows:
The IS Spindle in setpoint range is evaluated and the IS Feed disable
(V3200 0006.0) is enabled.
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V390x 2001.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
Signal state 0 or signal
transition 1 ->0
Signal irrelevant for ...
...
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
609
V390x 2002.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V390x 2002.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
The spindle speed is also programmed with S.... in rev/min for rigid tapping,
however the direction of rotation is stored in the sign for the pitch.
Application
example(s)
Related to ....
Note for the reader:
V390x 2002.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
Related to ....
610
V390x 2002.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 ->1
V390x 2002.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 1 or
signal transition 0 ->1
Related to ....
Related to ....
V390x5004.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
V390x5004.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
611
612
V390x5004.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal(s)
Signal status 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal status 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
V390x5004.5
Sparking-out active
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal status 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
DBX100.7
V390x5004.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal status 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Signal not relevant
with ......
Related to ....
DBX100.7
V390x5004.7
Reciprocation active
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
DBX100.5, DBX100.6
Signal(s) updated:
V390x5008.0 to .5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
signal transition 0 -> 1
Signal status 0 or
signal transition 1 -> 0
Related to ....
5.8
DBX100.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 0
Note for the reader:
V5300 0000.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
Signal state 0
Note for the reader:
VD5300 1000
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
613
VD5300 1004
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
614
SINAMICS parameters
6.1
List of parameters
For a list of the SINAMICS parameters, see:
615
SINAMICS parameters
6.1 List of parameters
616
Appendix A
A.1
Abbreviations 802D sl
Abbreviation
German
English
AC
Alternating Current
Alternating Current
ADI
ALM
AT
AT command set
AT command set
BERO
BICO
CBC
CBE
CPU
CNC
CSM
CU
Control Unit
Control Unit
DC
Direct Current
Direct Current
DMC
DO
Drive Object
Drive Object
DP
Distributed I/O
Distributed I/O
DRIVE-CLiQ
EDS
EMC
Electromagnetic Compatibility
EN
European Standard
European Standard
EP
Pulse enable
Pulse enable
ELCB
HMI
HTL
High-Threshold Logic
IEC
IT
LED
LM
Line Module
Line Module
MCP
MCPA
NC
Numerical Control
Numerical Control
NCK
NCU
NX
Numerical Extension
Numerical Extension
OP
Operator Panel
617
Appendix A
A.1 Abbreviations 802D sl
Abbreviation
German
PCU
PE
Protective earth
Protective Earth
PELV
PLC
PP
RCS
SBC
SDB
SH
Safe standstill
Safe standstill
SIL
LEC
SSI
sl
solution line
solution line
SLM
SMC
SME
SMI
SPL
STW
Control word
Control word
GWPS
TCU
TM
Terminal Module
Terminal Module
TN
TT
TTL
Transistor-Transistor Logic
Transistor-Transistor Logic
TP
Twisted Pair
Twisted Pair
VPM
VS
Voltage Supply
Voltage Supply
VSM
ZSW
Status word
Status word
618
English
Appendix A
A.2 Document tree 802D sl
A.2
*HQHUDOGRFXPHQWDWLRQFDWDORJV
6,180(5,.
6,180(5,.
'VO
6,1$0,&6
6
$GYHUWLVLQJEURFKXUH
&DWDORJ
1&
&DWDORJ
''ULYHFRQYHUWHUFKDVVLVXQLWV
6,180(5,.
'VO
6,180(5,.
8VHUGRFXPHQWDWLRQ
6,180(5,.
'VO
3URJUDPPLQJDQG2SHUDWLQJ
0DQXDO
7XUQLQJ
0LOOLQJ
&\OLQGULFDOJULQGLQJ
6XUIDFHJULQGLQJ
1LEEOLQJ
0DQXDOPDFKLQHSOXV
'VO
'VO
'LDJQRVWLFV0DQXDO
3URJUDPPLQJ0DQXDO
,62WXUQLQJPLOOLQJ
0DQXIDFWXUHUVHUYLFHGRFXPHQWDWLRQ
6,180(5,.
'VO
6,180(5,.
'VO
6,180(5,.
2SHUDWLQJLQVWUXFWLRQV
)XQFWLRQ0DQXDO
)XQFWLRQ0DQXDO
,62GLDOHFWV
'VO
'VO
6,180(5,.
'VO
6,180(5,.
3DUDPHWHU0DQXDO
(09GLUHFWLYHV
(OHFWURQLFGRFXPHQWDWLRQ
6,180(5,.
6,1$0,&6
0RWRUV
'2&21&'
'2&21:(%
619
Appendix A
A.2 Document tree 802D sl
620
Index
Numerics
1000, 513
1100, 513
1200, 514
A
AA_OFF_MODE
MD 36750, 442
ABS_INC_RATIO
MD 30260, 353
ABSBLOCK_ENABLE
MD 42750, 491
ABSBLOCK_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 27100, 329
AC_FILTER_TIME
MD 32920, 398
ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR
MD 35230, 424
ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT
MD 35220, 424
ACCESS_EXEC_CMA
MD 11161, 105
ACCESS_EXEC_CST
MD 11160, 104
ACCESS_EXEC_CUS
MD 11162, 105
ACCESS_WRITE_CMA
MD 11166, 106
ACCESS_WRITE_CST
MD 11165, 105
ACCESS_WRITE_CUS
MD 11167, 106
ACCESS_WRITE_MACCESS
MD 11171, 107
ACCESS_WRITE_SACCESS
MD 11170, 107
ACCESS_WRITE_UACCESS
MD 11172, 107
ACT_POS_ABS
MD 30250, 352
Active alarm reaction, 516
ADAPT_PATH_DYNAMIC
MD 20465, 234
ADD_MOVE_ACCEL_RESERVE
MD 20610, 239
ADISPOSA_VALUE
MD 43610, 504
Adressranges, 511
ALARM_CLR_NCSTART_W_CANCEL
MD 11414, 123
ALARM_PAR_DISPLAY_TEXT
MD 11413, 122
ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY
MD 11412, 122
ALLOW_G0_IN_G96
MD 20750, 245
APPROACH_FEED
MD 42120, 475
ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP
MD 10010, 34
ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
MD 43300, 501
ASSIGN_SPIN_TO_WP_SPIN1
MD 1088, 29
ASSIGN_SPIN_TO_WP_SPIN2
MD 1089, 29
ASUP_EDIT_PROTECTION_LEVEL
MD 11612, 129
ASUP_EDITABLE
MD 11610, 129
621
Index
ASUP_START_MASK
MD 11602, 128
ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
MD 11604, 129
AUTO_GET_TYPE
MD 30552, 360
AUTO_IPTR_LOCK
MD 22680, 270
AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION
MD 22020, 257
AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP
MD 22000, 256
AUXFU_ASSIGN_SPEC
MD 22035, 257
AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE
MD 22010, 256
AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE
MD 22030, 257
AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE
MD 22254, 262
AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE
MD 22256, 262
AUXFU_D_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22250, 261
AUXFU_DL_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22252, 261
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC
MD 11110, 103
AUXFU_H_TYPE_INT
MD 22110, 260
AUXFU_M_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22200, 260
AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN
MD 11100, 102
AUXFU_PREDEF_EXTENSION
MD 22060, 258
AUXFU_PREDEF_GROUP
MD 22040, 258
AUXFU_PREDEF_SPEC
MD 22080, 259
AUXFU_PREDEF_TYPE
MD 22050, 258
AUXFU_PREDEF_VALUE
MD 22070, 258
AUXFU_QUICK_BLOCKCHANGE
MD 22100, 259
AUXFU_S_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22210, 260
AUXFU_T_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22220, 261
Auxiliary function transfer from NC channel, 550
Auxiliary function transfer from NC channel, 520
622
AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME
MD 36610, 438
AX_ESR_DELAY_TIME1
MD 37510, 460
AX_ESR_DELAY_TIME2
MD 37511, 460
AX_JERK_DAMP
MD 32414, 379
AX_JERK_ENABLE
MD 32400, 378
AX_JERK_FREQ
MD 32412, 379
AX_JERK_MODE
MD 32402, 378
AX_JERK_TIME
MD 32410, 379
AX_LOAD_DISPL
MD 1107, 32
AX_MOTION_DIR
MD 32100, 373
AX_VELO_LIMIT
MD 36200, 434
AXCHANGE_MASK
MD 10722, 87
AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN
MD 30550, 360
AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME
MD 20082, 199
AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB
MD 20080, 198
AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB
MD 20050, 196
AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB
MD 20060, 197
AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB
MD 10000, 33
AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
MD 20070, 198
AXES_SCALE_ENABLE
MD 22914, 272
AXIS_DIAGNOSIS
MD 36690, 440
AXIS_LANG_SUB_MASK
MD 30465, 357
AXIS_VAR_SERVER_SENSITIVE
MD 11398, 119
Axis/spindle signals, 532
Axis-/spindle-specific signals, 585
B
BACKLASH
Index
MD 32450, 382
BACKLASH_FACTOR
MD 32452, 382
BAG_MASK
MD 11600, 127
BERO_DELAY_TIME_MINUS
MD 31123, 365
BERO_DELAY_TIME_PLUS
MD 31122, 364
BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE
MD 36600, 438
C
CC_HW_DEBUG_MASK
MD 10430, 59
CC_TDA_PARAM_UNIT
MD 10290, 52
CC_TOA_PARAM_UNIT
MD 10292, 53
CCS_TDA_PARAM_UNIT
MD 10291, 52
CCS_TOA_PARAM_UNIT
MD 10293, 53
CEC_ENABLE
MD 32710, 392
CEC_MAX_SUM
MD 32720, 393
CEC_MAX_VELO
MD 32730, 394
CEC_SCALING_SYSTEM_METRIC
MD 32711, 393
CEC_TABLE_ENABLE
MD 41300, 469
CEC_TABLE_WEIGHT
MD 41310, 470
CENTRAL_LUBRICATION
MD 12300, 139
CHAMFER_NAME
MD 10656, 74
CHAN_NAME
MD 20000, 196
Channel Signals, 526
Channel-specific signals, 560
CHBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
MD 24004, 274
CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK
MD 24002, 274
Checkback signal Program selection from HMI
(retentive area), 517
CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
MD 20200, 219
CHFRND_MODE_MASK
MD 20201, 220
CHSFRAME_POWERON_MASK
MD 24008, 276
CHSFRAME_RESET_CLEAR_MASK
MD 24007, 275
CHSFRAME_RESET_MASK
MD 24006, 274
CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
MD 21000, 247
CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR
MD 21010, 247
CLAMP_POS_TOL
MD 36050, 431
CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
MD 330, 23
COL_OVERSIZE_TYPE_CHECKBOX
MD 395, 29
COM_CONFIGURATION
MD 10161, 42
COM_IPO_STRATEGY
MD 10073, 37
COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR
MD 32760, 395
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1
MD 10530, 67
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2
MD 10531, 67
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1
MD 41600, 472
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2
MD 41601, 473
COMPAR_TYPE_1
MD 10540, 68
COMPAR_TYPE_2
MD 10541, 69
COMPRESS_ORI_ROT_TOL
MD 42477, 482
COMPRESS_SMOOTH_FACTOR
MD 20485, 234
COMPRESS_SPLINE_DEGREE
MD 20486, 235
CONE_ANGLE
MD 42995, 497
CONST_VELO_MIN_TIME
MD 20500, 235
CONTOUR_DEF_ANGLE_NAME
MD 10652, 73
CONTOUR_MASK
MD 331, 23
CONTOUR_SAMPLING_FACTOR
MD 10682, 75
623
Index
CONTOUR_TOL
MD 36400, 437
CONTOURHANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH
MD 11322, 114
CONTPREC
MD 42450, 481
CONTROL_UNIT_LOGIC_ADDRESS
MD 13120, 144
CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM
MD 10260, 50
COREFILE_NAME
MD 18930, 195
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_CRIT
MD 42526, 488
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_END
MD 42522, 487
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_OVR
MD 42524, 487
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_START
MD 42520, 487
CORR_VELO
MD 32070, 368
COUP_SYNC_DELAY_TIME
MD 37240, 454
COUPLE_CYCLE_MASK
MD 11754, 132
CPREC_WITH_FFW
MD 20470, 234
CRIT_SPLINE_ANGLE
MD 42470, 482
CTAB_DEFAULT_MEMORY_TYPE
MD 20905, 247
CTAB_ENABLE_NO_LEADMOTION
MD 20900, 246
CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON
MD 291, 22
CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON
MD 292, 22
CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
MD 290, 21
CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS
MD 289, 20
CTRLOUT_LIMIT
MD 36210, 434
CTRLOUT_LIMIT_TIME
MD 36220, 435
CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR
MD 30110, 348
CTRLOUT_NR
MD 30120, 349
CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR
MD 30100, 348
624
CTRLOUT_TYPE
MD 30130, 349
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_ACCEL
MD 20602, 237
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_JERK
MD 20603, 238
CUTCOM_ACT_DEACT_CTRL
MD 42494, 483
CUTCOM_CLSD_CONT
MD 42496, 484
CUTCOM_CORNER_LIMIT
MD 20210, 221
CUTCOM_CURVE_INSERT_LIMIT
MD 20230, 223
CUTCOM_DECEL_LIMIT
MD 42528, 488
CUTCOM_G40_STOPRE
MD 42490, 483
CUTCOM_MAX_DISC
MD 20220, 222
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS
MD 20240, 223
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
MD 20250, 224
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_SUPPR_BLOCKS
MD 20252, 224
CUTDIRMOD
MD 42984, 496
CUTEDGE_PARAM_CHECK_ON
MD 398, 29
CUTMOD_INIT
MD 20127, 209
CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT
MD 20270, 225
CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
MD 20130, 209
CYC_TOOLNO_EDTMOD_MANUAL_MA
MD 1102, 31
Cyclic signal exchange, 543
D
D_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
MD 11717, 131
Decoded M signals
(M0-M99), 520
DEFAULT_FEED
MD 42110, 475
DEFAULT_ROT_FACTOR_R
MD 42150, 477
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS
MD 43120, 498
Index
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P
MD 42140, 477
DEFAULT_VALUES_MEM_MASK
MD 11270, 110
DEPTH_OF_LOGFILE_OPT
MD 17600, 153
DEPTH_OF_LOGFILE_OPT_PF
MD 17610, 154
DES_VELO_LIMIT
MD 36520, 438
DIAMETER_AX_DEF
MD 20100, 202
DISABLE_PLC_START
MD 22622, 270
DISPLAY_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 10284, 51
DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
MD 30320, 355
DISPLAY_MODE_INDEXING_AXIS
MD 391, 28
DISPLAY_MODE_POSITION
MD 10136, 42
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
MD 203, 17
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_INCH
MD 204, 18
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_SPINDLE
MD 205, 18
DISPLAY_TOLI_H_NO
MD 393, 28
DISPLAY_TOLI_SISTER_TOOL
MD 394, 29
DPIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN
MD 10500, 65
DPIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT
MD 10510, 66
DPIO_RANGE_ATTRIBUTE_IN
MD 10502, 65
DPIO_RANGE_ATTRIBUTE_OUT
MD 10512, 66
DPIO_RANGE_LENGTH_IN
MD 10501, 65
DPIO_RANGE_LENGTH_OUT
MD 10511, 66
DRAM_FILESYST_CONFIG
MD 11292, 112
DRAM_FILESYST_SAVE_MASK
MD 11291, 112
DRAM_FILESYSTEM_MASK
MD 11290, 111
DRESSER_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 385, 27
DRIFT_ENABLE
MD 36700, 440
DRIFT_LIMIT
MD 36710, 441
DRIFT_VALUE
MD 36720, 441
DRILL_VELO_LIMIT
MD 35550, 428
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM
MD 31050, 362
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA
MD 31060, 362
DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_DENOM
MD 31064, 363
DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_NUMERA
MD 31066, 363
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_DENOM
MD 31070, 363
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_NUMERA
MD 31080, 363
DRIVE_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 13070, 142
DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS
MD 13050, 141
DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING
MD 36730, 442
DRIVE_TELEGRAM_TYPE
MD 13060, 142
DRIVE_TYPE_DP
MD 13080, 143
DRY_RUN_FEED
MD 42100, 474
DRY_RUN_FEED_MODE
MD 42101, 475
DRYRUN_MASK
MD 10704, 78
DYN_LIMIT_RESET_MASK
MD 32320, 377
DYN_MATCH_ENABLE
MD 32900, 398
DYN_MATCH_TIME
MD 32910, 398
E
ENABLE_ALARM_MASK
MD 11411, 122
ENABLE_CHAN_AX_GAP
MD 11640, 130
ENABLE_START_MODE_MASK_PRT
MD 22621, 270
ENC_ABS_BUFFERING
625
Index
MD 30270, 353
ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO
MD 34220, 409
ENC_ABS_ZEROMON_INITIAL
MD 36314, 436
ENC_ABS_ZEROMON_WARNING
MD 36312, 436
ENC_ACTVAL_SMOOTH_TIME
MD 34990, 412
ENC_CHANGE_TOL
MD 36500, 437
ENC_COMP_ENABLE
MD 32700, 392
ENC_DIFF_TOL
MD 36510, 437
ENC_FEEDBACK_POL
MD 32110, 373
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT
MD 36300, 435
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW
MD 36302, 435
ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
MD 31010, 361
ENC_INPUT_NR
MD 30230, 351
ENC_INVERS
MD 34320, 411
ENC_IS_DIRECT
MD 31040, 362
ENC_IS_DIRECT2
MD 31044, 362
ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT
MD 30242, 351
ENC_IS_LINEAR
MD 31000, 361
ENC_MARKER_INC
MD 34310, 411
ENC_MEAS_TYPE
MD 30244, 352
ENC_MODULE_NR
MD 30220, 350
ENC_PULSE_MULT
MD 31025, 361
ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST
MD 34300, 410
ENC_REFP_MODE
MD 34200, 408
ENC_REFP_STATE
MD 34210, 408
ENC_RESOL
MD 31020, 361
ENC_SEGMENT_NR
626
MD 30210, 350
ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER
MD 34230, 410
ENC_TYPE
MD 30240, 351
ENC_ZERO_MONITORING
MD 36310, 436
EPS_TLIFT_TANG_STEP
MD 37400, 459
EQUIV_CURRCTRL_TIME
MD 32800, 396
EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME
MD 32810, 397
ESR_DELAY_TIME1
MD 21380, 252
ESR_DELAY_TIME2
MD 21381, 253
ESR_REACTION
MD 37500, 460
EVERY_ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER
MD 34232, 410
EXACT_POS_MODE
MD 20550, 236
EXACT_POS_MODE_G0_TO_G1
MD 20552, 236
EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MAX
MD 10802, 90
EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN
MD 10800, 90
EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO
MD 10888, 97
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST
MD 42162, 478
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_ON
MD 10812, 92
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_F9
MD 42160, 478
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_ON
MD 22920, 272
EXTERN_FLOATINGPOINT_PROG
MD 10884, 96
EXTERN_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 20734, 243
EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE
MD 10816, 94
EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME
MD 10817, 95
EXTERN_G0_LINEAR_MODE
MD 20732, 243
EXTERN_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC
MD 22512, 264
EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_MODE
Index
MD 20156, 215
EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
MD 20154, 214
EXTERN_INCREMENT_SYSTEM
MD 10886, 97
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_BITS_M96
MD 10808, 91
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_ASUP
MD 10818, 95
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_RETRAC
MD 10820, 95
EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT
MD 10806, 91
EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE
MD 10814, 93
EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME
MD 10815, 94
EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
MD 10804, 90
EXTERN_MEAS_G31_P_SIGNAL
MD 10810, 92
EXTERN_PARALLEL_GEOAX
MD 22930, 273
EXTERN_REF_POSITION_G30_1
MD 43340, 501
EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
MD 20095, 201
EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE
MD 10890, 97
F
F_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
MD 22410, 263
Read/write NC data
Result, 514
Reading/writing NC data
Job, 514
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS
MD 10300, 53
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS
MD 10310, 54
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS
MD 10350, 54
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
MD 10360, 55
FASTIO_DIG_SHORT_CIRCUIT
MD 10361, 55
FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE
MD 32630, 390
FFW_MODE
MD 32620, 390
FG_GROUP1
MD 310, 23
FG_GROUP2
MD 311, 23
FG_GROUP3
MD 312, 23
FG_GROUP4
MD 313, 23
FG_GROUP5
MD 314, 23
FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES
MD 22420, 263
FIPO_TYPE
MD 33000, 399
FIRST_LANGUAGE
MD 202, 17
FIX_POINT_POS
MD 30600, 360
FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK
MD 37060, 447
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK
MD 37050, 446
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_REACTION
MD 37052, 447
FIXED_STOP_ANA_TORQUE
MD 37070, 448
FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR
MD 37040, 446
FIXED_STOP_CONTROL
MD 37002, 443
FIXED_STOP_MODE
MD 37000, 443
FIXED_STOP_SWITCH
MD 43500, 503
FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD
MD 37030, 445
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE
MD 43510, 503
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF
MD 37010, 444
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_FACTOR
MD 37014, 444
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_RAMP_TIME
MD 37012, 444
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW
MD 43520, 504
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF
MD 37020, 445
FLOAT values (MD 14514 USER_DATA_FLOAT), 540
FOC_ACTIVATION_MODE
MD 37080, 448
FOC_STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
627
Index
MD 36042, 431
FPU_CTRLWORD_INIT
MD 18910, 194
FPU_ERROR_MODE
MD 18900, 194
FPU_EXEPTION_MASK
MD 18920, 194
FRAME_ADAPT_MODE
MD 24040, 277
FRAME_ADD_COMPONENTS
MD 24000, 273
FRAME_ANGLE_INPUT_MODE
MD 10600, 69
FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
MD 10602, 70
FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
MD 42440, 480
FRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED
MD 32074, 369
FRAME_SAA_MODE
MD 24050, 277
FRAME_SAVE_MASK
MD 10617, 72
FRAME_SUPPRESS_MODE
MD 24020, 277
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1
MD 32550, 386
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2
MD 32560, 387
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3
MD 32570, 388
FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE
MD 32510, 383
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX
MD 32520, 384
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN
MD 32530, 385
FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
MD 32500, 383
FRICT_COMP_INC_FACTOR
MD 32580, 389
FRICT_COMP_MODE
MD 32490, 382
FRICT_COMP_TIME
MD 32540, 385
G
G_GROUP1
MD 305, 22
G_GROUP2
MD 306, 22
628
G_GROUP3
MD 307, 22
G_GROUP4
MD 308, 22
G_GROUP5
MD 309, 22
G0_LINEAR_MODE
MD 20730, 242
G00_ACCEL_FACTOR
MD 32434, 381
G00_JERK_FACTOR
MD 32435, 381
G53_TOOLCORR
MD 10760, 89
GANTRY_ACT_POS_TOL_ERROR
MD 37135, 452
GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE
MD 37100, 449
GANTRY_BREAK_UP
MD 37140, 453
GANTRY_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 37150, 453
GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR
MD 37120, 451
GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
MD 37130, 452
GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING
MD 37110, 449
GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC
MD 22510, 263
GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC_MODE
MD 22515, 264
GCODE_RESET_MODE
MD 20152, 214
GCODE_RESET_VALUES
MD 20150, 212
GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME
MD 10192, 44
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE
MD 35010, 413
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION
MD 35012, 414
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO
MD 35110, 419
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT
MD 35130, 421
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2
MD 35112, 419
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO
MD 35120, 420
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT
MD 35140, 422
Index
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2
MD 35122, 420
GEAR_STEP_PC_MAX_VELO_LIMIT
MD 35135, 421
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL
MD 35210, 423
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL2
MD 35212, 423
GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL
MD 35200, 423
GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE
MD 35014, 414
General selection/status signals from HMI, 548
General selection/status signals from HMI (retentive
area), 519
General selection/status signals to HMI (retentive area),
519
General signals from NCK, 523
General signals to NC, 553
General signals to NCK, 522
GEOAX_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 22532, 265
GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET
MD 20118, 207
GMMC_INFO_NO_UNIT
MD 17200, 149
GMMC_INFO_NO_UNIT_STATUS
MD 17201, 149
GRAPHIC_MAX_X
MD 388, 28
GRAPHIC_MAX_Y
MD 390, 28
GRAPHIC_MIN_X
MD 387, 28
GRAPHIC_MIN_Y
MD 389, 28
GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB
MD 11140, 104
H
HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND
MD 20624, 240
HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE
MD 20620, 239
HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE
MD 20622, 240
HANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH
MD 11320, 114
HANDWH_MAX_INCR_SIZE
MD 32080, 370
HANDWH_MAX_INCR_VELO_SIZE
MD 32082, 371
HANDWH_REVERSE
MD 11310, 113
HANDWH_STOP_COND
MD 32084, 371
HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE
MD 11346, 115
HANDWH_VDI_REPRESENTATION
MD 11324, 114
HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
MD 32090, 373
HANDWHEEL_INPUT
MD 11352, 116
HANDWHEEL_LOGIC_ADDRESS
MD 11353, 116
HANDWHEEL_MODULE
MD 11351, 116
HANDWHEEL_SEGMENT
MD 11350, 115
HEX values (MD 14512 USER_DATA_HEX), 540
HIRTH_IS_ACTIVE
MD 30505, 359
HMI_COLE_TITLE_FOCUS_BACK
MD 357, 24
HMI_COLE_TITLE_FOCUS_FOR
MD 356, 24
HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
MD 10362, 56
HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
MD 10364, 57
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
MD 10366, 57
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
MD 10368, 59
HW_SERIAL_NUMBER
MD 18030, 156
I
IGN_PROG_STATE_ASUP
MD 20191, 217
IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP
MD 20116, 207
IGNORE_OVL_FACTOR_FOR_ADIS
MD 20490, 235
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
MD 20117, 207
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK
MD 10702, 76
INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
MD 30500, 357
INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR
629
Index
MD 30502, 359
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1
MD 10900, 99
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2
MD 10920, 100
INDEX_AX_MODE
MD 10940, 102
INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR
MD 30501, 358
INDEX_AX_OFFSET
MD 30503, 359
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
MD 10910, 99
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
MD 10930, 101
INFO_FREE_MEM_DPR
MD 18070, 158
INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC
MD 18050, 156
INFO_FREE_MEM_STATIC
MD 18060, 157
INI_FILE_MODE
MD 11220, 109
INIT_MD
MD 11200, 108
INT values (MD 14510 USER_DATA_INT), 540
INT_INCR_PER_DEG
MD 10210, 45
INT_INCR_PER_MM
MD 10200, 45
Interface signals, 543
Interfaces, 543
INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB
MD 10660, 74
INVERT_SPIN_ICON_MANUAL_MA
MD 1098, 31
INVOLUTE_AUTO_ANGLE_LIMIT
MD 21016, 248
INVOLUTE_RADIUS_DELTA
MD 21015, 248
IPO_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10071, 37
IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB
MD 10650, 73
IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
MD 10070, 36
IPOBRAKE_BLOCK_EXCHANGE
MD 43600, 504
IS_CONCURRENT_POS_AX
MD 30450, 357
IS_CONTINOUS_DATA_SAVE_ON
MD 18233, 176
630
IS_ROT_AX
MD 30300, 354
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
MD 42502, 485
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
MD 42512, 486
IS_UNIPOLAR_OUTPUT
MD 30134, 349
IS_VIRTUAL_AX
MD 30132, 349
J
JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE
MD 32420, 379
JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK
MD 32430, 380
JOG_CIRCLE_CENTRE
MD 42690, 490
JOG_CIRCLE_END_ANGLE
MD 42694, 491
JOG_CIRCLE_MODE
MD 42692, 490
JOG_CIRCLE_RADIUS
MD 42691, 490
JOG_CIRCLE_START_ANGLE
MD 42693, 491
JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD
MD 41050, 465
JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
MD 42600, 489
JOG_GEOAX_MODE_MASK
MD 42996, 497
JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD
MD 11300, 113
JOG_INCR_SIZE_TAB
MD 11330, 115
JOG_INCR_WEIGHT
MD 31090, 364
JOG_MAX_ACCEL
MD 32301, 377
JOG_MAX_JERK
MD 32436, 381
JOG_MODE_KEYS_EDGETRIGGRD
MD 10731, 88
JOG_MODE_MASK
MD 10735, 88
JOG_POSITION
MD 43320, 501
JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE
MD 41100, 466
JOG_REV_SET_VELO
Index
MD 41120, 467
JOG_REV_VELO
MD 32050, 367
JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID
MD 32040, 367
JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO
MD 41130, 468
JOG_SET_VELO
MD 41110, 467
JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO
MD 41200, 468
JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE
MD 41010, 465
JOG_VELO
MD 32020, 366
JOG_VELO_GEO
MD 21165, 250
JOG_VELO_RAPID
MD 32010, 366
JOG_VELO_RAPID_GEO
MD 21160, 250
L
LANG_SUB_NAME
MD 15700, 149
LANG_SUB_PATH
MD 15702, 149
LCD_CONTRAST
MD 200, 17
LCD_INVERSE
MD 201, 17
LEADSCREW_PITCH
MD 31030, 361
LIFTFAST_DIST
MD 21200, 251
LIFTFAST_STOP_COND
MD 21204, 252
LIFTFAST_WITH_MIRROR
MD 21202, 251
LOOKAH_FFORM
MD 20443, 232
LOOKAH_FREQUENCY
MD 32440, 381
LOOKAH_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 20455, 233
LOOKAH_NUM_OVR_POINTS
MD 20430, 231
LOOKAH_OVR_POINTS
MD 20440, 232
LOOKAH_RELIEVE_BLOCK_CYCLE
MD 20450, 232
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR
MD 20460, 233
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_WITH_FEED
MD 20462, 233
LOOKAH_SYSTEM_PARAM
MD 20442, 232
LOOKAH_USE_VELO_NEXT_BLOCK
MD 20400, 231
LUBRICATION_DIST
MD 33050, 400
LUD_EXTENDED_SCOPE
MD 11120, 104
M
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE
MD 10715, 84
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
MD 10716, 85
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR
MD 10718, 86
M_NO_FCT_EOP
MD 10714, 83
M_NO_FCT_STOPRE
MD 10713, 83
M19_SPOS
MD 43240, 500
M19_SPOSMODE
MD 43250, 500
MAINTENANCE_DATA
MD 33060, 400
MAX_ACCEL_OVL_FACTOR
MD 32310, 377
MAX_AX_ACCEL
MD 32300, 376
MAX_AX_JERK
MD 32431, 380
MAX_AX_VELO
MD 32000, 366
MAX_BLOCKS_IN_IPOBUFFER
MD 42990, 497
MAX_LEAD_ANGLE
MD 21090, 248
MAX_NUM_CUTT_EDGE_MANUAL_MA
MD 1097, 31
MAX_NUM_CYCLE_MANUAL_MA
MD 1096, 31
MAX_PATH_JERK
MD 20600, 237
MAX_SPEED_G94_MANUAL_MA
MD 1094, 30
MAX_SPEED_G95_MANUAL_MA
631
Index
MD 1095, 30
MAX_SPEED_G96_MANUAL_MA
MD 1093, 30
MAX_SPINDEL_SPEED_MANUAL_MA
MD 1092, 30
MAX_TILT_ANGLE
MD 21092, 249
MAXNUM_REPLACEMENT_TOOLS
MD 17500, 150
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_FLOAT
MD 14508, 148
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_HEX
MD 14506, 148
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_INT
MD 14504, 147
MD_FILE_STYLE
MD 11230, 109
MEAS_CENTRAL_SOURCE
MD 13211, 146
MEAS_PROBE_DELAY_TIME
MD 13220, 147
MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE
MD 13200, 146
MEAS_PROBE_OFFSET
MD 13231, 147
MEAS_PROBE_SOURCE
MD 13230, 147
MEAS_SAVE_POS_LENGTH2
MD 373, 26
MEAS_SPIN_ACTIV_MANUAL_MA
MD 1100, 31
MEAS_TYPE
MD 13210, 146
MIN_CONTOUR_SAMPLING_TIME
MD 10680, 75
MINFEED
MD 42460, 481
MINTIME_BETWEEN_STROKES
MD 42404, 480
MIRROR_REF_AX
MD 10610, 70
MIRROR_TOGGLE
MD 10612, 71
MIRROR_TOOL_LENGTH
MD 42900, 491
MIRROR_TOOL_WEAR
MD 42910, 492
MM_ABSBLOCK
MD 28400, 344
MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF
MD 28402, 344
MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM
632
MD 18232, 175
MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS
MD 28540, 346
MM_BUFFERED_AC_MARKER
MD 28257, 342
MM_BUFFERED_AC_PARAM
MD 28255, 342
MM_CEC_MAX_POINTS
MD 18342, 182
MM_CHAN_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 18250, 178
MM_COM_COMPRESS_METHOD
MD 18390, 186
MM_CYC_DATA_MEM_SIZE
MD 18237, 177
MM_DIR_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 18300, 179
MM_DRAM_FILE_MEM_SIZE
MD 18351, 183
MM_E_FILE_MEM_SIZE
MD 18356, 185
MM_ENABLE_TOOL_ORIENT
MD 18114, 166
MM_ENC_COMP_MAX_POINTS
MD 38000, 463
MM_EPSPARAM_DIMENSION
MD 18840, 193
MM_EXTCOM_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 18500, 188
MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM
MD 10880, 95
MM_EXTERN_GCODE_SYSTEM
MD 10881, 96
MM_EXTERN_LANGUAGE
MD 18800, 193
MM_FILE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 18290, 179
MM_FLASH_FILE_SYSTEM_SIZE
MD 18332, 181
MM_FLASHFILESYS_MEM
MD 18331, 181
MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
MD 18150, 168
MM_INCOA_MEM_SIZE
MD 18235, 176
MM_INT_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 28502, 344
MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE
MD 28060, 337
MM_IPO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 18512, 188
MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR
Index
MD 18112, 165
MM_LOOKAH_FFORM_UNITS
MD 28533, 346
MM_LUD_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 18240, 177
MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM
MD 28040, 336
MM_M_FILE_MEM_SIZE
MD 18353, 184
MM_MAINTENANCE_MON
MD 18860, 193
MM_MAX_AXISPOLY_PER_BLOCK
MD 28520, 345
MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO
MD 18105, 164
MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_PERTOOL
MD 18106, 164
MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE
MD 18242, 177
MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE
MD 18110, 165
MM_MAXNUM_ALARM_ACTIONS
MD 18730, 193
MM_NCK_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 18260, 178
MM_NUM_AC_MARKER
MD 28256, 342
MM_NUM_AC_PARAM
MD 28254, 341
MM_NUM_AC_SYSTEM_MARKER
MD 28276, 343
MM_NUM_AC_SYSTEM_PARAM
MD 28274, 343
MM_NUM_AN_TIMER
MD 18710, 192
MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES
MD 28081, 338
MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP
MD 28070, 337
MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM
MD 18098, 162
MM_NUM_CC_TDA_PARAM
MD 18094, 160
MM_NUM_CC_TOA_PARAM
MD 18096, 161
MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM
MD 18208, 172
MM_NUM_CCS_TDA_PARAM
MD 18204, 170
MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM
MD 18206, 171
MM_NUM_CP_MODUL_LEAD
MD 18452, 188
MM_NUM_CP_MODULES
MD 18450, 187
MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS
MD 18404, 186
MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS_DRAM
MD 18410, 187
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN
MD 18403, 186
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM
MD 18409, 187
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS
MD 18402, 186
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS_DRAM
MD 18408, 187
MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS
MD 18400, 186
MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS_DRAM
MD 18406, 187
MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
MD 18100, 163
MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM
MD 18310, 180
MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM
MD 18320, 181
MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR
MD 18280, 179
MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES
MD 18118, 167
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN
MD 18130, 168
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
MD 18120, 167
MM_NUM_KIN_TRAFOS
MD 18866, 194
MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL
MD 28020, 336
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES
MD 18170, 169
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM
MD 18180, 170
MM_NUM_MMC_UNITS
MD 10134, 41
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE
MD 28210, 340
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN
MD 28200, 340
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CONTOUR
MD 28212, 341
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK
MD 18190, 170
MM_NUM_R_PARAM
633
Index
MD 28050, 337
MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES
MD 28010, 335
MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR
MD 18270, 179
MM_NUM_SUMCORR
MD 18108, 165
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_AXIS
MD 18663, 190
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_BOOL
MD 18662, 190
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_CHAR
MD 18664, 191
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_INT
MD 18661, 189
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_REAL
MD 18660, 189
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_STRING
MD 18665, 191
MM_NUM_SYSTEM_FILES_IN_FS
MD 18321, 181
MM_NUM_TOOL
MD 18082, 159
MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER
MD 18088, 159
MM_NUM_TOOL_ENV
MD 18116, 167
MM_NUM_TOOLHOLDERS
MD 18075, 158
MM_NUM_TRAFO_DATA_SETS
MD 18864, 193
MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES
MD 28080, 338
MM_NUM_USER_MACROS
MD 18160, 169
MM_NUM_VDIVAR_ELEMENTS
MD 28150, 339
MM_NUM_WORKAREA_CS_GROUPS
MD 28600, 347
MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS
MD 28530, 345
MM_PLC_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 18540, 188
MM_PLCBG_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 18541, 188
MM_PLCINT_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 18542, 189
MM_PREP_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 28500, 344
MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
MD 28000, 335
MM_S_FILE_MEM_SIZE
634
MD 18354, 185
MM_SEARCH_RUN_RESTORE_MODE
MD 28560, 347
MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE
MD 18720, 192
MM_SERVO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 18510, 188
MM_SHAPED_TOOLS_ENABLE
MD 28290, 343
MM_SYSTEM_DATAFRAME_MASK
MD 28083, 339
MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK
MD 28082, 338
MM_T_FILE_MEM_SIZE
MD 18355, 185
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD 18080, 159
MM_TYPE_CC_MON_PARAM
MD 18099, 162
MM_TYPE_CC_TDA_PARAM
MD 18095, 160
MM_TYPE_CC_TOA_PARAM
MD 18097, 161
MM_TYPE_CCS_MON_PARAM
MD 18209, 172
MM_TYPE_CCS_TDA_PARAM
MD 18205, 171
MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM
MD 18207, 171
MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE
MD 18102, 163
MM_U_FILE_MEM_SIZE
MD 18352, 184
MM_USER_FILE_MEM_MINIMUM
MD 18350, 183
MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED
MD 18230, 174
MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED_TYPEOF
MD 18231, 175
MM_USER_MEM_DPR
MD 18220, 174
MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC
MD 18210, 173
MMC_INFO_CUT_SPEED
MD 27206, 330
MMC_INFO_CUT_SPEED_STATUS
MD 27207, 330
MMC_INFO_NO_UNIT
MD 27200, 329
MMC_INFO_NO_UNIT_STATUS
MD 27201, 330
MMC_INFO_POSN_LIN
Index
MD 27202, 330
MMC_INFO_POSN_LIN_STATUS
MD 27203, 330
MMC_INFO_REV_FEED
MD 27208, 331
MMC_INFO_REV_FEED_STATUS
MD 27209, 331
MMC_INFO_VELO_LIN
MD 27204, 330
MMC_INFO_VELO_LIN_STATUS
MD 27205, 330
MODESWITCH_MASK
MD 20114, 206
MODULO_RANGE
MD 30330, 356
MODULO_RANGE_START
MD 30340, 356
MONITOR_ADDRESS
MD 11380, 117
MONITOR_DISPLAY_INT
MD 11382, 117
MONITOR_DISPLAY_REAL
MD 11384, 117
MONITOR_INPUT_INT
MD 11386, 118
MONITOR_INPUT_REAL
MD 11388, 118
MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE
MD 11390, 118
MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD
MD 37250, 454
MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR
MD 37252, 455
MS_COUPLING_ALWAYS_ACTIVE
MD 37262, 457
MS_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 37253, 455
MS_MAX_CTRL_VELO
MD 37260, 457
MS_MOTION_DIR_REVERSE
MD 37274, 459
MS_SPIND_COUPLING_MODE
MD 37263, 457
MS_TENSION_TORQ_FILTER_TIME
MD 37266, 458
MS_TENSION_TORQUE
MD 37264, 458
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_ACTIVATION
MD 37255, 456
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_I_TIME
MD 37258, 456
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_MODE
MD 37254, 455
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_P_GAIN
MD 37256, 456
MS_TORQUE_WEIGHT_SLAVE
MD 37268, 458
MS_VELO_TOL_COARSE
MD 37270, 458
MS_VELO_TOL_FINE
MD 37272, 459
N
NC signals, 553
NC_LANGUAGE_CONFIGURATION
MD 10711, 82
NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB
MD 10712, 83
NC_USER_EXTERN_GCODES_TAB
MD 10882, 96
NCBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
MD 10615, 72
NCBFRAME_RESET_MASK
MD 10613, 71
NCK signals, 522
NCK_EG_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 11756, 133
NCK_LEAD_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 11750, 131
NCK_PCOS_TIME_RATIO
MD 10185, 44
NCK_TRAIL_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 11752, 132
NIBBLE_PRE_START_TIME
MD 26018, 328
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
MD 26008, 325
NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK
MD 26006, 324
NIBBLE_PUNCH_OUTMASK
MD 26004, 323
NIBBLE_SIGNAL_CHECK
MD 26020, 329
NIBPUNCH_PRE_START_TIME
MD 42402, 479
NUM_ENCS
MD 30200, 350
NUM_FIX_POINT_POS
MD 30610, 360
NUM_GEAR_STEPS
MD 35090, 417
NUM_GEAR_STEPS2
MD 35092, 418
635
Index
O
OEM_AXIS_INFO
MD 37800, 462
OEM_CHAN_INFO
MD 27400, 331
OEM_GLOBAL_INFO
MD 17400, 149
Operating mode signals, 525
OPERATING_MODE_DEFAULT
MD 10720, 87
ORI_JOG_MODE
MD 42660, 489
ORI_TRAFO_ONLINE_CHECK_LIM
MD 21198, 251
ORIENTATION_IS_EULER
MD 21100, 249
OSCILATE_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 1090, 30
OSCILL_CTRL_MASK
MD 43770, 508
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME1
MD 43720, 505
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME2
MD 43730, 506
OSCILL_END_POS
MD 43760, 507
OSCILL_IS_ACTIVE
MD 43780, 509
OSCILL_MODE_MASK
MD 11460, 125
OSCILL_NUM_SPARK_CYCLES
MD 43750, 507
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1
MD 43700, 505
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2
MD 43710, 505
OSCILL_START_POS
MD 43790, 509
OSCILL_VELO
MD 43740, 506
OVR_AX_IS_GRAY_CODE
MD 12000, 134
OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED
MD 12010, 134
OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE
MD 12030, 135
OVR_FACTOR_LIMIT_BIN
MD 12100, 137
OVR_FACTOR_RAPID_TRA
MD 12050, 135
OVR_FACTOR_SPIND_SPEED
MD 12070, 136
636
OVR_FEED_IS_GRAY_CODE
MD 12020, 134
OVR_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 12090, 137
OVR_RAPID_FACTOR
MD 42122, 476
OVR_RAPID_IS_GRAY_CODE
MD 12040, 135
OVR_REFERENCE_IS_MIN_FEED
MD 12082, 137
OVR_REFERENCE_IS_PROG_FEED
MD 12080, 136
OVR_SPIND_IS_GRAY_CODE
MD 12060, 136
P
PART_COUNTER
MD 27880, 333
PART_COUNTER_MCODE
MD 27882, 334
PATH_IPO_IS_ON_TCP
MD 20260, 224
PATH_MODE_MASK
MD 20464, 234
PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM
MD 32432, 380
PERMANENT_FEED
MD 12202, 138
PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED
MD 12204, 138
PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED
MD 12205, 139
PERMISSIVE_FLASH_TAB
MD 11700, 131
PFRAME_RESET_MODE
MD 24010, 276
PLC machine data, 540
PLC User Interface, 511
PLC_ANA_IN_LOGIC_ADDRESS
MD 12978, 140
PLC_ANA_IN_NUM
MD 12979, 140
PLC_ANA_OUT_LOGIC_ADDRESS
MD 12982, 140
PLC_ANA_OUT_NUM
MD 12983, 141
PLC_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10075, 38
PLC_CYCLE_TIME_AVERAGE
MD 10110, 40
PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT
Index
MD 10100, 39
PLC_DEACT_IMAGE_LADDR_IN
MD 12986, 141
PLC_DEACT_IMAGE_LADDR_OUT
MD 12987, 141
PLC_DIG_IN_LOGIC_ADDRESS
MD 12970, 139
PLC_DIG_IN_NUM
MD 12971, 140
PLC_DIG_OUT_LOGIC_ADDRESS
MD 12974, 140
PLC_DIG_OUT_NUM
MD 12975, 140
PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO
MD 10074, 38
PLC_OB1_TRACE_DEPTH
MD 11480, 126
PLC_OB35_TRACE_DEPTH
MD 11481, 126
PLC_OB40_TRACE_DEPTH
MD 11482, 127
PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT
MD 10120, 40
PLCINT_POSCTRL_TIME_RATIO
MD 10172, 43
POS_AX_VELO
MD 32060, 368
POS_LIMIT_MINUS
MD 36100, 432
POS_LIMIT_MINUS2
MD 36120, 433
POS_LIMIT_PLUS
MD 36110, 433
POS_LIMIT_PLUS2
MD 36130, 433
POS_TAB_SCALING_SYSTEM
MD 10270, 50
POSCTRL_CONFIG
MD 32230, 375
POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY
MD 10062, 36
POSCTRL_CYCLE_DIAGNOSIS
MD 10063, 36
POSCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10061, 35
POSCTRL_DAMPING
MD 32950, 399
POSCTRL_GAIN
MD 32200, 374
POSCTRL_INTEGR_ENABLE
MD 32220, 375
POSCTRL_INTEGR_TIME
MD 32210, 375
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_ENABLE
MD 32930, 399
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_TIME
MD 32940, 399
POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
MD 10060, 35
POSITIONING_TIME
MD 36020, 430
PREP_COM_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO
MD 10160, 42
PREP_PLCBG_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO
MD 10170, 43
PREPDYN_MAX_FILT_LENGTH_GEO
MD 20607, 238
PREPDYN_MAX_FILT_LENGTH_RD
MD 20608, 238
PREPDYN_SMOOTHING_FACTOR
MD 20605, 238
PREPDYN_SMOOTHING_ON
MD 20606, 238
PREPROCESSING_LEVEL
MD 10700, 75
PROBE_MODE
MD 369, 26
PROCESSTIMER_MODE
MD 27860, 332
PROFIBUS_ACTVAL_LEAD_TIME
MD 37600, 461
PROFIBUS_ALARM_ACCESS
MD 13140, 144
PROFIBUS_ALARM_MARKER
MD 10059, 35
PROFIBUS_CTRL_CONFIG
MD 37610, 461
PROFIBUS_OUTVAL_DELAY_TIME
MD 37602, 461
PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER
MD 11240, 110
PROFIBUS_SDB_SELECT
MD 11241, 110
PROFIBUS_SHUTDOWN_TYPE
MD 11250, 110
PROFIBUS_TORQUE_RED_RESOL
MD 37620, 462
PROFIBUS_TRACE_ADDRESS
MD 13110, 143
PROFIBUS_TRACE_FILE_SIZE
MD 13112, 143
PROFIBUS_TRACE_START
MD 13113, 144
PROFIBUS_TRACE_START_EVENT
637
Index
MD 13114, 144
MD 10654, 74
PROFIBUS_TRACE_TYPE
RATED_OUTVAL
MD 13111, 143
MD 32250, 375
PROG_EVENT_IGN_INHIBIT
RATED_VELO
MD 20107, 203
MD 32260, 376
PROG_EVENT_IGN_PROG_STATE
Reading and writing PLC variables, 541
REBOOT_DELAY_TIME
MD 20192, 218
PROG_EVENT_IGN_SINGLEBLOCK
MD 10088, 39
REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS
MD 20106, 203
PROG_EVENT_IGN_STOP
MD 34010, 401
REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE
MD 20193, 218
PROG_EVENT_MASK
MD 34000, 401
REFP_CAM_MARKER_DIST
MD 20108, 204
PROG_EVENT_MASK_PROPERTIES
MD 34093, 405
REFP_CAM_SHIFT
MD 20109, 204
PROG_EVENT_NAME
MD 34092, 405
REFP_CYCLE_NR
MD 11620, 130
PROG_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 34110, 407
REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST
MD 10280, 51
PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD 34030, 402
REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST
MD 10709, 80
PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
MD 34060, 403
REFP_MOVE_DIST
MD 10710, 81
PROG_TEST_MASK
MD 34080, 404
REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR
MD 10707, 79
Program control signals from HMI (retentive area), 517
MD 34090, 404
Program selection from PLC (retentive area), 517
REFP_NC_START_LOCK
Program-control signals from HMI, 544
MD 20700, 242
PROTAREA_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
REFP_PERMITTED_IN_FOLLOWUP
MD 10618, 73
MD 34104, 406
PROTOC_IPOCYCLE_CONTROL
REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE
MD 11297, 112
MD 34050, 403
PROTOC_PREPTIME_CONTROL
REFP_SET_POS
MD 11298, 113
MD 34100, 406
PUNCH_DWELLTIME
REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER
MD 42400, 479
MD 34330, 411
PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE
REFP_SYNC_ENCS
MD 26016, 327
MD 34102, 406
PUNCH_PATH_SPLITTING
REFP_VELO_POS
MD 26014, 327
MD 34070, 404
PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM
MD 26012, 326
MD 34020, 401
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTIN
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER
MD 26000, 322
MD 34040, 402
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTOUT
REORG_LOG_LIMIT
MD 26002, 323
MD 27900, 334
PUNCHNIB_AXIS_MASK
REPOS_MODE_MASK
MD 26010, 326
MD 11470, 125
RESET_MODE_MASK
MD 20110, 204
Retentive data area, 515
R
ROT_IS_MODULO
RADIUS_NAME
638
Index
MD 30310, 355
RUN_OVERRIDE_0
MD 12200, 138
S
S_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
MD 22400, 263
SCALING_FACTOR_G70_G71
MD 31200, 365
SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF
MD 10230, 47
SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
MD 10240, 48
SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK
MD 10220, 45
SCALING_VALUE_INCH
MD 10250, 49
SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
MD 42500, 485
SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
MD 42510, 486
SEARCH_RUN_MODE
MD 11450, 124
SERUPRO_MASK
MD 10708, 79
SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR
MD 22601, 269
SERUPRO_SPEED_MODE
MD 22600, 268
SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK
MD 42125, 476
SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME
MD 36620, 439
SETINT_ASSIGN_FASTIN
MD 21210, 252
SHAPED_TOOL_CHECKSUM
MD 20372, 228
SHAPED_TOOL_TYPE_NO
MD 20370, 228
SIEM_TRACEFILES_CONFIG
MD 11294, 112
Signal from fast inputs and outputs, 525
Signals from axis/spindle, 536, 602
Signals from HMI, 518, 546
Signals from MCP (connected to the MCPA module),
513
Signals from NC channel, 529
Signals from operator panel (retentive area), 518
Signals from PLC, 518
Signals from the channel, 575
Signals from/to HMI, 517, 544
639
Index
MD 35410, 426
SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO
MD 35400, 426
SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR
MD 35430, 426
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW
MD 35450, 427
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW
MD 35440, 427
SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO
MD 35300, 425
SPIND_POSIT_DELAY_TIME
MD 35310, 425
SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR
MD 35350, 425
SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
MD 20094, 200
SPIND_S
MD 43200, 498
SPIND_SPEED_TYPE
MD 43206, 499
SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START
MD 35510, 428
SPIND_VELO_LIMIT
MD 35100, 418
SPINDEL_LOAD_BAR_COL1
MD 366, 25
SPINDEL_LOAD_BAR_MAX
MD 365, 25
SPINDEL_LOAD_DISPLE1
MD 360, 24
SPINDLE_DISP_MODE
MD 379, 27
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_COL2
MD 367, 25
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_COL3
MD 368, 25
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_LIM2
MD 363, 25
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_LIM3
MD 364, 25
SPINDLE_LOAD_DISPLE2
MD 362, 25
SPLINE_FEED_PRECISION
MD 20262, 225
SPOS_TO_VDI
MD 20850, 246
STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
MD 36040, 431
STANDSTILL_POS_TOL
MD 36030, 430
STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
640
MD 36060, 432
START_MODE_MASK
MD 20112, 205
START_MODE_MASK_PRT
MD 22620, 269
STARTUP_WITH_MMP
MD 1105, 32
STAT_NAME
MD 10670, 74
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_CONFIG
MD 32642, 391
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE
MD 32640, 391
STIFFNESS_DELAY_TIME
MD 32644, 392
STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE
MD 42480, 482
STOP_LIMIT_COARSE
MD 36000, 429
STOP_LIMIT_FACTOR
MD 36012, 430
STOP_LIMIT_FINE
MD 36010, 429
STOP_MODE_MASK
MD 11550, 127
STOP_ON_CLAMPING
MD 36052, 431
STROKE_CHECK_INSIDE
MD 22900, 271
SUBPRESS_STOPPER_ALARM
MD 399, 29
SUMCORR_DEFAULT
MD 20272, 226
SUMCORR_RESET_VALUE
MD 20132, 209
SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK
MD 11410, 119
SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK_2
MD 11415, 123
SUPPRESS_SCREEN_REFRESH
MD 10131, 41
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_1
MD 10470, 62
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB
MD 10450, 60
SW_CAM_COMP_NCK_JITTER
MD 10490, 65
SW_CAM_MINUS_LEAD_TIME
MD 10460, 61
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1
MD 41500, 470
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_1
Index
MD 41520, 471
SW_CAM_MODE
MD 10485, 64
SW_CAM_PLUS_LEAD_TIME
MD 10461, 61
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1
MD 41501, 471
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_1
MD 41521, 472
SW_CAM_TIMER_FASTOUT_MASK
MD 10480, 63
SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10050, 34
SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO
MD 10080, 38
T
T_M_ADDRESS_EXT_IS_SPINO
MD 20096, 202
T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_MODE
MD 10719, 86
T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
MD 10717, 85
TANG_OFFSET
MD 37402, 460
TAPPINGCYCLE_MODE_MANUAL_MA
MD 1103, 32
TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG
MD 42444, 481
TCI_TRACE_ACTIVE
MD 11405, 119
TECHNOLOGY_MODE
MD 27800, 331
TEMP_COMP_ABS_VALUE
MD 43900, 509
TEMP_COMP_REF_POSITION
MD 43920, 510
TEMP_COMP_SLOPE
MD 43910, 510
TEMP_COMP_TYPE
MD 32750, 394
THREAD_RAMP_DISP
MD 42010, 474
THREAD_START_ANGLE
MD 42000, 473
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_COM_TASK
MD 10130, 40
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_INT_TASK
MD 27920, 335
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_PLCBG_TASK
MD 10171, 43
TIME_LIMIT_PLCINT_TASK
MD 10173, 43
TIME_LIMIT_PLCINT_TASK_DIAG
MD 10174, 44
TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER
MD 20184, 217
TOCARR_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 22530, 265
TOCARR_FINE_CORRECTION
MD 42974, 495
TOCARR_FINE_LIM_LIN
MD 20188, 217
TOCARR_FINE_LIM_ROT
MD 20190, 217
TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR
MD 20180, 216
TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_OFFSET
MD 20182, 216
TOCARR_ROT_OFFSET_FROM_FR
MD 21186, 251
TOCARR_ROTAX_MODE
MD 20196, 219
TOFRAME_MODE
MD 42980, 495
Tool management functions from NC channel, 542, 613
TOOL_CARRIER_RESET_VALUE
MD 20126, 209
TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE
MD 22562, 266
TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 22560, 266
TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
MD 22550, 265
TOOL_CHG_MANUALMODE_MA
MD 1104, 32
TOOL_CORR_MODE_G43G44
MD 20380, 228
TOOL_CORR_MOVE_MODE
MD 20382, 229
TOOL_CORR_MULTIPLE_AXES
MD 20384, 229
TOOL_DATA_CHANGE_COUNTER
MD 17530, 152
TOOL_DEFAULT_DATA_MASK
MD 17520, 151
TOOL_GRIND_AUTO_TMON
MD 20350, 227
TOOL_LENGTH_CONST
MD 42940, 493
TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
MD 42950, 494
TOOL_LIST_PLACE_NO
641
Index
MD 332, 24
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD 20310, 226
TOOL_OFFSET_DRF_ON
MD 20396, 230
TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
MD 42442, 480
TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK
MD 20360, 227
TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE
MD 20121, 208
TOOL_REF_PROBE_AXIS1
MD 370, 26
TOOL_REF_PROBE_AXIS2
MD 371, 26
TOOL_REF_PROBE_AXIS3
MD 372, 26
TOOL_RESET_VALUE
MD 20120, 208
TOOL_RESETMON_MASK
MD 17515, 150
TOOL_TEMP_COMP
MD 42960, 495
TOOL_TEMP_COMP_LIMIT
MD 20392, 230
TOOL_TEMP_COMP_ON
MD 20390, 230
TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK
MD 20320, 227
TOOL_WEAR_LIMIT_VALUE
MD 374, 26
TOOLTYPES_ALLOWED
MD 17540, 153
TRAANG_ANGLE_1
MD 24700, 295
TRAANG_ANGLE_2
MD 24750, 297
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1
MD 24710, 295
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2
MD 24760, 298
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_1
MD 24721, 297
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2
MD 24771, 299
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1
MD 24720, 296
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_2
MD 24770, 298
TRACE_SELECT
MD 11400, 119
TRACLG_CONTACT_LOWER_LIMIT
642
MD 21520, 255
TRACLG_CONTACT_UPPER_LIMIT
MD 21518, 255
TRACLG_CTRLSPI_NR
MD 21524, 255
TRACLG_CTRLSPI_VERT_OFFSET
MD 21502, 253
TRACLG_G0_IS_SPECIAL
MD 21526, 256
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_HOR_OFFSET
MD 21501, 253
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_NR
MD 21522, 255
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_VERT_OFFSET
MD 21500, 253
TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1
MD 21510, 254
TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2
MD 21514, 254
TRACLG_SUPPORT_HOR_OFFSET
MD 21506, 254
TRACLG_SUPPORT_LEAD_ANGLE
MD 21516, 254
TRACLG_SUPPORT_VERT_OFFSET
MD 21504, 253
TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1
MD 21508, 254
TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2
MD 21512, 254
TRACON_CHAIN_3
MD 24997, 309
TRACON_CHAIN_4
MD 24998, 309
TRACON_CHAIN_5
MD 25495, 321
TRACON_CHAIN_6
MD 25496, 321
TRACON_CHAIN_7
MD 25497, 321
TRACON_CHAIN_8
MD 25498, 321
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1
MD 24820, 301
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2
MD 24870, 304
TRACYL_DEFAULT_MODE_1
MD 24808, 300
TRACYL_DEFAULT_MODE_2
MD 24858, 303
TRACYL_ROT_AX_FRAME_1
MD 24805, 300
TRACYL_ROT_AX_FRAME_2
Index
MD 24855, 302
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
MD 24800, 299
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
MD 24850, 302
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
MD 24810, 301
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
MD 24860, 303
TRAFO_AXES_IN_1
MD 24110, 280
TRAFO_AXES_IN_10
MD 24482, 293
TRAFO_AXES_IN_11
MD 25102, 310
TRAFO_AXES_IN_12
MD 25112, 311
TRAFO_AXES_IN_13
MD 25122, 312
TRAFO_AXES_IN_14
MD 25132, 313
TRAFO_AXES_IN_15
MD 25142, 314
TRAFO_AXES_IN_16
MD 25152, 315
TRAFO_AXES_IN_17
MD 25162, 316
TRAFO_AXES_IN_18
MD 25172, 317
TRAFO_AXES_IN_19
MD 25182, 318
TRAFO_AXES_IN_2
MD 24210, 282
TRAFO_AXES_IN_20
MD 25192, 319
TRAFO_AXES_IN_3
MD 24310, 284
TRAFO_AXES_IN_4
MD 24410, 285
TRAFO_AXES_IN_5
MD 24432, 287
TRAFO_AXES_IN_6
MD 24442, 288
TRAFO_AXES_IN_7
MD 24452, 289
TRAFO_AXES_IN_8
MD 24462, 291
TRAFO_AXES_IN_9
MD 24472, 292
TRAFO_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 22534, 265
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1
MD 24120, 280
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_10
MD 24484, 293
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_11
MD 25104, 310
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_12
MD 25114, 311
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_13
MD 25124, 312
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_14
MD 25134, 313
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_15
MD 25144, 314
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_16
MD 25154, 315
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_17
MD 25164, 316
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_18
MD 25174, 317
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_19
MD 25184, 318
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2
MD 24220, 283
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_20
MD 25194, 319
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_3
MD 24320, 284
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_4
MD 24420, 286
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_5
MD 24434, 287
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_6
MD 24444, 288
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_7
MD 24454, 290
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_8
MD 24464, 291
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_9
MD 24474, 292
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1
MD 24130, 281
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_10
MD 24486, 293
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_11
MD 25106, 310
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_12
MD 25116, 311
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_13
MD 25126, 312
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_14
MD 25136, 313
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_15
643
Index
MD 25146, 314
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_16
MD 25156, 315
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_17
MD 25166, 316
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_18
MD 25176, 317
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_19
MD 25186, 318
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_2
MD 24230, 283
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_20
MD 25196, 319
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_3
MD 24330, 285
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_4
MD 24426, 286
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_5
MD 24436, 287
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_6
MD 24446, 289
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_7
MD 24456, 290
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_8
MD 24466, 291
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_9
MD 24476, 292
TRAFO_MODE_MASK
MD 20144, 211
TRAFO_RESET_NAME
MD 20142, 210
TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
MD 20140, 210
TRAFO_TYPE_1
MD 24100, 278
TRAFO_TYPE_10
MD 24480, 293
TRAFO_TYPE_11
MD 25100, 309
TRAFO_TYPE_12
MD 25110, 310
TRAFO_TYPE_13
MD 25120, 311
TRAFO_TYPE_14
MD 25130, 312
TRAFO_TYPE_15
MD 25140, 313
TRAFO_TYPE_16
MD 25150, 314
TRAFO_TYPE_17
MD 25160, 315
TRAFO_TYPE_18
644
MD 25170, 316
TRAFO_TYPE_19
MD 25180, 317
TRAFO_TYPE_2
MD 24200, 282
TRAFO_TYPE_20
MD 25190, 318
TRAFO_TYPE_3
MD 24300, 284
TRAFO_TYPE_4
MD 24400, 285
TRAFO_TYPE_5
MD 24430, 286
TRAFO_TYPE_6
MD 24440, 288
TRAFO_TYPE_7
MD 24450, 289
TRAFO_TYPE_8
MD 24460, 290
TRAFO_TYPE_9
MD 24470, 292
TRAFO5_AXIS3_1
MD 24573, 294
TRAFO5_AXIS3_2
MD 24673, 294
TRAFO5_AXIS3_3
MD 25273, 320
TRAFO5_AXIS3_4
MD 25373, 320
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_1
MD 24576, 294
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_2
MD 24676, 295
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_3
MD 25276, 320
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_4
MD 25376, 320
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_1
MD 24561, 294
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_2
MD 24661, 294
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_3
MD 25261, 319
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_4
MD 25361, 320
Transferred axis-specific M and S functions, 585
Transferred D functions, 522
Transferred H functions, 522
Transferred M functions, 521
Transferred M/S functions, axis-specific, 532
Transferred S functions, 521
Transferred T functions, 521
Index
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1
MD 24920, 306
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2
MD 24970, 309
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_1
MD 24911, 306
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_2
MD 24961, 308
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_FRAME_1
MD 24905, 305
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_FRAME_2
MD 24955, 307
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
MD 24900, 304
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
MD 24950, 307
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
MD 24910, 305
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
MD 24960, 308
TU_NAME
MD 10672, 74
U
UNLOCK_EDIT_MODESWITCH
MD 10780, 89
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY
MD 11210, 108
USE_FIXPOINT_MANUAL_MA
MD 1099, 31
USEKT_RESET_VALUE
MD 20123, 208
User, 513
User alarm
Activation, 515
Configuration (MD 14516
USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM), 540
User data2, 513
User data, 513
User data 1, 513
USER_CLASS_DIR_ACCESS
MD 221, 19
USER_CLASS_LADDER_VIEW
MD 378, 27
USER_CLASS_PLC_ACCESS
MD 222, 20
USER_CLASS_READ_CUSS_DIR
MD 375, 26
USER_CLASS_READ_PROGRAM
MD 213, 19
USER_CLASS_READ_TOA
MD 207, 18
USER_CLASS_SELECT_PROGRAM
MD 215, 19
USER_CLASS_SET_V24
MD 219, 19
USER_CLASS_WRITE_CMA_DIR
MD 386, 28
USER_CLASS_WRITE_CUS_DIR
MD 376, 26
USER_CLASS_WRITE_CYCLES
MD 217, 19
USER_CLASS_WRITE_LOC_NO
MD 392, 28
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PROGRAM
MD 214, 19
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PWA
MD 223, 20
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA
MD 218, 19
USER_CLASS_WRITE_SEA
MD 212, 19
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TO_MON_DAT
MD 377, 27
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_GEO
MD 208, 18
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_WEAR
MD 209, 18
USER_CLASS_WRITE_ZOA
MD 210, 18
USER_DATA_FLOAT
MD 14514, 148
USER_DATA_HEX
MD 14512, 148
USER_DATA_INT
MD 14510, 148
USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM
MD 14516, 148
USER_FRAME_POWERON_MASK
MD 24080, 278
USER_MANUAL_MA_SHOW_PAGE_NO
MD 401, 29
USER_MANUAL_MA_TOOL_CHANGE
MD 400, 29
USER_MEAS_TOOL_CHANGE
MD 361, 25
USER_TOOL_CHG_MANUAL_MA
MD 1101, 31
V
V1700 0000.5, 544
V1700 0000.6, 544
645
Index
V1700 0001.3, 544
V1700 0001.7, 545
V1700 0002, 545
V1700 0003.0 to .1, 545
V1700 0003.7 ***, 545
V1800 0000.0, 546
V1800 0000.1, 546
V1800 0000.2, 546
V1800 0000.4, 546
V1800 0000.6 ***, 547
V1800 0001.2, 547
V1900 0000.6, 547
V1900 0003.7, 548
V1900 0004.7, 548
V1900 1003.0 to .2, 548
V1900 1004.0 to .2, 548
V1900 5001.0, 549
V1900 5002.0, 549
V24_PG_PC_BAUD
MD 247, 20
V24_PPI_ADDR_DRV1
MD 383, 27
V24_PPI_ADDR_MMC
MD 343, 24
V24_PPI_ADDR_NCK
MD 281, 20
V24_PPI_ADDR_PLC
MD 280, 20
V24_PPI_MODEM_ACTIVE
MD 344, 24
V24_PPI_MODEM_BAUD
MD 345, 24
V24_PPI_MODEM_PARITY
MD 346, 24
V2500 0004. 0 to .4, 550
V2500 0006.0, 550
V2500 0008.0, 550
V2500 0010.0, 550
V2500 0012.0 to .2, 550
V2600 0000.1, 553
V2600 0000.2, 553
V2600 0001.0, 554
V2700 0000.1, 554
V2700 0001.0, 554
V2700 0001.7, 554
V2700 0004.0 to .7, 555
V2700 0008.0 to .7, 555
V3000 0000.0, 556
V3000 0000.0 to .6, 558
V3000 0000.1, 556
V3000 0000.2, 557
V3000 0000.4, 557
646
Index
V3300 0001.0, 576
V3300 0001.2, 577
V3300 0001.4, 577
V3300 0001.5, 577
V3300 0001.6, 578
V3300 0001.7, 578
V3300 0003.0, 578
V3300 0003.2, 579
V3300 0003.3, 579
V3300 0003.4, 579
V3300 0003.5, 580
V3300 0003.6, 580
V3300 0003.7, 580
V3300 0004.2, 580
V3300 0004.3, 581
V3300 0006.0, 581
V3300 0006.1, 581
V3300 0008, 581
V3300 0009, 581
V3300 0010, 582
V3300 0011, 582
V3300 0012, 582
V3300 0013, 582
V3300 0014, 582
V3300 0015, 582
V3300 1000.0 to .1, 583
V3300 1000.7 and .6, 583
V3300 1001.0, ..., .6, 584
V3300 1004.0 to .1, 583
V3300 1004.7 and .6, 583
V3300 1005.0, ..., .6, 584
V3300 1008.0 to .1, 583
V3300 1008.7 and .6, 583
V3300 1009.0, ..., .6, 584
V3300 4001.1, 584
V380x 0001.1, 588
V380x 0001.2, 588
V380x 0001.7, 588
V380x 0002.0, 589
V380x 0002.2, 589
V380x 0002.3, 590
V380x 0003.1, 590
V380x 0003.6, 591
V380x 0004.0 to .2, 591
V380x 0004.3, 592
V380x 0004.4, 593
V380x 0004.5, 593
V380x 0004.7 and .6, 594
V380x 0005.0 to .6, 595
V380x 1000.1 and .0, 595
V380x 2000.0 to .2, 596
V380x 2000.3, 597
647
Index
VD2500 2000, 551
VD2500 3000, 551
VD2500 3008, 551
VD2500 3016, 551
VD2500 3024, 551
VD2500 3032, 551
VD2500 4000, 551
VD2500 4008, 551
VD2500 5000, 552
VD2500 6000, 552
VD2500 6008, 552
VD2500 6016, 552
VD370x 0000, 585
VD370x 0004, 586
VD5300 1000, 613
VD5300 1004, 614
VDI_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 17900, 155
VDI_UPDATE_IN_ONE_IPO_CYCLE
MD 18000, 156
VELO_FFW_WEIGHT
MD 32610, 389
VERSION_INFO
MD 18040, 156
VW2500 6004, 552
VW2500 6012, 552
VW2500 6020, 552
WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE
MD 43410, 502
WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE
MD 43400, 501
WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS
MD 21020, 248
WPD_INI_MODE
MD 11280, 111
X
X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE
MD 21110, 249
W
WAB_CLEARANCE_TOLERANCE
MD 20204, 221
WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
MD 20202, 220
WALIM_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
MD 10604, 70
WEAR_SIGN
MD 42930, 493
WEAR_SIGN_CUTPOS
MD 42920, 492
WEAR_TRANSFORM
MD 42935, 493
WEIGHTING_FACTOR_FOR_SCALE
MD 22910, 271
WHEEL_TYPE_MASK
MD 384, 27
WORKAREA_CHECK_TYPE
MD 30800, 360
WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS
MD 43430, 502
WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS
MD 43420, 502
648